Skip to main content

Full text of "Course Catalog, 2008-2009"

See other formats


2008-2009 




TOWSON 



UNIVERSITY 
Thinking Outside 



Towson University 
Academic Calendar 



Information about course offerings and registration is found online at http://onestop.towson.edu. 



Fall Term 2008 

Classes begin September 2 (T) 

Change of Schedule perimi begins September 2 (T) 

Change of Schedule period ends. Last day to 

drop a course with no grade posted to 

acadeniic record September 10 (Wl 

Last day to withdraw from first 7-week 

courses with a grade of "W" September 29 (M) 

Mid-term and end of first 7-week courses . . . .October 17 (F) 

Second 7-\veek courses begin October 20 (M) 

Last day to withdraw from term courses 
with a grade of "W". Last day to change 
Pass .-^udit grading option November 12 (W) 

Last day to withdraw from second 7-week 

courses with a grade of "W" November 17 (M) 

Thanksgiving Holiday November 26-30 (W-SU) 

Classes resume December 1 (M) 

Last day of classes I^ecember 15 (M) 

Final examinations begin December 16 (T) 

Last day of examinations and end of term December 22 (M) 

Commencement January 1 1 (SU) 

Check www.towson.edu/comniencement for details. 



Minimester 2009 

Minimester begins January 5 (M) 

.Minimester Change of Schedule period January 5-6 (M-T) 

Last day to withdraw from 

Minimester January 12 (M) 

Martin luther King Day — No classes January 19 (M) 

Minimester ends January 23 (F) 

Spring Term 2009 

Spring classes begin January 26 (M) 

Change of Schedule period begins January 26 (M) 

Change of Schedule period ends. 

Last day to drop a course with no grade 

posted to academic record. Last day to 

add a course February 3 (T) 

Last day to v\'ithdraw from 

first 7-week courses with a grade of "W" . . . .February 23 (M) 

Spring Break March 15-22 (SU-SU) 

(Saturday, March 18 classes will meet but 
Saturday, March 25 classes will not.) 

Classes resume March 23 (.M) 

■Mid-term and end of first 7-week course .March 23 (M) 

Second 7-week courses begin March 25 (W) 

Last day to withdraw from a term course 

with a grade of "W". Last day to change to 

Pass or Audit grading options April 6 (M) 

Last day to withdraw from second 7-week 

courses April 14 (T) 

Last day of classes Mav 12 (T) 

Final examinations begin Mav 13 (W) 

Last day of examinations and end of term . . . .May 19 (T) 

Ciommencement TBA 

Check www.towson.edu/commencement for details. 



The piirlxise of this catalog is to provide information about the university and existing resources and services and current curriculum pro- 
grams, rules, regulations and policies. Catalog information is thus to he used as an informational guide and practical resource. The uni- 
versity, hoivever, in its discretion and from time to time, may amend the information contained in this catalog by modification, deletions 
or additions to it. Accordingly, the catalog and information it contains do not constitute a contract. 

KMERGENCY CLOSING POLICY 

Announcements about schedule changes or cancelldlioiis irdl be broadcast over the followint; major radio and TV stations: WBAl. 
(AM/IOW). W'YI'R (hM/SS.I). WM/.(J (hM/')S.-). WLII (hM/ll)l.'>), WlOP (l-M/KU.S). WBAL-TV (II), WJZ-TV (13), WMAR-TV 
(2) and WRC:-TV (4). Information will also be available by calling 4l()-7()4-Nh:WS or 410-704-2000. 



01 OS. 005 



Table of Contents 



TOWSON UNIVERSITY 

Letter from the President ii 

The University 1 

University Curriculum 4 

Academic Regulations 20 

Undergraduate Planning Guide 27 

Undergraduate Admissions 29 

International Undergraduate Admissions 35 

Student Life and Campus Services 36 

Academic Resources 46 

Housing and Residence Life 50 

Expenses 51 

Financial Aid 56 

THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 60 

Accounting, Department of 64 

Business Administration Program 66 

Economics, Department of 69 

Finance, Department of 72 

Management, Department of 73 

Marketing and e-Business, Department of 77 

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 81 

Early Childhood Education, Department of 85 

Educational Technology and Literacy, Department of 87 

Elementary Education, Department of 88 

Secondary Education, Department of 92 

Special Education, Department of 94 

THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION 100 

Art, Department of 101 

Dance, Department of 107 

Electronic Media and Film, Department of 110 

Mass Communication and Communication Studies, Department of 112 

Music, Department of » 118 

Theatre Arts, Department of 124 

THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 127 

Allied Health Program 128 

Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Studies, Department of 130 

Gerontology Program 134 

Health Science, Department of 134 

Kinesiology, Department of 138 

Nursing, Department of 141 

Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science, Department of 143 

THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 148 

Cultural Studies Program 149 

English, Department of 150 

Environmental Science and Studies Program 153 

Family Studies and Community Development, Department of 156 

Foreign Languages, Department of 159 

Geography and Environmental Planning, Department of 162 

History, Department of 166 

Interdisciplinary Studies Program 168 

International Studies Program 177 

Law and American Civilization Program 183 

Metropolitan Studies Program 184 

Philosophy and Religious Studies, Department of 185 

Political Science, Department of 187 

Psychology, Department of 190 

Social Sciences Program 193 

Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice, Department of 194 

Women's Studies, Department of 199 

THE JESS AND MILDRED FISHER COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 202 

Center for Science and Mathematics Education 203 

Interdisciplinary Studies 203 

Biological Sciences, Department of 204 

Chemistry, Department of 208 

Computer and Information Sciences, Department of 212 

Environmental Science and Studies Program 219 

Mathematics, Department of 221 

Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and Bioinformatics Program 225 

Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences, Department of 227 

Dual Degree Programs 232 

Pre-Professional Programs 236 

THE HONORS COLLEGE 240 

DIVISION OF ECONOMIC AND COMMUNITY OUTREACH 246 

BOARDS, OFFICERS AND FACULTY 250 

APPENDICES 

A. Mission Statement/University Goals 276 

B. Maryland Higher Education Commission 278 

C. Residency Policy 282 

D. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 284 

E. Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 285 

F. Code of Conduct 286 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 295 

INDEX 366 

CAMPUS DIRECTORY 370 



Dear Student: 

Welcome to another exciting year of learning and discovery, both in the 
classroom and beyond. Whether it is your first or last term at Towson University, 
I urge you to embrace the many opportunities on and off campus for intellectual 
and personal development. 

During your time here, seize every opportunity to learn and to grow. Talk with 
your professors outside the classroom, engage in conversations with people of 
different backgrounds, and attend arts performances, athletic events and lectures 
by visiting scholars. Become active in at least one student organization. Retain a 
sharp focus on your academic subjects, but remember that an important part of 
education and learning occurs beyond the classroom and computer screen. 
Become part of the broader communities both on and off campus. 

I once saw this quote in a classroom: "Grasp even one small idea for the first 
time, and you have found a whole new world." Keep this in mind as you 
navigate your way through your college years. Remember, what you accomplish 
in your time at Towson will help determine what you accomplish in your life. 
Make the most of what we have to offer at Towson University and you will be 
able to offer your best to the world. 




Sincerely, 

Robert L. Caret 
President 





The University 



Towson University. Maryland's Metropolitan University, is nationally recognized for 
its excellent programs in tlie arts and sciences, communications, business, health profes- 
sions, education, fine arts and computer science. The university is located in the suburban 
community of Towson. Maryland, just eight miles north of downtown Baltimore. 

Its beautifully landscaped 328-acre setting provides a pleasant environment for study 
and a diverse campus life, as well as easy access to a wealth of university and community 
resources. Towson University enrolls and graduates more undergraduate students from the 
region than any other institution. 



The University 



HISTORY 

The institution known today as Towson University opened its 
doors in 1866 in downtown Baltimore as the Maryland State 
Normal School — the only institution devoted exclusively to the 
preparation of teachers for the public schools of Maryland. The 
first class consisted of 1 1 students. 

In 1915 the school moved to Towson. By 1935, it established the 
Bachelor of Science degree in education and changed its name to 
Maryland State Teachers College at Towson. In 1946 it introduced 
an arts and sciences program, and in 1963 the institution expanded 
its offerings in the arts and sciences and became Towson State 
College. 

Towson was granted university status on July 1, 1976, in recog- 
nition of its development into a comprehensive university. In 1988 
Towson State University joined the University System of Maryland. 
On July 1, 1997, Towson State University became Towson University, 
a change that reflects its evolution from a state-supported to a state- 
assisted institution. As of May 2007, the university has graduated 
112,528 students, 15,791 of them having received advanced 
degrees. 

Enrollment for the 2007 fall term was 14,180 full-time under- 
graduates, 2,039 part-time undergraduates, and 3,539 graduate 
students. 

PHILOSOPHY OF LIBERAL ARTS EDUCATION 
AT TOWSON UNIVERSITY 

Excellence at Towson University begins with its commitment to a 
sound liberal arts education for every student. All students explore 
the historical development and interrelationships among the four 
central areas of knowledge (fine arts, humanities, science and math- 
ematics, and social and behavioral sciences), and how each of them 
addresses the world, investigates, reaches conclusions, and presents 
findings — extending the reaches of human knowledge. The univer- 
sity helps all students develop a range of intellectual skills that will 
continue to enrich and shape their lives long after their formal edu- 
cation has ended. 

COLLEGES 

Students choose their programs of study from the university's aca- 
demic colleges: the College of Business and Economics, the College 
of Education, the College of Fine Arts and Communication, the 
College of Health Professions, the Honors College, the College of 
Liberal Arts, and the Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Science 
and Mathematics. All undergraduate programs within each college 
are fully described in the Undergraduate Catalog. For information 
on the College of Graduate Studies and Research, see the descrip- 
tion in this catalog. 

FACULTY 

Towson University offers many opportunities for close student-fac- 
ulty contact and promotes a supportive environment that encour- 
ages exploration and personal growth. A student-faculty ratio of 
approximately 18:1 allows students to interact frequently with 
their professors. More than 75 percent of the 694 full-time perma- 
nent faculty have earned the highest degree of academic prepara- 
tion in their fields from some of the finest colleges and universities 
in the world. Many faculty are recognized nationally and interna- 
tionally for their published works and honors. Small classes and the 
tradition that ail instructors — including most full professors — teach 
introductory courses helps to enhance the strength of Towson's fac- 
ulty — their dedication to excellent teaching. 



GOVERNANCE 

Towson University is a member of the University System of 
Maryland (USM), which comprises 11 campuses, about 70 centers 
and institutes and three research and public service institutes. 

A Board of Regents, consisting of 17 regents appointed by the 
governor, has oversight over the USM campuses and institutes. 

The president and his or her designees are responsible for the 
day-to-day governance of the university. The University Senate and 
its committees develop university policies and procedures, with the 
senate also serving in an advisory capacity to the university presi- 
dent. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION 

The Student Government Association (SGA) is the representative 
governing body of undergraduate students authorized by the 
administration of the university. Working jointly with students, fac- 
ulty, staff and administration, the SGA is dedicated to improving 
students' academic, social and cultural environments. The SGA 
comprises an executive branch, directors, representatives, and a 
legislative body, the Senate. The SGA's 37 student officers work 
diligently to better the Towson University community. 

ACCREDITATION/ AFFILIATION 

The Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools (3624 
Market St., Philadelphia, PA 19104, 267-284-5000), the Maryland 
State Department of Education, The National Council for the 
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the National 
Association of Schools of Music, the National Association of 
Schools of Dance, the National Association of Schools of Theatre, 
the Maryland State Board of Nursing, the National League for 
Nursing, the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy 
Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy 
Association (AOTA), Council on Academic Accreditation of the 
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, AACSB 
International — The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of 
Business for both business and accounting programs, the American 
Chemical Society, the American Association for Health 
Education/National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education (AAHE/NCATE), the Commission on Accreditation of 
Athletic Training Education (CAATE), the Association of 
University Programs in Health Administration (AUPHA), and the 
Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET. 

The university is a member of the American Council on 
Education, the American Association of State Colleges and 
Universities, and the Association of American Colleges. 

ASSESSMENT 

Assessment is the ongoing process of establishing clear, measurable 
expected outcomes of student learning; systematically gathering, 
analyzing and interpreting evidence to determine how well student 
performance matches those expectations, and using the resulting 
information to understand and improve student learning through- 
out Towson University. All Towson University activities that aim to 
deepen student learning — undergraduate and graduate courses and 
programs, co-curricular activities, student life programs, and the 
General Education curriculum — systematically assess learning out- 
comes. Because assessment is an integral part of the teaching- 
learning process, Towson students participate in a variety of assess- 
ments as part of their education experience. 

The University Assessment Council works closely with the 
Associate Vice President for Assessment and Institutional Research 
to oversee Towson University's assessment efforts. For more infor- 
mation on Towson's assessment program, contact the Office of 
Assessment at 410-704-2557. Information is also available online 
at www.towson.edu/assessment. 



The University 



PRIVACY RIGHTS OF STUDENTS 

Towson University is in compliance with the Family Educational 
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (aka Buckley 
Amendment). As such, it is the policy of the university (1) to per- 
mit students to inspect their academic records; (2) to limit disclo- 
sure to others of personally identifiable information from educa- 
tion records without students' prior written consent; and (3) to 
provide students the opportunity to seek correction of their educa- 
tion records where appropriate. 

A more complete description of the policy and the records con- 
sidered confidential may be found in Appendix D. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EDUCATION AND 
EMPLOYMENT 

Towson University's policies, programs and activities comply with 
federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination 
on the basis of race, color, religion, age, national origin, sex, dis- 
ability and sexual orientation. For further information, contact the 
Towson University Office of Diversity and Equal Opportunity, 
410-704-2360, www.towson.edu/aa. 



NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL CLERY CAMPUS 
SECURITY REPORT 

In accordance with the guidelines established by Towson 
University, and pursuant to federal law, identified as the "Jeanne 
Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime 
Statistics Act of 1998," all currently enrolled students, campus 
employees and all prospective students and prospective employees 
are entitled to request and receive a copy of the Towson University 
Annual Campus Security Report known as the Clery Report. The 
report contains crime statistics about certain specified crimes/inci- 
dents that have been reported to the Towson University Police 
Department and/or campus security authorities over the past three 
years and that have occurred either on campus, in off-campus 
buildings or property owned or controlled by the university, or on 
public property adjacent to campus. The report also contains poli- 
cies and practices pertaining to campus security, crime reporting, 
alcohol and drugs, victims' assistance programs, student discipline, 
campus resources, community safety alerts, crime prevention, 
access to campus facilities/properties as well as personal safety tips. 
The report encourages the reporting of all crime occurrences. The 
report describes how and to whom to report crimes. 

This report is available online at www.towson.edu/police. Paper 
copies can be obtained by calling 410-704-2505 or by visiting the 
Towson University Police Department located in the General 
Services building on Towsontown Blvd. 




University Curriculum 



University Curriculum 



CURRICULUM 

Towson University takes pride in the breadth and depth of its 
undergraduate academic programs. Students acquire a broad back- 
ground in the liberal arts and sciences based on the General 
Education (GenEd) requirements, upon which they build concen- 
trated study in one subject, their major field of study. They may 
select courses ranging from the traditional to the contemporary. 
This undergraduate foundation prepares them to take their place in 
the professional world or in graduate studies. 

The university's seven undergraduate colleges — the College of 
Business and Economics, the College of Education, the College of 
Fine Arts and Communication, the College of Health Professions, 
the Honors College, the College of Liberal Arts and the Jess and 
Mildred Fisher College of Science and Mathematics — offer more 
than 60 undergraduate majors leading to the baccalaureate degree. 
The university also offers specialized programs, including minors, 
concentrations, tracks, combined majors and double majors. 

DESIGNING YOUR COURSE OF STUDY 

Although many students enter the universit)^ fully aware of their 
academic and occupational goals, others have yet to select a field 
or program of specialization. Frequently, students change their 
majors several times over the course of their college careers. 
Students may explore the range of programs that interest them in 
several ways: 

• consulting with an adviser at the Academic Advising 
Center, Lecture Hall, 410-704-2472 

• meeting with their assigned faculty adviser or with a faculty 
member whose field of study interests them 

• exploring career opportunities and vocational interests through 
the Counseling Center, Glen Esk, 410-704-2512 

• investigating career opportunities at the Career Center, 
410-704-2233 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Student Responsibility 

Students are expected to familiarize themselves with the 
Undergraduate Catalog and to satisfy all published degree require- 
ments. Failure to do so does not provide a basis for exceptions to 
academic requirements or policies. It is expected that students will 
receive assistance from general academic and faculty advisers, but 
students must assume responsibility for completing published 
degree requirements. 

Students are also expected to be familiar with regulations per- 
taining to campus life and deportment, and to conduct themselves 
in a way that reflects well upon themselves and Towson University. 

Finally, students are expected to maintain communication with 
the university and to assure that their current addresses and tele- 
phone numbers are on file in the Office of the Registrar. 

Changes in Terminology 

Students use Towson Online Services to register for classes and 
track their academic progress. Please note that some academic 
terms used online and in the catalog are interchangeable. For exam- 
ple: majors and minors are referred to as Academic Plans; concen- 
trations and tracks are referred to as Academic Sub-Plans. 



Bachelor of Science 

Students must fulfill the following requirements to graduate with a 
Bachelor of Science degree: 

1. Completion of the online graduation application 
(http://onestop.towson.edu) according to the following dead- 
lines: 

• May graduates file by September 30 of the year prior to 
graduation. 

• August graduates file by March 30 of the year of gradua- 
tion. 

• December graduates file by May 30 of the year of gradua- 
tion. 

2. At least 120 earned units 

3. A minimum of 43 units of General Education (GenEd) require- 
ments (see below) 

4. At least 32 units (part of the 120 total units required) of upper- 
level work (courses numbered 300+ and 400+); courses taken 
at two-year institutions cannot count as part of the 32 upper- 
level units required. Courses from four-year institutions will 
transfer at the numerical level as they were taken at the trans- 
fer institution and may not be converted to an equivalent TLI 
number or level. 

5. Completion of Writing for a Liberal Education (ENGL 102) or 
its equivalent with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher 

6. Completion of a major (a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher 
must be earned in all courses applied toward the major and, if 
applicable, minor) 

7. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 

8. Completion of at least 15 units after formal matriculation as a 
degree candidate 

9. Completion of at least 30 units in residence at Towson unless 
permission is granted in advance by the Academic Standards 
Committee to earn the units at another institution 

The undergraduate records of all persons receiving a bachelor's 
degree are CLOSED 180 days following graduation. Any changes 
to the permanent record MUST be made within this period of time. 

Bachelor of Arts 

The requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree mirror those for 
the Bachelor of Science degree, but Bachelor of Arts candidates 
must also complete a foreign language through the intermediate 
(202) level (or the equivalent). See the Department of Foreign 
Languages section in this catalog. 

Bachelor of Fine Arts 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is available only to students who 
complete the major in Dance. The requirements for the Bachelor of 
Fine Arts degree are identical to those for a Bachelor of Science 
degree, but Bachelor of Fine Arts candidates must also fulfill the 
performance and studio requirements specified by the Department 
of Dance. 

Bachelor of Music 

The Bachelor of Music degree is available only to students who 
complete the major in Music. The requirements for the Bachelor of 
Music degree are identical to those for a Bachelor of Science degree, 
but Bachelor of Music candidates must also fulfill the performance 
and studio requirements specified by the Department of Music. 

Bachelor of Technical and Professional Studies 

The Bachelor of Technical and Professional Studies (BTPS) is avail- 
able only to students in specifically articulated programs between 
Towson University and area community colleges. For example, the 
Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education major within the 
Health Science curriculum is a BTPS program. 



University Curriculum 



Concurrent Degrees 

Students simultaneously pursuing course work in two programs of 
study may wish to earn two degrees concurrently and receive two 
diplomas. In such cases, the Academic Standards Committee will 
consider requests from students wishing to receive two degrees pro- 
vided they: 

1. Complete a minimum of 150 units. 

2. Complete both programs of study. 

3. Complete a minimum of 60 units in residence at Towson 
University. 

4. Complete at least half of the units required in each major in 
residence at Towson University. 

5. Have no more than 12 units overlap between each major, 
including program core and program electives. 

6. Complete an appropriate advanced writing course for each of 
the majors, where required. 

7. Submit a letter of request to the Secretary of the Academic 
Standards Committee, with a copy to each department chair- 
person, fully explaining how he or she will satisfy the require- 
ments for the concurrent degrees. This request must be made 
at least one year before the expected date of graduation. 

CATALOG SELECTION 

Students must fulfill all degree requirements from a single catalog. 
They will be assigned the catalog in effect at the time of their for- 
mal admission to Towson University and will have 10 years to com- 
plete the requirements of that catalog in order to graduate. 

Students may request an alternate catalog under the following 
conditions: 

l.They may select the catalog in effect at the time of formal 
admission at their initial transferring institution, provided 10 years 
have not elapsed. Students may elect this option by completing the 
Catalog Selection Petition and submitting the form to the 
Registrar's Office for final approval. 

2. They may select a later catalog than the one assigned to them 
at the time of formal admission to Towson provided that the cho- 
sen catalog has not expired. The student will be required to com- 
plete the general degree requirements in effect for the selected cat- 
alog year. This will not alter the original transfer package/option 
received at the time of formal admission to Towson University as 
long as the student has maintained continuous enrollment. Students 
may elect this option with the signed approval of their major 
department chairperson on the Catalog Selection Petition. This 
form must be submitted to the Registrar's Office for final approval. 

These forms are available in the Registrar's Customer 
Service Center, Enrollment Services 223, or online at 
http://onestop.towson.edu/forms. Students must see an academic 
adviser before submitting this form in order to determine the 
impact their catalog selection may have on their degree require- 
ments. Please note that any change in catalog may affect degree 
requirements and may negate previous advising. 



GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

Higher education serves a higher purpose than simply providing 
basic occupational training. The General Education (GenEd) 
Requirements are designed to help students gain essential intellec- 
tual skills and knowledge that will be important throughout their 
lives. 

These skills include successful speaking and writing, the gather- 
ing and evaluation of information, the appreciation of diverse 
points of view, and the ability to understand and formulate ideas 
and values. These skills will provide students with: 1) the flexibil- 
ity and resourcefulness required to adapt successfully to rapid 
social, economic and technological change, 2) the understandmg 
and tolerance necessary for informed citizenship and social action, 
and 3) the interest and curiosity essential to the pursuit of learning 
throughout the whole of life. 

The requirements are grouped in two basic categories: I. Skills 
for Liberal Learning, and II. Contexts for Liberal Learning. 
Category I emphasizes useful tools for gathering, evaluating, valu- 
ing and shaping information and ideas. Category II identifies social, 
historical, cultural and scientific contexts wherein knowledge finds 
active meaning, and emphasizes the need for understanding inter- 
disciplinary relationships among the different ways of knowing. 

NOTE: 

Students follow the GenEd requirements applicable to their catalog 
year. Students should check their Degree Progress Report to con- 
firm completion of the General Education Requirements. To view 
the Degree Progress Report online, visit http://students.towson.edu 
and click Towson Online Services; SA Self-Service; Student Center; 
Other Academics; View Degree Progress Report. 



University Curriculum 



I. Skills for Liberal Learning 



Category l.A. Writing for a Liberal Education 

This course explores ways of tvriting and thinking in the 
branches of knowledge and of developing rhetorical strategies 
for successful college-level expository writing. 

One course is required in this category. A grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher is required to fulfill the requirement. A grade of 
PS is acceptable provided the course is not required for the 
major or minor. Course in italics is an honors course. 
ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education 

ENGL 1 90 Honors Writing Seminar 



Category LB. 


Using Information Effectively 


Courses in this 


category focus on 1) gathering information from 


print, human and electronic sources, 1) critically evaluating \ 


informatioti, 3} 


using it effectively in writing and speaking, and 


4) learning about the various approaches to information in dif- \ 


ferent branches 


of knowledge. 


One course is 


required in this category. Courses in italics are 


honors courses. 




ART 100 


Using Visual Information Effectively 


COMM 100 


Using Information Effectively in Public 




Policy Debate 


cose 111 


Information and Technology for Business 


C05Cn2 


Honors Information and Technology for 




Business 


cose 119 


Using Information Effectively in the 




Computing Sciences 


DANC 220 


Using Information Effectively in Dance 


EMF 100 


Using Information Effectively in Electronic 




Media and Film 


ENGL 152 


Solving Literary Problems 


GEOG 230 


Understanding and Communicating 




Through Maps 


HIST 100 


Using Information Effectively in History 


HONR 223 


Honor Seminar in Using Information 




Effectively 


IDHP 100 


Using Information Effectively: Wellness 


IDHPllO 


Information Utilization in the Health 




Professions 


IDHP 111 


Honors Information Utilization in Health 




Professions 


IDNM 101 


Towson Transition: Using Information 




Effectively in Science 


INST 100 


Using Information Effectively: The World 




Today 


ISTC 201 


Using Information Effectively in Education 


ISTC 202 


Honors Using Information Effectively in 




Education 


LAST 100 


Latin America: Issues and Approaches 


MCOM 100 


Using Information Effectively in Mass 




Communication 


MUSC 100 


Using Information Effectively in Music 


0CTH211 


Philosophy of Occupational Therapy 


PHIL 102 


Using Information Effectively in Philosophy 


POSC 100 


Using Information Effectively: 




Understanding Political Systems 


PSYC 100 


Using Information Effectively in Psychology 


SOCl 100 


Using Information Effectively in Social 




Sciences 


THEA 125 


Script Analysis 


THE A 126 


Honors Script Analysis 



Category I.C. 


College Mathematics 


Courses in this 


category treat concepts and skills in the mathe- 


matical sciences 


at the level of college algebra and above. They 


emphasize both 


theoretical foundations and problem-solving 


applications. 




One course is required in this categorv. Courses in italics are | 


honors courses. 




ECON 205 


Statistics for Business and Economics 1 


MATH 103 


Transition to Math Ideas 


MATH 105 


Mathematical Ideas 


MATH 106 


Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics 


MATH 109 


Transition to Algebra for Applications 


MATH 111 


Algebra for Applications 


MATH 115 


Basic Mathematics for the Sciences 


MATH 119 


Pre-Calculus 


MATH 205 


Mathematical Concepts and Structures II 


MATH 207 


Quantitative and Geometric Reasoning 


MATH 211 


Calculus for Applications 


MATH 231 


Basic Statistics 


MATH 233 


Honors Basic Statistics 


MATH 237 


Elementary Biostatistics 


MATH 263 


Discrete Mathematics 


MATH 273 


Calculus I 


MATH 274 


Calculus II 


MATH 275 


Calculus III 


MATH 283 


Honors Calculus I 


MATH 284 


Honors Calculus II 


MATH 293 


Honors Seminar in Mathematics 


PSYC 212 


Behavioral Statistics 



Category LD. 


Advanced Composition 


Courses in this 


category address 1} the discourse models and 


practices important to a specific discipline and 2) the techniques 


of formatting, reporting, validation and documentation required 


to write success} 


hilly ivithin the discipline. 


One course is 


required in this category. A grade equivalent of 


2.00 or higher is required to fulfill this requirement. | 


ANTH 401 


Anthropological Theory 


ART 351 


Writing About Art 


BIOL 381 


Biological Literature 


CHEM 301 


Professional Ethics for Scientists 


CRMJ 354 


Writing for Criminal Justice 


DANC 321 


Responding to Dance 


ECED 422 


Writing Techniques for Teachers in Early 




Childhood Education 


EDUC 301 


Writing and Communication Skills for 




Teachers 


EMF 363 


History of Film 


EMF 377 


Broadcast/Film Writing 


ENGL 310 


Writing Argument 


ENGL 313 


Academic Essay 


ENGL 315 


The Literary Essav 


ENGL 316 


Writing About Literature 


ENGL 317 


Writing for Business and Industry 


ENGL 318 


Advanced Informational Writing 


ENVS 337 


The Chesapeake Bay and Its Watershed 


FMST 485 


Writing and Research Methods in Family 




Studies 


FREN410 


Writing About Literature 


GEOG 383 


Natural Resources and Society: A 




Geographic Perspective 


HIST 300 


Introduction to Historical Study 



University Curriculum 



Category I.D. 


Advanced Composition (continued) 


HLTH 315 


Curriculum and Planning 


IDHP 440 


Technical and Professional Issues in Allied 




Health 


KNES 351 


Philosophy: The Sport Experience 


KNES 353 


Sport and Society 


KNES 354 


Honors Sport and Society 


KNES 357 


Sport in Film 


KNES 417 


Organizations and Administration of 




Athletic Training 


KNES 469 


Research Methods in Exercise Science 


MCOM 356 


Feature Writing 


MCOM 357 


Public Relations Writing 


MUSC 302 


History of Music II 


NURS 433 


Professional Nursing III: Issues 


OCTH 430 


Research Methods in Occupational Therapy 


PHIL 460-469 


Writing Seminar in Philosophical Studies 


PSYC313 


Research Design and Statistical Analysis in 




Psychology II 


PSYC314 


Research Methods in Psychology 


SOCI 300 


Sociological Analysis 


SPPA417 


Technical Writing in the Clinical Process 


THEA 307 


Theories of Theatre 


WMST 333 


Women's Words, Women's Lives 


WRIT 312 


History of Science 


WRIT 375 


Public Administration 



Category I.E. 


Creativity and Creative Development 


Courses in this 


category ini'olve students in a specific creative 


activity, emphasizing symbolic, affective and imaginative ways of \ 


knowing. They 


reflect current scholarship in the field, provide 


reference to theoretical frameworks and methods, and explore 


the critical standards central to the genre or medium. 


One course is 


required in this category. Courses in italics are 


honors courses. 




ART 102 


Design for Non-Art Majors 


ART 106 


Drawing for Non-Art Majors 


ART 107 


Ceramics for Non-Art Majors 


ART 109 


Sculpture for Non-Art Majors 


ART 113 


Painting for Non-Art Majors 


ART 117 


Printmaking for Non-Art Majors 


ART 118 


Jewelry for Non-Art Majors 


ART 126 


Fabric Design for Non-Art Majors 


ART 146 


Honors Drawing for Non-Art Majors 


cose 109 


Computers and Creativity 


cose 225 


Honors Introduction to LEGO Robotics 


DANC 235 


Dance Composition I 


ENGL 283 


Introduction to Creative Writing 


ENGL 311 


Writing Poetry 


ENGL 312 


Writing Fiction 


ENGL 332 


Honors Writing Fiction 


HONR 225 


Honors Seminar in Creativity and Creative 




Development 


IDFA 203 


Creativity in the Fine Arts 


MUSC 116 


Songwriting and Basic Music Composition 




for Non-Music Majors 


THEA 101 


Acting I 


THEA 102 


Honors Acting I 


THEA 142 


Introduction to Theatre Design 


THEA 231 


Mime and Physical Theatre Techniques 


THEA 353 


Costume Design 



n. Contexts foi 


■ Liberal Learning 


Category D.A. 


Scientific Inquiry 


These courses h 


elp students understand the quantitative and pre- 


dictive nature o 


f the natural sciences as well as the nature of the 


scientific method. In addition, certain courses explore the histor- 


ical development and the structural nature of the subject. Other 


courses develop 


one or more issues of current importance to soci- 


ety and place them in broad scientific, technological, societal and \ 


ethical contexts 




Students are i 


•equired to complete: 


two lab courses 

OR 

one lab course 


(4 units each) for a total of 8 units, 


4 units) and two non-lab courses (3 units each) 


for a total of IC 


units. 


Courses in italics are honors courses. 


Laboratory Courses 


ASTR 161 


General Astronomy I 


ASTR 162 


General Astronomy II 


BIOL 112 


Honors Contemporary General Biology 


BIOL 115 


Biology: The Science of Life 


BIOL 190 


Introductory Biology for the Health 




Professions 


BIOL 201 


Biology I: Cellular Biology and Genetics 


BIOL 202 


Biology II: Introduction to Ecology, 




Evolution and Behavior 


BIOL 203 


Honors Biology I: Cellular Biology and 




Genetics 


CHEM 104 


Introduction to Environmental Chemistry 


CHEM 105 


Chemistry for Allied Health Professions I 


CHEM 106 


Chemistry for Allied Health Professions II 


CHEM 110 


General Chemistry I 


CHEM 111 


General Chemistry II 


CHEM 115 


Honors Chemistry for Allied Health 




Professions I 


GEOL 121 


Physical Geology 


GEOL 122 


Honors Physical Geology 


GEOL 123 


Historical Geology 


PHSC 101 


Physical Science I 


PHYS 131 


Light and Color 


PHYS 135 


Introduction to Holography 


PHYS 143 


Physics of Sound and Music 


PHYS 202 


General Physics for the Health Sciences 


PHYS 211 


General Physics I Non-Calculus Based 


PHYS 212 


General Physics II Non-Calculus-Based 


PHYS 241 


General Physics I Calculus-Based 


PHYS 242 


General Physics II Calculus-Based 


PHYS 251 


Honors General Physics I (Calculus-Based) 


PHYS 252 


Honors General Physics II (Calculus-Based) 


Non-Laboratory Courses 


ANTH 341 


Information Age Cultures 


ASTR 301 


Cosmic Origins 


ASTR 302 


Honors Cosmic Origins 


BIOL 105 


Environmental Biology 


BIOL 306 


Human Ecology and Sustainability 


BIOL 321 


Biology of Women 


BIOL 322 


Biotechnology and Society 


BIOL 323 


Genes, Evolution and Morality 


BIOL 327 


Dangerous Diseases 


BIOL 333 


Humans, Science and the Chesapeake Bay 


CHEM 100 


Chemistry and Current Problems 


CHEM 112 


Honors Chemistry for Non-Scientists 


CLST311 


Science, Technology and Culture 


cose 311 


Digital Technologies in Society 


COSC 321 


Computerization and Its Impacts 


cose 418 


Ethical and Societal Concerns of Computer 




Scientists 



University Curriculum 



Category II. A. 


Non-Laboratory Courses (continued) 


ENGL 301 


Rhetoric and Science 


ENVS 301 


People and Pests 


GEOG 101 


Physical Geography 


GERO310 


Social Issues in Human Lifestvle Technology 


HONR 227 


Honors Seminar in Scientific Inquiry 


HONR 327 


Honors Seminar in Science, Technology and 




Modern Society 


HLTH218 


Women's Health 


IDEA 301 


Cities and Suburbs as Human Habitats 


IDNM 305 


Ethics, Science and Society 


IDNM 307 


Women, Gender and Science 


IDNM 309 


Women, Society and Radiation Science 


IDNM 311 


Human Genetics 


IDNM 312 


Honors Human Genetics 


IDNM 313 


Plagues and People 


IDNM 314 


Comparative Social Behavior of Humans 




and Nonhuman Primates 


IDNM 315 


Networks: The Science of Connections 


KNES321 


The Science of Sports Success: Contributions 




of Genetics and Practice 


MATH 305 


Chance 


OCTH 301 


Genetics, Health and Society 


PHIL 319 


Science, Technology and Values 


PHYS 100 


Understanding Physics 


PHYS 103 


How Things Work 


PSYC 301 


Science, Pseudoscience and Superstition 


WMST 339 


Reproductive Technologies and the Future 




of Motherhood. 



MUSC 201 Music in the United States: Analytic Emphasis 

THEA 103 Introduction to American Theatre 



Category II. B. 2. Merged into Category II. C. 2 



Category II.B.l. American Experience: Arts and Humanities 

These courses engage students in a critical assessment of how 
their own experience is affected by American traditions in the 
arts and humanities and how the methodologies of these disci- 
plines can help them better understand American culture. 

One course is required in this category. The discipline chosen 
must be different from those chosen in ILC.L In aU Category 11 
requirements, no more than three courses from one discipHne 
may be taken for GenEd credit. Courses in italics are honors 
courses. 

AMST 201 Introduction to American Studies 

ART 115 American Traditions in Painting 

ARTH 113 Myths and Stories in American Art 

CRMJ 254 Introduction to Criminal Justice 

DANG 127 Introduction to Dance: The American 

Experience 
DANG 200 Our Dance Corridor 

ENGL 230 Main Currents in American Literature 

ENGL 231 American Literature to 1865 

ENGL 232 American Literature Since 1865 

ENGL 236 American Indian Literature, 1772-Present 

HIST 145 History of the United States to the Mid- 19th 

Century 
HIST 146 History of the United States Since the Mid- 

19th Century 
HIST 148 Honors History of the United States Since 

the Mid- 19th Century 
HIST 162 Honors American Indian History 

HONR 230 Honors Seminar in the American 

Experience: Arts & Humanities 
IDFA 201 American Vision: Baltimore Visual and 

Performing Arts 
IDFA 202 Honors American Vision: Baltimore Visual 

and Performing Arts 
KNES 251 History of Sport in America 

MUSC 111 Introduction to Music in the U.S. 

MUSC 123 Jazz History for Non-Majors 

MUSC 125 Honors Jazz History for Non-Majors 

MUSC 127 Elements and History of Rock Music 



Category II. B. 3. American Experience: Contemporary' Issues 

These courses engage students in a critical assessment of how 
social and behavioral studies of American experience extend 
their understanding of themselves and others and how the 
methodologies of the social and behavioral sciences help them 
better understand American culture, behavior, or social and 
political institutions. 

One course is required in this category. In aU Category 11 
requirements, no more than three courses from one discipline 
(e.g. HLTH, PHIL) may be taken for GenEd credit. Courses in 
italics are honors courses. 

CLST 201 Introduction to Cultural Studies 

CLST 202 Honors Introduction to Cultural Studies 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication 

COMM 132 Honors Fundamentals of Speech 

Communication 
cose 210 Introduction to Digital Security and Digital 

Forensics 
CRMJ 254 Introduction to Criminal Justice 

DANC 101 The Alexander Technique 

DANC 105 Movement Skills Enhancement for Men 

DANC 106 Fundamentals of Dance Movement 

DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Studies 

DFST 102 Honors Introduction To Deaf Studies 

EDUC 201 The Parenting Process 

ELED 201 School and American Society 

ELED 211 Honors School and American Society 

EMF 140 Introduction to Electronic Media 

ENTR 120 The Entrepreneurial Process 

FMST 201 Family Resources 

HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society 

HLTH 1 02 Honors Wellness for a Diverse Society 

HLTH 207 Health Care in the U.S. 

HLTH 2 1 7 Honors Health Care in the U.S. 

HONR 233 Honors Seminar in the American 

Experience: Contemporary Issues 
IDFA 207 Applied Ethics and Aesthetics in Fine Arts 

and Communications 
KNES 235 Individualized Fitness 

MTRO 101 Introduction to Metropolitan Studies 

MUSC 114 Music Technology in American Society 

OCTH 103 Leisure and Health Issues in Contemporary 

Society 
PHIL 253 Contemporary Ethical Problems 

PHIL 255 Environmental Ethics 

SOCI 210 Sociology of Sport 

WMST 235 American Women and Popular Culture 



Category II.C.l. Western Heritage: Arts and Humanities 

These courses engage students in understanding how the Western 
heritage marks their contemporary experience, positively or 
negatively. 

One course is required in this category. The discipline chosen 
must be different from the one chosen in II.B.l. In aH Category D 
requirements, no more than three courses from one discipline may 
be taken for GenEd credit. Courses in italics are honors courses. 
ARTH 109 Art and the Human Body 

ARTH 207 Honors Seminar in Art History 

ARTH 22 1 Survey of Western Art 

ARTH 222 Survey of Western Art II 

DANC 123 Introduction to Dance: European Court 

DANC 125 Introduction to Dance: Overview 

DFST 107 American Sign Language I 

DFST 1 17 Honors American Sign Language I 

DFST 207 .American Sign Language II 



University Curriculum 



Category II.C.l. 


Western Heritage: Arts and Humanities 




(continued) 


ENGL 205 


Shakespeare for Non-Majors 


ENGL 221 


British Literature to 1798 


ENGL 222 


British Literature since 1798 


ENGL 240 


Classics of the Western Heritage 


ENGL 243 


Introduction to Classical Mythology 


ENGL 261 


Tradition and Form in Western Poetry 


ENGL 263 


Tradition and Form in Western Fiction 


ENGL 265 


Tradition and Form in Western Drama 


ENGL 290 


Honors Seminar in Literature 


FREN 101 


French Elements I 


FREN 102 


French Elements II 


GERM 101 


German Elements I 


GERM 102 


German Elements II 


GRK 101 


Elements of Modern Greek I 


GRK 102 


Elements of Modern Greek II 


HIST 101 


Introduction to Ancient Civilization 


HIST 102 


History of European Civilization through 




the 17th Century 


HIST 103 


History of European Civilization from the 




17th Century 


HIST 105 


Byzantine Empires and Balkans to 1821 


HIST 231 


History of Russian Civilization 


HONR 235 


Honors Seminar in Western Heritage: Arts 




and Humanities 


ITAL 101 


Italian Elements I 


ITAL 102 


Italian Elements II 


LATN 101 


Latin Elements I 


LATN 102 


Latin Elements II 


LATN 201 


Latin Intermediate I 


LATN 202 


Latin Intermediate II 


LATN 301 


Advanced Readings in Latin I 


LATN 302 


Advanced Readings in Latin II 


MUSC 101 


Introduction to Music of the Western 




Heritage 


MUSC 105 


Music Theory for Non-Majors 


MUSC 106 


Honors Introduction to Music of the 




Western Heritage 


PHIL 101 


Introduction to Philosophy 


PHIL 103 


Introduction to Ethics 


PHIL 1 1 1 


Logic 


PHIL 112 


Honors Logic 


PHIL 212 


Honors Special Studies in Philosophy 


PHIL 221 


Ancient Greek Philosophy 


RUSS 101 


Russian Elements I 


RUSS 102 


Russian Elements II 


SPAN 101 


Spanish Elements I 


SPAN 102 


Spanish Elements II 


THEA 241 


Costume, Dress and Society: Egyptian to 




Elizabethan 


THEA 242 


Costume, Dress and Society: Elizabethan to 




1950 



Category II.C.2 


Western Heritage: Social and Behavioral 




Sciences 


These courses engage students in a critical assessment of how \ 


social and behai 


'ioral studies and their methodologies help them 


better understand Western culture, behavior, or social and polit- \ 


ical institutions. 




Two courses 


from different disciplines are required in this 


category. In all 


Category II requirements, no more than three 


courses from one discipline (e.g. ECON, POSC) may be taken 


for GenEd credit. Courses in italics are honors courses. 


ANTH 209 


Anthropology of American Culture 


AmH2n 


Honors Anthropology of American Culture 


ECON 201 


Microeconomic Principles 


ECON 202 


Macroeconomic Principles 


ECON 203 


Honors Microeconomic Principles 


ECON 204 


Honors Macroeconomic Principles 


FMST 101 


Introduction to Family Studies 


GEOG 109 


Introduction to Human Geography 


GEOG 110 


Honors Introduction to Human Geography 


GERO 101 


Introduction to Gerontology 


HONR 237 


Honors Seminar in Western Heritage: Social 




and Behavioral Sciences 


POSC 101 


Introduction to Political Science 


POSC 102 


Honors Introduction to Political Science 


POSC 103 


American National Government 


POSC 207 


State Government 


POSC 209 


Introduction to Law 


POSC 212 


Honors in Political Science 


PSYC 101 


Introduction to Psychology 


PSYC 102 


Honors Introduction to Psychology 


PSYC 203 


Human Development 


PSYC 204 


Honors Human Development 


SOCI 101 


Introduction to Sociology 


SOCI 102 


Honors Introduction to Sociology 



Category II.C.3. 


Western Heritage: Cultural Plurality and 




Diversity 


These courses explore race, class, gender, religious or ethnic tra- 


ditions, or minority issues and investigate how Western prejudg- 


ments, systems oi 


• traditions contribute to issues in diversity. 


One course is 


required in this category. In all Category U 


requirements, no 


more than three courses from one discipline 


(e.g. ENGL, THEA) may be taken for GenEd credit. Courses in 


italics are honors courses. 


AFST 201 


Main Themes in African-American Studies 


EDUC 203 


Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society 


EMF 205 


Women and Gender in Film 


ENGL 233 


Survey of African-American Literature 


ENGL 234 


Major Writers in African-American 




Literature 


ENGL 235 


Ethnic-American Literature 


ENGL 239 


19th- and 20th-century Jewish Literature 


ENGL 253 


The Bible and Literature 


FREN 201 


French Intermediate I 


FREN 202 


French Intermediate II 


FREN 301 


French Composition and Conversation I 


FREN 302 


French Composition and Conversation II 


GERM 201 


German Intermediate I 


GERM 202 


German Intermediate II 


GERM 301 


German Composition and Conversation I 


GERM 302 


German Composition and Conversation II 


HLTH 220 


Sexuality in Diverse Societies 


HONR 240 


Honors Seminar in Cultural Plurality and 




Diversity 



University Curriculum 



Category n.C.3. 


Western Heritage: Cultural Plurality and 




Diversity (continued) 


ITAL201 


Italian Intermediate I 


ITAL 202 


Italian Intermediate II 


ITAL 301 


Italian Composition and Conversation I 


ITAL 302 


Italian Composition and Conversation II 


LGST 101 


Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies 


MUSC 205 


Women in Western Music 


NURS 416 


Multicultural Health Care 


PHIL 204 


Race, Class and Gender 


PHIL 251 


African-American Philosophy 


RLST 206 


Judaism, Christianity and Islam 


RUSS 201 


Russian Intermediate I 


RUSS 202 


Russian Intermediate II 


SOCI 241 


Blacks in America: Myths and Reality 


SOCI 243 


Sociology of Race, Class and Gender 


SPAN 201 


Spanish Intermediate I 


SPAN 202 


Spanish Intermediate II 


SPAN 203 


Honors Spanish Intermediate I 


SPAN 301 


Composition and Conversation 1 


SPAN 302 


Composition and Conversation II 


THEA 303 


Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theater 


THEA 304 


Honors Cultural Diversity in Contemporary 




Theater 


THEA 316 


Theatre of Crossing Cultures 


THEA 380 


Topics in Diversity 


WMST231 


Women in Perspective 


WMST232 


Honors Seminar: Women in Perspective 



Category D.D. 


Global Awareness: Non-Western Cultures, 




Traditions, Issues 


These courses focus specifically or comparatively (among non- \ 


Western civilizati 


ons or between non-Western/Western civiliza- 


lions) on helping 


students understand multiple modes of human 


expression and experience. \ 


One course is 


required. In all Category II requirements, no 


more than three courses from one discipline (e.g. ANTH, HIST) 


may be taken for GenEd credit. Courses in italics are honors 


courses. 




ANTH 207 


Cultural Anthropology 


ANTH 208 


Human Evolution and Prehistory 


ANTH 210 


Honors Cultural Anthropology 


ARAB 101 


Arabic Elements I 


ARAB 102 


Arabic Elements II 


ARAB 201 


Arabic Intermediate I 


ARTH 105 


Art in the Culture 


ARTH 107 


Art: Themes, Dreams and Visions 


ARTH 108 


Introduction to Non-Western Art 


ARTH 208 


Honors Seminar in Non-Western Art 




History 


CHNS 101 


Elementary Modern Chinese I 


CHNS 102 


Elementary Modern Chinese II 


CHNS 201 


Chinese Intermediate I 


CHNS 202 


Chinese Intermediate II 


CHNS 301 


Chinese Composition and Conversation I 


CHNS 302 


Chinese Composition and Conversation II 


COMM 378 


Intercultural Communication 


ENGL 244 


World Folklore 


ENGL 248 


Literature of Global Experience 


GEOG 102 


World Regional Geography 


GEOG 112 


Honors World Regional Geography 


GEOG 105 


Geography of International Affairs 


HEBR 101 


Elements of Hebrew I 


HEBR 102 


Elements of Hebrew II 


HEBR 201 


Hebrew Intermediate I 


HEBR 202 


Hebrew Intermediate II 


HEBR 301 


Hebrew Composition and Conversation I 


HEBR 302 


Hebrew Composition and Conversation 11 



Category II.D. 


Global Awareness: Non-Western Cultures, 




Traditions, Issues (continued) 


HIST 107 


Introduction to History of Islamic 




Civilization 


HIST 109 


Introduction to the Civilization of India 


HIST 110 


East Asian Civilization to the 17th Century 


HIST 1 1 1 


East Asian Civilization Since the 17th 




Century 


HIST 117 


Islamic History 


HIST 121 


Latin America: Colonial Period 


HIST 122 


Latin America: National Period 


HIST 135 


African History and Culture 


HIST 150 


Europe and the Non-European World 


HIST 151 


The World Since 1945 


HLTH 201 


International Health 


HONR 243 


Honors Seminar in Global Awareness: Non- 




Western Cultures, Traditions and Issues 


JPNS 101 


Japanese Elements I 


JPNS 102 


Japanese Elements II 


JPNS 201 


Japanese Intermediate I 


JPNS 202 


Japanese Intermediate II 


JPNS 301 


Japanese Composition and Conversation I 


JPNS 302 


Japanese Composition and Conversation II 


KNES 285 


Sport: A Cross-Cultural Perspective 


MUSC 110 


Honors World Music 


MUSC 1 12 


World Music: Americas, Africa, and West 




Europe 


MUSC 113 


World Music: East Europe, Asia, and the 




Middle East 


OCTH 205 


Alternative and Complimentary Health 




Care 


PHIL 219 


Introduction to Asian Philosophy 


POSC 105 


Governments of the World 


POSC 107 


Introduction to International Relations 


POSC 108 


Honors International Relations 


RLST 105 


Introduction to the Study of Religion 


RLST 205 


Women in World Religions 


WMST 233 


International Perspectives of Women 


WMST 234 


Honors: International Perspectives of 




Women 



University Curriculum 



General Education Requirements Checklist 



Use this form to keep track of how many General Education Requirements you've completed. You should also check your Degree Progress 
Report to confirm completion of your GenEds. To check your Degree Progress Report online, go to students.towson.edu; Towson Online 
Services; Self-Service; Student Center; Other Academics; Degree Progress Report, 



Category I: 


Skills for Liberal Learning (one course in each subcategory) 




I.A. 
I.B. 


Writing for a Liberal Education 




Using Information Effectively 




I.e. 

I.D. 
I.E. 


College Mathematics 




Advanced Composition 




Creativity and Creative Development 




Category II: 


Contexts for Liberal Learning 

• n.A. requires 8-10 units, 4 units of which must be a laboratory science course. 

• II.B.l., II.B.3., II.C.l., n.C.3. and II.D. require one course each. 

• II.B.l. and II.C.l. must be from different disciplines. 

• II.C.2. requires two courses. Courses must be from different disciplines. 

• No more than 3 courses can be in the same discipline. 




II.A. 


Scientific Inquiry (Lab) 






(Lab) 








OR 




(Lab) 






(Non-Lab) 


AND 




(Non-Lab) 




II.B.l. 
II.B.3. 


American Experience: Arts and Humanities 




American Experience: Contemporary Issues 




II.C.l. 
II.C.2. 


Western Heritage: Arts and Humanities 




Western Heritage: Social and Behavioral Sciences 




(Requires two courses from different disciplines) 




II.C.3. 
II.D. 


Western Heritage: Cultural Plurality and Diversity 




Global Awareness: Non- Western Cultures, Traditions. Issues 









University Curriculum 



TRANSFER PACKAGES 

Towson University offers Transfer Packages to newly enrolled trans- 
fer students. The packages vary according to the General Education 
(GenEd) requirements completed at the sending institution. 

Transfer Package A, B or C will be awarded to students meeting 
the following criteria prior to matriculation at Towson University: 
40 transferable credits of liberal arts course work comparable to 
courses that native Towson University students may use to satisfy 
GenEd and, as part of the 40 credits, the completion of the mini- 
mum MHEC (Maryland Higher Education Commission) GenEd 
requirements. 

Minimum Requirements for GenEd Transfer Packages 

Transfer packages will be awarded provided the following require- 
ments are completed prior to matriculation at Towson University: 

• Minimum MHEC requirements: 

• One college-level freshman composition course (Towson gradu- 
ation requirement: a grade equivalent of a 2.00 or higher must 
be earned) 

• One college-level mathematics course (Prerequisite: two years 
of high school algebra) 

• Two science courses (one must be a lab) 

• Two arts/humanities courses (must be different disciplines) 

• Two social science courses (must be different disciplines) 

• Additional liberal arts requirements; 

• Emerging issues course (must include information technology) 

• One cultural diversity course 

• One global awareness course 

Package A 

• 40 units toward GenEd completed at sending 
institution 

• 6 units of GenEd courses required at Towson 

• I.D. Advanced Composition (Upper-Level) 

• II. A. Scientific Inquiry 

Package B 

• 40+ units toward GenEd completed at sending institution 

• 8 science units (two lab science courses) toward GenEd completed 
at sending institution 

• 3 units of GenEd required at Towson 

• I.D. Advanced Composition (Upper-Level) 

Package C Baccalaureate Institution Transfers Only 

• 44-46 units of GenEd required and completed at 
sending institution 

• GenEd SATISFIED IN TRANSFER 

Course work for transfer students not awarded a GenEd pack- 
age will be applied toward Towson 's GenEd requirements on a 
course-by-course basis. 

AAT Degrees (Associate of Arts in Teaching) 

Maryland public community college students who have earned 
AAT degrees (Associate of Arts Degree in Teaching) will be awarded 
64 transfer credits "without further review," in accordance with 
MHEC policy, (toward the articulated education programs) at 
Towson. Students are encouraged to contact the appropriate edu- 
cation department chairperson at their institutions for specific 
details and program deadlines. 

Course work for students who do not complete all requirements 
of the AAT degree, will be applied toward Towson's GenEd and 
major requirements on a course-by-course basis. 

CHOOSING A MAJOR 

The General Education (GenEd) requirements allow students to 
explore a broad range of subjects, while the major and minor pro- 
vide in-depth study of one or more fields. A major may require as 
few as 30 units and as many as 84 units. The exact number varies 
and is set by the academic department. 

All students are asked to declare a major during their initial reg- 
istration to assist advisers in proper placement of courses. Those 



who are not sure which major they wish to pursue will be desig- 
nated as "undecided." However, all students must declare a major 
or be in a pre-major pool upon completing 60 units. Failure to do 
so will result in the discontinuation of a student's enrollment. 

In order to add or change a major or minor, students must com- 
plete a Change of Major/Minor Form available online and in the 
Registrar's Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services, room 223. 

Changes in Terminology 

Students use Towson Online Services to register for classes and 
track their academic progress. Please note that some academic 
terms used online and in the catalog are interchangeable. For exam- 
ple: majors and minors are referred to as Academic Plans; concen- 
trations and tracks are referred to as Academic Sub-Plans. 

Major 

A major consists of courses required of a particular discipline that 
may include both lower-level (100-200) and upper-level (300-400) 
courses within and outside the discipline. A grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher is required in all courses completed toward the 
major, and a minimum cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 
2.00 must be earned in the major. 

Combined Majors 

A combined major blends the requirements of two majors, allow- 
ing students to complete both majors by taking fewer units than if 
each major were completed separately. 

Double Major 

A double major requires the completion of all requirements for 
each of two majors. 

Minor 

An institutionally approved set of courses within a major area of 
study, or a separate, distinct thematic area of study consisting of at 
least 18, or no more than 30 units. A minimum of 12 units must be 
upper-level courses (300-400 numbered courses) and no more than 
12 units can be taken outside of the minor or thematic discipline. 
A grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher is required in all courses com- 
pleted toward the minor, and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 
must be earned in the minor. 

Concentration (MHEC Approved) 

A concentration is a sequential arrangement of courses represent- 
ing a specialized area of study within a program. A concentration 
requires a minimum of 24 units and should have enough unique 
units to distinguish it from the major, a track or another concen- 
tration. A concentration will appear on the student's transcript as 
a Sub-Plan upon graduation. 

Track (Towson University Approved) 

A track is a sequential arrangement of courses representing a spe- 
cialized area of study within a program. A track requires a mini- 
mum of 24 units and should have enough unique units to distin- 
guish it from the major, a concentration or another track. A track 
will appear on the student's transcript as a Sub-Plan upon gradua- 
tion. 

Screened/Competitive Majors 

Some programs of study are screened. Students must meet certain 
academic and/or curricular criteria, such as completing prerequisite 
courses or attaining a specific average, before they are admitted to 
these programs. 

Other programs of study, while not officially approved screened 
majors, are competitive. Students must either submit a portfolio of 
work or audition before they are admitted to these programs. 
Examples of competitive majors include Art, Music and Dance. 



University Curriculum 



The criteria are published in the apphcable sections of this cata- 
log. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to 
screened or competitive programs. 

Out-of-State Students 

Recognizing the advantage of a diverse student body, the university 
welcomes out-of-state applicants to its screened programs. 
However, because the university is partially supported by 
Maryland taxpayers, the proportion of out-of-state students admit- 
ted to its screened programs must be limited. Therefore, no more 
than 25 percent of each class of new students admitted to screened 
programs will be out-of-state residents unless qualified in-state stu- 
dents are unavailable. 

COLLEGES 

The university comprises eight colleges: the College of Business and 
Economics, the College of Education, the College of Fine Arts and 
Communication, the College of Health Professions, the College of 
Liberal Arts, the Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Science and 
Mathematics, the Honors College and the College of Graduate 
Studies and Research. 

Once students have determined a program of study, they become 
members of, and graduates from, the academic college administer- 
ing the program. 

Students in teacher education programs may have requirements 
listed in more than one college. Teacher education programs are 
screened and highly competitive, requiring successful completion 
of specific prerequisite courses and attaining a minimum cumula- 
tive GPA, to be considered for admission. 

Students interested in pursuing a career in teacher education 
should read the "Standards for Students Enrolled in Teacher 
Education Programs" before deciding on a teaching career. This 
information can be found in the College of Education section of 
this catalog under the heading "Admission to Teacher Education." 

College of Business and Economics 

The College of Business and Economics (CBE) specializes in pro- 
viding a high-quality, applied undergraduate business education 
while offering a superior, comprehensive academic experience with 
an international perspective that prepares students for positions of 
responsibility and leadership in business and society. CBE provides 
graduates with the Knowledge, Skills and Attitudes (KSAs) that 
employers seek. The KSAs are integrated in the CBE curriculum 
and contain concrete, measurable and attainable objectives to pre- 
pare graduates to be broad-based and ready to perform immedi- 
ately upon entering the job market. 

The Accounting and Business Administration programs are 
accredited by AACSB International — the Association to Advance 
Collegiate Schools of Business. Students may earn degrees in 
Accounting, Business Administtation, e-Business and Economics. 
Within the Business Administration major, students choose among 
concentrations in International Business, Finance, Management or 
Marketing, or tracks in Economics, Entrepreneurship, Human 
Resource Management or Legal Studies. Courses toward financial 
planning certification are also offered. 

College of Education 

The mission for professional education at Towson University is to 
inspire, educate, and prepare educators as facilitators of active 
learning for diverse and inclusive populations in environments that 
are technologically advanced. The professional education unit is 
accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education and the Maryland State Department of Education. 

As the first teacher-training institution in Maryland, Towson 
University has been preparing men and women for teaching careers 
for more than 140 years. Today, the College of Education has a 
nationwide reputation as a leader in teacher education. Programs 
of study lead to the baccalaureate degree in education with certifi- 
cation to teach Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education, 



Special Education and Integrated Elementary Education and 
Special Education. In addition, the college offers programs that 
lead to teacher certification in secondary education and K-12 edu- 
cation for students enrolled in other colleges of the university. 

College of Fine Arts and Communication 

Recognized as a fine arts center for Maryland, the College of Fine 
Arts and Communication trains talented men and women to pur- 
sue careers in the arts and communication. Additionally, the college 
offers all TU students the opportunity to participate in both aca- 
demic and artistic experiences in these areas. 

Because the creative process involves close dialogue between 
teacher and student, programs are structured to allow for individ- 
ual attention. All programs provide a broad liberal education as 
well as speciahzed professional training. 

College of Health Professions 

The departments of the College of Health Professions have the 
common goal of preparing students to provide human services 
designed to improve the quality of life. The college is composed of 
the departments of Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and 
Deaf Studies, Gerontology, Health Science, Kinesiology, Nursing, 
and Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science, and college- 
based programs in Allied Health and Physicians Assistant Studies. 
Graduates of the baccalaureate programs in Athletic Training and 
Nursing and the combined B.S./M.S. in Occupational Therapy are 
eligible to sit for their respective certification examinations. 

A major in the College of Health Professions can prepare students 
for one of many health care and sport-related careers. Some exam- 
ples include community health, health education, health care man- 
agement, elder care, athletic training, physical education, coaching 
and government service. 

College of Liberal Arts 

The largest of Towson's colleges, the College of Liberal Arts includes 
the disciplines commonly identified with the humanities and the 
social sciences, as well as a robust array of interdisciplinary pro- 
grams. Because it contains many of the core disciplines of higher 
education, the college also contributes heavily to the General 
Eduction course offerings of the university. Departments and pro- 
grams in the College of Liberal Arts are committed to developing in 
students the essential attributes of a liberal education: the ability to 
develop questions, to evaluate evidence, to think critically, to repre- 
sent ideas fairly, to weigh competing claims, to reach sound judg- 
ments, to construct arguments and to express ideas clearly and effec- 
tively. Students encounter the challenges of working with others and 
the reality of differences between cultures — locally, nationally and 
globally — and they build an appreciation for the complexities of 
human expression and social interaction. 

The College of Liberal Arts maintains classes of limited size to 
enhance student-faculty interaction, and it promotes a variety of 
opportunities for undergraduates in research, internships, service 
learning, study abroad, and creative expression. Whether studying 
the technical or the poetic, the legal or the historical, the clinical or 
the cultural, students in the College of Liberal Arts will enhance 
their capacities for both personal and professional success. 
Graduates may move toward immediate employment in teaching, 
planning, publishing, counseling, business or public service, or they 
may pursue graduate programs in a variety of disciplines and in pro- 
fessions such as law. 

Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Science and 
Mathematics 

The Fisher College of Science and Mathematics provides students 
with the science, mathematics and technology dimension of their lib- 
eral education. Courses are offered in all of the traditional physical, 
mathematical and life sciences disciplines. Programs are vigorous, yet 
highly flexible. Students may choose a traditional science major or 



University Curriculum 



may elect cross-disciplinary majors, such as Environmental Science 
and Studies; Molecular Biology, Biochemistry, and Bioinformatics; or 
Forensic Chemistry. A Dual-Degree Engineering program; pre-pro- 
fessional preparation in pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary 
medicine and physical therapy; and international studies programs 
leading to a Master of Science are also available. Students who major 
in Mathematics or in one of the sciences may also pursue certification 
to teach at the secondary or elementary level. 

The Honors College 

The Honors College provides an enhanced undergraduate experi- 
ence for more than 700 talented and high-achieving students. 
Professors from all academic colleges teach honors classes in 62 
majors and departments. Academic opportunities include small 
honors classes that offer more intimate student-faculty interaction 
and satisfy General Education (GenEd) requirements, early regis- 
tration, and recognition on the student's transcript and diploma. 
All accepted first-year students receive an Honors College scholar- 
ship. Social benefits include an option to live in honors housing in 
a community that integrates residential living with classroom activ- 
ity. Students also have opportunities to participate in special social, 
cultural and leadership activities. 

College of Graduate Studies and Research 

As the College of Graduate Studies and Research celebrates 50 
years of graduate programs at Towson, it has expanded programs 
and streamlined administrative processes to accommodate a grad- 



uate student population which has grown to more than 3,600 stu- 
dents. The mission of the Graduate School at Towson University is 
to provide programs of study that will allow individuals to advance 
their knowledge, increase their practical skills, and develop leader- 
ship abilities in a broad spectrum of professions. The College of 
Graduate Studies and Research also aims to help students enhance 
knowledge of their disciplines through collaboration on research 
projects with faculty; to be actively engaged in the process of 
improving the quality of life for others and themselves; and to 
develop the desire in each individual to become a continuous life- 
long learner. The college currently administers four doctoral, 39 
master's and 24 certificate programs. 

A hallmark of graduate education at Towson is the emphasis on 
applied programs that provide the skills and knowledge needed by 
career professionals. Faculty and student research is closely related 
to graduate education and advances the college's mission as well as 
that of Towson University. The Office of University Research 
Services (OURS) was established to assist faculty and staff in 
obtaining external support for research and scholarly activity. It 
serves the dual function of protecting the university's interests in 
matters relating to external funding, while providing a high level of 
service to university faculty and staff members in identifying fund- 
ing opportunities, and submitting complete and competitive 
proposals for research and scholarly projects. In fiscal year 2007, 
Towson University received more than $20 million in external 
funding for research and other scholarly projects. 




University Curriculum 



Undergraduate Programs 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

Accounting Major*+> 

Track 

Financial Planning 
Business Administration Major/Minor+*> 

Concentrations 

Finance 

International Business 

Management 

Marketing 

Interdisciplinary Specialization 

Marketing — Mass Communication Interdisciplinary 
Specialization 

Tracks 

Economics 

Entrepreneurship 

Human Resource Management 

Legal Studies 

Combined Major 

Business Administration and Computer Information Systems 
e-Business Major*+ 

Track 

Financial Planning 

Combined Major 

e-Business and Computer Information Systems 

e-Business and Business Administration (Marketing) 
Economics Major/Minor-f 

Combined Majors 

Economics and Geography 

Economics and Mathematics 

Economics and Political Science 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Art Education (K-12) Major'' 

Dance Performance and Education (K-12) Major'+ 

(#audition required) 
Early Childhood Education Major* + 
Elementary Education Major° + 

Minor 

Mathematics 

Combined Major 

Elementary Education and Deaf Studies 
Integrated Elementary Education - Special Education Major*+ 
Library Media Certification (K-12) 
Music Education (K-12) Major'-i- (#audition required) 

Concentrations 

Instrumental# 

Vocal/General# 
Physical Education (K-12) Major*+ 
Secondary Education Major** 

Certification Areas 

Biology+ 

Chemistryt 

Earth-Space Science* 

English+ 

French+ 

Geography* 

German* 

History* 

Mathematics* 

Physics* 

School Health* 

Social Science* 

Spanish* 
Special Education Major** 

Tracks 

Elementary 

Infant/Primary 

Secondary/Adult 

COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION 

Art Major/Minor 
Tracks 
Ceramics 

Digital Art and Design 
Graphic Design 
Illustration; Traditional Media 
Illustration; Digital 
Interdisciplinary Crafts 
Metalsmithing and Jewelry 
Painting and Drawing 
Photography: Fine and Applied Arts 



Photography; Photographic Imaging 

Printmaking 

Sculpture 
Art Education (K-12) Major** 
Art History Major/Minor 
Communication Studies Major/Minor 

Combined Major 

Communication Studies and Political Science 
Dance Performance Major# 
Dance Performance and Education (K-12) Major# 
Electronic Media and Film Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Film and Media Studies 

FilnWideo/Digital Media 

Radio/Audio 
Mass Communication Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Advertising 

Journalism and New Media 

Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communication 

Combined Major 

Mass Communication and Political Science 

Interdisciplinary Specialization 

Mass Communication — Marketing Interdisciplinary 
Specialization 
Music Major* (#audition required)* 

Concentrations 

Bachelor of Science in Music Major* (#audition required) 

Compositions 

Guitar Performances 

Jazz/Commercial Compositions 

Jazz/Commercial Performance* 

Keyboard Performance* 

Voice Performance* 

Winds/Strings/Percussion Performance* 
Music Minor 

Tracks 

Literature (application to department required) 

Performance* 
Music Education (K-12) Major* (#audition required) 

Concentrations 

Instrumental* 

Vocal/General* 
Theatre Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Acting 

Design and Production 

Theatre Studies 

COLLEGE OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

Allied Health Major (Community College Partnership) 

Athletic Training Major** 

Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education Major (with 

Community College of Baltimore County, Dundalk) 

Tracks 

Counseling and Rehabilitation 

Prevention and Education 
Deaf Studies Major 

Focus Areas 

Deaf Culture 

Human Services 

Combined Majors 

Elementary Education and Deaf Studies 

Speech-Language Pathology, Audiology and Deaf Studies 
Exercise Science Major 
Gerontology Major/Minor 
Health Care Management Major/Minor* 

Track 

Long-Term Care 
Health Science Major/Minor* 

Concentrations 

Community Health 

School and Community Health Education 

School Health — Teacher Education (5-12) 
Nursing Major** 

Basic Program 

RN Completion Program 
Occupational Therapy Combined B.S./M.S.** 
Physical Education Major (K-12 Certification) 
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Major** 

Combined Major 

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology and Deaf Studies 
Sport Management Major 
Pre-professional 
Physical Therapy Preparation 



University Curriculum 



COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 

Cultural Studies Major/Minor 
English Major/Minor* 

Tracks 

Literature 

Writing 

Minors 

World Literature 

Creative Writing 
Environmental Science and Studies Major/Minor (with FCSM) 

CoticeiUrtition 

Environmental Studies 
Family Studies Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Child Life 

Family and Human Services 

Leadership in Non-Profit Sector 

Services to Children 
Foreign Languages Major/Minor/Proficiency 

Tracks 

French 

German 

Spanish 

Literature/Professional 

Secondary Education 
Geography and Environmental Planning Major/Minor 

Track 

Global Skills 

Minor 

Geographic Information Sciences 

Combined Majors 

Geography and Economics 

Geography and Political Science 

Geography and Sociology 
Geography and Land Surveying Major (with Community College 

of Baltimore County, Catonsville) 
History Major/Minor'f 
Interdisciplinary Studies Major 

Tracks/Minors 

American Studies 

Asian Studies 

Latin American Studies 

Tracks Only 

Animal Behavior 

Individually Designed Thematic Option 

Minors Only 

African and African American Studies 

Business, Communication and the Liberal Arts 

Classical Studies 

Comparative Ethnic Studies 

Jewish Studies 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Studies 
International Studies Major/Minor 

Tracks 

General 

International Development 

Asia 

Latin America 

Europe 

Minor 

European Studies 
Law and American Civilization Major 
Metropolitan Studies Major 
Philosophy Major/Minor 
Political Science Major/Minor 

Combined Majors 

Political Science and Economics 

Political Science and Geography 

Political Science and Communication Studies 

Political Science and Mass Communication 

Prelaw Program (See Dual Degree Programs) 
Psychology Major/Minor 

Options 

Honors Clinical 

Honors Developmental 

Honors Research 
Religious Studies Major/Minor 
Social Sciences Major 
Sociology- Anthropology Major/Minor* 

Concentrations 

Anthropology 

Sociology 

Criminal Justice 



Combined Majors 

Sociology and Psychology 

Sociology and Geography 

Anthropology and Geography 
Women's Studies Major/Minor 
Dual Degree Program 
Prelaw Program (with University of Baltimore) 

JESS AND MILDRED FISHER COLLEGE OF 
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

Biology Major/Minor 

Concentrations 

Cell and Molecular Biology 

Functional Biology of Animals 

Organismal Biology and Ecology 

Secondary School Biology and General Science Teaching 
Chemistry Major/Minor (ACS accredited degree)* 

Tracks 

General 

Professional 

ACS Certification Option 

Chemistry Secondary Education 
Computer Information Systems Major/Minor^- 

Combined Majors 

Computer Information Systems and Business Administration 

Computer Information Systems and Electronic Business 
Computer Science Major/Minor+4- 

Track 

Computer Security 

Combined Major 

Computer Science and Mathematics 
Earth-Space Science Major 
Environmental Science and Studies Major/Minor 

Concentration 

Environmental Science 
Forensic Chemistry Major 

Tracks 

General Forensic Science 

Trace Evidence/Drug Analysis 

DNA 
Geology Major/Minor4 
Mathematics Major/Minor> 

Concentrations 

Actuarial Science and Risk Management 

Applied Mathematics 

Pure Mathematics 

Mathematics Secondary Education 

Combined Majors 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Mathematics and Economics 
Medicinal Chemistry Major (Dual Degree Program with 

University of Maryland School of Pharmacy) 
Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and Bioinformatics Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Molecular Biology 

Biochemistry 

Bioinformatics 
Physics Major/Minor 

Tracks 

Applied Physics 

Astrophysics 

General Physics 

Physics Secondary Education Program 

Minor 

Astronomy 
B.S. Physics/M.S. in Computer Science 
Dual Degree Programs 
B.S. in Biological Sciences/M.S. in Aquaculture or Antarctic and Southern 

Ocean Studies (with University of Tasmania) 
Medicinal Chemistry (with University of Maryland School of Pharmacy) 
Physics and Engineering (with University of Maryland, College Park and 

Pennsylvania State University) 
Pre- Professional Preparation 
Premedical/Predentai 
Prepharmacy 
Preveterinary Medicine 

Concentrations, minors and tracks are listed under majors. 

'Screened or competitive major. Admission to the university does not 

guarantee admission to this major program. 

+This program is accredited by a national association. 

#Auditions arc required. 

♦This major can be completed 100 percent during the evening hours. 



University Curriculum 



OPPORTUNITIES FOR OFF-CAMPUS STUDY 

Students at Towson may expand their educational opportunities by 
studying in universities throughout Maryland, the United States, 
and in countries around the world. In some programs, students are 
able to pay tuition approximately equal to that at Towson (plus 
transportation), while others will require additional funds. 
Students considering one of the off-campus study options will want 
to plan ahead for their experience. 

Inter-Institutional/Baltimore Student Exchange Registration 

Program 

Enrollment Services 235, 410-704-2007 

The Inter-Institutional Registration Program at Towson University 
is designed to foster an interchange of students between Towson 
and other University System of Maryland institutions. Certain pri- 
vate colleges, such as Goucher, Loyola, Johns Hopkins, College of 
Notre Dame, Morgan State University, Maryland Institute College 
of Art, Peabody Institute, Villa Julie College, and Baltimore 
Hebrew University, also participate in a similar program called the 
Baltimore Student Exchange Program (BSEP), with no additional 
tuition costs to students. 

Interested full-time degree candidates should contact the coordi- 
nator at Towson. Students must maintain a combined full load (12 
or more units) with a minimum of 6 units at TU. With approval of 
the coordinator, students may register for one or two courses at the 
host institution. Enrollment is on a space-available basis. Students 
must obtain special permits or instructor consent to register for 
courses that require them at the host institution. Students partici- 
pating in these programs must follow the withdrawal deadlines at 
the host institutions. 

At the end of the term, the host institution's registrar will send 
an official transcript to Towson, and the courses completed and 
grades earned will be posted to the Towson record and calculated 
into the Towson cumulative average. Additionally, a notation will 
be made that the course work was completed through the program, 
indicating the name of the host institution. 

National Student Exchange (NSE) 
Lecture Hall, 410-704-3583 

This program allows full-time degree candidates an opportunity to 
become acquainted with social and educational patterns in other 
areas of the United States. Through Towson's membership in the 
NSE, students may attend one of the 190 participating schools for 
a term or a full year. Schools participating in the program include 
ones in Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands, and in 47 states. For 
more information, contact Tracy Miller, 410-704-3583, or Susan 
Hyman, 410-704-2007. 

Consortia Agreements 
Enrollment Services 233, 410-704-3104 

Students at TU may participate in consortia agreements between 
accredited two- and four-year colleges and universities. Consortia 
agreements are useful for students who wish to use part of their 
financial aid to pay for all or part of the tuition and fees at the par- 
ticipating institution. 

Students wishing to participate in a consortia agreement must: 

1. Be in good academic standing at TU. Students for whom an 
exception to suspension, dismissal or disenrollment has been 
made or who have been readmitted on probation are 
ineligible; 

2. Not have completed more than 64 units at community colleges 
or more than 90 total units at all schools attended, including 
TU; 

3. Must have financial aid for the specific period; 

4. Obtain from the appropriate TU academic department(s) ver- 
ification that the courses selected are transferable in accor- 
dance with current transfer credit policies and procedures; 



5. Not attempt to repeat courses at the participating institution 

if they have been attempted at TU. 

Note: Students do not need a consortia agreement if they register 

through either the Inter-Institutional Registration or Baltimore 

Student Exchange Programs (see section describing requirements). 

For more information, contact Marilyn Leuthold, Office of the 
Registrar, 410-704-3104. 

STUDY ABROAD 

Administration Building 

7720 York Road, Second Floor, 410-704-2451 

Fax: 410-704-4703 

E-mail: studyabroad@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/studyabroad 

The Study Abroad Office provides a wide range of overseas aca- 
demic experiences for Towson students. It plays an important role 
in the university's mission to internationalize the campus commu- 
nity and to provide all of its students with a broad knowledge and 
understanding of the global society. Currently, more than 500 stu- 
dents per year from a variety of disciplines participate in TTl's 
study abroad and exchange programs. 

The Study Abroad Office provides the following services: coor- 
dinates and manages study abroad and exchange programs; 
advises interested and eligible students on incorporating an over- 
seas experience in their undergraduate degree program; acts as a 
liaison for the student, academic departments and various admin- 
istrative offices on campus, and foreign universities; and provides 
support services to students prior to, during, and following a study 
abroad experience. 

The university maintains relationships with various institutions 
abroad and U.S. -based organizations providing overseas study 
opportunities in Europe, the Americas, Africa, Asia, Mexico, the 
Caribbean, New Zealand, Canada and Australia. For an up-to- 
date list of exchange partners and affiliates, please visit the 
Web site at www.towson.edu/studyabroad. 

The length of programs varies from one term to a year, 
Minimester or during the summer. Many programs focus on spe- 
cific academic disciplines, while others emphasize language study, 
independent study or an internship combined with traditional 
course work. Academic credit can be applied toward fulfilling 
requirements and electives for degree programs. 

Financial aid and scholarships may be applied toward all study 
abroad exchanges and programs. Special scholarships for study 
abroad are also available. Contact the Study Abroad Office for 
more information. 

Daily information sessions are conducted by the Study Abroad 
Office to provide students with preliminary information about 
overseas study opportunities and procedures. Students should 
attend an information session approximately one year prior to their 
intended study abroad experience. Study abroad advisers are avail- 
able by appointment to meet with students who have attended a 
preliminary information session. During an advising appointment, 
students can expect to receive information and advice on study 
abroad program options and how to choose an appropriate pro- 
gram, as well as financial aid and scholarship information, specific 
course information, transferring credit, registration, housing, etc. 
Students are also advised on how to obtain passports, visas and 
other necessary travel documents. Pre-departure orientation ses- 
sions are conducted each term for students who have been 
accepted to a study abroad program. Students are required to 
attend these informative sessions which address many critical 
issues such as health, safety, travel and culture shock. The office 
maintains a resource area for students with program/course cata- 
logs, videos, scholarship and financial aid resources, travel guides, 
and miscellaneous international publications. 

For further information, contact a study abroad adviser at 4 10- 
704-2451, visit the office to pick up an information packet, or visit 
the Web site at www.towson.edu/studyabroad. 



University Curriculum 



UNDERGRADUATE NON-DEGREE 
PROGRAMS 

Office of Admissions 

Enrollment Services, 410-704-2113 

The Office of Admissions oversees the following programs and 

services: Non-Degree Student Enrollment, Teacher Certification, 

Second Bachelor's Degree, High School Parallel Enrollment, and 

Golden I.D. Tuition Waiver Program. 

The academic policies described in the Admissions, University 
Curriculum, and Academic Standards and Procedures sections of 
this catalog apply to students in the above programs unless other- 
wise specified. 

Admission 

Admission is the official acceptance of a student as a degree can- 
didate by the TU Office of Admissions. Registration is the enroll- 
ment in courses for a particular term. Persons who meet the crite- 
ria for non-degree enrollment (outlined below) may register for 
courses without formal admission to the university. Eligibility 
requirements for formal admission and deadlines are detailed in 
the Admissions section of this catalog. 

Non-Degree Students 

Students who wish to enroll as non-degree students (not formally 
admitted by the university) must complete an Enrollment Form 
and submit it to the Office of Admissions before registering. 
Persons who have been denied admission to TU because of aca- 
demic ineligibility are not permitted to attend as non-degree stu- 
dents. They may, however, transfer to Towson University after 
attending another college or university if they meet TU's transfer 
admission requirements (see Guidelines for Transfer Admission in 
this catalog). Persons who have graduated from high school within 
the last two years are not eligible to attend TU as a non-degree stu- 
dent during the fall or spring terms. They must apply for admis- 
sion as a degree-seeking student. 

Non-degree students are expected to maintain the following 
cumulative GPA based on calculable grades at Towson University 
as indicated below: 



Units 

(includes Towson units only) 

9-29.5 

30-59.5 

60 and above 



Minimum GPA 
1.50 
1.75 
2.00 



Students who fail to meet the criteria for good academic standing 
outlined above will be sent letters of warning. After being warned, 
if students do not maintain good academic standing in any subse- 
quent term, their enrollment will be permanently discontinued. 

Non-degree students may apply for formal admission as degree 
candidates according to published deadlines, and admission will be 
based on a competitive GPA and space availability. Advising is 
available through the Office of Admissions and the Academic 
Advising Center. 

The following policies apply for non-degree students who wish 
to earn a degree at TU: 

1 . No catalog will be assigned until you are formally admitted as 
a degree candidate. You must complete the requirements listed 
in your assigned catalog. Please note: It is to your benefit to 
be formally admitted as soon as you are eligible. 

2. You must complete the final 30 units of your degree in resi- 
dence at TTJ. 

3. You must complete the final 15 units of your degree at TU as 
a degree candidate. 

4. Transfer credits earned at another institution will not be eval- 
uated until you are formally admitted as a degree candidate. 
Academic advising received prior to formal admission will not 
be considered binding by Towson University. 



International students who are on a visa of any type may not 
enroll as non-degree students without written permission from the 
International Student and Scholar Office. Non-native English 
speakers will be tested in English and placed in remedial English 
courses if needed. 

Teacher Certification 

Students who already hold a baccalaureate degree and wish to take 
courses (including teaching internships) to become certified to teach 
in the state of Maryland should contact the Center for Professional 
Practice, located in Hawkins Hall, room 303, 410-704-2567. 
Students must complete a Teacher Certification Enrollment Form in 
order to register. The form is available in the Center for 
Professional Practice and should be submitted to the Office of 
Admissions. Certification students will be advised by the appropri- 
ate department in the College of Education. 

Students taking courses for recertification do not need to file an 
application with the Center for Professional Practice. They only 
need to file the Non-Degree Enrollment Form with the Office of 
Admissions (see section above on Non-Degree Students). 

Non-Degree Immunization 

All non-degree students will be required to submit immunization 
records. For more information, contact the Dowell Health Center 
at 410-704-2466. 

High School Parallel Enrollment 

The High School Parallel Enrollment Program is designed for high 
school students who want to take courses at Towson for college 
credit. Students must have a B average and approximately 1600 on 
SAT Reasoning Test (combined critical reading, mathematics and 
writing) or 110 on PSAT. "Home schooled" students should send 
the most recent evaluation from the supervising organization, as 
well as any standardized test results. 
The program allows students to: 

• Experience college first-hand 

• Take courses not offered at the high school level 

• Earn college credit 

High School Parallel Enrollment students enroll in regular 
courses at Towson during the summer sessions or the fall and 
spring terms and attend class right along with other college stu- 
dents. They may take any TU course, provided the prerequisites 
have been met. 

To apply, download the printable application form. Send the 
completed form and $25 application fee to the Office of 
Admissions, Towson Universit)', 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 
21252-0001. Also enclose a copy of SAT scores and high school 
transcript. The application and supporting documentation can also 
be faxed to 410-704-3030. 

Golden I.D. Tuition Waiver Program 

Retired Maryland residents, 60 years of age or older, are eligible for 
the Golden I.D. Tuition Waiver Program. Golden I.D. students may 
enroll for up to 1 1 units in the fall and spring terms (and 8 units in 
the summer session) and pay a discounted fee rate. Participants 
may take courses for audit or credit on a space-available basis (spe- 
cial format courses and Towson Learning Network (TLN) pro- 
grams are excluded). To apply for the Golden I.D. program and 
find out the current fee rates, contact the Office of Admissions, 
410-704-2113. 

CREDIT FOR PRIOR LEARNING 

Registrar's Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services 223, 

410-704-2471 

TTJ recognizes that some students may have acquired abilities 
through life experience, personal study, and/or military course 
work. The Credit for Prior Learning (CPL) Program offers an 



University Curriculum 



opportunity for students to receive college credit by taking "chal- 
lenge" tests in the area of their proficiency, presenting portfolios, 
and providing documentation of military course work/experiences. 

A maximum of 45 units for "non-traditional learning" may be 
granted with a grade of PE through the Credit for Prior Learning 
Program (this includes any CLEP credit granted in transfer). CPL 
units can be used to fulfill GenEds, electives, and/or major require- 
ments. Students must be degree candidates with at least a 2.00 
cumulative GPA to have CPL units recorded on the TU transcript. 
Please note that some academic departments may accept a lower 
maximum number of CPL units toward the major. Please check 
with the major department first to find out if such restrictions 
exist. 

Different ways to earn CPL units at Towson University are 
described below: 

Departmental Exams 

TU offers departmental "challenge" exams in Chemistry, Health 
Science, Mathematics, Foreign Languages and Psychology. Students' 
achievement in a particular test must be equal or superior to that of 
students having earned a grade equivalent of 2.00. Although depart- 
mental standards for granting credit may exceed this minimum, 
credit may not be granted when achievement is below 2.00 level 
work. Departments may also offer advanced placement with no 
credit given based on an individualized assessment. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) 

TU offers, and grants units for, the following computerized CLEP 
tests: Humanities, Mathematics, Natural Science, and Social 
Science/History. Tests are also offered in Accounting (ACCT 201, 
202), Business Law (LEGE 226), Economics (ECON 201, 202), 
Marketing (MKTG 341), Management (MNGT 361), Computer 
Science (COSC 111), Freshman Composition (ENGL 102), 
American Literature (ENGL 230), English Literature (ENGL 221, 
222), Educational Psychology (PSYC 201), and Sociology (SOCI 
101). For information about the minimum passing scores for CLEP 
tests, call 410-704-2471. 

Individualized Assessments 

Students who wish to earn credit for courses that do not have stan- 
dard departmental or CLEP exams may contact the academic 
department to determine if individualized assessment is possible. 
This type of assessment may include portfolio review, oral or writ- 
ten examination, demonstration (e.g., dance or music), or written 
report/paper. 

Military Course Work/Experience 

TU is a member of Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC). 
Students who have served or are currently serving in the United 
States military may receive college credit for basic training, mili- 
tary occupational specialties, and other military course work. 
Official documentation must be submitted. Work will be evaluated 
per the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the 
Armed Services by the American Council on Education (ACE). 

For further information on the Credit for Prior Learning Program, 
call the Office of the Registrar, 410-704-3104. 

MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAMS 

Registrar's Office, Enrollment Services 235, 410-704-2007 
Towson offers undergraduate students who are interested in offi- 
cer training for the military several opportunities to pursue that 
training. 

Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) Credit 

TU will accept transfer credit hours earned from a recognized 
ROTC Program sponsored by an accredited college or university. 
Such credits will be considered upper- or lower-level credits as 



defined by the transferring school, and are applicable as elective 
units toward a TU degree. ROTC units are considered to be non- 
traditional units and are part of a maximum of 45 non-traditional 
units allowed by academic policy. 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) 

Towson University offers Army ROTC to its undergraduate stu- 
dents through a cooperative agreement among Loyola College, 
TU, and the U.S. Army. 

The primary objective of the ROTC Program is to prepare 
selected students with potential to serve as commissioned officers 
in one of the three components of the U.S. Army — Active Army, 
National Guard and Army Reserve. The program is totally volun- 
tary and is conducted in two phases — the basic course and the 
advanced course. 

The basic course is taken in the freshman and sophomore years. 
No military commitment is incurred during this time, and students 
may withdraw, as with any other course, through the end of the 
second year. The basic course is available as an elective to all qual- 
ified students. 

TU students who decide after either their freshman or sopho- 
more years that they are interested in the ROTC Program may 
attend a special ROTC Basic Camp. This camp will fully substitute 
for the first two years of on-campus study. This camp is held for 
six weeks during the summer, and all participants receive pay and 
allowances. 

Normally, students must have a minimum of two years of col- 
lege remaining before graduation in order to join ROTC. 

Except for veterans, the basic course or a basic camp must be 
successfully completed prior to entering the advanced course. 

The advanced course is normally taken in the final two years of 
college. A paid, six-week advanced camp is held during the sum- 
mer between the junior and senior years. 

Army ROTC graduates may serve three or four years, or an 
entire career on active duty, or request Reserve Forces Duty (RED) 
and serve as little duty as three months on active duty. The remain- 
der of their obligation is spent in the Army Reserve or the Army 
National Guard where they assume roles equally important to 
those of their active duty counterparts. 

Specialized branch assignments are made in the students' senior 
year, which will determine the nature of their duties once they are 
commissioned. These specialized assignments are based largely 
upon students' majors and personal preferences. 

Prior to graduation and commissioning, the senior student will 
make known personal preferences regarding the geographical area 
of the world in which he or she desires to serve his or her first tour 
upon entering the active Army. 

The Army awards scholarships on a competitive basis to out- 
standing young men and women who are interested in serving in 
the active or reserve components of the U.S. Army. Details of the 
ROTC scholarship program are available from the Office of 
Financial Aid. All TTJ students are eligible to apply. 

Enrollment for ROTC is done through the Military Science 
Department at Loyola College. Contact the Military Science 
Department at 410-617-2387 or 410-617-2276 for class days and 
times. Generally, freshmen and sophomores have classes on 
Monday and Wednesday afternoons either at Loyola or at 
Towson. Juniors and seniors attend classes at Loyola on Tuesday 
and Thursday afternoons. 

Air Force ROTC 

Air Force ROTC is available to students at Towson University 
through an agreement with the University of Maryland, College 
Park. Air Force courses are scheduled so that students from 
Towson University may complete most AFROTC requirements 
during one morning per week at the College Park campus. In addi- 
tion, students at Towson are eligible to compete for all AFROTC 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



scholarships; four-, three-, and two-year scholarships pay for total 
tuition and fees at both the University of Maryland and Towson 
University, for all required books, and provide a $100 per month 
subsidy for both pilot and navigator training programs. Upon 
graduation from Towson University and completion of the 
AFROTC curriculum at the University of Maryland, students will 
be commissioned second lieutenants in the Air Force. Students who 
are interested in the Air Force ROTC can contact: Air Force 
ROTC, Det. 330, Cole Field House, Room 2126, University 
of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742; telephone: 
301-314-3242/7649/7644. 




Academic Standards and 
Procedures 

An education from Towson University includes a broad liberal arts 
base and a strong knowledge of one or more major fields of study. 
To ensure that the Towson degree continues to have weight and 
meaning, and that it signifies student work meeting or exceeding a 
particular level of excellence, the university insists that certain 
standards and policies apply to all undergraduate students. These 
policies are published every year in this catalog, and any revisions 
are effective as of the date of the catalog's publication (unless oth- 
erwise stated). 

The Academic Standards Committee, comprising faculty, admin- 
istrators and students, meets regularly to formulate policy and to 
review appeals from students asking for exceptions to policies. 

Students who wish an exception must appeal in writing to the 
Academic Standards Committee, c/o the Registrar's Office. 
Appeals must be written by students. Letters received from third 
parties will be considered only as support of students' appeals. 
Letters of appeal should be as brief as possible, concise, and must 
include all pertinent academic information, including, when appro- 
priate, supporting documentation. All appeals receive a written 
response from the committee. 

This section will explain the policies and regulations that govern 
academic standards at Towson. 

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS 

A unit is the value given generally to one 50-minute class (or its 
equivalent) meeting weekly for a term. This means that a class 
meeting Monday, Wednesday and Friday from 9-9:50 a.m. or 
Tuesday and Thursday from 8-9:15 a.m. will be a 3-unit course. 
Most classes fit this format. Classes that require laboratory or stu- 
dio time in addition to lecture time will usually merit an extra unit, 
becoming 4-unit courses, just as those requiring less class time will 
merit fewer units. The course description section of the catalog lists 
the number of units each course carries. Faculty expect students to 
spend at least two hours reading, writing and doing research out- 
side of class for each hour spent in class. 

A term is 14 weeks of instruction, exclusive of final examinations. 
The work covered in one college term is approximately equal to 
that done in one year of high school. 

Term of Study. Each term in which students register and do not 
cancel or withdraw during the change of schedule period counts as 
a term of study. 

Minimester is an intensive condensed term in January that allows 
students to take courses that lend themselves to a highly focused 
format (15 hours of instruction each week) to discuss ideas that 
interest students or that may fill a gap in their requirements. 
Students may take a maximum of 6 units in this term. 

The Summer Trimester is made up of five sessions of varying 
lengths, including an evening session, that allow students to com- 
plete regular course work in a shorter period of time and fulfill 
degree requirements sooner. Students may take a maximum of 9 
units in any one session and a maximum of 15 units in all sessions 
combined. 

Unit Load. In a regular fall or spring term students take about 15 
units (five, 3-unit courses). In the Minimester, students may take a 
maximum of 6 units. Students may register for a maximum of 15 
units during the summer, but they may not take more than 9 units 
during any one summer session. 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



To be considered full-time, undergraduate students must be 
enrolled in a minimum of 12 units each term. For graduate stu- 
dents, the minimum is 9 units each regular term. 

All students in good academic standing may register for 19 units 
in any fall or spring term. Students with a cumulative GPA of 3.25- 

3.49 may register for 20 units. Those with a cumulative GPA of 

3.50 or higher may register for 21 units. Graduating seniors in their 
last term must ask permission from the Registrar's Office to take 
units beyond 19. 

Prerequisites. Prerequisites are requirements imposed by an aca- 
demic department for certain courses within its curriculum. Such 
requirements may include, but are not limited to, other courses 
(C or higher grade), a specific GPA, or class standing, (e.g., junior, 
senior). Prerequisites may also include successful completion of 
screened requirements, where applicable, or successful completion 
of a specific test or examination, either departmental or standard- 
ized, where applicable. Prerequisites may also include department 
or instructor permission in addition to, or in lieu of, a specific 
course, testing, or class standing requirements. 

Departments are responsible for enforcing prerequisites. 
Students are advised to read carefully course descriptions found in 
the Undergraduate Catalog and to make sure they have met any 
prerequisites before registering for courses. Students who remain in 
courses without having met prerequisites, with or without the per- 
mission of the instructor, do so at their own risk. Failure to meet 
prerequisites and withdraw from a course by the published dead- 
line is not a basis for petitioning the Academic Standards 
Committee for an exception to academic policy. 

ENROLLMENT AND REGISTRATION 

Students who have applied for admission to degree candidacy and 
have been admitted must return their Enrollment Contract to 
acknowledge their acceptance of the university's offer of admission. 
After they do this, they will receive information about academic 
advising and course registration. Orientation is available to new 
freshmen and transfer students prior to the beginning of the term. 
The process in which students select courses and have those courses 
entered into the computer is called registration. 

Registration appointments are based on the number of units the 
student has earned. Students must see their adviser before they reg- 
ister. Students who have no adviser may check with their major 
department or, if they have no declared major, with the Academic 
Advising Center (Lecture Hall, 410-704-2472). 

After students have met with their advisers, they plan their 
schedules and register online at http://onestop.towson.edu. 
Students may also register in person at the Registrar's Customer 
Service Center, Enrollment Services, room 223. Non-degree stu- 
dents (those not formally admitted to the university) are encouraged 
to seek advising at least once each academic year. 

Important. Students may not attend a class until they register for 
that class, and they must satisfy all financial obligations to the insti- 
tution before they register. 

Special Format Courses 

Directed readings and independent studies are examples of special 
format courses. Students may not apply more than 12 units of spe- 
cial format courses toward graduation. Departments may set limits 
for fewer units, but they may not exceed the maximum of 12 units 
set by the University Curriculum Committee. Because of the con- 
centrated nature of these courses, students are advised to take no 
more than 6 units of upper-level special format courses per term. 



Pass Grading Option 

Students may elect to be graded on a Pass basis for a maximum of 
12 units toward their degree. If students register for more than 12 
units under the Pass option, only 12 will apply toward graduation. 
This option is not available for courses required toward a major, 
minor. Honors College requirements, or for certification in teacher 
education unless special permission is obtained from the depart- 
ment chairperson. Students must make ail changes to the option 
before the published withdrawal deadline each term. In order to 
elect this grading option, students must complete a Change of 
Schedule Form in the Registrar's Customer Service Center, 
Enrollment Services, room 223. 

Students electing this option must earn a grade equivalent of 
2.00 (C) or higher in order to receive the Pass (PS) grade, which is 
not calculated in the average. Students who earn below the grade 
equivalent of 2.00 will earn that grade, which will be calculated. 
Refer to Grades/Grading for more information. 

Auditing Courses 

Students may audit a course with the permission of the instructor. 
An audited course will be graded AU and will not apply toward the 
degree. Students may elect the audit option at any point up to the 
withdrawal deadline by presenting a completed Change of 
Schedule Form with the instructor's signature to the Registrar's 
Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services, room 223. If stu- 
dents then choose not to elect this option, they must follow the 
same procedure, including obtaining the instructor's signature, to 
remove the option up to the withdrawal deadline. 
Students are advised that audited courses: 

• do not count as part of the term's unit load 

• do not count as part of the term or cumulative totals 

• do not apply toward graduation unless repeated later for credit 

• will be graded AU 

• will be graded AUX if the student registers for a course as an 
audit and fails to attend 

• may not be used to repeat a course for which credit has 
already been earned 

• are billed at the same rate as unit courses 

CHANGING A SCHEDULE 

Adding a Class. Students may add classes to their schedules during 
the first week of classes using a Change of Schedule Form (avail- 
able in departmental offices or from the Registrar's Office). 
Because each department has different procedures for adding 
classes (some require faculty signature and departmental stamp; 
others only a stamp), students need to check the procedures each 
term online at http://onestop.towson.edu. 

Students may not enter a class after the change of schedule 
period (first week of classes) ends. Exceptions are considered only 
with written authorization from the instructor and department 
chair. 

Dropping a Class. Students may drop a class up to the deadline 
available online at http://onestop.towson.edu. 

• If they drop during the change of schedule period (the first week 
of classes), no grade is recorded. 

• If they drop courses after the change of schedule period but 
within the withdrawal period, a grade of W is recorded on the 
transcript. There is no academic penalty associated with 
theW. 

Students who do not officially drop courses during the estab- 
lished time periods receive grades in the courses (A to F or FX) as 
determined by the instructors. 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



Withdrawal after the deadline. Students with documented medical 
problems or verified circumstances beyond their control may 
request to withdraw from one or more courses without academic 
penalty after the established deadline. Documentation must 
accompany the request. If the request is approved, a grade of W 
will be recorded. Requests must he submitted prior to the begin- 
ning of final examinations. 

Sometimes new students who have not yet begun classes decide 
not to attend (cancellation), or continuing students need to with- 
draw completely from the university (withdrawal). 

A. Cancellation of Enrollment. Newly admitted undergraduate 
students who decide not to attend the university before or 
during the first week of classes of the term for which admis- 
sion was approved must notify the Office of Admissions in 
writing. Their admission file will be canceled accordingly, and 
they will be required to submit an additional application for 
any future entrance date. 

B. Selective (Course) Withdrawals. Students may request selec- 
tive withdrawals (while maintaining enrollment in other 
courses) after the withdrawal deadline by coming to the 
Registrar's Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services, 
room 223. All such requests, accompanied by appropriate 
documentation, must be received prior to the beginning of 
final examinations. Those received after this point must be 
appealed to the Academic Standards Committee. Appeals for 
retroactive selective withdrawals (i.e., received after final 
examinations begin) are rarely granted. For information on 
complete retroactive withdrawals, refer to item C below. 

C. Complete (University) Withdrawals. Complete withdrawals 
are more likely to be given consideration. Appropriate med- 
ical documentation must accompany all requests. Degree can- 
didates who wish to withdraw from the university should 
obtain an Official Withdrawal Form from the Registrar's 
Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services 223, or online 
at http://onestop.towson.edu/forms, complete the necessary 
information, and submit it to that office. If a term is in 
progress, students who withdraw after the last date to drop a 
course with a grade of W will earn the grade of F or FX unless 
the withdrawal is for medical reasons or other extenuating 
circumstances. 

D. Re-enrollment. Previous degree candidates who have missed 
more than one term must apply for readmission through the 
Registrar's Office. Forms are available in the Registrar's 
Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services 223, or online 
at http://onestop.towson.edu/readmissions. The deadlines for 
readmission are August 1 for the fall term and December 1 for 
the spring term. 

Readmitted students must comply with the GenEds that were 
published in the Undergraduate Catalog at the time they were orig- 
inally admitted to Towson. 

Students who withdraw from the university, enroll elsewhere, 
and return to Towson after having completed transfer course work 
cannot qualify for a transfer package (1996 and later catalogs). 
This option is available only upon initial admission. (Refer to the 
Admissions section of this catalog.) 

Students who officially withdraw must comply with the compe- 
tency standards (required developmental courses) in effect at the 
time of readmission if the standards were not met prior to with- 
drawal. 



CLASS STANDING 

Students are classified according to the number of units earned: 

Freshman 0-29.5 units 

Sophomore 30-59.5 units 

Junior 60-89.5 units 

Senior 90 units and above 

CLASS ATTENDANCE/ABSENCE POLICY 

1. Students are expected to attend all classes. Consistent atten- 
dance offers the most effective opportunity for students to under- 
stand concepts, materials and expectations of those courses in 
which they are enrolled. Although some courses do not use atten- 
dance as a criterion for grading, there are others where in-class par- 
ticipation is an integral pan of the course. Examples include, but 
are not limited to, seminars and courses that require public speak- 
ing, laboratories, language learning, group discussions or student 
teaching. Frequent absences from these types of courses, whether 
excused or unexcused, may affect the final grade. 

Faculty who use absences as a factor in grading must explain in 
the course syllabus what effect even an excused absence might have 
on the evaluation of a student's work. 

2. It is policy of the university to excuse the absences of students 
for the following reasons: 

• illness or injury when the student is unable to attend class 

• religious observance where the nature of the observance pre- 
vents the student from attending class 

• participation in university activities at the request of university 
authorities (e.g.. Intercollegiate Athletics, Forensics Team, 
Dance Company, etc.) 

• compelling verifiable circumstances beyond the control of the 
student 

Students requesting an excused absence must provide documen- 
tation to the instructor two weeks prior to the scheduled absence 
when known in advance or as soon as possible when not known in 
advance. 

3. Absences that do not fall into any of the categories outlined in 
item number two are unexcused. Faculty may set a limit on the 
number of unexcused absences. 

4. Students who are absent from class are responsible for any 
missed work, assignments, or assessments (e.g., quizzes, tests, 
papers, etc.). Faculty members are required to allow students with 
documented excused absences to make up missed work or assign- 
ments when this is feasible. When the nature of the assignment 
makes this impossible, faculty members should attempt to make a 
reasonable adjustment of the assignment. 

Students who will be representing TU at events, conferences, or 
other official activities should obtain a Notification of Absence 
from Class Form from the Office of Student Activities, University 
Union, room 217, to be given to their instructors to verif)- the 
excused absence. Students are encouraged to notify faculty of antic- 
ipated class absences as soon as they learn they will be missing class. 
Faculty should use their discretion regarding making up missed 
assignments and the ramifications of missing certain class periods. 

Important! Students who fail to appear for the first two class ses- 
sions, or the first session of evening classes, may forfeit their space 
in class. Instructors have the right to release these spaces to other 
students wishing to add the class to their schedules. Students who 
lose their spaces MUST OFFICIALLY V^TTHDRAW FROM THE 
COURSE THROUGH THE REGISTRAR'S OFFICE TO AVOID 
EARNING AN FX GRADE FOR NON-ATTENDANCE. See the 
sections on Changing a Schedule and Grades/Grading for further 
information. 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



GRADES/GRADING 

The Plus/Minus Grading System (4.00 scale, term system), imple- 
mented in fall 1998, applies to all undergraduate students and can- 
not be applied retroactively to grades earned or recorded, includ- 
ing incomplete (I) grades or contested grades, before fall 1998. 

Grade Points 
Grade Per Unit 

A 4.00 

A- 3.67 

B+ 3.33 

B 3.00 

B- 2.67 

C+ 2.33 

C 2.00 

D+ 1.33 

D 1.00 

F 0.00 

FX 0.00 

Effective Minimester 2006, the university suspended use of the 
C- grade. 

Grade Point Averages 

The Grade Point Average (GPA) is computed as follows: First, mul- 
tiply the units for each course taken in a term by the grade points 
(values above) assigned to the grade earned. Second, total the units 
and grade points for the term. Third, divide the total number of 
grade points by the total number of units to find the GPA for the 
term. 

The grades of S and U (satisfactory and unsatisfactory) are used 
primarily in those courses offered for development and selected 
courses that have been recommended by the academic departments 
and approved by the Academic Standards and University 
Curriculum committees. The grade of S denotes that work of 2.00 
level or higher has been completed and that students have attained 
a level of competence sufficient to advance to the next course. A 
grade of U is given to students whose work is below 2.00 level 
quality. S and U grades are not calculated in students' GPAs. 

The grade of PS (Pass) is assigned to a course selected on the 
Pass grading option when students earn a C grade or higher. 
Students who elect the Pass grading option and earn a grade of D+ 
or below will have that grade recorded on the permanent record 
and used in calculation of the GPA. 

The grade of PE is assigned to those courses passed under the 
Credit for Prior Experience/Learning option. All grades are 
recorded on students' permanent records, but are not calculated in 
students' GPAs. 

The grade of FX is calculated in students' GPAs. A grade of FX 
is given to students who never attend class or who stop attending 
during the term without officially withdrawing. (If students have 
officially withdrawn, a grade of W will appear on the final class 
roster.) A grade of FX is given to students who stop attending 
before they have completed more than half of the course work. 
Students who attend most classes but miss the final examination 
without a legitimate excuse, will receive a zero or F grade for the 
final examination and have that value or grade calculated with 
other grades earned during the term to determine the final grade. 

The grade of W is administrative, nonpunitive, and is not calcu- 
lated in students' GPAs. A grade of W is given to students who offi- 
cially withdraw from a course by the published withdrawal dead- 
line each term. It is also given to students who obtain authoriza- 
tion from the Academic Standards Committee to withdraw from a 
course or courses after the deadline. Such withdrawals must be 
based on documented medical difficulties or verifiable circum- 
stances beyond students' control. 



The grade of I is given to students by their instructors when ver- 
ifiable circumstances prevent students from completing a course 
within the term. The 1 grade should be given only in cases where 
students have completed most of the course work and have a rea- 
sonable expectation of successfully completing the remaining work 
required. It should not be given at a point earlier in the term when 
a withdrawal is appropriate. For more information on the 
Incomplete grade, see the section immediately following. 

International students: Please be aware that FX and W grades do 
not contribute toward the Full Course of Study requirement of 
your F-1 status. 

Changing Grades and Changing Incompletes 
Incompletes may be granted toward the end of the term and only 
for verifiable medical reasons or for documented circumstances 
beyond the control of the student. Earlier in the term, a withdrawal 
may be more appropriate. The grade of I automatically becomes a 
grade of F 180 days from the end of the term following the grant- 
ing of an I unless changed to another letter grade. 

The grade of I may be extended by the instructor for a period not 
to exceed an additional regular term if the conditions for granting 
the original Incomplete still verifiably exist. To grant this exten- 
sion, the Change of Grade/Incomplete Form must be used. 

Although not part of the formal Incomplete grading option, as 
approved by the Academic Standards Committee, Incomplete 
Grade Agreement Forms may be used by faculty to establish a spe- 
cific time by which students must complete the work for a partic- 
ular course. This form may be used to supplement the issuance of 
the Incomplete grade on the Final Grade Roster. It allows faculty 
to designate a time prior to the end of the following term of study 
for the course work to be completed. These forms are available 
from each department's administrative assistant and are to be 
retained by the faculty member with a copy being issued to the stu- 
dent. 

It is the student's responsibility to complete the work required 
before 180 days has elapsed in order for the Incomplete to be con- 
verted to a regular grade. Students do not repeat the course in 
which the Incomplete was given. Instructors may specify an earlier 
time by which the work required is due in order to remove the 
Incomplete. An Incomplete grade that is not resolved by the end of 
the next full term of study, excluding summer and Minimester ses- 
sions, is converted to an F grade and is calculated in students' 
GPAs. 

Grade changes, excluding I grades and repeated courses, must 
be submitted by the faculty member within one year. After one 
year, requests for grade changes may be made only for verifiable 
medical reasons and by petition to the Academic Standards 
Committee. 

Graduating seniors must resolve any outstanding Incomplete 
grades within 180 days following graduation. Specific dates for 
each graduating class are included in the correspondence from the 
Graduation Office. 

Unsuccessful Term/Academic Clemency. The following guidelines 
determine approval of the declaration of an Unsuccessful Term: 

• Five full academic years must have elapsed since the term in 
question and graduation has not occurred. 

• Students must have completed at least 24 units of 2.00 level 
work at Towson University since the term in question. 

• Only one Unsuccessful Term can be granted in a student's aca- 
demic career. 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



Disagreements Related to Grading. Students who feel an earned 
grade is unjust must address their disagreements first to their 
instructor, who is primarily responsible for assigning grades. If the 
matter is not satisfactorily resolved through this approach and the 
issue warrants further consideration, students may then direct an 
appeal through the following channels: department chair/program 
coordinator, college dean. Division for Student Affairs. 

REPEATING COURSES 

When courses are repeated, students will receive credit for the 
course only once. Only the higher of the two grades will be calcu- 
lated in the GPA. The lower grade will remain on the record with 
the letter R preceding (e.g., RF, RX, RD, etc.) to indicate the course 
has been repeated. 

Effective fall 2003, the lower grade will remain on the record 
with a repeat included or excluded message, whichever is appropriate. 

Students may not make a third attempt of a course except with 
prior approval. Students must complete a Petition for a Third 
Attempt Form and submit it to the Registrar's Customer Service 
Center, Enrollment Services, room 223, before registering for the 
course. Grades of W are administrative and are not considered as 
part of the repeated course procedure. Courses that have been 
accepted previously for transfer credit by TU or have been 
attempted or completed for units at TU may not be repeated at 
other institutions. 

Courses in which low or failing grades were earned at Towson 
MUST be repeated at Towson in order for the record to be adjusted 
and the GPA to be recalculated. 

Note that repeating a grade of C-, D+ and/or D will not raise the 
number of earned units. 

DEAN'S LIST 

Office of the Provost, 410-704-2125 

Full-time degree candidates are eligible for Dean's List recognition 
each fall and spring term provided they complete a minimum of 12 
calculable units and attain a 3.50 or higher GPA. 

Part-time degree candidates are eligible for Dean's List recogni- 
tion each academic year provided they complete a minimum of 12 
calculable units and attain a 3.50 or higher GPA during that aca- 
demic year. An academic year is designated as fall through summer 
and includes the January Minimester. 

Applicable course work is only that in which calculable grades 
(A, A-, B+, B, B-, C-^, C, D-^, D, F, FX) are earned. Pass (PS), Audit 
(AU), and SatisfactoryAJnsatisfactory (S/U) grades do not apply 
toward the 12-unit minimum. 

Additionally, students who receive Incomplete (I) grades for the 
term are not eligible for Dean's List honors in that term, nor may 
they retroactively receive those honors once the work is made up 
and a letter grade is earned. 

GOOD STANDING AND SATISFACTORY 
ACADEMIC PROGRESS 

Students are considered to be in good academic standing and mak- 
ing satisfactory academic progress toward the degree if they are 
permitted to continue enrollment at the university. Students who 
have been academically suspended and are later readmitted on pro- 
bation are not considered to be in good academic standing and 
might not be eligible for participation in intercollegiate athletics, 
financial aid, housing or certain extracurricular activities. 

To remain in good academic standing, students must possess a 
minimum cumulative GPA based on the calculable grades at 
Towson University and accepted transfer credits as indicated 
below: 



MINIMUM GRADE POINT AVERAGE REQUIRED 



Units (includes Towson units and 
accepted transfer credits) 
1-29.5 
30-59.5 
60 and above 



Minimum 
Cumulative GPA 

1.50 
1.75 
2.00 



FAILURE TO REMAIN IN GOOD STANDING 

Students who fall below the level required for good academic 

standing are subject to the following actions: 

1. Academic Warning. The first time degree candidates fail to attain 
the minimum cumulative GPA required, according to the above 
table, they receive an academic warning and must receive addi- 
tional academic advising. They must attain the minimum GPA 
required by the end of the next spring term of attendance or be 
academically suspended. If no further action is taken, the notice 
of academic warning will be removed from students' academic 
records upon graduation. Eligibility for housing, financial aid, 
and participation in intercollegiate athletics will be determined 
by the appropriate departments according to their established 
criteria. In accordance with policy, students who are readmitted 
on warning must also attain the minimum required GPA by the 
end of the spring term following readmission or be academically 
suspended. 

Regardless of cumulative GPA, freshmen and sophomores on 
academic ivarning ivho earn at least a 2.00 term average based 
on at least 12 units toward GPA will be automatically continued 
on warning for one term. 

1. Academic Suspension. Students failing to attain good standing in 
any spring term following academic warning are academically 
suspended and may not attend the university for one term and 
the intervening summer/Minimester sessions. 

If students complete course work elsewhere while academi- 
cally suspended, they must be in good standing at the school(s) 
attended and must provide official transcripts from the schools 
to the Readmission Office at Towson University if they plan to 
return to Towson. Work remaining to resolve any Incomplete 
grades may be completed during suspension. Academic suspen- 
sion is noted permanently on students' academic records. 

Students who fail to attain good academic standing at the end 
of any fall term following academic warning will be allowed to 
continue their enrollment for one additional term. This Mid- 
Year Extended Warning will be permanently noted on the stu- 
dent's academic record. Failure to attain good academic standing 
at the end of the following spring term will result in academic 
suspension. 

3. Academic Probation. After the suspension ends, students may be 
readmitted on academic probation, during which time they may 
enroll for a maximum of 13 units per term. They must also 
receive additional advising and may not register without written 
clearance from the Academic Advising Center. Academic proba- 
tion is noted permanently on students' academic records. 

Students on academic probation have three academic years or 
24 earned units toward GPA, whichever comes first, to attain 
good academic standing. If students attain good academic stand- 
ing during probation but subsequently fall below the minimum 
requirements for good academic standing, they will be given a 
one-term exception during which good academic standing must 
be attained. If they do not, they will be academically dismissed. 
Otherwise, they are considered to be on academic probation 
until they have either graduated or are academically dismissed 
(see below). 

While on academic probation (not in good academic stand- 
ing), students may not complete course work elsewhere for 
transfer to Towson. 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



4. Academic Dismissal. Students failing to attain good academic 
standing after the period of academic probation will be academ- 
ically dismissed. Academic dismissal is a final action and is 
noted permanently on students' academic records. Students who 
are academically dismissed cannot be readmitted to the university 
in any capacity. 

TRANSFERRING WORK TO TOWSON 

The following regulations pertain to current TTJ students wishing 
to transfer course work from other institutions to Towson 
University. Only currently enrolled degree candidates in good aca- 
demic standing are eligible to transfer course work. 

Regulations Pertaining to Transfer Credit 

1. Towson students who wish to take courses at other accredited insti- 
tutions with the intent of applying those credits toward a degree at 
Towson must complete a Transfer Petition Form, available in the 
Registrar's Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services 223, or 
online at http://onestop.towson.edu/forms. The petition may 
require the signature of the chair of the department in which the 
equivalent course is offered at Towson. Petitions must be com- 
pleted and returned to the Registrar's Office for approval before 
registration for the course(s) at another institution. 

2. Credit is accepted by Towson for courses completed at regionally 
accredited colleges or universities. Only the courses and credits 
completed at other institutions are transferable to Towson. 
Grades and GPAs earned at other institutions are not transfer- 
able. Credit will count toward graduation but will not be used 
in calculating the academic average required for graduation. 

3. Courses transfer to Towson as they were taken at the host insti- 
tution. For example, if a student completes a 200-level course at 
the host institution and transfers it to TU, the course will trans- 
fer as 200-level, even if the course's equivalent at TV is 300- or 
400-level. 

4. Courses transferred from two-year institutions cannot be used to 
satisfy the Advanced Composition requirement. Writing courses 
taken at four-year accredited institutions may be considered as 
meeting this requirement upon request by students for evalua- 
tion by the appropriate academic department or, where neces- 
sary, by TTJ's Department of English. 

5. Transfer students. Courses that have been accepted previously 
for transfer credit by TU or have been attempted or completed 
for credit at TU may not be repeated at other institutions with 
the purpose of transferring them to TU. Courses in which a 
grade equivalent of 1.00 or higher has been earned at accredited 
institutions are transferable. However, courses in which a grade 
equivalent of 1.00 was earned and transferred to Towson cannot 
be applied toward a major or minor program. A grade equiva- 
lent of 2.00 or higher is required for major credit. 

6. Native students. Courses attempted at Towson may not be 
repeated at other institutions for the purpose of receiving credit 
at TU or adjusting the Towson record. (See Repeating Courses.) 

7. With prior permission, students may take courses for transfer to 
Towson University until they have attained 90 units. However, 
no more than 64 units may be transferred from an accredited 
two-year institution. 

8. Students are expected to complete the final 30 units toward their 
degrees at Towson. Exceptions may be granted in cases of doc- 
umented extraordinary circumstances. Students must petition 
the Academic Standards Committee to transfer work after hav- 
ing earned 90 units. Petitions must be presented before students 
register for courses at other institutions. 

Students with 90 or more units seeking to transfer courses 
required toward the major or minor program must include with 
the petition a brief note from the department chair or program 
coordinator supporting the request and accepting the course and 
units toward the major or minor. 



TRANSCRIPTS OF ACADEMIC RECORDS 

The Records Office can normally process a transcript request 
within three to five working days, except during periods of 
increased demand at the end of each term, when transcript requests 
may take longer to process. Regular transcript requests will be 
processed without charge. Rush transcripts, mailed within 24 
hours of the request, require a $10 service fee. Towson requires a 
written request. Requests must include dates of enrollment, full 
name at the time of enrollment. Social Security number or TU ID, 
and current address. All requests must have the signature of the 
requestor. Transcript Request Forms are available in the Registrar's 
Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services, room 223, or stu- 
dents may send a letter to the Records Office, Towson University, 
8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252-0001. A fax is also accept- 
able: The fax number is 410-704-3443. Current students may 
request transcripts online at http://students.towson.edu. Click on 
Online Services and Official Transcript. 

GRADUATION 

ALL students must apply for graduation for the term in which ALL 
requirements will have been met. Participation in the 
Commencement ceremony is optional. Students in pre-major status 
or those below a 2.00 cumulative GPA are not eligible to apply for 
graduation. 

Before applying, students should check their record online using 
Towson Online Services: Click Self Service; Student Center; Other 
Academics; Degree Progress Report to make certain all require- 
ments will be met. Please be advised that if grades of C-, D+ or D 
are being repeated in the last term prior to graduation, the student 
must register for additional units, equal to the units of the class 
being repeated, to compensate for the loss of units which will occur 
when the record is adjusted at the end of the term. Those grades 
are earned units and already have quality points; only the GPA will 
increase if a higher grade is earned. All students must have a min- 
imum of 120 earned units to graduate. 

Once that has been completed, apply online at Towson Online 
Services; Self Service; Student Center; Other Academics; Apply for 
Graduation. 

Also, students must verify their permanent home address 
(Towson Online Services; Self Service; Student Center; Personal 
Information) as important graduation information and diplomas 
will be mailed to that address. 

Deadlines for applying are five to eight months prior to the 
expected graduation date: 

May graduation — apply by September 30 

August graduation — apply by March 30 

December graduation — apply by May 30 

There are three graduation evaluation periods: December, May 
and August. Ceremonies are held in May and January. Note, how- 
ever, that attending the ceremony does not automatically denote 
graduation, since evaluation of records cannot be completed until 
all grades are available. 

Please refer to the University Curriculum and Academic 
Regulations sections of this catalog for additional graduation 
information. 

GRADUATION WITH LATIN HONORS 

Graduation Office, Enrollment Services 220 
410-704-2095 

To receive a bachelor's degree with honors, students must first have 
completed 60 units of undergraduate work at Towson University 
with the following cumulative GPA: 



3.75 to 4.00 
3.55 to 3.74 
3.40 to 3.54 



Summa Cum Laude 
Magna Cum Laude 
Cum Laude 



Academic Standards and Procedures 



In addition, transfer students must have a cumulative 3.40 or 
better average for all work completed at other institutions. 

Students who do not quahfy for honors because their TU or 
transfer GPA is not a 3.40 or higher will be evaulated based on 
their last 60 units at Towson. These students must have a cumula- 
tive average of 3.55 or higher in their last 60 units and will only be 
eligible for Cum Laude honors. Latin honors are evaluated auto- 
matically according to both the regular and alternate honors 
policies. 

Effective with the May 2009 graduating class, Latin honors will 
be awarded by college as follows: 

The top 2 percent (based on cumulative GPA) will receive 
Summa Cum Laude, the ne.xt highest 3 percent will receive Magna 
Cum Laude, and the following 5 percent will receive Cum Laude 
honors. See the Towson University commencement Web site for 
complete details at www.towson.edu/commencement. 

CLASS RANK 

Towson University calculates class rank for three set percentiles: 
the top 10th, 20th and 25th percentiles of the graduating class. The 
top 10th percentile is automatically posted to the transcript of 
these qualified graduates three months after the graduation date. 
This calculation is based on the whole Towson University record. 
Students in the top 20th or 25th percentile who would like the des- 
ignation posted on the record must request this by notifying the 
Graduation Office in writing at 8000 York Road, Registrar's 
Office, Towson, MD 21252-0001. 



DEPARTMENTAL HONORS PROGRAMS 

Certain majors offer students the ability to complete a departmen- 
tal Honors program. Students applying for admission to the 
departmental Honors program are usually first-term juniors who 
express an interest to the Departmental Honors faculty coordina- 
tor or departmental chair. To be eligible for Departmental Honors, 
students must have a minimum 3.25 cumulative GPA and 3.50 
GPA in the major, or consent of the faculty adviser. 

Departmental Honors requirements are listed in the catalog 
under the individual major departments. Students accepted into a 
Departmental Honors program must complete the requirements as 
listed in the catalog for their major. Most departments require that 
students complete 9 units in advanced content, directed readings, 
and an Honors thesis, but some departments may offer other 
options, such as an extensive design project. The thesis/project cul- 
minates in a final presentation before a three-member committee 
and the thesis adviser, and is open to the public. A completed, 
signed copy of the thesis/project must be submitted to the Honors 
College no later than two weeks before graduation. When the 
Honors College receives the thesis/project, the appropriate desig- 
nation appears on the diploma and final transcript. 

For more information on Departmental Honors programs, see 
the Departmental Honors Program Handbook. 




Undergraduate Planning Guide 



Undergraduate Planning Guide 

To help you think about the many wonderful opportunities avail- 
able to you at Towson University, here is a simple planning guide. 

• YEARl 

Career Choices (see the Career Action Plan in this section) 

Explore off-campus part-time and summer jobs at the Career 
Center. Meet with a career counselor to assess your skills and inter- 
ests and determine a major. 

Begin to build a career network; seek faculty, staff, alumni and 
peers to discuss major/career choices. 

Study Abroad 

There are many exciting opportunities to discover around the 
world while you continue to earn credit at Towson. Towson stu- 
dents may choose to study abroad in almost any country, and in 
almost any subject area. Experiences that you have while overseas 
will give you new perspectives and will be valuable to future 
employers. 

Start planning now to incorporate a study abroad experience into 
your academic career. 

Think about these questions: 

Do you want to perfect a language you have already acquired or 
learn a new one? 

Do you have a preference for certain countries? Will your pref- 
erence mean you should take that language at Towson before you 
study abroad? Plan accordingly! 

How long would you like to stay? Programs are available for an 
academic year, a term, a summer or a Minimester. 

Will you want to take courses in your major or minor, or study 
something completely different? 

Attend a study abroad information session with the staff of the 
Study Abroad Office to see if this could be a good fit for you. 

Apply for study abroad scholarships during the year before you go 
abroad and check in with your financial aid adviser. 

• YEARl 

Career Choices (see the Career Action Plan in this section) 

Whether you seek a job after you finish college or attend graduate 
school, you will need references from your professors. Develop 
relationships with faculty who teach subjects that interest you. 

Explore requirements for a related internship. 

Study Abroad 

Attend a study abroad information session to start planning your 
study abroad experience. 

Apply for study abroad scholarships during the year before you go 
abroad and check in with your financial aid adviser. 



Graduate School 

Whether you plan to go on for graduate study or not, talk to your 
adviser or a faculty member you know about what graduate 
school is like and what might be the benefits of earning a master's 
degree or doctorate in any of the fields that interest you. 



• YEAR 3 

Career Choices (see the Career Action Plan in this section) 

Participate in campus leadership activities and career-related 
organizations. 

Seek major-related part-time, summer or on-campus employment. 

Study Abroad 

There's still time to plan for study abroad in your senior year. 

Graduate School 

Fall term: Browse through a college guide, such as Peterson's 
Guide, to get a feel for the admissions requirements, curriculum 
and expectations of several schools that offer graduate programs 
in your field of interest. 

Spring term: Meet with your adviser in your major department to 
explore which schools offer the best graduate programs in your 
field of interest. Request admissions materials and catalogs from 
the three or four schools you might like to attend. 

Talk to your adviser about what, if any, graduate school exams 
you should take for entry into a program. Once the exams are 
decided upon, you should take them as early as possible because 
several of the exams can be retaken. 

• YEAR 4 

Career Choices (see the Career Action Plan in this section) 

Identify and research potential employers. 

Plan job search strategy. 

Investigate and pursue job openings. Use the resources available in 
the Career Center. 



Career Action Plan 



Career Action Plan 



A satisfying and rewarding career doesn't happen overnight and is 
not necessarily the automatic outcome of a college education. 
Career development occurs gradually, throughout a person's life- 
time. It is the product of decisions made, knowledge acquired, 
experiences gained, and actions taken. The years associated with 
college are ones in which great strides in an individual's career 
development usually take place. 



Use your time at 

TU to shape the 

future YOU desire. 


Freshmen 

Assessment and 
Awareness 


Sophomores 

Inquiry and 
Exploration 


Juniors 

Gaining Career 
Experiences 


Seniors 

Job Search 

and Transition to 

World of Work 


Choose Major 
and Career 


• Consult with FYE adviser 
about major options. 

• Meet with career counselor 
at (CC) to explore major and 
appropriate career paths. 

• Use Discover, a comprehen- 
sive career computer pro- 
gram available through CC. 

• Register for GENL 121 
Personal Life and Career 
Planning course. 

• Read through the TU 
Undergraduate Catalog. 


• Meet with faculty 
advisers about 
major/career interests. If 
unsure about major or 
unclear about GenEd 
requirements, see 
UAAC. 

• Meet again with career 
counselor at (CC) about 
major/career choices. 

• Begin to build career 
network. 

• Finalize declaration of 
major. 


• Expand knowledge of 
major and its relation- 
ship to possible careers. 

• Consider options for 
graduate or professional 
school. 

• Focus on career net- 
work. Set up informa- 
tional interviews with 
TU alumni, professionals 
in an area of interest, 
and internship employ- 
ers. Obtain information 
atCC. 


• Meet with career coun- 
selor at CC to discuss 
transition from school to 
work. 

• Identify and research 
potential employers. 

• Plan job search strategy 
atCC. 

• Learn to market yourself 
effectively. Attend semi- 
nars sponsored by CC. 


Supplement 

Academic 

Studies 


• Attend events related to 
major/career interests. 

• Visit career hbraries in CC, 
CL, public libraries; browse 
Internet 

• Visit AAC to improve study 
skills. 

• Visit OSA for information on 
campus activities. 


• Participate in campus 
leadership activities. 
Contact OSA for infor- 
mation. 

• Continue to visit career 
libraries in CC, CL, 
public libraries; browse 
Internet. 

• Attend career-related 
events sponsored by CC, 
UAAC. 

• Consider a job shadow 
through CC. 


• Continue to attend 
career-related events: job 
fairs, seminars, open 
houses, etc. 

• Assume an active role in 
clubs or organizations to 
develop or enhance 
leadership and other 
transferable skills. 

• Get involved in career- 
related professional 
organizations. 


• Attend conferences, 
meetings and career- 
related events. 


Develop 
Portfolio 


• Collect outstanding course 
work, projects, writing sam- 
ples, accomplishments, letters 
of recommendation, photo- 
graphs of activities, evalua- 
tions, etc. 


• Continue collection of 
portfolio materials. 

Include works-in-progress 
to show ability to edit, 
revise and improve. 


• Organize for presenta- 
tion to employers. Solicit 
feedback on contents 
from adviser, department 
chair, and professionals 
in chosen field. 


• Submit completed port- 
folio to adviser, depart- 
ment chair, and other 
professionals for 
critique. 


Build Work 
Experience 
and Values 


• Identify life and work 
values with CC inventories. 

• Explore on-campus, off- 
campus, part-time and 
summer jobs at CC. 

• Consider an FWS/CS 
experience. 

• Check out volunteer 
opportunities at OSA. 

• Consider non-credit 
internships. 


• Increase marketabiliry; 
build transferable skills 
through part-time and 
summer jobs, FWS/CS, 
and volunteer work 
experiences. 

• Determine and test work 
values in part-time and 
summer jobs. 

• Explore requirements for 
major-related internship 
in junior year. 


• Seek and apply for an 
internship at CC. 

• Look for major-related 
part-time, summer and/ 
or FWS/CS positions at 
CC. 


• Participate in the On- 
Campus Recruiting 
Program via CC: job 
fairs, on-campus inter- 
viewing, mock inter- 
views, and information 
sessions. Consider a 
second internship to 
increase marketability. 


Create 
Resume 


• Sign up for Hire@TU, a 
FREE Web-based job search 
database offered by CC. 


• Add new volunteer and 
work experiences and 
indicate newlv developed 
skills. 

• Visit CC for resume 
critique. 


• Update resume and post 
via Hire@TU. 

• Continue to meet with 
CC staff for additional 
resume reviews. 


• Use Hire@TU and the 
employment services at 
CC. 

• Continue to update 
resume. 

• Prepare a list of 
references. 



AAC Academic Achievement Center/410-704-2291 

AR Alumni Relations/410-704-2234 

CC The Career Center/410-704-2233 

CL Cook Library/410-704-2462 



COC Counseling Center/410-704-2512 OSA 

FA Financial Aid/410-704-4236 

FWS/CS Federal Work Study/ UAAC 

Community Service/410-704-4236 



Office of Student Activities 

410-704-3307 

Universirv Academic Advising 

Center/4 i 0-704-2472 



Counsclinj; Center 


The Career Center at Towson University 


University Academic Ad\isini; Center 


Cilcn Ksk 


7800 "ibrk Road 


Lecture Hall 


410.704.2.S12 


410.704.223.3 


410.704.2472 


www.towson.cdu/studcntlifc/centcr 


www.lowson.cdu/carccrccntcr 


w ww.towson.cdu/ad\ ising 



Undergraduate Admissions 



Undergraduate Admissions 

OFFICE 

Enrollment Services Center, Second Floor 

410-704-2113 

Fax: 410-704-3030 

1-888-4TOWSON 

www.towson.edu/discover 

Please assist us in serving you by scheduling an appointment for an 

admissions interview or campus tour. 

Hours: Monday through Thursday, 8:30 a.m.-5 p.m. 
(evening hours by appointment only) 
Friday, 8:30 a.m.-5 p.m. 

Saturday, 10 a.m.-l p.m. during academic year 
except holidays (check Web site for specific dates) 

WHEN TO APPLY 

The application deadlines below are for first-time, degree-seeking 
students. Application deadlines and policies for Second Bachelor's 
and non-degree students are listed under Undergraduate Non- 
Degree Programs in this catalog. 

Freshmen: First term of senior year of high school for the fall term 
Transfer Students: By November 15 for the spring term; by 

February 15 for the fall term 
International Students: By December 1 for the spring term; by June 

1 for the fall term 
Scholarship Candidates: By December 1 for the fall term 
Admission to Towson University is granted to applicants whose 
academic and personal qualifications give promise of academic 
success. The university reserves the right to close admissions when 
no space remains available. 

Students seeking freshman admission for the fall should file an 
application during the first term of the senior year of high school. 
Students seeking transfer admission may file as early as October 1 
for the following fall term. Full-time applicants for the fall term 
who would like to be considered for an Admissions scholarship 
should submit an application, high school or college transcript(s) 
and SAT/ACT results no later than December 1 . 

Applications for fall received after the February 15 deadline are 
processed provided space is available in the entering class. Students 
who fail to enroll for at least one course during the term for which 
they have been admitted as a degree candidate will have the offer 
of admission revoked because of nonmatriculation. To enroll as a 
degree candidate for any subsequent term, students must reapply 
and submit new application materials and pay all appropriate fees. 

Persons who have been denied admission to Towson University 
will not be permitted to attend as non-degree students. They may, 
however, transfer to the university if they meet transfer admission 
requirements after attending another college or university. Persons 
who have graduated from high school within the last two years 
must formally apply for degree-seeking status in order to anend the 
university. 

ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE 

1. An applicant for full-time admission may receive application 
materials from the guidance office of the secondary school, the 
counseling office of the junior/community college, or from the 
Office of Admissions of the university. Electronic, online applica- 
tions are also available through the Towson University Web site at 
www.towson.edu/discover. 

2. The applicant should complete the application and return it to 
the Office of Admissions with the appropriate application fee. The 
application fee is neither deferrable nor refundable. Each applicant 
is responsible for the office's receipt of his or her official high 
school transcript, including final grades with verification of gradu- 



ation, as it becomes available, and a completed transcript supple- 
ment (Guidance Counselor's Recommendation). The transfer appli- 
cant must forward official transcripts of all college work attempted 
or completed, whether or not credit was earned, from all institu- 
tions attended. 

3. The standardized test required for admission is the SAT 
Reasoning Test/SAT (R) of the College Entrance Examination 
Board. All freshman applicants and transfer students with fewer 
than 30 transferable college-level credit hours must submit the offi- 
cial results of this test sent to the director of Admissions. To be con- 
sidered official, scores must be delivered by the testing agency. 
Students should take the test in the junior and/or senior year of 
high school. Students entering TU beginning fall 2006 must submit 
SAT (R) scores that include the new writing score. Students who 
completed high school prior to 2006 may submit prior SAT 1 test 
scores. Towson University's College Board identification code num- 
ber is 5404. ACT results may be substituted for SAT (R), but must 
include the writing portion of the ACT. 

4. Incomplete applications will be canceled. Approved applica- 
tions which remain incomplete for lack of final high school or col- 
lege transcripts will also be canceled. The applications of admitted 
students who do not enroll for the given term will be canceled. 

5. All entering degree-seeking students born after December 31, 
1956, including new graduate students and transfers, will be 
required to demonstrate physician-documented proof of immunity 
to the following diseases: Diphtheria-Pertussis-Tetanus, Polio, 
Measles, Mumps, and Rubella. 

An Immunization Record Form is sent to every admitted student. 
The completed form, signed by a physician, must be returned to the 
Dowell Health Center by the time of orientation and registration. 
Students who fail to return the form or to correct any inadequacies 
in immunity status in a timely fashion will be blocked from the fol- 
lowing spring term registration. (For those students entering in the 
spring term, noncompliance will result in blocked registration for 
the following fall term.) The block will be lifted by Dowell Health 
Center as soon as the requirements are filled. 

The specific vaccine requirements are listed on the Immunization 
Record Form. Students are responsible for obtaining any immu- 
nizations needed to satisfy university requirements from their regu- 
lar source of medical care prior to arriving on campus. 

GUIDELINES FOR FRESHJVLW ADMISSION 

Admission to Towson University is competitive based on the appli- 
cant pool and available space in the freshman class. Priority for 
admission is based on high school performance (in grades 9-11) as 
demonstrated by the grades earned. Strength and rigor of the cur- 
ricula are considered. Many applicants exceed minimum required 
course work and level of work in their high school curriculum. In 
some cases, senior mid-year grades are requested and considered in 
the review of an application. Performance on the SAT Reasoning 
Test or ACT is also evaluated. 

Freshman candidates will be expected to have completed four 
(Carnegie) units of English (including one each of composition, 
English literature and American literature), three units of social 
sciences, three units of science (two with labs), three units of math- 
ematics (Algebra I, Algebra II and Geometry), two units of a for- 
eign language (some technology, computer science and sign lan- 
guage courses may be substituted) and six elective units. Any appli- 
cant whose high school transcript does not include this combina- 
tion of curriculum requirements may be admitted with the under- 
standing that select deficiencies must be completed during the first 
term of the freshman year at Towson. Students who are admitted 
under this condition and who fail to complete the stipulated 
courses within the first term will have their degree candidacy with- 
drawn. High school-level reading, writing and mathematics courses 
taken at Towson will not carry graduation credit. 



Undergraduate Admissions 



GUIDELINES FOR TRANSFER ADMISSION 

To be considered for transfer, students must have completed a min- 
imum of 30 credits of transferable college-level work and be in 
good academic standing; this cannot include remedial or prepara- 
tory courses or nontraditional course work, such as Credit for Prior 
Experience/Learning, Military Science, the College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP), DANTES, USAFI, ACE evalua- 
tions, etc. Students with fewer than 30 transferable credits must 
comply with the requirements for incoming freshmen and possess 
the minimum transfer GPA. 

The requirements for transfer admission vary, depending on the 
total number of transferable credit hours completed and the cumu- 
lative combined GPA from all institutions attended. 

Priority admission is reserved for transfer students from a 
Maryland community college who have earned at least 56 trans- 
ferable credits, are in good academic standing, and have main- 
tained a GPA that meets the policies set by the Maryland Higher 
Education Commission and University System of Maryland poli- 
cies. Students who have earned fewer than 56 transferable credits or 
who are transferring from an institution other than a Maryland 
community college, will be admitted based upon combined cumu- 
lative GPA of transferable credits and space availability. 

Upon official acceptance to the university, students must main- 
tain the established cumulative GPA required for admission (inclu- 
sive of current course work) and remain in good academic stand- 
ing; otherwise, the university's offer of admission will be with- 
drawn. 

Any transfer applicant who has attended Towson as a non- 
degree student must possess at least a 2.00 GPA for all course work 
attempted through the university, even if the applicant is admissi- 
ble based on course work subsequently completed at other institu- 
tions. Students who apply for transfer admission based on their 
non-degree status must meet the admissions requirements listed 
above. 

Waiting List 

Applicants who are currently enrolled in course work that may 
qualify them for admission will have their applications reviewed 
after official transcripts, including grades for that work, are 
received. These students are encouraged to make alternative plans 
for admission to other colleges in the event that the university is not 
able to extend an offer of admission because of lack of space at the 
end of that particular term. Refer to the current undergraduate 
admission application or transfer guide for specific details. 

TRANSFER POLICY 

(Also see the Academic Regulations section and Appendix B of this 

catalog.) 

\. Transfer of course credit. 
The Office of Admissions at Towson University assists transfer 
students with a variety of services, from personal interviews to 
the ARTSYS on the Web, http://artweb.usnid.edu. These services 
are designed to guide students in judicious course selections 
while they are still enrolled at their transfer institutions. Through 
a well planned selection of courses prior to transfer, students can 
often complete some major requirements and some TU General 
Education (GenEd) requirements upon official matriculation. 

Transfer course work is evaluated by the Office of Admissions 
on a form known as the Evaluation of Transfer Credit. Transfer 
credit will be allowed for most academic courses completed at 
any regionally accredited two- or four-year college or university; 
this credit will transfer into TU as either GenEd or free 
elective/potential major credit. Some restrictions do apply, how- 



ever; courses that are not parallel or discipline-compatible with 
TU courses may not transfer; development/remedial, personal 
development, college orientation, technical/occupational, and 
selected business courses do not transfer; finally, any course 
transferred as equivalent to ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal 
Education, must carry a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher to 
meet graduation requirements. 

2. Maximum number of transfer credits accepted. 

The maximum number of credits allowed in transfer from a two- 
year institution (community/junior college) is 64. The maximum 
number of credits allowed in transfer from a four-year institution 
or from a combination of two- and four-year institutions is 90. 
The standard measure of credit at TU is the unit; quarter-hour 
credits are converted into units by a two-thirds ratio. 

3. Maximum number of units allowed for non-traditional learning. 
CLEP credit is selectively transferred. Credit will be awarded 
for the following exams if the minimum score of 50 is earned: 

Humanities 6 units 

Math 6 units 

Natural Sciences 6 units 

Social Sciences and History 6 units 

A total of 24 units (6 units for each successfully completed sec- 
tion) will be awarded in transfer. Credit for other CLEP tests is 
evaluated after admission by the Office for Non-Traditional 
Undergraduate Programs. The maximum number of units 
allowed for non-traditional learning is 45. 

AP credit is usually awarded on the basis of scores of 3 or 
above. A detailed description of Advanced Placement credit fol- 
lows under the appropriate heading. There is no limit to the 
number of units that can be earned through AP. 

In order for any CLEP or AP credit to be reviewed and/or 
awarded, students must provide the Office of Admissions with 
an official report from Educational Testing Service. 

Credit for military training is reviewed and awarded or denied 
by the Office of the Registrar. Before credit can be posted, stu- 
dents must have attended TU for one term as degree candidates 
with a 2.00 cumulative GPA and have submitted all of the nec- 
essary official military documents to the Office of the Registrar. 

4. Minimum number of units required through classroom instruc- 
tion in the major field and for the degree. 

Towson University requires that students earn a minimum of 120 
units toward a degree. Of these 120 units, 32 must be upper- 
level, that is, junior/senior (300-400) level courses. Students must 
complete a minimum of 30 units in residence at TU; at least 15 
units must be completed in degree candidate status. 
The number of units required for the completion of a single 
major at TU varies from 30 to over 70 units, depending on the 
intended major. 

Grades of D will transfer into the university as GenEd/elective 
credit; however, in order to satisfy TU's ENGL 102 Writing for a 
Liberal Education graduation requirement, a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher must be earned. Grades of C- or lower will not qual- 
ify for major credit. 

5. Transfer of General Education (GenEd) requirements. 
Transfer students who have satisfied the GenEd requirements at 
a Maryland public postsecondary institution will only be 
required to complete 10-16 additional units of GenEds at TU, 
with the total number of GenEd units not to exceed 46 units. 
(For information regarding specific GenEd requirements refer to 
General Education Requirements under the University 
Curriculum section of this catalog.) 



Undergraduate Admissions 



6. Transferability of credit for non-traditional learning. 



Accept 
Source Credit 


Elective 

SI 
Required 


Grades/ 
Scores 


Advanced Place- 
ment Program 
(CEEB) 


yes 


elective & 
required 


usually 3 or higher 


CLEP 


yes 


elective & 
required 


see Transfer Policy 
(item 3 above) and 
the section on 
Credit for Prior 
Learning under 
University 
Curriculum 


DANTES 


no 






Departmental 
Exams from other 
Colleges 


yes 


elective & 
required 


passing grade; 
a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher 
in college's 
composition 
courses 


Excelsior College 
Exams 


yes 


required 


evaluated 
individually by the 
Office of the 
Registrar and 
Nursing Dept. 


Military Credit 
(ACE Guide to the 
Evaluation of Edu- 
cational Experiences 
in the Armed 
Services) 


yes 


elective & 
required 


evaluated 
individually by the 
Office of the 
Registrar 


Nursing School 


no 






Noncollegiate 
Work Accredited 
by ACE 


yes 


elective 


evaluated individually 
by the Office of the 
Registrar 


Portfolio Units 
from other 
Colleges 


yes 


elective & 
required 


passing grade; a 
grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher 
in composition 
courses 


High School 
Articulation (college 
courses at high 
school) 


yes 


elective & 
required 


passing grade; a 
grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher 
in composition 



Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

The letter of admission for a transfer applicant includes the esti- 
mated number of credits transferable to Towson. After the student 
accepts the university's offer of admission (by returning the 
Enrollment Contract and fee), he or she will receive an official 
evaluation of transferable credits from the Office of Admissions. 
This evaluation is usually (but not always) preliminary in nature, 
as the student is usually taking additional courses at the time of 
admission. A final evaluation of credit will be prepared after the 
final grades for the most current term are received in official tran- 
script form from the student's former college or university. All final 
transcripts are due in the admissions office prior to the student's 
Orientation date. The appropriate cumulative average, as deter- 
mined by the number of credits completed and good academic 
standing must be maintained, however, or the university's offer of 
admission will be withdrawn. See Guidelines for Transfer 
Admission Policy for the appropriate cumulative GPA necessary 
for maintaining admission eligibility. Failure to meet this require- 
ment will result in the cancellation of the university's original offer 
of admission and in the forfeiture of all related fees and privileges. 
Additionally, failure to forward an official final transcript before 
enrollment at the university or the first day of classes will prohibit 
future registration and the release of official TU transcripts. 

Upon receipt of a final evaluation, the transfer student should 
review its contents carefully. If the student has any questions or 
feels there is an error, the Office of Admissions must be advised 
within 30 days. 

Transfer students are subject to the GenEd and major require- 
ments that are currently in effect for the class (that is, the catalog 
year) in which they are admitted. These students have the option, 
however, of following the GenEd and major requirements that 
were in effect at the time they were initially admitted as degree can- 
didates at their original institution, provided that continuous 
enrollment has been maintained. Continuous enrollment has been 
defined as follows: must be, or have been, enrolled at an institu- 
tion of higher education; must have had no more than two sequen- 
tial years of non-enrollment; and must complete the baccalaureate 
degree in no more than 10 years from initial enrollment as a 
degree-seeking student at an institution of higher education. 
Students who have not completed graduation requirements within 
10 years should meet with an academic adviser to determine the 
most appropriate set of requirements. If a change of catalog is 
desired, students should submit a Catalog Selection Petition Form 
to the Registrar's Customer Service Center, Enrollment Services 
room 223 (prior to the completion of their first term at TU). 

Maryland community college transfer students whose first 
attendance at any institution of higher education occurred in the 
fall of 1990 or later will fall under the guidelines set forth by the 
Maryland Higher Education Commission on March 21, 1990. (See 
Appendix B for details.) 

Placement Testing for Entering Students 

The Developmental Education office within the Academic 
Advising Center administers the competency testing program. This 
program requires all entering students to demonstrate competence 
in the basic skills of reading, writing and mathematics. 

All matriculating freshmen and all transfer students with fewer 
than 30 credits will be administered diagnostic placement tests, 
unless exempt based on the following information. Students not 
attaining the required minimum scores on the standardized tests 
will be enrolled in developmental studies courses in the basic skills. 
These courses may not count toward the 120 units required for 
graduation. Students who do not complete their developmental 
requirements by the end of their second term will be subject to a 
review of their academic records and mandatory advising. 



Undergraduate Admissions 



The following students are exempt from the competency testing 

program: 

1. Transfer students with 30 or more credits. 

2a. Transfer students with fewer than 30 credits who transfer a 
course equivalent to ENGL 1 02 with a grade equivalent of 2.00 
or higher will be exempt from the reading and writing tests, 
b. Transfer students with fewer than 30 credits who transfer a col- 
lege-level mathematics course will be exempt from the mathe- 
matics tests. 

3a. Freshmen with SAT (R) critical reading scores of 500 or above, 
or ACT Reading scores of 21 or above, will be exempt from the 
reading tests. 

b. Freshmen with SAT (R) mathematics scores of 500 or above, or 
ACT Math scores of 21 or above, will be exempt from the 
mathematics tests. 

c. Freshmen with SAT (R) writing scores of 500 or above, or ACT 
English scores of 21 or above, will be exempt from the writing 
tests. 

U.S. PERMANENT RESIDENT APPLICANTS 

Applicants who hold permanent resident or parole visa status must 
submit a regular application and list their alien registration number 
in the space indicated. They are processed for fee purposes as state 
residents if they have established legal domicile in Maryland for 
one year. Presentation of an applicant's alien registration card for 
verification may be requested. Foreign academic records must be 
translated by an official, recognized evaluation service such as the 
World Education Service, and submitted to the Office of 
Admissions as part of the academic record. An application and all 
documentation must be submitted by November 15 for the spring 
term or February 15 for the fall term. If a permanent resident is a 
nonnative English speaker and has resided in the United States for 
less than five years, a TOEFL result is required. 

SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

The Second Bachelor's Degree Program is designed to meet the 
needs of college graduates who wish to attain proficiency in a dif- 
ferent major field. To be eligible for admission, applicants must 
hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
and must have a 2.00 cumulative GPA from all previously attended 
institutions. 

A maximum of 90 transferable credits of undergraduate course 
work will be applied toward the second bachelor's degree. In addi- 
tion, students must complete a minimum of 30 units in residence at 
TU and meet all the requirements of the "new" major. At least one- 
half of the "new" major units must be completed at Towson since 
the completion of the first degree. Each student must complete an 
advanced writing course. All other General Education require- 
ments are considered to have been met through the first degree. 

For more information or to apply, visit the Admissions Web site. 
Deadlines for fall and spring admission are June 15 and November 
15, respectively. Some screened/competitive majors have earlier 
deadlines and separate applications. 

Second bachelor's degree candidates may qualify for 
Departmental Honors, the Dean's List, and/or graduation with 
honors (60 units at TU in the second degree required). Please refer 
to the Academic Regulations section of this catalog for criteria. 

SPECL\L ADMISSION PROGRAMS 
Early Admission 

Early admission enables a limited number of students to be admit- 
ted and to matriculate immediately following the completion of 
their junior year in high school. Students interested in early admis- 



sion should apply through the normal application process. Their 
applications, however, must be accompanied by a letter of recom- 
mendation from either the high school counselor or principal. 
Additionally, a letter of recommendation from the student's par- 
entis) should be included. An official high school transcript should 
be submitted along with the results of the SAT. An interview with 
the director of Admissions is also suggested. 

On-Campus Interviews 

Personal interviews are not required and are not used as a criterion 
for admission. Prospective transfer students may request an inter- 
view to discuss questions or concerns they may have. Students are 
encouraged to call three weeks in advance of their visit to schedule 
an appointment with an admissions counselor. 

NON-TRADITIONAL ADMISSION POLICIES 
Veterans and G.E.D. Recipients 

Some high school graduates may qualify for special admission con- 
sideration under the provisions of non-traditional admissions. In 
order to be considered under this policy, students must be classified 
into one of the categories described below. Once classified as non- 
traditional applicants, prospective students must apply and submit 
all credentials no later than November 15 for the spring term and 
no later than February 15 for the fall. Admission will be based 
upon basic skills testing in several areas: writing, reading and math- 
ematics. These students can be admitted into degree candidacy only 
if their test results indicate no more than one developmental place- 
ment. In cases where an applicant places into a developmental 
course, any prior college credit earned in these subjects will not be 
transferred to Towson University. Students are encouraged to sub- 
mit their applications as early as possible to ensure adequate 
processing time for the evaluation of the placement tests. In addi- 
tion, it should be understood that referrals for such testing cannot 
be made until a formal application is filed, and completed with all 
appropriate academic credentials in transcript form. 

"Veterans: For admission purposes, a veteran may be defined as a 
current or former member of any branch of the U.S. Armed 
Services with 12 months (one year) or more of active duty served, 
and with no intervening college or university attendance since dis- 
charge from the service. In addition to the application form and 
academic credentials, veterans must also provide the Office of 
Admissions and the Veterans Office with a copy of the DD form 
214 verifying military service. 

G.E.D. Recipients: For admission purposes, the high school 
equivalence (General Education Development) examination stan- 
dards established by the Maryland State Department of Education 
(or other similar agencies in other states) will be used as an alter- 
native to high school graduation. Unless accompanied by accept- 
able SAT (R) results and a partial high school transcript with which 
to render an admission decision, a G.E.D. recipient will be referred 
for placement testing before an admissions decision is rendered. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT 

Freshmen who have had the opportunity for advanced-level work 
and would like academic credit as well as advanced placement are 
encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Tests of the College 
Entrance Examination Board in May of their senior year of sec- 
ondary school. Arrangements to take the tests are made through 
the high school counselor or the College Entrance Examination 
Board, RO. Box 592, Princeton, NJ 08540. The results of these 
tests are received by the university in mid-July. The following stan- 
dards are used for determining advanced placement credit: 



Undergraduate Admissions 



Advanced Placement Credit for Entering Students 



Examination 

American History 

Art History 

Art Studio: Drawing 

Art Studio: Drawing 

Art Studio: General 

Art Studio: General 

Biology 



Chemistry 



Computer Science AB 



Computer Science A 



A.P. 
Score 

1,2,3 

4,5 

All 

1-2 

3-5 

1-2 

3-5 

1,2 

3 

4,5 

1,2 

3 

4 

5 

1,2 

3 

4,5 



1,2 
3,4,5 



Policy 

No credit 

6 units. HIST 145-146 

No credit 

No credit 

Review of portfolio by Art Department 

No credit 

Review of portfolio by Art Department 

No credit 

4 units, BIOL 115 

8 units, BIOL 201-202 

No credit 

4 units, CHEM 105 

4units, CHEM 110 

8 units, CHEM 110-111 

No credit 

Exempt from COSC 175 (or COSC 

165), placement into COSC 236 

Exempt from COSC 175 and COSC 

236, placement into COSC 237. 

Upon completion of COSC 237 with 

a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher, 

8 units will be awarded for COSC 

175 and COSC 236.'* 

No credit 

Exempt from COSC 175 (or COSC 

165), placement into COSC 236. Upon 

completion of COSC 236 with a grade 

equivalent of 2.00 or higher, 4 units will 

be awarded for COSC 175.» 



Examination 


A.R 




Policy 




Score 




Economics 








Microeconomics 


1,2 




No credit 




3,4, 


5 


3 units, ECON 201 


Macroeconomics 


1,2 




No credit 




3,4, 


5 


3 units, ECON 202 


English Lit. Comp 








or 

English Lang. Comp 


1,2, 


3 


No credit 




4,5 




3 units, ENGL 102 


Environmental Science 


4,5 




3 units, BIOL 105 


European History 


1,2, 


3 


No credit 




4,5 




6 units, HIST 102-103 


French Language 


1,2 




No credit 




3 




3 units, FREN 201 




4,5 




6 units, FREN 202-301 


French Literature 


All 




No credit 


German Language 


1,2 




No credit 




3 




3 units, GERM 201 




4,5 




6 units, GERM 202-301 


German Literature 


All 




No credit 


Human Geography 


3,4, 


5 


3 units, GEOG 109 


Italian Language 


1,2 




No credit 




3 




3 units, ITAL 201 




4,5 




6 units, ITAL 202-301 


Latin: Vergil 


All 




No credit 


Latin: Cat-Horace 


All 




No credit 


Mathematics 








Calculus AB 


1,2 




No credit 




3 




4 units, MATH 119 or 4 



4,5 



MATH 273 upon completion of 
MATH 274 with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher.*! 
4 units, MATH 273 



Mathematics 








Calculus BC 


1,2 




No credit 




3 




4 units, MATH 273 and an additional 
4 units, MATH 274 upon completion of 
MATH 275 with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher."! 




4,5 




8 units, MATH 273-274 


Statistics 


3,4, 


5 


3 units, MATH 231 


Music Listening 


1,2 




No credit 




3,4, 


5 


3 units, MUSC 101 



Music Theory 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


3 units, MUSC 105 


Physics B 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


8 units, PHYS 21 1-212 


Physics C Mechanics 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


4 units, PHYS 241 


Physics C Elec/Mag 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


4 units, PHYS 242 


Psychology 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


3 units, PSYC 101 


Statistics 


1,2 


No credit 




3,4,5 


3 units, MATH 231 


Spanish Language 


1,2 


No credit 




3 


3 units, SPAN 201 




4,5 


6 units, SPAN 202-301 


Spanish Literature 


All 


No credit 


United States 


1,2 


No credit 


Government and 


3,4,5 


Upon completion of an upper-level 


Politics 




POSC course with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher, 3 units will be awarded 
for POSC 103.- 


*It is the responsibility of the student to notify the Admissions Office when the next 


higher level course is completed to receive credit. 


fEarly Childhood, Elementary, Special Education and Integrated Elementary 


Education — Special Education majors should consult the policy on AP in the 


Department of Mathematics section. 





Prior to the change of schedule period, students are notified 
about Advanced Placement and credit. Additional information may 
be obtained by contacting the director of Admissions or the appro- 
priate departmental chair. 

A bulletin of information about Advanced Placement Tests may 
be secured from the College Entrance Examination Board, P.O. Box 
592, Princeton, N.J. 08540. 

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE 

Towson University recognizes that the International Baccalaureate 
(IB) program represents achievement beyond the standard 
American high school program and regularly awards advanced 
standing to students who successfully complete IB course work. 

Diploma Holders 

Students who earn an IB Diploma will be awarded 30 units toward 
the bachelor's degree and receive sophomore standing. Some of 
these units may be applied toward Towson's General Education 
requirements; each student's IB units will be individually evaluated 
for General Education applicability. 

Certificate Holders 

Students who earn an IB Certificate will be eligible to receive units 
based on the results of their higher level exams only. At least 6 and 
as many as 8 units will be awarded for each higher level exam com- 
pleted with a score of 4 or above. A score of 5 or above is required 
to receive credit for the physics higher level exam. 



Undergraduate Admissions 



Higher Level IB Course Equivalency 



IB COURSE 


EQUIVALENCY 


GENERAL 
EDUCATION 


UNITS 


Language Al 


ENGL 240 
ENGL Elective 


II.C.l. 


3 
3 


Language A2 


FORL 101 
FORL 102 


I.C.I, or II.D. 
II.C.l. or II.D. 


4 


Language B 


FORL 101 
FORL 102 


II.C.l. or II.D. 
II.C.l. or II.D. 


4 
4 


Business and 
Organization 


BEEL Elective 
BEEL Elective 




3 
3 


Economics 


ECON201 
ECON 202 


II.C.2. 
II.C.2. 


3 
3 


Geography 


GEOG 109 
GEOG Elective 


II.C.2. 


3 


History 


HIST 151 
HIST Elective 


II.D. 


3 

3 


History of 
Islamic World 


HIST Elective 
HIST Elective 




3 


Philosophy 


PHIL 101 
PHIL Elective 


II.C.l. 


3 


Psychology 


PSYC 101 
PSYC Elective 


II.C.2. 


3 

3 


Social 
Anthropology 


ANTH207 
ANTH Elective 


II.D. 


3 
3 


Biology 


BIOL 201 
BIOL 202 


II.A. 
II. A. 


4 
4 


Chemistry 


CHEM 110 
CHEM 111 


II.A. 
II.A. 


4 
4 


Design 
Technology 


IDNM Elective 
IDNM Elective 




3 

3 


Physics 


PHYS211 
PHYS212 


II.A. 
II.A. 


4 
4 


Mathematics HL 


MATH lOT 
MATH Elective 


I.e. 


4 
4 


Art/Design 


To Be 
Determined 


T) Be 
Determined 




Classical 
Languages 


LATN 301 
LATN 302 


il.C.l. 


3 

3 


Computer 
Science 


cose 236 
cose 237 


LB. 


4 

4 


Music 


MUSC 101 
MUSC Elective 


Il.C.l. 


3 
3 


Theatre Arts 


THEA 125 
THEA Elective 


LB. 


3 
? 



Standard Level IB Course Equivalency 

(Students without the IB Diploma are NOT awarded credit for 
Standard Level sub|ects:) 



Western Languages fulfill category II.C.l; non-Western languages fulfill 
category II.D. 



IB COURSE 


EQUIVALENCY 


GENERAL 
EDUCATION 


UNITS 


Language A 1 


ENGL 240 


II.C.l. 


? 


Language A2 


FORL 101 


Il.C.l. or II.D. 


3 


Language B 


FORL 101 


II.C.l. or ILD. 


3 


Language AB 
Initio 


FORL 101 


II.C.l. or ILD. 


3 


Business and 
Organization 


BEEL Elective 




3 


Economics 


ECON Elective 




3 


Geography 


GFOG 109 


II.C.2. 


■^ 


History 


HIST lOT 


ILD. 


? 


History of the 
Islamic World 


HIST Elective 




3 


Information 
Technology in a 
Global Society 


COSC 1 1 1 


LB. 


3 


Philosophy 


PHIL 101 


Il.C.l. 


; 


Psychology 


PSYC 101 


II.C.2. 


3 


Social 
Anthropology 


ANTH 207 


II.D. 


3 


Biology 


BIOL 110 


II.A. 


4 


Chemistry 


CHEM 110 


II.A. 


4 


Design 
Technology 


IDNM Elective 




3 


Environmental 
Systems 


To Be 
Determined 


To Be 
Determined 




Physics 


PHYS2!1 


II.A. 


4 


Advanced 
Mathematics 


MATH lOT 


I.e. 


4 


Mathematical 
Methods 


MATH 211 


I.e. 


3 


Math 
Studies 


MATH 1 1 1 


I.e. 


3 


Art/Design 


To Be 
Determined 


To Be 
Determined 




Classical 
Languages 


L.-\TN 202 


Il.C.l. 


! 


Computer 
Science 


cose 236 
COSC 237 


LB. 


4 
4 


Music 


MUSC 101 


Il.C.l. 


3 


Theatre Arts 


THEA 125 


LB. 


3 



Western language; 
categoi7 II.D. 



tulfill category Il.C.l; non-Western languages fulfill 



International Undergraduate Admissions 



UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE DSfTERNATIONAL 
EXAMINATIONS 

Towson University recognizes that the University of Cambridge 
International Examinations represent achievement beyond the 
standard American high school program and awards advanced 
standing to students who successfully complete Cambridge exams. 

International GCE Advanced and Advanced Subsidiary 
(A and AS) Level 

A Level 

Cambridge International A Levels are recognized for matriculation 
purposes. Advanced standing credit is awarded for A Level passes 
with a mark of D or better. Eight units ar? awarded for 
science/math A Level courses; six units are awarded for non-sci- 
ence/math A Level courses. 

AS Level 

Advanced standing credit is awarded for AS Level passes with a 
mark of D or better. Four units are awarded for science/math AS 
Level courses; three units are awarded for non-science/math AS 
Level courses. 



CBE Mark for A or AS Level 


Suggested U.S. Equivalent 
Grade 


A 


A+ 


B 


A- or B+ 


C 


B 


D 


C+ 


E 


C 


U 


F 



International Undergraduate 
Admissions 

OFFICE 

Administration Building 218-A 
410-704-6069 
Fax: 410-704-6070 
www.towson.edu/intladm 

Jeffrey M. Haas, Director 

Katherine F. McDonald, Administrative Assistant 

Requests for information or admission materials should be made 
far enough in advance to allow processing before deadline dates 
set by Towson University. 

International applicants who are accepted for admission usually 
begin studies in the fall term (late August) or the spring term (late 
January). The deadline for submitting an application and all doc- 
umentation is June 1 for the fall term and December 1 for the 
spring term. Early application is strongly encouraged. 

Applicants who are accepted for admission will receive the 
Certificate of Eligibility (Form 1-20). This document is used to 
apply for a student (F-1) visa at a U.S. Embassy or consulate over- 
seas. It is also used for transferring from one institution in the 
United States to another. F-1 students are required to enroll each 
term as full-time degree candidates and take a minimum of 12 U.S. 
semester-hour units. 

The following procedure should be completed by students 
applying for their American bachelor's degree: 

1. Obtain an international student packet. 
Address: 

Office of International Admissions 

Towson University 

8000 York Road 

Towson, MD 21252-0001, U.S.A. 

Telephone: 410-704-6069 

E-mail: intladm@towson.edu 

2. To be considered for admission, applicants are required to 
complete the official international undergraduate application. A 
nonrefundable, $30 USD application fee (personal check drawn at 
a U.S. bank or money order drafted in U.S. dollars) must accom- 
pany all applications. 

3. All international applicants must complete an admissions file, 
including: 

a. official or notarized secondary school academic records, 
showing grades received, annual mark sheets, examination certifi- 
cates and leaving certificates, as they apply to the educational sys- 
tem in the student's home country. Records must be received for 
the last three years of secondary school; 

b. official or notarized records (transcripts) of all colleges, uni- 
versities, post-secondary, or professional schools attended; 

c. a notarized English translation of all documents. Translations 
must be as literal as possible with no attempt to translate infor- 
mation into the United States system of education. To evaluate 
post-secondary course work, it is sometimes necessary for the uni- 
versity to use a professional evaluation service at the applicant's 
expense (approximately $150 USD). The university will notify an 
applicant if this service is required; 

d. proof of English language proficiency by non-native English 
speakers by submitting either: 

i. an official Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 
results. All international students who do not speak English 
as their native language are required to take the TOEFL. A 
minimum score of 500 (paper-based), 173 (computer- 
based) or 61 (Internet-based) is required. The TOEFL Web 
site is www.toefl.org. The results will be reported to 
Towson if the university is indicated on the TOEFL appli- 
cation. The TU code number is 5404. 



Student Life and Campus Services 



ii. an SAT verbal score of at least 470; or 
iii.an International English Language Testing System (lELTS) 
minimum score of 6. The lELTS Web site is www.ielts.org. 
e. financial certification. Applicants are required to provide offi- 
cial financial statements verif>'ing that a minimum of $30,500 USD 
is available annually to cover their tuition, fees and living expenses. 
Acceptable methods of financial verification are described in the 
international student application. 

4. International students are required to pay out-of-state tuition. 

5. Most non-native speakers of English admitted to the univer- 
sity are required to take Towson's English placement test to deter- 
mine if preparatory college writing courses are needed. 

6. Applicants holding other types of visas may also apply to 
Towson and should contact the Office of Admissions for more 
information. 



Student Life and 
Campus Services 




whether you live on campus, near campus or commute from home, 
Towson offers many activities and services that will add to your 
enjoyment, increase your opportunities to meet other students, and 
maximize your chances for a successful Towson career. We encour- 
age you to explore the listings below and take advantage of some 
of these excellent resources. 

This section is arranged alphabetically. Detailed descriptions for 
each department below can be found following this list. 

Athletics 

Auxiliary Services Business Office 

Campus Life 

Campus Ministries 

Campus Recreation Services 

Career Center 

Center for Student Diversity 

African American Cultural Center 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) Student 
Development 

SAGE (Students Achieve Goals through Education) & CEEP 

Women's Center 
Counseling Center 
Dining Services 
Disability Support Services 

Testing Services Center 
Division of Student Affairs 
Health Services — Dowell Health Center 
Housing and Residence Life 
International Student and Scholar Office 
Judicial Affairs 

National Testing Office (GRE, LSAT, etc.) 
New Student Programs 
Non-Native Speakers of English 

English Language Center 

English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) 
Off-Campus Student Services 
OneCard -TU I.D. Card 
Parking 
Post Office 
Shuttle Bus Service 

Speech, Language and Hearing Center 
Student Activities 

Clubs and Organizations 

Campus Activities Board 

Student Government Association 
Student Day Care Center 
Ticket Office 
University Store 
University Union 
Veterans Office 

ATHLETICS 

Towson Center, 410-704-2759 

Towson University is committed to a comprehensive intercollegiate 
athletics program as an integral part of the student's total educa- 
tional experience. The program is a member of the National 
Collegiate Athletic Association's (NCAA) top level — Division I. In 
addition, TU enjoys membership in the Colonial Athletic 
Association and the Eastern College Athletic Conference for 
Gymnastics. The Tigers field men's varsity teams in baseball, 
basketball, football, lacrosse, golf, soccer, and swimming and div- 
ing. Women's teams are fielded in basketball, cross country, field 
hockey, golf, gymnastics, indoor track, lacrosse, soccer, Softball, 
swimming and diving, tennis, outdoor track and volleyball. 

Student-athletes compete for conference, regional and national 
honors under the guidance of an excellent coaching staff. Towson's 



Student Life and Campus Services 



outstanding athletic facilities include Towson Center Sports 
Complex, Johnny Unitas® Stadium, Burdick Hall pool and John B. 
Schuerholz Baseball Park, all of which make the home of the Tigers 
a showcase facility within the metropolitan Baltimore area. 

The Department of Athletics is proud that its athletes are stu- 
dents first and foremost. This emphasis on academics is reflected in 
the excellent graduation rate of the TU student-athlete population. 
Student-athletes are active on campus and in the community. 

Athletic scholarships are available for gifted student-athletes in 
all sports. Students are encouraged to participate according to their 
interests and abilities. Prospective student-athletes interested in 
competing on a varsity team should contact the head coach of that 
sport. Students are also encouraged to support TU teams as spec- 
tators. 

Students receive one free admission to all home Tiger athletic 
events upon presentation of a valid OneCard. 

For the latest news on Tiger athletics and schedules, visit 
www.towsontigers.com online. 

AUXILIARY SERVICES BUSINESS OFFICE 
University Union 110, 410-704-2284 

This is a one-stop business transactions office for OneCard Dining 
Points and RetailA'ending accounts, OneCard ID cards, parking 
permit purchases and parking citation payments, and MVA non- 
resident permits and vending refunds. 

CAMPUS LIFE 

University Union 232, 410-704-2332 
Fax: 410-704-4810 
E-mail: parent@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/campuslife 

Campus Life oversees three offices: Campus Recreation Services, 
Student Activities and New Student Programs as well as the funda- 
mental areas of the Parents Association and Off-Campus Student 
Services. Staff members and students plan daytime activities, con- 
certs, trips, movies, and leadership development opportunities, and 
promote community services. Campus Life also administers the 
Notification of Absence from Class form for students representing 
TU at events, conferences or other official activities. Students are 
encouraged to notify faculty in advance, completing this form and 
notifying the instructor of the anticipated class absence as soon as 
they learn they will be missing a class. 

The New Student Programs staff develops programming for all 
new students entering Towson University. The staff plans activities 
for Welcome to Towson, including move-in and Orientation, as well 
as ongoing transitional programs for transfer students during the 
fall and spring terms. 

Campus Life is also home to Off-Campus Student Services, which 
seeks to build connections between the university and its commuter 
populations by offering a variety of commuter-targeted programs 
and services. Understanding the demands of commuting, the office 
seeks to create resources and programs to assist with the areas of 
off-campus housing, transportation and socialization. 

Campus Recreation Services (CRS) comprises six program areas: 
Adventure Pursuits, Aquatics, Fitness and Wellness, Informal 
Recreation, Intramural Sports and Sport Clubs. The programs uti- 
lize the C.R.i.B. Fitness Center and Indoor Climbing Gym, three 
gymnasiums, and Burdick field, beach volleyball court and pool. 
Programs and facilities are open to Towson University students, fac- 
ulty and staff with a valid TTJ OneCard. For hours of operation, 
please visit www.towson.edu/campusrec. 

CAMPUS MINISTRIES 
University Union, 410-704-2268 

A variety of faith communities are represented on campus through 
the support staff assigned to the university. Most advise student 
religious organizations as well as provide a personal ministry in 
counseling, theological discussions, and other supportive areas. In 



addition, most cooperate in sponsoring special programs of speak- 
ers, discussions, films, contemporary issues studies and social 
events. 

CAMPUS RECREATION SERVICES 

Burdick Hall 151, 410-704-2367 
www.towson.edu/campusrec 

Campus Recreation Services (CRS) located in Burdick Hall is made 
up of six program areas: Adventure Pursuits, Aquatics, Fitness & 
Wellness, Informal Recreation, Intramural Sports and Sport Clubs. 
Participants are invited to enjoy amenities to include kayaking, 
group exercise classes, open swim, flag football and many other 
sport and wellness activities. CRS strongly supports the university's 
mission of a healthy campus and encourages students, faculty and 
staff to use the facilities and participate in CRS programs. A valid 
TU OneCard is needed to gain access to facilities and programs. 
Programs utilize the C.R.i.B Fitness Center and 33-foot indoor 
climbing gym, three gymnasiums, playing fields, beach volleyball 
court, locker rooms, and the 25-yard swimming pool. 

Visit the Web site for the most up-to-date facility operating 
hours. Additional sports facilities are available at the Towson 
Center and include tennis courts, handball/squash courts and 
locker rooms. Call 410-704-2370 for details. 

THE CAREER CENTER AT TOWSON UNIVERSITY 

7800 York Road, Suite 206, 410-704-2233 
www.towson.edu/careercenter 

The Career Center at Towson University helps students make deci- 
sions about majors and prepare and search for meaningful and sat- 
isfying careers. The center also provides services and information 
leading to academic internship opportunities and on- and off -cam- 
pus full-time and part-time employment. To learn more about the 
programs and services offered by The Career Center, visit 
www.towson.edu/careercenter, or call the center for more informa- 
tion. 

Career Center Services for Students 

• Hire@TU (Web-based job/internship and career events/job 
fairs database) 

• Career Assessments 

• Career Fairs/Job Fairs 

• Career Counseling 

• Career Resource Library 

• Graduate School Information 

• On-campus Interviewing 

• Internships 

• Professional Development Seminars (Resume Writing, 
Interview Skills Training, Networking, Graduate School 
Application) 

• Class visits and targeted workshops for student groups 

• Job Shadow Program 

CENTER FOR STUDENT DIVERSITY 

University Union 313, 410-704-2051 
www.towson.edu/diversity 

The Center for Student Diversity (CSD) provides intellectual and 
cultural enrichment programs and services that build community 
and create civility. The center strives to create a learning com- 
munity that recognizes and appreciates cultural differences, 
respects individual uniqueness, and engages in cross-cultural dia- 
logue and interaction. Moreover, the center supports multicul- 
tural student organizations and provides diversity awareness 
seminars, workshops and presentations, along with advocacy 
and consultation. CSD serves all students, while paying partic- 
ular attention to the needs of students of color and other under- 
served groups on campus. The purpose of the center is to 
develop an inclusive, supportive environment where students 
can attain their scholastic objectives in a seamless manner. 



Student Life and Campus Services 



Currently, the CSD cluster is made up of the Women's Center, 
Student Success Programs (SAGE and CEEP), African 
American Cultural Center, LGBT Student Development, and 
Hispanic and Asian American Student Development. The cen- 
ter also partners with and supports the Jewish Cultural Center- 
Hillel, and Campus Ministries. 

The center administers the Community Enrichment and 
Enhancement Partnership (CEEP) award and the Graduate 
Diversity Grant. These awards are designed to increase access 
and success of culturally diverse and traditionally underrepre- 
sented students. 

African American Cultural Center 
University Union 313, 410-704-2051 
www.towson.edu/aacc 

The African American Cultural Center (AACC) sponsors 
programs and activities that reflect the lifestyles, history, con- 
tributions and culture of people of African descent. The center 
also seeks to stimulate scholarship at Towson in the areas of 
African American, African-Caribbean and African studies. The 
center sponsors several student organizations, hosts lectures 
and discussion groups, provides information and referrals, and 
educates the campus communit)' about issues of diversity. The 
Distinguished Black Scholars Lecture series and the Martin 
Luther King, Jr. Celebration are two annual campus-wide pro- 
grams hosted by the AACC. 

The center, which houses an ever-growing "special collec- 
tions" library of popular and scholarly literature, provides a 
comfortable setting in which to study, network, relax and 
socialize. 

Additionally, the center houses a wealth of information con- 
cerning graduate school, fellowships, scholarships, employment 
opportunities and other resources relevant to minority students, 
faculty and staff. All are invited to take part in the center's 
activities. 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) Student 

Development 

University Union 313, 410-704-2051 

The Center for Student Diversity (CSD) provides a variety of 
educational, social, and outreach programs that promote and 
support the life and culture of students who identify as Lesbian, 
Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT). The aim of CSD is to 
create a welcoming and nurturing environment for LGBT stu- 
dents so that they become engaged in leadership and mentor- 
ship opportunities on campus and in the wider community. 

SAGE Program 

University Union 313, 410-704-2051 

www.towson.edu/sage 

The Students Achieve Goals through Education (SAGE) Program 
pairs new students from diverse backgrounds with peer mentors 
who assist them in attaining their academic goals. SAGE program 
participants are encouraged to excel in the classroom, as well as 
participate in the wide array of co-curricular activities offered cam- 
pus-wide. To that end, a series of weekly activities and events are 
planned to address academic success, diversity, career develop- 
ment, stress management, financial planning, interpersonal devel- 
opment, course scheduling strategies and networking. 

Women's Center 

University Union 313, 410-704-2051 

The Women's Center is located on the third floor of the University 
Union. The center houses offices for the director, a student office 
and a small interdisciplinary library of books related to a range of 
women's issues, both domestic and international. A small meeting 
room, which holds eight to 10 individuals, is also available for use. 
The center offers a wide range of services to women, including 
leadership development, support groups, empowerment circles, 



sexual assault prevention and response, etc. Innovative programs 
are commonplace — community service and service learning proj- 
ects, speaker series, exhibitions and performing arts programs, etc. 
Outside referrals are made when necessary. 

The Women's Center is staffed by a graduate assistant and a 
team of volunteers. Scholarships and awards for both women and 
men are administered and managed through the director's office. 
The Charlotte W. Newcombe Scholarships are the largest of the 
scholarships offered. 

The center welcomes and invites all students, facult)', staff, 
alumni and community partners to become part of an exciting 
department. 

COUNSELING CENTER 
Glen Esk, 410-704-2512 
www. towson .edu/counseling 

College life presents many stresses, life changes, and opportunities 
for personal growth. To meet these challenges, it is often necessary 
to resolve emotional problems, learn new personal and social skills, 
and work toward developing well-chosen career and personal 
goals. The Counseling Center provides a variety of professional 
services for students who are experiencing personal difficulty or 
who are seeking help toward a greater level of personal effective- 
ness or satisfaction. 

Some of the areas which may be addressed by the Counseling 
Center include: 

• Eliminating blocks to educational or career achievement and 
success 

• Future planning and decision-making 

• Adjusting to a new environment 

• Coping with change and transition 

• Indecision in choosing one's direction 

• Relationships with friends, roommates, parents, romantic 
partner or spouse 

• Family problems 

• Grief and loss 

• Sexual matters 

• Self-esteem and self-confidence 

• Anxiety, depression and anger 

• Physical stress and tension 

• Eating disorders/body image 

• Physical or sexual mistreatment or abuse 

• Alcohol and drug-related problems 

• Suicidal or self-destructive behavior or thoughts 

• Problems encountered in the university environment 

Clinical Services 

Most services at the Counseling Center are provided free of charge. 
The Counseling Center is staffed by psychologists, substance abuse 
specialists, consulting psychiatrists, and psychologists working 
under supervision. All services at the Counseling Center are confi- 
dential. For more information or to make an appointment, call or 
drop by Glen Esk, the big white house on the northeast corner of 
the campus. 

Group, Individual and Couples Counseling 
Several kinds of personal counseling are available at the 
Counseling Center. Your initial session can be of immediate assis- 
tance as your counselor offers a listening ear, helps you to resolve 
problems and informs you about what kinds of further help might 
be appropriate. A series of individual counseling sessions offers a 
private setting for resolving personal difficulty and achieving per- 
sonal growth. Counseling groups are particularly helpful for many 
concerns, giving members an opportunity to share experiences, 
solve problems and practice new skills. Couples counseling pro- 
vides a safe atmosphere for couples to examine and improve their 
relationships. Psychiatric evaluation and medication are also avail- 
able when needed. 



Student Life and Campus Services 



Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program 

The Counseling Center offers state-certified alcohol and other drug 
treatment programs (both individual and group services) intended 
to meet various personal needs. Services can assist in achieving a 
greater awareness of a problem or correcting a problem through 
education and recovery. 

Life Planning 

The Counseling Center assists students in personal life and deci- 
sion-making about one's future in a variety of ways. The Career 
Center is the place to go if you seek information about making 
potential career choices. The Counseling Center can help if you feel 
that your career decision-making is complicated by personal con- 
cerns. 

Outreach and Consultation 

The Counseling Center staff provides workshops and programs to 
the Towson University community on various topics, including 
time management, mindfulness meditation, gambling, assertiveness 
training, stress management and communication skills. We can 
also work with you to help you create programs to meet your 
needs. Staff is also available to consult with students, faculty and 
staff on various topics, including improving the campus environ- 
ment, diversity issues or other issues relating to the quality of life 
at Towson University. 

^eb Resources 

Further information about the Counseling Center, self-help 
resources, web-based mental health self-assessments (for Anxiety 
and Depression, Alcohol, and Eating Disorders), and a Wellness 
Assessment can be found at www.towson.edu/counseling. 

Referral 

Students sometimes need services that are available only outside 
the Counseling Center, whether on campus or in the surrounding 
community. Counselors can advise students about a variety of 
resources and services that may be useful to students. In addition, 
a referrals assistance specialist is available to help students identify 
quality mental health providers in the outside community, and to 
understand and use their health insurance for these services. 

Hours 

The Counseling Center is open Monday - Friday, 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. 

Your Initial Contact 

Call 410-704-2512 or stop by the Counseling Center to arrange 
your first appointment with a counselor. Initial appointments are 
usually available on the same day you contact us or very soon 
thereafter. If you wish, you may schedule an appointment in 
advance to fit your schedule more conveniently. Emergency 
appointments are also available. Your counselor will help you 
resolve your immediate concerns and determine what kmds of help 
will be the most useful. 

Confidentiality 

Counseling often deals with very personal and highly private 
issues. Successful outcome depends on a feeling of freedom on the 
part of clients to express feelings, attitudes and thoughts with peo- 
ple who respect them and their right to privacy. Interviews con- 
ducted are confidential and information is not released except with 
the client's written permission or as may be required by law. The 
importance of confidentiality is reflected in the Counseling Center's 
adherence to the Code of Ethics of the American Psychological 
Association. 



DINING SERVICES 

University Union, 410-704-2302 
http://dining.towson.edu 

MEAL PLANS 

No matter where you go on campus, you can find something good 
to eat! We have 13 dining locations and offer a variety of meal 
plans (including vegetarian and kosher cuisine) as well as a-la-carte 
dining. 

All students who live on campus must purchase a meal plan 
(except those who live in the Towson Run Apartments or 
Millennium Hall). Additional meals and snacks can be purchased 
through a Dining Points debit account. Dining points can be used 
at any Dining Services outlet on campus. Dining Points carry over 
from term to term as long as you are a registered student. Dining 
Points are non-transferable, non-refundable. Students access their 
meal plan and Dining Points through their OneCard ID. For more 
information, visit our Web site http://dining.towson.edu or call 
Auxiliary Services, 410-704-2530. A student's meal plan status can 
be viewed at the OneCard Web site: http://onecard.towson.edu 

Choosing a Meal Plan 

Choosing a meal plan that works with your schedule and eating 
habits is easy. When you make the decision, consider these 
questions: How many times a day do you eat? Will you be on 
campus most weekends? The majority of resident students — 93 
percent — choose an Unrestricted meal plan. Fifty percent of resi- 
dent students on the Unrestricted plan choose 14 meals a week. 

Your Choice: Unrestricted or Restricted Meal Plans 

Advantages of Unrestricted Meal Plans: 

• The Unrestricted meal plans are extremely flexible. These 
plans allow you to eat more than one meal per meal period. 
For example, eating lunch at 1 1:05 a.m. and a second meal at 
3:30 p.m., would place both meals in the lunch meal period. 

• If you have an Unrestricted meal plan, you can swap unused 
meals for cash allowances toward a-la-carte purchases at 
numerous locations around campus including Paws, The Den, 
Susquehanna Food Court and many other locations. 
Customers with an Unrestricted meal plan have fewer missed 
meals than customers who have a Traditional meal plan. 

Advantages of Restricted Meal Plans: 

• A Restricted meal plan costs less than a corresponding 
Unrestricted meal plan. Please note: Restricted meal plans 
limit participants to one meal per meal period. 

What These Meal Plans Have in Common 

Both Unrestricted and Restricted meal plans are for a specific num- 
ber of all-you-can-eat meals per week. All meals must be used 
before the end of the meal plan week or you will lose them. The 
meal plan week begins Friday with breakfast and ends Thursday 
evening. Unrestricted and Restricted meal plans are priced per 
term. You will have the opportunity to change your meal plan until 
the last day of the drop/add period each term. 

Your Options* Unrestricted Restricted 

1 9 meals per week with $50 Dining Points $ 1 ,945 $ 1 ,655 

14 meals per week with $50 Dining Points $1,819" $1,563 

10 meals per week with $50 Dining Points $1,601 $1,410 

"These costs represent 2007-2008 prices. A price increase should 

be anticipated for the 2008-2009 academic year. 

* "most popular selection 

The most up-to-date meal plan information is available from our 

Web site. 

Towson Run, Millennium Hall and commuter students are also eli- 
gible to purchase any meal plan, including Block plans. Please 
review the Block meal plan option on the dining Web site. 



Student Life and Campus Services 



Meal Plans for Students with Apartments 

Students with their own apartments usually choose one of the 
Block meal plans. Eating with a Block meal plan is easier than 
shopping for food, fixing it, and cleaning up afterwards. When stu- 
dents use up one block, they can purchase another. Block plans are 
good for the entire academic year (Sept. -May). 

The university community, faculty, administrators, staff and 
students are expected to demonstrate respect for all of that com- 
munity's members and to actively facilitate the creation and main- 
tenance of a positive and constructive milieu. For example, it is the 
responsibility of administrators to formulate and implement fair 
and effective practices to prevent discrimination and to respond 
promptly and consistently to complaints. It is the responsibility of 
faculty to provide a classroom environment which discourages 
discriminatory behavior and to deal constructively with such 
behavior should it occur. Evaluations of performance and merit for 
faculty, staff and students should not be based on assumptions, 
expectations or attitudes related to race, color, religion, age, sex, 
national origin, sexual orientation and disability. Additionally, all 
administrators, faculty and staff are responsible for nondiscrimina- 
tory behavior in their interpersonal communications with col- 
leagues, staff and students. In all interactions, a model of accept- 
ance of cultural diversity should be fostered by the university com- 
munity, faculty, administrators, staff and students. 

DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES 
Administration Building 232, 410-704-2638 (Voice or TDD) 
www.towson.edu/dss/ 

Disability Support Services (DSS) is the office designated to provide 
reasonable accommodations to students with disabilities. Students 
seeking accommodations must identify themselves to DSS, request 
an appointment to discuss their needs, and provide DSS with up- 
to-date and complete documentation of their disabilities by a qual- 
ified professional. The type of documentation needed varies with 
the disability. Generally, a psycho-educational evaluation is 
required for learning and cognitive disabilities. A psychiatrist, psy- 
chologist or certified mental health care provider report is required 
for ADHD and psychological disabilities, while a typed letter from 
a physician for medical and physical disabilities is needed. 

DSS determines what accommodations are reasonable on a case- 
by-case basis, taking into account the student's disability and 
needs, nature of the learning task, course standards and essential 
requirements for the program of study, and educational environ- 
ment. Information related to a student's disability is confidential. 
Documentation is maintained in the DSS office and is not a part of 
the student's academic record. Disability-related information may 
be disclosed on a limited basis in order to provide accommodations 
and services, but only with permission of the student or as other- 
wise permitted under the university's student records policy and 
applicable federal laws. 

Students are encouraged to register with DSS as soon as possible 
after admission to the university to ensure timely provision of serv- 
ices. When a student is registered with DSS, memos are prepared 
for the student's instructors that certify the disability and specify 
approved classroom accommodations. The student is required to 
obtain the memos from the DSS office and give them to the instruc- 
tors as early as possible each term. DSS additionally offers guid- 
ance to students, faculty and staff with implementing accommoda- 
tions and arranges for some accommodations directly. Some exam- 
ples include: providing notes and sign language interpreters, provi- 
sion of alternative formatting of texts, use of the Testing Services 
Center for testing accommodations such as extended time and min- 
imal distraction space, access to assistive technology and software 
for reading and writing, campus orientation and mobility services, 
help with student advocacy skills, and short-term help with study 
and test-taking skills. 

Students who suspect that they have a disability but do not have 
documentation are encouraged to contact DSS for advice on how 



to obtain an appropriate evaluation. Further information is avail- 
able at www.towson.edu/dss or by calling 410-704-2638. DSS 
office hours are Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. 

Testing Services Center 

Administration Building 228, 410-704-2304 

Fax: 410-704-4699 

www.towson.edu/testing 

The Testing Services Center provides proctored testing accommo- 
dations, such as extended time, minimal distraction space, readers, 
scribes, and computer access for Towson University students regis- 
tered with Disability Support Services. Contact the Testing Services 
Center for additional information. 

DIVISION OF STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Administration Building 236, 410-704-2055 

Fax: 410-704-3441 

E-mail: studentaffairs@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/studentaffairs 

Mission 

The Division of Student Affairs strives to create transformative 
learning experiences that are pivotal in students' education and 
identity development by: 

• engaging students in a broad range of programs, services and 
opportunities that support the student in acquiring essential 
skills to thrive as emerging citizens and leaders 

• fostering and modeling a respectful and inclusive environment 
that enables students to identify personal values, appreciate dif- 
ferences, and adapt to a diverse society 

• creating connections and partnerships that contribute to the 
recruitment and retention of students 

The administrative responsibility for the supervision of the co-cur- 
ricular life of the university rests with the vice president for Student 
Affairs and staff. The university provides a wide range of support 
services and programs designed specifically to meet the outside-of- 
class and co-curricular needs of its students. Student Affairs directly 
supports the total educational experience of students. The operat- 
ing philosophy of Student Affairs rests upon the belief that 
outside-of-class activities and co-curricular learning complement 
the formal learning that takes place in the classroom and are part 
of the student's total education immersion. Efforts are made to 
ensure that services and programs are planned in such a way so as 
to be student centered and educational in nature. 

Student Affairs offers the student LIFE Line designed to assist 
students with any question they may have about the university. The 
LIFE Line is staffed and ready to assist callers Monday through 
Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. After these hours, a voicemail message 
can be left and will be responded to the next business day. Should 
students need to call, the number is 410-704-LIFE (x5433). In 
addition to the LIFE Line, Student Affairs has a general e-mail 
account to which any question about the university can be directed. 
The e-mail address is: studentaffairs@towson.edu. All inquiries will 
be responded to promptly. 

HEALTH SERVICES 

Dowell Health Center, 410-704-2466 

www.towson.edu/doweIIhealthcenter 

The Student Health Service, located in Dowell Health Center, offers 
primary care services to any registered student. The Health Center 
is open Monday - Friday throughout the year, with the exception of 
university holidays. Office hours are 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. 

The Dowell Health Center has an experienced staff of physi- 
cians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and health educa- 
tors. Services include treatment of common illness and injuries, a 
full range of sexual health services, anonymous HIV testing, office 
lab tests, health education, prescription birth control and medica- 



Student Life and Campus Services 



tions. Charges for services can be paid by check, TU OneCard or 
billed to the student's financial account. Students do not need insur- 
ance to use the Health Center. 

The Health Center operates by appointment. For non-emergen- 
cies, students should call 410-704-2466 between the hours of 8 
a.m. and 5 p.m. to make an appointment or to speak with a nurse. 
Patients who walk in without an appointment will be triaged by a 
trained nurse. 

The Health Center does not provide after-hours care. For after- 
hours emergencies, students should call 911 or the University 
Police, 410-704-2133, who will arrange transportation to a local 
emergency room. For non-emergencies after-hours urgent care is 
available at both St. Joseph Medical Center and Greater Baltimore 
Medical Center at the student's own expense. Several free-standing 
urgent care centers are also located in the Towson area. Visit the 
Health Services Web site for more information. 

Health insurance is strongly recommended for all students. The 
university sponsors a plan at reasonable cost which covers most 
services provided at the Dowell Health Center, as well as X-rays, 
outside lab tests and other diagnostic tests, after-hours care, and 
physician or hospital referrals. 

The Health Center will provide physical education exemptions 
and special residence arrangements only with adequate medical 
documentation from the student's personal physician. Please call 
for information and special forms. Medical parking permits are 
issued by the Auxiliary Services Business Office. Students must 
present documentation from the treating physician indicating the 
reason and estimated duration of the condition for which parking 
is being requested. 

Immunization Requirements 

The university has a mandatory immunization policy. All under- 
graduate and graduate degree and non-degree students, regardless 
of units, taking courses on Towson's main campus or any of its 
satellite facilities (Shady Grove, Southern Maryland Higher 
Education Center, HEAT and Hagerstown) must comply with the 
immunization requirements to attend class. The list of requirements 
can be found at www.towson.edu/dowellhealthcenter/immuniza- 
tion.asp. Documentation should be mailed or faxed to the Health 
Center by June 1 or within four weeks after receiving your admis- 
sions packet. Keep a copy for your own records. 

Students taking courses online, overseas, at their place of 
employment if employment is off-campus, or at any of the 
city/county schools, are exempt from this policy. 

Immunizations are available at the Dowell Health Center for a 
fee. Maryland law now requires all students living in on-campus 
housing to be immunized against meningococcal disease (meningi- 
tis) or to sign a waiver stating they understand the risks of the dis- 
ease and choose not to be immunized. Immunization/waiver forms 
for this vaccine will be sent with the Housing Contract and must be 
returned in order to move into residence halls. 

Towson University Medical Excuse Policy 

The Health Center does not give medical excuses for short-term 
absence (less than five days) due to illness or injury. Verification of 
care will be given for people treated at the Health Center which does 
not constitute a medical excuse. For students whose medical condi- 
tion results in longer-term absence, the Health Center notifies the 
vice president of Student Affairs, who then notifies the student's pro- 
fessors. However, this notification does not excuse the absence. 
Students must also contact their professors and make arrangements 
for makeup work. Letters of support for students requesting a med- 
ical withdrawal from all classes or a selective medical withdrawal 
from a single class are given at the discretion of the treating provider, 
and only if the student was treated at the Health Center for the con- 
dition. No medical information will be given to any professor or 
administrative office without written consent of the student. 

Treatment of athletic injuries is provided to intercollegiate ath- 
letes at the Towson Center Training Room by a staff of athletic 



trainers under the supervision of a board-certified orthopedic sur- 
geon or sports medicine physician. General medical care is provided 
by the Dowell Health Center. 

Health Insurance 

Dowell Health Center, 410-704-2466 

Although the Dowell Health Center offers high quality primary 
health care to any registered student, regardless of insurance sta- 
tus, there are times when students need medical services not avail- 
able at the Health Center. For this reason, all students are strongly 
encouraged to have health insurance coverage. International stu- 
dents, intercollegiate athletes and health professional students in 
the Nursing, Occupational Therapy and Physician Assistant pro- 
grams are required to have insurance. 

The university offers students an excellent 12-month health 
insurance policy at a very reasonable cost for the coverage. (See the 
current brochure on our Web site: www.towson.edu/dowellhealth- 
center for up-to-date premium information.) The plan uses the 
Dowell Health Center as the primary care provider while school is 
in session and covers services such as specialty referrals, diagnostic 
tests, surgical procedures, and hospital care not available at the 
Health Center. It will cover urgent care and emergency services at 
other facilities when the Health Center is closed or the student is 
away from school. Coverage for spouses and children of enrolled 
students is available. Policies can be purchased for the entire year 
(August 15 through August 14), for one term, or for summer only. 

International Student Insurance Requirement 
All international students on F and J visa status are required to 
have health insurance that meets the university's minimum stan- 
dards. These students are automatically enrolled in the university- 
sponsored insurance plan and the cost is billed to their financial 
account. Students with their own comparable insurance may sub- 
mit a waiver application, along with their plan benefits in English 
and proof of payment. If the waiver is approved, the insurance 
charge will be refunded. 

NOTE: Waiver deadlines for international students are 
September 15 (fall term), February 15 (spring term), and June 15 
(summer sessions). Waiver applications submitted after the dead- 
line will not be considered and no refunds of insurance premiums 
will be possible. Waiver applications must be re-submitted every 
fall term. See the Health Center Web site for waiver standards and 
application forms: www.towson.edu/dowellhealthcenter. For addi- 
tional information, contact the Dowell Health Center. 

HOUSING AND RESIDENCE LIFE 

Newell Hall, Lower Level, 410-704-2516 

The Residence Life program provides living facilities for students 
and promotes educational programs and activities which support 
the academic mission of the university. The Residence Life staff 
and the University Residence Government strive to maintain an 
environment conducive to the individual's achievement of aca- 
demic goals and development of life skills. 

Housing and Residence Life offers a variety of living options 
to accommodate the diverse needs and interests of students. 
Additionally, the off-campus housing listing service is available 
for students looking for off-campus housing at 
www.towson.edu/housing. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT AND 
SCHOLAR OFFICE 

Administration Building 246, 410-704-2421 
www.towson.edu/isso 

The ISSO provides services and programs for more than 900 inter- 
national students and international scholars from about 100 
nations. Approximately 75 percent of international students are 
here for two to five years, working on undergraduate or graduate 
degrees. The ISSO provides the following programs and services: 



Student Life and Campus Services 



• Documents and legal expertise which make possible the 
enrollment of non-immigrant students 

• Advising services necessary for those international students to 
maintain legal status while in the United States, and to under- 
stand applicable federal government regulations and university 
policies 

• Design and presentation of programs to assist international 
students in their transition to life in the United States and to 
provide them with tools for success in the American academic 
environment 

• Advising for students regarding personal, academic, legal, 
career, intercultural communication, and cross-cultural 
adjustment issues 

• Serving as liaison to and advocate for students with govern- 
ment agencies and university offices 

• Coordination of programs and ongoing services aimed at 
enhancing the international student's social life here, encour- 
aging their interaction with American students and community 
members, and promoting ways that they can become involved 
and appreciated for their unique cultural perspectives 

• Coordination of appropriate services for international stu- 
dents in legal, medical and family emergency situations 

New Student Assistattce 

At the beginning of each term, the ISSO holds orientation pro- 
grams designed to assist students in their initial adjustment to a 
new culture. The International Ambassador Program recruits expe- 
rienced international and U.S. students to serve as peer mentors 
during ISSO orientation week events. 

Ongoiitg Services and Publications 

Throughout the international student's stay at Towson University, 
the ISSO provides ongoing advising, services and programs. The 
ISSO assists students through individual appointments, walk-in 
meetings, group advising sessions, workshops, and informational 
hand-outs. The office publishes ISSO News, a quarterly newsletter, 
and maintains an e-mail distribution list for all international stu- 
dents. These means are used to communicate pertinent immigra- 
tion information, recreational offerings, job and travel opportuni- 
ties, ISSO events and services, and other news for or about the 
international population on campus. 

Community Involvement 

The ISSO also organizes the Towson International Hospitality 
Association (TIHA), a program designed to help the Towson com- 
munity get to know and foster friendships with TU international 
students. While not a home-stay program, students gain opportu- 
nities to experience U.S. home-life first-hand and to interact more 
fully in the community. Community volunteers gain opportunities 
for understanding new perspectives, practicing foreign languages, 
and for cross-cultural learning. 

Social and Cultural Program Offerings 

The ISSO also offers day trips during spring break, and offers a 
variety of activities and programs in conjunction with the 
International Student Association (ISA). The ISSO and ISA coop- 
erate each year to produce the International Festival — an evening 
of international food, fashion, song, dance and other perform- 
ances — which always draws a large crowd of U.S. and interna- 
tional students as well as members of the faculty and community. 

Summary of Special Immigration Regulations for Students in F-1 
Visa Status 

• Report any change of local or foreign address to the U.S. gov- 
ernment's SEVIS (electronic information system) by reporting 
it to the university through Towson Online services within ten 
days of any move. 

• Enroll at the school which issued the active SEVIS record 
Form 1-20. 



• Attend a full course of study each semester during the entire 
academic year. At Towson University this means: 

• a minimum of 12 units for undergraduate students 

• a minimum of 9 graduate-level units for graduate stu- 
dents, or a full course of study as defined by the Graduate 
School's "weighted units" system 

• a minimum of 18 contact hours for English Language 
Center students 

• credits received from CLEP, Foreign Language 
Department Credit for Prior Learning Exams, or other 
proficiency exams do not count toward the full-time 
attendance requirement minimums 

• students must both register for and anend class for the 
entire term 

• a W (withdrawal) for a course means that course cannot 
count toward the minimum 

• receiving a grade of FX means that the student never 
attended class, or stopped attending during the term 
without officially withdrawing; therefore, an FX grade 
cannot count toward the minimum 

• units taken on an Audit basis do not count toward the 
minimum 

• Under extremely limited circumstances, an international stu- 
dent may obtain an exception to the Full Course of Study 
requirement. Any possible exception must be discussed and 
approved in advance by a Designated School Official (DSO), 
per federal Immigration regulations. Towson's DSOs are the 
international student advisors at the ISSO. 

• Make satisfactory academic progress. 

• Complete the degree or program by the date in line 5 of the 
Form 1-20. If a student is not able to complete the program by 
that date due to valid academic or medical reasons, s/he must 
apply at the ISSO for an F-1 program extension before the 
1-20 expires. 

• For a transfer to another academic institution, special immi- 
gration status transfer regulations must be followed. 

• Have an unexpired passport at all times. 

• Limit employment to a total (all jobs) of 20 hours per week 
while school is in session. F-1 students are allowed to work 
full-time in authorized employment at times when school is 
not in session, i.e., during the summer, Minimester and spring 
break. 

• Receive written authorization for any and all off-campus 
employment, via the ISSO. 

• Complete special U.S. tax forms each year, even if no U.S. 
income was received. 

• When nearing the end of the degree or program, these are the 
only options: 

(a) obtain a new Form 1-20 for a new institution or program 
within 60 days of completion of the current program, 
and attend the new school/program's next available term 
within 5 months of the current program completion date 

(b) apply to change to another immigration status within 60 
days of completion of the degree or program 

(c) apply for optional practical training work permission 
prior to completion of the degree, if eligible 

(d) depart from the U.S. within 60 days after completing the 
degree or program. 

If the degree or academic program is not completed, the stu- 
dent must consult with an ISSO advisor and depart the U.S. 
within 15 days. 

The ISSO can provide the necessary immigration-related informa- 
tion and assistance to students, but it is the student, not the uni- 
versity, who is ultimately responsible for maintaining legal F-1 stu- 
dent status. F-1 students should contact an ISSO advisor if they 
have difficulty meeting any of these requirements before they have 
a problem. The ISSO is here to assist students in reviewing options 
and making wise decisions. The ISSO staff do not work for the 



Student Life and Campus Services 



Department of Homeland Security or the federal government, but 
are employees of the university who want international students to 
be successful. 

Most of the staff are available Monday through Friday from 8:30 
a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Some scheduled in-person and phone appoint- 
ments are available after 5 p.m. to students with urgent needs. Any 
student who has an emergency outside of normal business hours 
may contact the Unwersity Police at 410-704-2133. The police 
may assist or may contact an ISSO staff member at home. 

JUDICIAL AFFAIRS 

Administration Building 236, 410-704-2057 
When a student is alleged to have violated the Code of Student 
Conduct (see Appendix F), this office interviews and counsels stu- 
dents in the discipline process and facilitates the student appeal 
process. The office also serves as a resource to faculty and admin- 
istrators. 

NATIONAL TESTING OFFICE 

Administration Building 228, 410-704-3023 

Fax: 410-704-4699 

www.towson.edu/testing 

The National Testing Office provides a convenient testing site for 

Towson University students and individuals in the community who 

are required to take standardized exams. Examples of tests offered 

on an ongoing basis are: 

• AMP TESTS Various certification programs 

• GRE Graduate Record Examination 

• LSAT Law School Admission Test 

• PRAXIS Professional assessment for beginning teachers 

NEW STUDENT PROGRAMS 
University Union 217. 410-704-2309 

All new first-year and transfer students attend an orientation. The 
Office of New Student Programs provides programming through- 
out the first term to help make your transition to Towson a smooth 
one. The program is specifically designed to meet the needs of 
newly admitted students from an academic and co-curricular per- 
spective. 

Orientation for all newly admitted first-year students takes place 
in late August just before the start of classes and leads directly into 
September Celebration. Each student is part of a First- Year 
Experience group that includes an academic adviser and an 
Orientation Leader. This program allows you to meet with an 
adviser to confirm your fall schedule and helps you take care of 
various forms of business, such as obtaining your TV OneCard 
(student I.D.), updatmg your health immunization records, etc. 

New transfer students attend a one-day comprehensive orienta- 
tion in July. This program includes informational sessions about 
academic and student life, campus resources, academic advising 
and registration. 

NON-NATTVE SPEAKERS OF ENGLISH 

English Language Center 
Enrollment Services 331, 410-704-2552 
Fax: 410-704-2090 

The English Language Center offers intensive English instruction to 
students who are preparing for admission to the university or for 
international and permanent resident students who are admitted to 
the university and want to further develop their English skills. The 
center also welcomes individuals who are not preparing for univer- 
sity study but who wish to improve their language skills for employ- 
ment purposes. Courses are designed to develop a student's speak- 
ing, listening, reading and writing skills. A TOEFL preparation 
course and additional courses on pronunciation, vocabulary devel- 
opment and American culture are also offered.* A computer 
resource laboratory and a listening area are available for students 



who want to work on specific language areas, such as grammar, lis- 
tening, reading or vocabulary development. 

*An accent reduction program is available as well as short-term summer 
programs that focus on language and culture. 

English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) 
English Department, Linthicum Hall 218E, 410-704-2110 
The English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) testing coor- 
dinator tests and places non-native speakers of English admitted to 
the university in preparatory college writing courses. When neces- 
sary, students are placed in ESOL classes or special sections of 
Writing for a Liberal Education. 

OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES 
University Union 232, 410-704-2332 
www.towson.edu/commuters 

Off-Campus Student Services provides a wide range of resources, 
services and programs designed to enrich the educational experi- 
ence of off-campus students. Our goal is to engage off-campus stu- 
dents in co-curricular activities thereby enhancing their overall 
development. 

Students living off campus can find MTA information and 
schedules, area maps, off-campus housing options and commuter- 
friendly programs such as Commuter Appreciation Day, Good 
Morning Commuters, Commuter Connections, and the Ride 
Board. We will also assist in addressing questions and concerns 
regarding off -campus living situations. 

OneCard - TU ID CARD 

University Union 118, 410-704-2284 
http://onecard.towson.edu 

The university issues a photo LD. card to students, faculty and 
staff called the OneCard. The initial OneCard is free and does not 
have to be renewed. Students should keep the OneCard with them 
since it is necessary for using services at Cook Library, the Burdick 
Fitness Center and athletic facilities. The OneCard can also be used 
as a debit card. A Retail Points account, accessed through the 
OneCard can be used to purchase books, supplies and gift items at 
the University Store. A student can use the same Retail Points 
account on select vending machines, all washers and dryers, Copies 
Plus, Health Center, and the Auxiliary Services Business Office. 
Additionally, the OneCard can be used for discount food purchases 
through use of a Dining Points account. Students save 5 percent 
sales tax on food purchased using Dining Points at all Dining 
Services locations including Paws. Students with a meal plan will 
use the card for access to the dining halls. A student's Meal Plan 
account information can be accessed through the OneCard Web 
site. The OneCard provides access to some residence halls and aca- 
demic labs. Students may also use the OneCard for complimentary 
access to many athletic and entertainment events. Manage your 
OneCard account online at http://onecard.towson.edu. 

PARKING 

Auxiliary Services Business Office 
Union Garage, 410-704-PARK 
http://parking.towson.edu 

The university offers student parking on 13 lots and in three park- 
ing garages. The policy in effect when this catalog was published is 
that freshman-resident students are not eligible to park on campus. 
There are a limited number of exceptions to this policy. View the 
parking Web site for more information on Resident-Freshman 
Student Exceptions. 

Additional information will be provided on the parking Web site 
by July. All other resident students may apply for a permit in one 
of three ways: online, by mail, or in person. We recommend pur- 
chasing parking permits online through the parking Web site or 
by mail to avoid waiting in line. Permits are also sold in person at 
the Auxiliary Services Business Office in the University Union, 
room 1 1 0. 



paR 



Student Life and Campus Services 



Free shuttle buses are available for on-campus transportation 
from parking lots to all university buildings during the fall and 
spring terms. An escort service is provided from sunset to sunrise 
during the fall and spring terms. 

The university provides special parking areas for motorcycles, 
which are subject to the same rules and regulations as other vehicles. 

For security purposes, owners of soft-top vehicles are urged to 
purchase a window-sticker type permit in place of the hangtag. 

For additional information on parking, including a campus 
map, or to purchase a parking permit, visit the Web site. 

POST OFFICE 

University Union Ground Floor, 410-704-2260 

The Post Office provides window service from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., 

Monday through Friday. Resident students' mailboxes are at the 

Post Office, so they should make it a habit to stop by often. New 

resident students need to visit the Post Office soon after they move 

in to receive their mailbox combination. 

SHUTTLE BUS SERVICE 

Towson offers an on-campus shuttle service during the fall and 
spring terms. The on-campus bus circles the campus, taking stu- 
dents between the classroom buildings and the parking lots. Visit 
our Web site: http://parking.towson.edu and click on the "on-cam- 
pus transportation services" link for current shuttle bus and mobil- 
ity van information, including maps and hours of operation. 

SPEECH, LANGUAGE AND HEARING CENTER 
Van Bokkelen Hall 001, 410-704-3095 

Diagnostic and therapeutic services of the Speech, Language and 
Hearing Center are available to all members of the Towson faculty, 
staff and student body. Speech, hearing, and language evaluations 
for all ages and all types of communicative disorders and differ- 
ences are available. Audiological services include complete hearing 
testing, auditory processing testing, hearing aid evaluations and 
hearing aid dispensing. Audiologists evaluate and fit conventional, 
programmable, and digital hearing aids and assistive listening 
devices, which can be purchased from the center. Appointments 
can be made by phoning 410-704-3095. 

Therapeutic services are provided for children and adults expe- 
riencing difficulty in comprehending and using oral communica- 
tion. Treatment is provided for the following types of communica- 
tion disorders and differences: language, articulation, stuttering, 
hard of hearing, auditory processing, voice and aphasia. Services 
are also available to improve comprehension and use of Standard 
American English. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES OFFICE 

University Union 217, 410-704-3307 
www.towson.edu/studentactivities 

The Office of Student Activities is "where involvement begins" for 
TU students. Staff members advise the Student Government 
Association and SGA-affiliated organizations, assist fraternities 
and sororities and their governing councils, and plan leadership 
development and community service activities as well as social, 
recreational and educational campus events. Students representing 
TTJ at events, conferences, or other official activities should obtain 
a Notification of Absence from Class Form from Campus Life, 
University Union 232. 

Academic Criteria for Student Leaders 

Involvement in campus clubs and organizations offers many 
opportunities for developing leadership skills; however, certain 
academic criteria are required of leaders. Therefore, student offi- 
cers, senators and directors of any university-sanctioned activity 
must have and maintain through their term of office a minimum 
2.00 cumulative GPA. (This excludes first-term students who do 
not have a Towson University GPA.) Students who do not have a 



cumulative 2.00 GPA will not be allowed to assume office; students 
whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.00 during their term of office 
must resign. In addition, students not regularly attending classes 
may be asked to relinquish their leadership positions. 

Clubs and Organizations 

One of the best ways to experience college life is to get involved. 
At Towson University, you have countless opportunities to 
interact with people who have the same interests and passions. 
Over 150 student organizations exist on campus and range 
from academic and professional, arts, cultural, fraternities and 
sororities, honor and recognition, political, religious, media and a 
variety of special interest groups. Each term, involvement fairs are 
held to promote student organizations to prospective members. If 
you would like an online listing of organizations, check out 
www.towson.edu/involvedtu. 

• Campus Activities Board (CAB) - www.towson.edu/cab 
The goal of CAB is to serve as the primary programming unit 
for the Towson Universit)' student population. The organiza- 
tion, which is part of the Student Government Association, 
provides the campus community with a variety of recre- 
ational, educational and social activities. CAB offers events 
each term, including dances, live music, comedy shows, lec- 
tures, leadership programs, cultural programs, bus trips and 
discounted tickets to area attractions. In addition, CAB is the 
driving force behind Tigerfest, one of the most popular events 
atTU. 

• Student Government Association (SGA) - 
www. towson. edu/sga 

The SGA is dedicated to improving students' academic, social 
and cultural environments while hearing students concerns. 
Upon enrolling at Towson University, all students become 
members of the Student Government Association. This is the 
primary organization which represents all students in plan- 
ning, organizing and directing student organizations and pro- 
grams on campus. The SGA recognizes and helps fund eligible 
student organizations that provide students with a variety of 
experiences while on campus. The Student Government 
Association also works jointly with the faculty and adminis- 
tration in certain designated areas of governance of the uni- 
versity. 

Community Service Opportunities 

The Community Service Program provides a number of services 
that assist students in finding meaningful volunteer opportunities 
on and off campus. Opportunities exist year round for students to 
give back to the community. The office also provides programs for 
students to evaluate and reflect upon their volunteer experiences. 

Fraternity and Sorority Life 

The Greek community at Towson University consists of 30 chap- 
ters and four governing councils: the Interfraternity Council, 
National Pan-Hellenic Council, Panhellenic Association and 
Unified Greek Council. Membership in a fraternity or sorority pro- 
vides an on-campus support network for students. Leadership 
development, academics and service are the focus. Through chap- 
ter involvement, members learn about group dynamics, communi- 
cation skills, time management, and serving others. 

Leadership Opportunities 

The Leadership Development program provides a wide variety of 
programs, services and experiences that assist students in the explo- 
ration and refinement of their leadership abilities. Leadership pro- 
grams are in part designed to better prepare Towson students to 
become active participants in the community. 



Student Life and Campus Services M 



STUDENT DAY CARE CENTER 
University Child Care, 410-704-2652 
E-mail: studentswithchildren@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu 

The Student Day Care Center provides developmental program- 
ming as well as good care for children ages 2 through 5. The cen- 
ter is open from 7:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m. and offers children opportu- 
nities for physical, emotional and cognitive growth. 

Due to licensing restrictions, space is limited. The center accepts 
applications to its waiting list whenever parents are ready to sub- 
mit them, accepting children on a first-come, first-served basis, giv- 
ing priority' to the children of full-time university students. Contact 
the center for further information. 

Students with Children 

The Students with Children organization was founded by students 
and parents at the Student Day Care Center to involve other stu- 
dent families on campus in events and activities, such as parenting 
discussions, used seasonal clothing sales, and the Scarecrow Party. 
The goal of the group is to expand the reach of the Student Day 
Care Center beyond the confines of the space available and the ages 
for which it is licensed. For more information, call Harriet 
Douthirt, 410-704-2652. 

TICKET OFFICE 

University Union Ground Floor, 410-704-2244 
The Ticket Office provides the university community with a variety 
of ticket services for both on-campus and area events. Tickets for 
student-sponsored events, including those offered by the Campus 
Activities Board (CAB) and Student Government Association 
(SGA), are sold through the Ticket Office, which is located on the 
first floor of the University Union. The Ticket Office is an outlet for 
Ticketmaster, selling tickets for attractions at the Baltimore Arena, 
Oriole Park at Camden Yards, and other venues. The Ticket Office 
also sells discounted movie passes and Mass Transit (bus and Light 
Rail) passes. 

UNIVERSITY STORE 

University Union, Ground Floor, 410-704-BOOK (2665) 

http://store.towson.edu 

The University Store carries all required and recommended text- 
books as well as a selection of general reading material including 
reference/study aids, current fiction and nonfiction, children's 
books, newspapers and magazines. Other products sold in the 
University- Store include basic school/art supplies, computer sup- 
plies and software, health and beauty aids, snacks and beverages, 
gifts and greeting cards, music CDs and DVD movies. Official 
Towson University emblematic merchandise such as imprinted 
adult and children's apparel, stationery and giftware distinguish the 
University Store from other general retail outlets. The approved 
Towson University class ring is also available through the 
University Store. The store accepts VISA, MasterCard, Discover, 
OneCard RetaiWending Points, personal checks with appropriate 
picture I.D., and cash. Visit the University Store Web site at 
http://store.towson.edu for information about textbooks, the Used 
Book Buy-back, refund policy, hours, caps and gowns, to order 
textbooks and TU merchandise, and to order textbooks online. 

UNIVERSITY UNION 
Information Desk, 410-704-4636 

The University' Union is the hub of co-curricular activities and pro- 
grams for the campus, as well as home to a multitude of student 
services. Generally, the educational, cultural and social programs 
held in the Union are intended for the entire academic community. 
The Union is a place where students, faculty, staff and alumni can 
relax, interact, and share common interests and experiences. The 
following offices and services are located in the University Union: 
First floor — A full-service post office; a full-service Chevy Chase 
bank branch; the University Store; Paws cafe featuring billiards, 
food, entertainment, music, and a cyber cafe with made-to-order 



deli and grill items, Starbucks coffee and pastries; the Auxiliary 
Services Business Office and the Auxiliary Services Administration 
suite; Art Services; the Ticket Office; and the financial operations 
office of Event and Conference Services. 

Second floor — The University Union Information Desk; the 
Susquehanna Food Court, a mall style eatery; the Patuxent Grill, 
which offers high-quality dining at reasonable prices; the Auxiliary 
Services program suite; the offices of the Student Government 
Association (SGA); the Office of Student Activities, which includes 
Commuter Affairs, Greek Life (fraternities and sororities), the 
Student Leadership Programs, and Off-Campus Housing 
Programs; the office of the Black Student Union; the Campus 
Ministries Office; the Office of Diversity Resources; the Potomac 
Lounge, a comfortable study and lounging spot; the offices of 
Event and Conference Services, where reservations for rooms and 
other campus facilities may be made and audiovisual/technical 
services requested; and the University Union office suite. 

Third floor — New Student Programs; The Towerlight, Towson 
University's student newspaper; the African American Cultural 
Center; the Women's Center; the offices of the Students Achieve 
Goals through Education (SAGE) Program; the Queer Student 
Union; several multipurpose conference rooms; and a number of 
nooks and crannies for contemplation and conversation. 

VETERANS OFFICE 

Enrollment Services 233, 410-704-3094 

The office provides coordination between veteran/dependent stu- 
dents and the regional office of the Department of Veterans Affairs. 
The coordinator establishes procedures and prepares forms and 
correspondence for eligible students to receive educational benefits. 
Additionally, the officer monitors class attendance and evaluates 
academic progress to ensure that those receiving benefits maintain 
satisfactory progress. This officer also supervises the employment 
of VA work/study students. 

Students may visit the office daily from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. but 
may wish to call for an appointment. 

The minimum time for the Regional Office of the Veterans 
Administration to process an enrollment certification is six weeks. 
Certification is not automatic. The proper VA forms must be com- 
pleted each term. 

NOTE: Students cannot be certified for courses until they register. 

Withdrawals 

When students decrease unit load during the course of the term, 
they must notify the TU Veterans Office. Failure to do so could 
result in termination of benefits and a financial debt to the U.S. 
Department of Veterans Affairs. 

FX Grades 

Students who receive an FX at the end of a term should contact the 

university office immediately. 

Change of Program 

Veterans may change their academic program once without VA 
approval. For more than one change of program, however, veterans 
may be required to undergo counseling by the Veterans 
Administration. A Change of Program Form must be filed whenever 
veterans make a curriculum change in which any of the courses for 
which VA benefits were previously received do not transfer into the 
new program or whenever students declare a new major or matric- 
ulate at a different institution. 

Independent Study 

Payment for independent study courses will generally be made on 

a tuition and fees basis only. Monthly rates may be paid for such 

courses, provided that more than half of the total number of units 

for that term are in courses requiring class attendance. Check with 

the office to determine eligibility to pay for independent study 

courses. 



Academic Resources 



Advance Payment 

Advance payment is the allowance for the first two months of an 
enrollment period. All tuition and fees are due according to regu- 
lar university deadlines and cannot be deferred pending receipt of 
advance payment. Students may apply for advance pay only if they 
will be enrolling at the university on at least a half-time basis and 
meet established deadlines. There must be one full calendar month 
break between terms to apply for the advance. 

Students may request advance pay for the regular academic 
terms in writing on the Declaration of Intent Form. The student 
must be registered one month before the term commences to qual- 
ify for advance payment. 

Approved Program 

The VA will pay veterans only for the courses listed in the 
Undergraduate Catalog that are required for a degree and for pro- 
grams that have been approved for study by the Veterans 
Administration. If students take courses in addition to those listed 
for their approved program, they will not be entitled to receive VA 
benefits for them. 




Academic Resources 

Towson offers its students many opportunities to enhance their 
lives with academic support and extracurricular activities. Some of 
these programs will help students with their studies, while others 
will provide cultural enrichment. 

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CENTER 

Cook Library 524 
E-mail: achieve@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/aac 
Phone: 410-704-2291 
Fax: 410-704-3216 
Director: Terri Massie-Burrell 

The Academic Achievement Center (AAC) coordinates tutorial 
services, academic coaching, study skills assessment and workshops 
at Towson University. The AAC is a comprehensive undergraduate 
academic support program and university-wide resource serving 
the undergraduate student population. Its mission is to teach the 
necessary skills and strategies to help students become successful 
and independent learners. We provide student-centered tutoring 
services, structured study groups and workshops for improving 
academic performance, as well as other supplemental education 
opportunities. All services are free of charge. 

Tutoring Services 

Peer tutoring support and strategic study skills are provided for 
Towson undergraduates. Tutoring is available mainly in small 
group sessions, for most lower-division and a select number of 
upper-division courses. Services are available on a first-come, first- 
served basis and depend upon the availability of a qualified tutor. 
Students can request up to one hour of tutoring weekly per course. 
The tutor training program is internationally certified by the 
College Reading and Learning Association (CRLA) through level- 
3/Master tutor. 

Tutorial Support Network Services 

Tutoring at the AAC, Cook Library 524 

Coordinator: Flara Lavan, 410-704-2292 

Provides drop-in and appointment-based tutoring for students 

enrolled in lower-division business, economics, foreign language, 

and behavioral and social science courses. 

Computer Science Lab, 7800 York Road, Room 407 
Coordinator: Richard Webster, 410-704-2424 
Utilizes drop-in tutoring model to assist students enrolled in com- 
puter science courses. 

Mathematics Lab, 7800 York Road, Room 105 

Co-coordinators: Alicia Medina and Liz Scarbrough, 

410-704-2291 

Assists students who are enrolled in developmental lower-division 

and some upper-division mathematics courses via drop-in tutoring. 

Natural Sciences Lab, Smith Hall 538 
Coordinator: Liina Ladon, 410-704-3054 

Assists students who are enrolled in biology, chemistry, physical sci- 
ence and physics courses through drop-in tutoring, as well as com- 
puter-assisted instruction. 

Music Tutoring Lab, Center for the Arts 3088 
Coordinator: Jonathan Leshnoff, 410-704-2845 
Provides tutoring for students enrolled in undergraduate music lit- 
erature, theory and musicianship courses. Tutors are matched with 
students to work individually on select, pre-determined topics. 



Academic Resources E 



Study Skills 

Academic Success Strategies Workshops are offered each term and 
address the following topics: learning style preferences, goal set- 
ting, time management, listening, note-taking, textbook skills, 
memorization, testing skills, math anxiety, assessment of academic 
performance and preparation for finals. Individual appointments 
can be scheduled for informal diagnostics and academic coaching 
upon request. Students are encouraged to observe their own learn- 
ing process. We administer the Strengths Quest Inventory by 
Gallup, which is an inventory designed for college-age students 
providing an assessment of their top 5 talents, and the Learning 
and Study Strategies Inventory (LASSI). Increased proficiency in 
fundamental skills is provided through technical strategies that 
facilitate success in college, based on informal assessments and 
student achievement. 

The AAC also provides supplemental computer-assisted instruc- 
tion in study skills. CASSI, a learning and study strategies inven- 
tory, allows students to evaluate their study habits and attitudes in 
several areas including motivation, anxiety, information process- 
ing, selecting main ideas and test-taking. Enrichment strategies are 
recommended after students complete CASSI. 

Structured Study Groups 

Structured Study Groups (SSGs) provide academic support for gen- 
eral education courses, developmental reading and math. An SSG is 
a task-oriented study system that requires students to employ active 
learning skills in a small group setting. Currently SSGs are formed 
for TU developmental courses and each group consists of no more 
than seven students. Many students who participate in SSGs are 
recommended by faculty, while others are invited by the AAC 
based upon placement test results. The structured study group pro- 
gram is unlike tutoring in that students are expected to complete 
out-of-class assignments and group practice items for the purpose 
of mastery. Students are aware that class attendance combined 
with commitment to regularly attend structured study sessions is 
expected. SSGs are designed to encourage collaborative and active 
learning. Our role is to model active student learning, which is 
demonstrated during the study groups. The AAC employs various 
techniques to foster learning within each group and encourages 
participants to share feedback. Visit our web site to learn more. 

OTHER TUTORING SERVICES 

Writing Lab 
Linthicum 308 
410-704-3426 

Assists with writing, brainstorming ideas and outlining the struc- 
ture of papers and essays at the undergraduate level. 

Writing Support Program 

Linthicum 20 IB 

410-704-2857 

Assists students with sentence-level and grammar skills (ENGL 

251/ENGL 350). This service is for native English speakers. 

Writing Program's Computer Lab 
Linthicum 207 
410-704-3834 

Provides computer software for writing skills analysis/improve- 
ment. This service is for native English speakers. 

ESOL Writing Services 
Administration Building 216 
410-704-5016 

Assists students, for whom English is a second language, with sen- 
tence-level and paragraph/essay-level skills. 



Online Writing Support 

www.towson.edu/ows 

Linthicum 20 IB 

410-704-2857 

Provides online assistance and interactive exercises for grammar 

and punctuation skills. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Lecture Hall, 410-704-2472 

This office coordinates undergraduate academic advising, including 
services offered by the Academic Advising Center, Developmental 
Education and New Student Registration. Towson University is 
committed to providing comprehensive advising designed to enrich 
the educational experiences of every student. Towson offers a 
unique advising program for freshmen called the First- Year 
Experience. All students are encouraged to seek advising at any 
time during the academic year. Sophomores, juniors and seniors 
who have chosen a major will be assigned a major adviser by the 
appropriate department. 

Academic Advising Center 
Lecture Hall, 410-704-2472 
Lynne Dowell, Director 

The Academic Advising Center supports the advising needs of the 
university's students and faculty. This center serves as a clearing- 
house for information about the university's policies, procedures 
and requirements. Its advisers help freshmen and students without 
declared majors review their progress toward the fulfillment of 
GenEd requirements and advise these students about developing 
academic goals, planning programs, selecting courses, investigating 
majors and minors, clarifying catalog year choices, and meeting 
standards. In addition, the center advisers conduct special advising 
for students who have received academic warnings or who are on 
academic probation. Students who have questions or concerns 
prior to meeting with their major advisers can meet with trained 
peers through the Student Academic Advising Program, Lecture 
Hall, 410-704-3497. 

New Student Registration 
Lecture Hall, 410-704-2472 

As new freshmen matriculate at Towson University, they commu- 
nicate with the Academic Advising Center to select courses that 
meet their goals and interests. Professional advisers prepare the stu- 
dent's course schedule with information supplied to New Student 
Registration by the student. New transfer students meet with pro- 
fessional and faculty advisers during TU CARES, a one-day advis- 
ing program, to choose their schedules. 

The First Year Experience is a unique advising program for fresh- 
men which pairs each incoming student with a faculty member or 
professional adviser who has received special training. Together, 
advisers and students work throughout the first year to orient the 
new college student to the university and to identify' and use 
resources that will enhance the student's educational experience. 
The relationship between the FYE adviser and the new student 
helps develop successful, active members of the university commu- 
nity who are able to make effective educational decisions. 

Following the First-Year Experience, students who have chosen 
a major will be advised by faculty advisers within the major depart- 
ment. Students who are still exploring their choice of major will be 
re-assigned to the professional advisers within the Academic 
Advising Center. 

Transfer students are assigned to departmental advisers through 
the Intentional Advising Program. Transfer students who have not 
declared a major are assigned advisers in the Academic Advising 
Center. 

Intentional Academic Advising 

Intentional academic advising is a systematic process that supports 

the student in his/her exploration and clarification of academic and 



Academic Resources 



professional goals. Academic advising is an integral part of the 
teaching/learning experience, which allows the student to work 
with advisers in a strategic planning process across all years at the 
university in a progressive fashion. 

All second-year or higher students who have declared a major at 
Towson University are subject to major-based intentional academic 
advising. Upon a student's declaration of a major, the appropriate 
department will assign a faculty adviser. Students who have not yet 
declared a major will be advised by a professional adviser in the 
Academic Advising Center. 

Developmental Education 

Lecture Hall, 410-704-2418 

The Developmental Education Office within the Academic 

Advising Center administers competency testing in the basic skills 

of reading, writing and math. All entering freshmen, both first-year 

and transfer, are required to demonstrate competence in the basic 

skills. 

Minimum scores of 500 on the Math, Critical Reading and/or 
Writing sections of the SAT Reasoning Test, minimum scores of 21 
on the Math, Reading and/or English sections of the ACT, and 
some transfer courses may verify student competence in these 
skills. If students do not meet these requirements, the appropriate 
sections of the Accuplacer test, published by the College Board, 
will be administered. The SAT and ACT scores must be officially 
submitted to Towson University's Office of Admissions. 

Only those who need to be tested will be contacted. For those 
students who are not exempt based on the above criteria, place- 
ment testing must be completed before the student is registered for 
relevant classes. Based on test results, the student may be placed 
into developmental courses that may not count toward graduation. 
Developmental course work must be completed by the end of the 
second term. Students who do not achieve minimum proficiency 
(i.e., fail to achieve a minimum grade of S or C) in any develop- 
mental course requirement are subject to a review of academic 
records and mandatory advising. 

If you have not received notification of testing and are not 
exempt based on the above criteria, or if you have questions con- 
cerning the placement testing policy, please contact Developmental 
Education at 410-704-2418. 

CENTER FOR INSTRUCTIONAL ADVANCEMENT 
AND TECHNOLOGY (CIAT) 
Cook Library 405, 410-704-2005 

The Center for Instructional Advancement and Technology (CIAT) 
supports excellence in teaching and learning by providing Towson 
University faculty the opportunity to investigate and apply sound 
learning theory and technology to instruction. The CIAT staff 
works with faculty to design curriculum and courses; develop 
course materials; implement teaching and learning strategies; and 
to identify and use appropriate technology applications that apply 
to teaching and learning. The three supporting functions of CIAT 
are: instructional design, technology support and multimedia 
applications. 

OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY SERVICES 

Student Computing Services 
Cook Library 35, 410-704-5151 
E-mail: scs@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/ots 

Towson University's Office of Technology Services, through the 
cooperative effort of several departments, provides computing sup- 
port for all university students, faculty and staff. 

Student Computing Services (SCS) is a triad of integrated sup- 
port services available to students in a single, convenient location 
in Cook Library 35. The SCS Service Desk provides students a sin- 
gle point of contact for technology-related issues, supporting 
access and use of all the major student systems at Towson 
University, including Tiger accounts (e-mail, Web site and file stor- 
age), Towson Online Services (advising schedules, course registra- 



tion, bill payment) and LearnOnline (course management system). 
The Service Desk also provides assistance with connectivity issues, 
wireless network configuration, virus and spyware removal, and 
general application questions. 

Additionally, SCS operates a Computer Lab and a Learning 
Center where students have access to standard and course-based 
software applications; black and white, color and large-format 
printing; collaborative workstations; consultations with SCS staff; 
rehearsal space for presentations; and short-term loans of digital 
cameras and camcorders. These facilities and resources are avail- 
able to all students regardless of major. Current SCS hours of oper- 
ation and additional information are available at 
www.towson.edu/scs. 

If the best solution to a problem involves training, SCS may refer 
students to OTS Training, which provides workshops and self-help 
technology quick-reference sheets on more than 30 computing 
applications and systems. For students whose needs exceed the 
workshop solution, individual consulting is available. For more 
information, visit www.towson.edu/otstraining. 

Faculty and staff support is handled by the OTS Help Center, 
Cook Library 29. The OTS Help Center can be reached at 410- 
704-5151 or helpcenter@towson.edu. 

FINE ARTS 

Towson University, a center for the fine and performing arts in the 
Baltimore area, offers students a host of programs and concerts, 
many free of charge. In addition, Towson is home to an array of 
live theater, concerts, films, lectures, debates, musicals and the 
Center for the Arts Gallery. 

Art Galleries 

Asian Arts & Culture Center, Center for the Arts 2038 

410-704-2807 
www.towson.edu/asianarts 

The Asian Arts & Culture Center at Towson University promotes 
the art and culture of Asia through outstanding programming 
designed to benefit students, faculty, artists, the local community, 
and the state of Maryland. 

To make art an integral part of every student's education, the 
Asian Arts & Culture Center's activities include art exhibitions, 
concerts, lectures, films, workshops and demonstrations that are 
available to students and the public throughout the year. 

The Asian Arts Gallery exhibits are used by many faculty mem- 
bers as part of their teaching programs. To students of Asian art 
history, philosophy, history and language, a visit to the gallery pro- 
vides an opportunity to gain direct contact with art objects and a 
deeper understanding of the culture they are studying. For those 
taking studio art courses, the gallery is a place to explore different 
techniques and develop aesthetic sensibilities. Local schools, 
libraries and service organizations may borrow selected items from 
the collections for their educational programs. 

Center for the Arts Gallery 
Holtzman M.F.A. Gallery, Center for the Arts 
Towson Commons Gallery, York Road 

The galleries present a variety of exhibitions to the Towson com- 
munity and metropolitan region, including student and faculty 
exhibitions as well as national and international exhibitions. The 
Center for the Arts Gallery emphasizes contemporary art by 
regional, national and international artists; the new Holtzman 
M.F.A. Gallery focuses on thesis exhibitions and exhibitions that 
pertain to the M.F.A. program; the Towson Commons Gallery 
hosts student and faculty exhibitions. 

Lieberman Collection, Honors College 
Stephens Hall, Lieberman Room 

The Lieberman Collection of oil paintings, sculptures, ink draw- 
ings, lithographs, photographs and art books was donated to 
Towson University by Dr. and Mrs. Sidney Lieberman in memory 
of their sons. The collection is on display in the Honors College, 



Academic Resources EE 



located in Stephens Hall. Used primarily by students in the Honors 

College as a quiet place to read or study, the room is open to the 
public during the university's normal hours. 

Dance 

The TTJ Dance Company is considered one of the premier university 
dance companies in the mid-Atlantic region. The company presents 
annual concerts and regularly performs works by internationally 
and nationally recognized choreographers, as well as classical bal- 
lets. The Department of Dance produces the faculty-alumni concert, 
dance majors performance project, and Sigma Rho annual dance 
showcase. 

Electronic Media and Film 

The EMF faculty sponsors a Faculty Film Series during the fall 
semester. The films are screened on Mondays in Van Bokkelen 
Auditorium. During every spring semester, there is a Media Arts 
Festival showcasing student work in the production classes. 

Music 

The Department of Music's instrumental and vocal ensembles — 
including University Chorale, Vocal Jazz Ensemble, Choral Society, 
Orchestra, Symphonic Band, Percussion Ensemble, Woodwind 
Ensemble, Brass Ensemble, Guitar Ensemble, Jazz Ensembles (large 
and small). Commercial Ensemble, Chamber Ensembles and Early 
Music Ensemble — present more than 50 concerts each year in the 
Harold J. Kaplan Concert Hall and the new 140-seat Recital Hall 
at Towson's Center for the Arts. Many concerts are free of charge; 
others offer discounts to students and faculty. 

Theatre 

Towson presents many productions each year in one of four cam- 
pus theatres and other local venues. Occasionally our M.F.A. pro- 
gram performs at the Baltimore Theatre Project. The productions 
range from Shakespeare to musicals to new experimental perform- 
ances, featuring Towson theatre majors, and talented students from 
other disciplines. The price for each production varies, but students 
pay a discount rate. 

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION 

Specific information about any of the international programs and 
services is available by contacting the offices listed below. 

Asian Arts Sc Culture Center 

Location: Center for the Arts 

Contact: Suewhei Shieh, Director 

Phone: 410-704-2807, Fax: 410-704-4032 

E-mail: sshieh@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/asianarts 

English Language Center 

Location: 7800 York Road 
Contact: Lynda Mermell, Director 
Phone: 410-704-2552, Fax: 410-704-2090 
E-mail: lmermell@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/elc 

English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) 

Location: English Department, Linthicum Hall 218H 
Contact: Gina West, Director 
Phone: 410-704-5204, Fax: 410-704-3999 
E-mail: gwest@towson.edu 

ESOL Writing Services 

Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 

Contact: Carol Pippen, Director 

Phone: 410-704-5016, Fax: 410-704-3999 

E-mail: cpippen@towson.edu 



Faculty Exchanges 

Location: Administration Building 313 

Contact: Dean Esslinger 

Study Abroad Office 

Phone: 410-704-2183, Fax: 410-704-3129 

E-mail: desslinger@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/intledu 

Institute for Korean-U.S. Business Relations 
Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 
Contact: Bong Shin, Director 
Phone: 410-704-5266, Fax: 410-704-4646 
E-mail: bshin@towson.edu 

International Student Exchange Program 

Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 
Contact: Liz Shearer, Acting Director 
Phone: 410-704-2451, Fax: 410-704-4703 
E-mail: lshearer@towson.edu 
vnvw.towson.edu/studentexch 

International Student and Scholar Office 

Location: Administration Building 246 
Contact: Janene Oettel, Director 
Phone: 410-704-2421, Fax: 410-704-6040 
E-mail: isso@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/isso 

International Studies Program 

Location: Linthicum Hall 118N 
Contact: Alison McCartney, Director 
Phone: 410-704-5284, Fax: 410-704-2960 
E-mail: inst@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/polsci/inst 

International Undergraduate Admissions 

Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 

Contact: Jeffrey Haas, Director 

Phone: 410-704-6069, Fax: 410-704-6070 

E-mail: intladm@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/intladm 

Multicultural Institute 

Location: Administration Building 210 

Contact: Paz Galupo, Director 

Phone: 410-704-3931, Fax: 410-704-6093 

E-mail: pgalupo@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/multiculturalinstitute 

Study Abroad Office 

Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 

Contact: Liz Shearer, Acting Director 

Study Abroad Office 

Phone: 410-704-2451, Fax: 410-704-4703 

E-mail: studyabroad@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/studyabroad 

Summer in Maryland Program (for international students) 

Location: Administration Building 216 

Contact: Arlene Prince, Coordinator 

Phone: 410-704-2239, Fax: 410-704-4646 

E-mail: aprince@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/sim 

Towson-Oldenburg Exchange Program 

Location: Administration Building, Second Floor 
Contact: Armin Mruck, Adviser 
Phone: 410-704-5267, Fax: 410-704-4646 
E-mail: amruck@towson.edu 



Housing and Residence Life 



LIBRARY 

Albert S. Cook Library 

410-704-2456 Circulation Services 

410-704-2462 Reference and Instruction Services 

http://cooklibrary.towson.edu 

The Albert S. Cook Library, centrally located on campus, supports 

the academic and scholarly endeavors of students and faculty with 

a wide array of resources, services and learning opportunities. 

The Learning Commons on the library's main floor (third floor 
of the building) serves as an information hub with 170 computer 
workstations, connecting users to library catalogs, electronic data- 
bases, electronic books, online journals and the world of informa- 
tion on the Internet. Nine study cubicles, each equipped with a 24- 
inch monitor, computer and dual mice, provide collaborative work 
space for small groups of students. An electronic classroom, leisure 
reading collection and circulation services are located on the 
library's main floor More than 100 additional computer worksta- 
tions are available on the second, fourth and fifth floors of the 
library, and a computer lab is housed on the first floor. Photocopy 
machines, networked printers, wireless access to the Internet and 
quiet study areas are located throughout the library. The library 
provides a media listening/viewing lab with nearly 18,000 CDs, 
films, videos and DVDs on the second floor. Starbucks^"^ is located 
conveniently in the library lobby. 

Research and reference support are available in person and via 
instant messaging (IM=tucookchat), e-mail, the library's Web site 
and telephone. Reference librarians teach students how to locate, 
obtain, analyze and use both print and digital information through 
scheduled classes, individualized assistance and research by 
appointment. 

Cook Library's online catalog and electronic resources are acces- 
sible to TU students any time, anywhere through http://cookli- 
brary.towson.edu/. In addition to 570,000-plus books, 840,000 
microforms and 5,600 journal subscriptions, TU students have 
access to more than 150 electronic databases, more than 56,000 
electronic journals and a growing collection of electronic books. 
Cook Library is a depository for Maryland state documents. 
Towson students may request books from the University System of 
Maryland and Affiliated Institutions (USMAl) libraries, and the 
material will be delivered to Cook Library's Circulation Desk. 
Students also have access to many college and university libraries in 
the Baltimore area. Materials needed for academic research may be 
obtained via interlibrary loan from additional libraries as well. 



Housing and Residence Life 

OFFICE 

Newell Hall, 410-704-2516 

Jerry Dieringer, Assistant Vice President 
www.towson.edu/housing 

HOUSING AND RESIDENCE LIFE 

Housing and Residence Life provides living facilities for full-time 
degree candidates and promotes educational programs and activi- 
ties that support the university's academic mission. The Housing 
and Residence Life staff and the University Residence Government 
strive to maintain an environment that encourages academic excel- 
lence, community responsibility and individual development. 

Towson University offers on-campus housing for approximately 
4,500 students. 

• Resident students must sign a contract for university housing, 
renewable at the option of the university', and must carry a 
minimum of 12 units. Priority is given to undergraduate stu- 
dents. 

• Residents must vacate the residence halls after they complete 
their final term examination. 

• Housing facilities are available to students only when classes 
are in session. Some special interest programs are open year- 
round. 

• The Housing and Residence Life staff offers assistance and 
programs for resident students. 

• A number of special living options are available, including 
alcohol-free areas, honors housing and the International 
House. All buildings are non-smoking. 

• The off-campus housing listing service is available for students 
looking for off-campus housing at www.towson.edu/housing. 
For more information or assistance, contact the main office. 

• Please contact Housing and Residence Life concerning housing 
eligibility and availability. 

University Housing 

Glen Complex 

Connected to the rest of the campus by a bridge that crosses over 
the Glen, this complex includes four high-rise buildings housing 
about 425 students each. All student accommodations are suites, 
with two rooms sharing a bath. There is a lounge area on each floor 
and a centrally located dining hall in the complex. 

Newell Hall 

Completely renovated in 1997, Newell was the first residence hall 

built on campus. It houses 211 students with a number of honors 

students. 



Prettyman and Scarborough Halls 

These low-rise residence halls enclose a garden courtyard and house 

approximately 160 students each. 

Residence Tower 

This 13-story, high-rise residence hall accommodates approxi- 
mately 500 students in double and single rooms. There is a lounge 
area, study room and kitchen on each floor, and a recreation room 
and laundry facility on the lower level of the building. The 
Residence Tower accommodates students requesting the 
International House. Both nine- and 12-month housing options are 
available for international students. 

Richmond Hall 

Designated as the university's Honors College residence hall, 
Richmond houses 107 students. Richmond was one of the first res- 
idence halls built on campus. It was completely renovated in 1998. 



Expenses 



Towson Run Apartments 

These one-, two-, and four-bedroom apartments for upper-level 
undergraduate students are fully furnished. In addition to double 
bedrooms, each apartment has a full kitchen and living/dining 
room. Approximately 420 students are housed at Towson Run. 
Nine-month housing is available. For students electing this option, 
the apartments are open during term breaks. 

Ward and West Halls 

These low-rise residence halls house 60 students. Each building has 

a alrge common area lounge. 

West Village 
www.tuwestvillage.com 

The newest housing addition to the Towson University campus is 
West Village. The two five-story buildings that comprise the facil- 
ity house a combined 668 beds and contain all double-occupancy 
rooms with a private bathroom. As the buildings are co-managed 
by Capstone Properties and the Towson University Department of 
Housing and Residence Life, leasing/assignments and facilities will 
be managed by Capstone, while Residence Life functions such as 
staffing and programming will be managed by TU Housing and 
Residence Life staff. Residence hall staff members will live in each 
building and work with students to create a community atmos- 
phere. For more information about West Village go to 
www.tuwestvillage.com. 

Millennium Hall 

Capstone Properties 

8000 York Road, 443-275-4000 

www.millenniumhall.com 

Millennium Hall, Towson University's five-story residence build- 
ing, offers housing for 412 sophomores, juniors and seniors in 
four-bedroom furnished apartments. Co-managed by Capstone 
Properties and Housing and Residence Life, the building is 
Towson's first privatized residence hall. Each four-bedroom apart- 
ment accommodates four students and is fully furnished, with a 
living/dining room and full kitchen. Each bedroom has a telephone 
jack, cable TV, and computer connection. The building is air-con- 
ditioned and has a laundry room on the first floor. All inquiries 
should be directed to Millennium Hall. 



Expenses 



Expenses are estimates at the time of printing this catalog and are 
subject to revision. NOTE: Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this or any other university publication, the university reserves 
the right to make changes in tuition, fees, housing and boarding 
costs, and other charges at any time such changes are deemed nec- 
essary by the university and the University System of Maryland 
Board of Regents. 

APPLICATION AND ENROLLMENT FEES 

Each applicant must pay a nonrefundable application fee of $45 
for fall 2008 for domestic students and $30 for international stu- 
dents. No application will be processed without this fee or a valid 
waiver. 

Once students are admitted for fall 2008, a nonrefundable $300 
enrollment fee must be forwarded to the Office of Admissions to 
reserve a place in the class. 

TUITION 

The University System of Maryland Tuition Policy, approved by 
the Board of Regents on June 11, 1993, established non-resident 
tuition at the calculated actual educational cost at each institution 
within the system and based the increase in the non-resident tuition 
and fees on that cost. Additionally, the policy recommends each 
institution to provide a four-year plan of tuition and fees for both 
resident and non-Maryland resident students. The two charges — 
Maryland resident and non-Maryland resident — shown below, 
provide the projected, per term rates for fall 2008 through fall 
2011. 

The tuition and fee increases for the next three years are based 
on fall 2008 rates. They do not include increases related to infla- 
tion and other cost factors not known at this time. 
The tuition policy is available for review in the following offices: 

• All academic departments 

• Office of the Bursar 

• English Language Center 

• College of Graduate Studies and Research 

• International Student and Scholar Office 

• Office of the Registrar 



MARYLAND RESIDENTS 




Projected (Subject to Change) 


Tuition and 
Mandatory Univ. Fees 
(Per Terra) 


Proposed 
Fall 2008 


Fall 2009 


Fall 2010 


Fall 2011 


Full-Time 

Undergraduate 
(12 units or greater) 
Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 
Total 


$3,6S7/tenn 


$3,803/term 


$3,95S/term 


$4,1 14/term 


Part-Time 

Undergraduate 
(Fewer than 12 units) 
Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 
Total 


$310/unit 


$322/unit 


$355/unit 


$349/unit 


Graduate 

(Fewer than 12 units) 
Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 
Total 


$384/unit 


$399/unit 


$41S/unit 


$432/unit 



Expenses 



NON-MARYLAND RESIDENTS 




Projected (Subject to Change) 


Tuition and 
Mandatory Univ. Fees 
(Per Term) 


Proposed 
Fall 2008 


Fall 2009 


Fall 2010 


FaU2011 


FuU-Time 

Undergraduate 

(12 units or greater) 

Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 

Total 


$8,930/term 


$9,287/term 


$9,659/term 


$10,045/term 


Part-Time 

Undergraduate 

(Fewer than 12 units) 

Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 

Total 


$673/unit 


$700/unit 


$728/unit 


$7S7/unit 


Graduate 

(Fewer than 12 units) 

Tuition 

Mandatory Univ. Fees 

Total 


$711/unit 


$739/unit 


$769/unit 


$800/unit 



MANDATORY UNIVERSITY FEES 

A comprehensive Mandatory University Fee is charged to each stu- 
dent each term. This fee varies based on a student's tuition classi- 
fication as indicated on the chart below. The fee supports student 
activities, athletics, university-funded construction and transporta- 
tion. 

TECHNOLOGY FEE 

It is the university's goal to create a student-centered learning 
infrastructure that recognizes how technology is changing the 
methods for organizing and disseminating information, delivering 
student services and administering the educational enterprise. 

OVERLOAD SURCHARGE FEE 

A $40 Overload Sucharge Fee will be assessed per unit for ail units 
over 15 per term. 

STUDENT CLASSIFICATION FEE 

The $200 Student Classification Fee is assessed one time to all 
degree candidates who have attained junior standing. 



TUITION AND FEES PER TERM 

NOTE: The following are proposed rates for fall 2008. Notwithstanding any other provision of this or any other university publication, the 
university reserves the right to make changes in tuition, fees, and other charges at any time such changes are deemed necessary by the uni- 
versity and the University System of Maryland Board of Regents. 



Registration 


Residence Status 


Tuition* 


Mandatory University Fee 


Technology Fee 


Surcharge Overload Fee** 


Undergraduate Part-time 

Fewer than 12 units 
Fewer than 12 units 


In-State 
Out-of-State 


$225/unit 
$588/unit 


$78/unit 
$78/unit 


$7/unit - $75 Flat 
$7/unit - $75 Flat 




Undergraduate Full-time 

12 or more units 
12 or more units 


In-State 
Out-of-State 


$2,590 flat 
$7,863 flat 


$922 flat 
$922 flat 


$75 flat 
$75 flat 


$40/unit 
$40/unit 


Graduate 


In-State 
Out-of-State 


$297/unit 
$624/unit 


$80/unit 
$80/unit 


$7/unit - $75 Flat 
$7/unit - $75 Flat 





Refer to Appendix C for tuition residency qualifications. 

* An Overload Surcharge Fee is assessed per unit for units over 15. 



Expenses 



OTHER FEES AND EXPENSES 

CENTER FOR APPLIED INFORMATION 
TECHNOLOGY (AIT COURSES) 

AIT rates differ from university rates. For details see the GAIT Web 
site, www.towson.edu/cait. 

HEALTH INSURANCE POLICY MANDATORY 
FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

International students with an F or J visa type are automatically 
enrolled in the university-sponsored health insurance plan. The 
insurance charge will be reflected on your financial account. 
Although this insurance is mandatory, students with their own 
insurance who want an exemption (waiver) from the school 
plan must submit a waiver application as soon as they arrive at 
Towson with proof of insurance coverage that meets the univer- 
sity's minimum standards. Applications for a waiver must be sub- 
mitted to the Dowell Health Center by the waiver deadline of 
the student's first term at Towson and each fall term thereafter. 
Waiver deadlines are September 15 for fall term, February 15 for 
spring term and June 15 for summer term. For information about 
the school-sponsored insurance, Towson's mandatory insurance 
policy for international students, or waiver applications, call 
Dowell Health Center, 410-704-2466 or visit the Web site, 
www.towson.edu/dowellhealthcenter. 

HEALTH INSURANCE PLAN FOR U.S. CITIZENS 

A voluntary health insurance plan designed especially for Towson 
University students is offered at a very reasonable cost. All students 
on intercollegiate athletic teams and health professions students 
(nursing, occupational therapy and physician assistant programs) 
are required to have health insurance. However, we strongly recom- 
mend that all students have health insurance to avoid the expense 
of large, unexpected medical bills. The school-sponsored plan is an 
excellent value that should be considered by any student needing 
insurance. It provides primary care services through the university's 
Dowell Health Center as well as coverage for hospitalization, emer- 
gency care, diagnostic tests and referrals to a large network of par- 
ticipating specialists. Billing statements will not reflect the cost of 
the insurance. Enrollment is handled directly through the insurance 
company. Should a student withdraw from the university after 31 
days or more of active class attendance, coverage will remain intact 
for the policy year. Any questions regarding coverage should be 
directed to the Dowell Health Center, 410-704-3703 or call the 
main Health Center number at 410-704-2466. See Health Insurance 
under Health Services, Student Life and Campus Services or visit the 
Health Center Web site, www.towson.edu/dowellhealthcenter. 

HOUSING AND DINING FEES 
Housing Fees 

Students interested in living on campus must make a $350 non- 
refundable housing deposit by the established procedures and meet 
all deadlines. Failure to pay all room and board charges may result 
in forfeiture of residence hall space. Note: Students living in West 
Village have a separate application process with Capstone. 

Depending upon the room and meal plan selected, students living 
on campus pay approximately $4,200 per term for room and meal 
plan. 

For those students who enter university housing after the begin- 
ning of a term, the charge will be prorated for the remainder of the 
term. (For exact rates, contact Housing and Residence Life, or visit 
www.towson.edu/housing for more information.) 

Dining Fees 

For the 2008-2009 academic year, resident students can choose 
from traditional all-you-can-eat weekly meal plans. Plans will 
range in size from 19 to 10 meals per week. Estimated cost will 
range from approximately $1,400 to $1,650 per term. All plans 
offer a choice of both kosher and standard menu items. An addi- 



tional choice is the Unrestricted Meal Plan, which offers students 
the option of eating at any time and as often as they desire. Pricing 
is a little higher on this option, but it gives students complete flex- 
ibility to use meals at any time during the week. 

Students living off-campus and at the Burkshire, Millennium 
Hall, West Village or Towson Run Apartments are not required to 
have a meal plan but may select any of the plans listed above, or 
may choose one of the Block Meal Plans which offer a specific 
number of meals per week each term at a fixed price. 

Prices are subject to change. For more information, visit 
www.towson.edu/dining. 

NURSING EDUCATIONAL TESTING FEES 

Students accepted to and enrolled in the Nursing major are charged 
a fee of $60 per term to cover the costs of Educational Testing 
Examinations which are administered at the end of each term. The 
fees will be attached to clinical courses at the junior level NURS 
351 and NURS 355 and at the senior level NURS 453 and NURS 
459. If any of the above courses are repeated, the student will be 
charged an additional $60. Educational Testing Fees are non- 
refundable after the change of schedule period. Please note the 
Educational Testing Fees do not apply to the RN to B.S. comple- 
tion students. 

PARKING FEES 

All students are required to register their automobiles with the uni- 
versity in order to obtain a parking permit. Parking permits are 
required from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Thursday and 6 
a.m. to 3 p.m. on Friday. Ample space is available for those with a 
parking permit. However, depending on your arrival time, spaces 
may only be available at the Towson Center. Resident freshmen are 
not permitted to purchase parking permits or have a vehicle on 
campus. There are limited exceptions to this policy. Information 
about parking policies is available on the parking Web site. 

Parking permits are available on a first-come, first-served basis 
and may be purchased at http://parking.towson.edu. Campus maps 
and other parking-related information are also available at this 
Web site. In addition, parking permits may be purchased from the 
Auxiliary Services Business Office, in the University Union, across 
from the University Store. Student parking permits go on sale in 
early August 2008 and in early January 2009 for spring term per- 
mits. For permit fees, questions or additional information, please 
see the Parking Services Web site at http://parking.towson.edu. 

PDS/STUDENT TEACHING/CLINICAL PRACTICUM FEES 

Students enrolled in PDS internship, student teaching or a clinical 
practicum are charged a fee ranging from $240 to $700 per experi- 
ence. Students must confer with their department chair or with the 
director of the CPP office in the College of Education to determine 
the exact fee. These courses are designated PRC, STT and CIN. 

PRIVATE MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Students enrolled in private music lessons are charged a fee of $100 
or $260 per unit, depending upon course registration. 

STUDY ABROAD FEES 

A fee of $250 for the fall and spring terms, $100 for summer, and 
$100 for Minimester is assessed for Study Abroad programs. 

TEXTBOOKS 

Students are expected to buy the textbooks for their courses. The 
average cost for textbooks is $450 per term. Books and other sup- 
plies may be purchased at the University Store, located in the 
University Union, first floor, or online. For more information, visit 
http://store.towson.edu. 

BURSAR FEES 

A $75 late fee is assessed to any student who pays after published 
bill deadlines. Payment of term bill secures your class schedule for 
a term; otherwise, cancellation of your class schedule may occur. 



Expenses 



You may pay by either returning the top portion of your biHing 
statement to the Bursar's Office, Enrollment Services Center, room 
336, with payment or verification of funds to cover 
ail charges or through Towson University's Web application 
http://students.towson.edu, click on Towson Online Services. To 
use: Log in; click Self Service; click Student Center; Under Finance 
Section click Make A Payment. Your TU username and password 
are required to make a payment on the Web. Note: Bank check 
card or debit card payments cannot be processed through the Web 
payment site. If the Web payment option is selected, full payment 
is required. 

If your term bill reflects a credit or zero balance and you choose 
NOT to attend the upcoming term, you must notify the Registrar's 
Office on or before the bill payment due date to have your class 
schedule canceled. If you fail to do this, you will be financially 
responsible for all term charges. 

A $10 Archived Records Research Fee will be assessed when 
financial detail involving archived records is requested. 

A $50 penalty fee is assessed when a check given in payment of 
fees, fines or services is returned unpaid by the bank for any rea- 
son. Failure to reimburse the university for an uncollectable check 
may result in class schedules being cancelled. 

A $25 late collection fee will be assessed should an account 
become delinquent and deemed uncollectable, thus requiring refer- 
ral to the Central Collection Unit of the state of Maryland. This fee 
is in addition to the collection fee assessed by the Central 
Collection Unit of the state of Maryland. See Payment of Fees, 
below. 

A $25 reissue check fee will be assessed to process a stop pay- 
ment for a check the Bursar's office has to reissue. 

GRADUATE CHARGES 

The following policies apply to graduate students taking a mix of 
undergraduate and graduate courses and TU seniors taking a grad- 
uate course (with special permission). 

If a graduate student takes a mix of graduate and undergradu- 
ate courses and the undergraduate unit load is fewer than 12 units, 
the individual is to be billed per unit in each category and part-time 
university fees. If the undergraduate unit load is 12 or more units, 
the flat undergraduate tuition rate and full-time university fees are 
billed with the graduate units billed at the per unit graduate tuition 
rate. 

This policy applies to graduate students taking all undergradu- 
ate courses. If the unit load of undergraduate courses is 12 units or 
more, the individual is to be billed the flat undergraduate tuition 
and the flat full-time university fees. 

PAYMENT OF FEES 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to Towson 
University for the exact amount of the charges. The student's name 
and Student ID number must appear on all checks submitted to the 
university. The university offers a payment plan administered 
through TuitionPay (SallieMae'*'). The TuitionPay (SallieMae*^') 
payment plan extends to students a monthly budget plan for meet- 
ing the cost for tuition, university fees, and on-campus housing and 
meals for either the academic year or term. Students who choose 
such a payment plan may arrange payment through TuitionPay 
(SallieMae"'), 800-635-0120, TuitionPay (SallieMae"") Web site 
www.salliemae.com. TuitionPay (SallieMae™) is not, however, 
affiliated with the university and does not act as the university's 
agent; accordingly, the university bears no responsibility for the 
acts or omissions of TuitionPay (SallieMae'"). Moreover, a stu- 
dent's liability for tuition and fees is not discharged until payment 
is made in full. 

The Discover, MasterCard and Visa credit cards can be used for 
tuition, fees, room, meal plan, and other charges. Web credit card 
payments can be made on http://students.towson.edu/. To use: 



click Towson Online Services; Log in; click Self Service; click 
Student Center; Under Finance click Make A Payment. Your TU 
username and password are required to make payment on the Web. 
Full payment is required. Note: Bank check card or debit card pay- 
ments cannot be processed through the Web payment site, if the 
Web payment option is selected, full payment is required. It is 
imperative that students adhere to processing deadlines. To avoid 
the cancellation of your class schedule, payment must be received 
by your bill payment due date found on the term bill or at 
www.towson.edu/bursar. You must make payment in full on the 
Web, or by returning the top portion of your billing statement along 
with payment in full or verification of financial aid or third-party 
funds to cover all charges to the Bursar's Office, Enrollment 
Services Center, room 336. Completing the bill payment require- 
ment may secure your class schedule for the term. If your account 
reflects a credit or zero balance and you choose NOT to attend the 
upcoming term, you MUST notify the Registrar's Office on or 
before the bill payment due date to have your class schedule can- 
celled. If you fail to do this, you will be financially responsible for 
all term charges. A $75 late fee is assessed to any student whose 
current due term charges are paid after the bill payment deadline, 
which appears on the bill. 

WARNING: Processing of financial billing statements is the 
responsibility of the student and is due to the university each term 
as outlined at www.towson.edu/bursar. Nondelivery of the billing 
statement does not release you from the payment or late payment 
assessments. 

Financial policy set by the Board of Regents and supported by 
the legislative auditors of the state of Maryland states that all pre- 
vious balances must be paid prior to registration for the following 
academic term. The university employs a "first in/first out" tech- 
nique when applying payments to accounts. Therefore, payments 
are used to satisfy the oldest outstanding charge prior to applying 
any portion of a payment to current or more recent charges. Should 
the account of any student become delinquent and sent to the 
Central Collection Unit of the state of Maryland, it is deemed delin- 
quent, a late collection fee of $25 will be imposed by the university 
and a collection fee not to exceed 20 percent will be charged to the 
student by the Central Collection Unit of the state of Maryland. In 
accordance with COMAR Title 1 7, Subtitle 1 , Chapter 02, Section 
01 through 05, the Central Collection Unit of the state of Maryland 
may report debt to a credit bureau and begin intercepting Maryland 
income tax refunds of individuals indebted to the state colleges, uni- 
versities and state agencies. Students with outstanding balances 
should contact the Office of the Bursar. Transcript and diploma 
requests will not be honored if a student has a financial obligation 
to the university. Payments made by check will be subjected to a 
waiting period of 10 to 30 working days prior to transcripts or 
diplomas being released or refunds being processed. 

PLEASE NOTE: The university will retroactively bill when coding 
errors are identified. 

REFUND POLICIES 

Students withdrawing from the university must complete an 
Official Withdrawal Form before they are entitled to any refund. If 
dropping all classes on the Web, the last course drop date will be 
your official withdrawal date on your academic record. Or, you 
may contact the Registrar's Office, Enrollment Services Center, 
room 223. The official withdrawal notification form is located at 
http://onestop.towson.edu/ in PDF format. The date of withdrawal 
will be the date on which written notice of withdrawal is received. 
For additional information regarding withdrawal, see the 
Academic Regulations section of this catalog. 

Fall/Spring Withdrawal Refund Policy 

Notification to the instructor does not constitute proper with- 
drawal. Withdrawal Forms must be processed by the Registrar's 



Expenses 



Office. The date on which written notice of withdrawal is received 
determines the percentage of refund. All refund percentages are 
based on the official start of the term. The timing for effecting 
refunds is as follows: 

1. Through the end of each Change of Schedule period, 100 percent 
of tuition and fees is refunded to the student. 

2. Beginning with the first day after the end of the Change of 
Schedule period through the 21st calendar day after the official 
start of the term, 50 percent of tuition only is refunded to the stu- 
dent who fully ivithdraws from the university. 

3. Beginning with the 22nd calendar day after the official start of 
the term, no tuition and fees are refunded to the student. 

NOTE: Based on documentation of extraordinary circumstances, 
including medical, exceptions may be made to this policy. Requests 
for refunds for extraordinary circumstances should be submitted 
immediately; however, no requests will be considered 30 days 
beyond the term in question. Undergraduate students should con- 
tact the director of the Bursar's Office, Enrollment Services Center, 
room 315, Towson, MD 21252-0001. Graduate students should 
contact the coordinator of graduate admissions and records, 7800 
York Road, Room 218, Towson, MD 21252-0001. 

Any unpaid charges on a student's financial account tvith the 
university or another state agency will be subtracted from the 
refund due prior to processing the refund request. For payments 
made by credit card, refunds will be credited to the original credit 
card account and will be reflected on the credit card monthly state- 
ment. Credit card payments made for term charges are refunded 
using the following practice. For each term, credit card refunds will 
be processed after the term Drop/Add period. However, students 
may ask for a credit card refund prior to this period by contacting 
the Bursar's Office. Credit card owners are responsible for paying 
any and all interest charges accrued on the credit card. All ques- 
tions regarding tuition and fees should be referred to the Office of 
the Bursar, Enrollment Services Center, 410-704-2100 or 1-888- 
5BURSAR. 

Second Seven-Week Fall/Spring Withdrawal Refund Policy 

Notification to the instructor does not constitute proper withdrawal. 
Withdrawal Forms must be processed by the Registrar's Office. 
The date on which written notice of withdrawal is received deter- 
mines the percentage of refund. All refund percentages are based 
on the official start of the session. 

Students are considered full-time when carrying 12 units or 
greater; therefore, refunds apply only to unit loads under 12. The 
timing for effecting refunds is as follows: 

1. Through the first day of classes after the official start of the second 
seven-week session, 100 percent of tuition and fees is refunded 
to the student. 

2. During the second and third days of classes after the official start 
of the second seven-week session, 50 percent of tuition only is 
refunded to the student. 

3. Beginning the fourth day of classes after the official start of the 
second seven-week session, no refund is issued. 

NOTE: Based on documentation of extraordinary circumstances, 
including medical, exceptions may be made to this policy. Requests 
for refunds for extraordinary circumstances should be submitted 
immediately; however, no requests will be considered 30 days 
beyond the session in question. Undergraduate students should 
contact the director of the Bursar's Office, Enrollment Services 
Center, room 315, Towson, MD 21252-0001. Graduate students 
should contact the coordinator of graduate admissions and 
records, 7800 York Road, Room 218, Towson, MD 21252-0001. 



Any unpaid charges on a student's financial account with the 
university will be subtracted from the refund due prior to process- 
ing the refund request. For payments made by credit card, refunds 
will be credited to the original credit card account and will be 
reflected on the credit card monthly statement. Credit card pay- 
ments made for term charges are refunded using the following 
practice. For each term, credit card refunds will be processed after 
the term Drop/Add period. However, students may ask for a credit 
card refund prior to this period by contacting the Bursar's Office. 
If a student requests a refund of amounts charged to a credit card, 
credit card owners are responsible for paying any and all interest 
charges accrued on the credit card. All questions regarding tuition 
and fees should be referred to the Office of the Bursar, Enrollment 
Services Center, 410-704-2100 or 1-888-5BURSAR. 

Fees 

The following fees are nonrefundable: 

1. late payment fee 

2. room deposit fee 

3. enrollment contract fee 

4. application fee 

5. closed contract fee 

The following fees are nonrefundable after the official start of 
classes for the term: 

1. housing fee 

2. applied fee (private instruction, student teaching, clinical 
practicum, etc.) 

3. parking permit fee 

The Board Plan Fee is prorated weekly. 

The following fees are nonrefundable after the official Change of 
Schedule period: 

1. mandatory university fees 

2. surcharge/overload fee 

3. course-based fees 

4. technology fee 

5. student classification fee 



Financial Aid 



Financial Aid 

LOCATION 

Enrollment Services 339, 410-704-4236 

Fax:410-704-2584 

www.towson.edu/finaid 

Towson University offers scholarships, grants, loans and work- 
study programs. These programs are funded by the U.S. 
Department of Education, the state of Maryland and Towson 
University. Scholarships generally use merit or academic achieve- 
ment as the main criterion. Most grant and loan programs are 
need-based. These programs help students pay the difference 
between the cost of education and the amount that they (and their 
parents, if they are dependent students) can contribute. 

Need is determined by the following formula: 



Cost of Education 

-Expected Family Contribution (EEC) 

-Outside Resources (state/private scholarships, etc.) 



Need for Title IV and university funds 



The U.S. Department of Education calculates the student's EEC 
from the completed Eree Application for Federal Student Aid 
(EAFSA), using a formula that considers factors such as income, 
certain assets, family size, and number of family members in col- 
lege. 

The cost of education includes direct costs such as tuition and 
fees and room and board as well as indirect costs including trans- 
portation and personal expenses. 

ESTIMATED COSTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS' 





COMMUTER 


RESIDENT 


OUT OF STATE 


Tuition/Fees 


$7,450 ^ 


$7,450 ^ 


$17,996^ 


Room/Board 


1,500 


8,306 ' 


8,306 ' 


Books 


948 


948 


948 


Personal 


1,482 


1,596 


1,596 


Iransportation 2.040 


1.798 


1,798 


Total 


$13,456 


$20,466 


$31,012 



'Figures shown are for full-time enrollment for an academic year and are 
subject to revision. Students receive a bill each term for tuition/fees, and 
room and board charges (if the student lives on campus). All other costs 
shown above (including books) are estimates of out of pocket costs. 

'Students may incur additional academic fees, depending on courses 
taken. Please refer to the "Expenses" section of this catalog. 

'The Financial Aid Office may request documentation to verify the resi- 
dency of any aid recipient. Documentation may include proof of current 
local address and copies of rental agreements. 

DEADLINES AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

All students must reapply for financial aid annually, as soon as 
possible after January 1 at the U.S. Department of Education's 
www.fafsa.ed.gov Web site. 

Students should complete the EAFSA by January 3 1 each year to 
meet the annual deadline of March 1. This date is the priority 
deadline for federal and university need-based aid for the academic 
year that begins the following September. It is also the deadline for 
many Maryland state scholarship and grant programs. All students 
must list Towson University (code #002099) in Step 6 of the 
FAFSA. This allows the federal processor to transmit the applica- 
tion results electronically to the Towson University Financial Aid 
Office. 

The Financial Aid Office offers aid first to students whose appli- 
cations are completed and received from the U.S. Department of 



Education by the March 1 deadline. Applications received after the 
March 1 deadline are processed on a rolling basis. However, stu- 
dents who apply late for aid should not expect consideration for 
limited campus-based financial aid. 

Students should take the following steps toward ensuring that 
funds are available in time to pay term charges: 

• complete the FAFSA on or before January 31 to meet the 
March 1 deadline 

• complete the admissions requirements early 

• register for classes at the earliest opportunit)' 

STUDENT ELIGIBILITY 

Factors that determine eligibility for Federal Title IV and need- 
based university aid include: 

• financial need (except for unsubsidized and parent loans) 

• degree candidacy or formal admission as a regular student 
making satisfactory academic progress toward a degree or cer- 
tificate 

• U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen status 

• possession of a valid Social Security number 

• certification that the applicant is not in default on a student 
loan and does not owe a repayment of a Federal Tide IV grant 

• registration for the Selective Service 

FINANCIAL AID SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC 
PROGRESS (SAP) 

Federal and state regulations require the Financial Aid Office to 
monitor the academic progress of students who apply for aid or 
receive aid. The Financial Aid Office checks the progress of aid 
recipients at least once per year and more frequently when deemed 
necessary. The Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for financial 
aid purposes appears in Appendix E. 

VERIFICATION 

Either the U.S. Department of Education or the university can 
select an application for verification. If selected, students must pro- 
vide signed copies of federal income tax returns. They must also 
provide documentation to verify- information such as the value of 
assets, household size and number in college. The Financial Aid 
Office encourages students to respond promptly and completely to 
any request for additional information. 

All students who receive an offer of need-based Institutional 
Grant or Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grant will be subject 
to verification. All verification documents must be received in the 
Financial Aid Office within 30 days of the initial request, or the 
student's aid offer will be canceled. 

IMPORTANT: Aid May Change 

Federal Title IV regulations will not permit a student to receive aid 
totaling more than the cost of education. Towson University may 
revise or cancel federal or institutional aid whenever the university 
becomes aware of information that changes a student's eligibility 
for aid, including changes in the student's Cost of Education or 
EEC. Other examples of circumstances that can result in revision 
or cancellation of existing aid include the following: 

• receiving additional aid at any time not already considered as 
a part of the student's aid package (such as a scholarship) 

• changes in residency (for example, from on-campus to com- 
muter) 

• change from out-of-state to in-state tuition 

• changes to EFC resulting from verification (see VERIFICA- 
TION section) 

changes to enrollment level (for example, from full-time to 
part-time) 

• withdrawal from the university 

A student who applies for fall term graduation will have his or her 
aid for the following spring term cancelled. 






Financial Aid 



TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Financial aid, including most federal grants and loans, will not 
transfer from one institution to another. Eligibility for the Federal 
Pell Grant, and some state grants may transfer. 

Students must apply for financial aid using the instructions 
stated in the "DEADLINE AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES" 
section. Mid-year transfer students who have already processed a 
FAFSA to attend a school during the fall term must request that the 
U.S. Department of Education send a copy of the application 
results to Towson University's Financial Aid Office. Students can 
contact the federal processor at 1-800-4-FEDAID. 

CAMPUS-BASED FINANCIAL AID 

Towson University receives a limited amount of money each year 
for the campus-based programs. Campus-based funds go to the 
earliest completed applications from eligible students whose appli- 
cations demonstrate the greatest need. The Financial Aid Office 
processes applications in the order of EFC, starting with the lowest 
EEC and continuing through the highest EFC. Students with the 
lowest EFCs may receive aid from the programs requiring excep- 
tional need. 

The Financial Aid Office continues to process applications after 
the March 1 deadline, but late applicants cannot expect considera- 
tion for limited campus-based funds. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 

This federal grant is for exceptionally needy students pursuing a 
first bachelor's degree. Towson University may offer up to $4,000 
to a full-time eligible applicant. 

Institutional Grant 

Towson University may offer up to $9,000 to full-time first bache- 
lor's degree candidates who have financial need. 

Federal Perkins Loan 

Towson University may offer Perkins Loans to undergraduate and 
graduate degree candidates. The university offers loans from this 
program first to students with exceptional financial need. 
Undergraduate students may receive up to $4,000 per year. The 
statutory limit is $8,000 for a student who has not reached junior 
standing, and $20,000 for all undergraduate borrowing from this 
program. 

This federal loan has an annual interest of 5 percent. Interest 
does not begin to accrue, and no payment of principal is due, until 
nine months after the borrower leaves school or drops below 
enrollment for at least 6 units. Payments depend on the total 
amount borrowed, but will never be less than $40 per month, plus 
interest. 

Federal Work Study 

This Federal Title fV program allows undergraduate and graduate 
degree candidates to work and earn money for educational expenses. 
The university pays aid from this program through paychecks every 
two weeks. The eligibility does not offset direct university charges 
such as tuition and fees. 

Students can find jobs on campus or in approved off-campus 
organizations and agencies. The university encourages students to 
consider off-campus jobs in community service organizations. 
Towson University's Career Center maintains a list of available 
Federal Work-Study positions. 

DIRECT FEDERAL AID 

Unlike the campus-based programs, the university has no limit on 
the total number of eligible students who can receive aid from the 
direct aid programs. However, federal regulations limit the amount 
any student can receive from each program. 



Federal Pell Grant 

This federal grant is for first bachelor's degree candidates who have 
exceptional financial need. Pell Grants range from $400 to $4,731. 
The maximum award can change each award year and depends on 
program funding. 

Federal Direct Student Loan Program 

These long-term loans are for first and second bachelor's degree 
students, as well as certificate and graduate students. The applica- 
tion requirements for these loans are the same as for other federal 
grant and loan programs. Borrowers must carry at least 6 units per 
term. 

Depending on the amount of need, an aid offer may include an 
interest-subsidized loan or an unsubsidized loan. Some students 
receive both subsidized and unsubsidized loans. 

The main difference between a subsidized loan and an unsubsi- 
dized loan is the point at which interest begins to accrue. No inter- 
est accrues on a subsidized loan until the repayment period begins 
at the end of a six-month grace period. The grace period begins 
when the borrower graduates, withdraws or drops below enroll- 
ment for at least 6 units. Interest on an unsubsidized loan accrues 
during enrollment, and throughout the grace period and repay- 
ment. The interest rate for Direct Loans made after July 1, 2008 is 
fixed at 6.0 percent. 

All borrowers pay a loan origination fee of 2 percent to the U.S. 
Department of Education. The university must deduct this fee from 
the loan proceeds. 

Direct loans have annual limits: freshmen, $3,500; sophomores, 
$4,500; juniors and seniors, $5,500. Students who meet the 
Federal Title IV definition of self-supporting may borrow addi- 
tional unsubsidized funds of up to $4,000 for freshman and soph- 
omore standing and up to $5,000 for junior and senior standing. 

Aggregate loan limits are $46,000 for undergraduate borrowing, 
of which no more than $23,000 may be subsidized. 

Federal Direct Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) 

Parents of dependent students can borrow up to the cost of educa- 
tion minus all other aid received. Applicants do not have to 
demonstrate need. However, the U.S. Department of Education 
approves a loan from this federal program only after an evaluation 
of the parent borrower's credit history. 

Interest begins to accrue at the time of disbursement. 
The interest rate for new PLUS loans is a fixed 7.90 percent. All 
borrowers pay a loan origination fee of 4 percent to the U.S. 
Department of Education. The university must deduct this fee from 
the loan proceeds. 

A new PLUS borrower must complete an electronic Master 
Promissory note before receiving any disbursement of loan pro- 
ceeds to the student's university account. 

Academic Competitiveness Grant (AC Grant) 

This federal grant is for first-year students who graduated from 
high school after January 1, 2006 and second-year students 
who graduated from high school after January 1, 2005. 

A student may receive an AC Grant of up to $750 for the first 
academic year of study and up to $1,300 for the second aca- 
demic year of study. Recipients must have the following quali- 
fications: 

• U.S. citizenship 

• Federal Pell Grant recipient 

• Completion of a rigorous high school program of study 
(required of both first- and second-year students) 

• Full-time enrollment in a degree program 

• A first-year student (0-29 earned units) must not have 
taken any college courses after graduating from high 
school 

• A second-year student (30-59 earned units) must have a 
cumulative Towson University GPA of at least 3.0 

• A second-year student with transfer units must have at 
least a 3.0 GPA for the units accepted for transfer 



Financial Aid 



National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent 
(SMART) Grant 

This federal grant is for third- and fourth-year students who are 
pursuing college majors in high demand in the global economy. 
A student may receive up to $4,000 if the student has the fol- 
lowing qualifications: 

• U.S. citizenship 

• Federal Pell Grant recipient 

• Full-time enrollment in an undergraduate degree program 

• Cumulative Towson University GPA of at least 3.0 

• Third- (60-90 earned units) or fourth-year student (90-120 
earned units) 

In addition, students must declare a Towson University major 
approved by the U.S. Department of Education for this grant. 
Each term, recipients must take at least one course specific to 
the eligible major. These majors are found in science, mathe- 
matics, technology, engineering and critical foreign languages. 
For a list of all qualifying majors, please visit the U.S. 
Department's Web site at http://studentaid.ed.gov/. (Check the 
Undergraduate Programs section of this catalog to determine 
whether a qualifying major is offered at Towson University.) 

LOAN COUNSELING AND PROMISSORY NOTE 
REQUIREMENTS FOR BORROWERS 

New loan borrowers at Towson University of Federal Perkins 
Loans or Federal Direct Student Loans must complete entrance 
loan counseling. In addition, borrowers who graduate or leave 
school must complete exit loan counseling sessions. These sessions 
provide borrowers with information on their rights and responsi- 
bilities. 

New borrowers will find entrance and exit loan counseling for 
Direct Loans, as well as entrance counseling for the Federal Perkins 
Loan Program at wvvw.towson.edu/finaid/. The university's Office 
of Financial Services provides exit loan counseling for Perkins 
Loan borrowers. 

New borrowers must complete an electronic Master Promissory 
note before receiving any disbursement of loan proceeds to their 
university accounts. 

STATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

The state of Maryland offers scholarships and grants based on 
financial need or merit, or a combination of both. Legal residents 
of Maryland apply using the FAFSA or the Renewal FAFSA. The 
deadline for most programs is March 1. 

Some state scholarships require special applications and have 
different deadlines. For more information about state scholarships, 
students can call the Maryland State Office of Student Financial 
Assistance at 410-260-4565, or visit www.mhec.state.md.us. 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Financial Aid Disbursements 

Generally, students receive one-half of academic year financial aid 
funds (except Federal Work-Study) each term. The university will 
credit aid toward term charges for tuition and fees and other direct 
university charges. 

Whenever the amount of term aid credited to a student's account 
exceeds the term charges, the student has a credit balance and will 
receive a rebate check to use for books and day-to-day expenses. 

The Office of the Bursar will disburse rebate checks for credit bal- 
ances no earlier than one week before the first day of the fall and 
spring terms and no earlier than the first day of a student aid recip- 
ient's summer session. Students may have a delay in receiving rebate 
checks if they receive a late or revised aid offer. 

Minimester 

Students cannot receive Federal Title IV or university aid financial 

aid for Minimester. 



Summer 

A supplemental application is required for summer aid and is avaiL 
able from the Financial Aid Office and online at 
www.towson.edu/finaid. Summer aid is usually limited to loans 
from the Federal Direct Loan Program, and available only if the 
student did not borrow the maximum for his or her grade level for 
the academic year immediately preceding the summer term. 

Financial Aid Advising 

Students and parents can schedule appointments to speak with 
Towson University financial aid advisers in person or by telephone. 
To schedule an appointment, call 410-704-4236. 

Refund Policy 

When a student withdraws from all courses during a term when the 
student is receiving student aid, the Financial Aid Office must deter- 
mine what portion of the student's institutional and federal aid (not 
including Federal Work-Study) will revert to the aid programs. The 
Financial Aid Office must use a statutory refund formula required 
by the U.S. Department of Education to determine what portion of 
aid paid to university charges has been "earned" and what portion 
must be considered "unearned." 

The percentage of assistance earned is equal to the percentage of 
the term completed as of the day the student withdraws. (If the 
withdrawal occurs after the 60 percent point, the percentage of aid 
earned is 100 percent.) The amount of aid not earned by the stu- 
dent is calculated by determining the complement of the percentage 
of assistance the student earned. That percentage is then applied to 
the total amount of grant and loan assistance disbursed for the 
term. 

If the student received more grant or loan assistance than the 
amount earned, the university or the student (or both) must return 
the unearned funds to the aid programs. 

Towson University returns the lesser of the unearned amount of 
assistance; or the institutional charges incurred for the term, multi- 
plied by the unearned percentage of grant and loan assistance. 
Institutional charges are limited to tuition, fees, and room and 
board, (if the student paid these charges to the university). 

The student returns unearned assistance minus the amount the 
university returns. The U.S. Department of Education does not 
allow discretion on the part of the university for non-institutional 
costs. In most cases, when a student receives assistance greater than 
the amount of institutional charges and completely withdraws from 
the university, the student will have to return some of those funds. 

Academic Dismissal or Suspension 

Academic dismissal or suspension will always result in cancellation 
of financial aid for future terms. A student who receives formal 
readmission to the university as a degree candidate may request 
consideration for financial aid. 

Internet Services 

The Financial Aid Office has a comprehensive, interactive Web site 
at www.towson.edu/finaid/ which allows students to use many 
financial aid services electronically. Students can apply for financial 
aid online and link to other recommended Web sites. 

Other Resources 

Regular Student Employment 

Various departments on campus hire students. Students will find a 
list of current job openings at www.towson.edu/careercenter. 

Student Employment Program 

This office helps students find part-time jobs off-campus in the 
Baltimore metropolitan area. For additional information, visit 
www.towson.edu/careercenter. 



Financial Aid 



Private Scholarships 

Various businesses, foundations and civic organizations offer 
scholarships. Students should check directly with groups in their 
local communities. The www.fastWEB.com Web site is another 
source for private scholarship information. 

Veteran's Benefits 

Veterans or eligible dependents should contact the Registrar's 
Office (410-704-3094). Towson University's Veterans Affairs 
Office (410-704-3094) certifies applications. 

TuitionPay Payment Plan 

The Office of the Bursar accepts the TuitionPay payment plan from 
SallieMae Services. Instead of paying the balance of term charges 
in a lump sum, students and families can spread interest-free 
monthly payments over a period of months. TuitionPay program 
participants pay a modest annual application fee to Academic 
Management Services. To learn more about the TuitionPay pro- 
gram, students and parents can call 1-800-635-0120 or visit 
www.tuitionpay.com. 

SCHOLARSHIP OFFICE 

Enrollment Services 307 

410-704-2647 

E-mail: scholarship@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/finaid 

The Towson University Scholarship Office is a unit of the Financial 
Aid Office, and serves as a clearinghouse for information on merit 
scholarships. In addition to serving as an information center, this 
office handles the applications for several university-wide scholar- 
ships. 

Scholarship Seeker 

The Scholarship Seeker allows a student to search for Towson 
University and state of Maryland scholarships. Students can view 
lists of potential scholarships, and link to detailed information 
about scholarship requirements and application procedures. The 
Scholarship Seeker is a part of the Financial Aid Office Web site at 
http://inside.towson.edu/scholarshipseeker. 



Over-Award Policy 

Towson University will not award or disburse a combined total of 
federal, state, institutional and/or private scholarships that exceeds 
a student's cost of education unless all of the funding comes from 
a private external source. The cost of education is a standardized 
budget including tuition, fees, room, board and allowances for 
indirect costs such as transportation and personal expenses. 
Whenever a student's total aid package exceeds the cost of educa- 
tion, the Financial Aid Office will reduce aid offered by the uni- 
versity. 

Private Scholarships 

Students who receive scholarships from private organizations out- 
side the university (not including Maryland state scholarships) 
should contact the Office of the Bursar to arrange for payment of 
scholarship funds. The Office of the Bursar will disburse scholar- 
ship proceeds in accordance with procedures and policies set by the 
private scholarship donors and Towson University. Students may 
defer partial payment of university charges before receipt of schol- 
arship proceeds by forwarding a copy of the scholarship award let- 
ter to the Office of the Bursar. Any outstanding balance created 
when a student or donor fails to provide the university with ade- 
quate, timely information will become a financial obligation of the 
student. 

Office of Admissions Scholarships 

Towson University awards a limited number of academic scholar- 
ships each fall to qualified, full-time incoming freshmen and trans- 
fer students. The Office of Admissions awards these merit-based 
scholarships without regard to financial need. The earliest appU- 
cants for admission receive priority consideration. Although stu- 
dents do not need a separate application for these scholarships, 
they must complete their admission applications, and provide tran- 
scripts and test results by December 1. 



The College of Business and Economics 



VISION 

CBE's vision is to be widely recognized as a premier college of applied business learning. 

MISSION 

Towson University's internationally accredited College of Business and Economics: 

• offers high-achieving students at both the undergraduate and graduate levels a quality, 
accessible and comprehensive business-relevant education that prepares them to com- 
pete in a global economy 

• provides faculty who exercise a balance of theory and application, who meet academic 
and professional standards in scholarship and practice and who provide a responsive 
and responsible learning environment 

• engages in outreach that involves alumni, business partners and community leaders in 
promoting economic, educational and societal advancement 

CORE VALVES 

The College of Business and Economics values and commits to inclusiveness in its decision- 
making process by: 

• preparing students for life beyond college 

• creating a culture that nurtures lifelong learning 

• enabling outreach that strengthens organizations and communities within our sphere of 
influence 

• fostering an environment that respects all people, their diverse roles and contributions, 
and freedom of inquiry 

• valuing openness, fairness, honest): accountability and ethical behavior 



Accounting 

Business Administration 

e-Business 

Economics 

Entrepreneurship 

Finance 

Financial Planning 

Human Resource Management 

International Business 

Legal Studies 

Management 

Marketing 

Eaknbd Exceixence 




The best business schools ik the wokld 
the best accounting procrams in the world 



Shohreh Kaynama, Dean 
Louise Laurence, Associate Dean 
The Entire CBE Faculty and Staff 



COLLEGE OFFICE 

Stephens Hall 218, 410-704-3342 

Fax: 410-704-3664 

E-mail: cbedean@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/cbe 



The College of Business and Economics 



PROFILE OF A COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS GRADUATE 

The College of Business and Economics (CBE) understands the need for its graduates to be broad-based and ready to perform immedi- 
ately upon entering the job market, both as individuals and in teams. Therefore, its curriculum contains concrete, measurable and attain- 
able objectives throughout. As a result, each CBE graduate is expected to perform successfully, as both an individual and a team member, 
in the following areas of Knowledge, Skills and Attitudes (KSAs): 

1. COMMUNICATION — WRITTEN, SPOKEN, GRAPHIC AND ELECTRONIC 

• Write articulate, persuasive and influential business reports, proposals and letters 

• Make articulate, persuasive and influential individual and team presentations 

• Develop graphic, spreadsheet and financial analysis support for positions taken 

• Display presentation skills 

• Generate appropriate visual aids 

• Use correct written structure, spelling, grammar and organization 

• Articulate another's viewpoint through verbal and nonverbal interpretation 

• Resolve interpersonal and team conflicts 

• Negotiate effectively 

2. THINKING — CRITICAL, CREATIVE AND INTEGRATED 

• Use problem-solving techniques 

• Use adaptable, flexible thinking 

• Use critical thinking to produce comprehensive, supported, integrated conclusions 

• Use creative thinking methods to produce ideas 

• Distinguish (1) fact from opinion and (2) critical from noncritical information 

• Develop several workable solutions to a problem 

• Show common sense 

• Demonstrate continuous learning (learning to learn) 

3. TECHNOLOGY 

• Use software for writing, spreadsheets, databases, presentations and decision support 

• Demonstrate self-taught use of a second software package 

• Use e-mail. World Wide Web, Internet and other contemporary electronic services 

4. ETHICS AND VALUES 

• Consistently accept responsibility for one's own actions 

• Display ethical conduct and honor-system behavior 

• Apply ethics in reaching business recommendations 

• Promote beneflts of good ethical behavior while recognizing practical ethical challenges 

• Display a "win-win" attitude 

5. ACCREDITED BUSINESS CONTENT 

• Know, apply and integrate the content in one's major 

• Apply and integrate accumulated cross-discipline concepts 

• Value the relevance of each business discipline in today's business world 

6. DIVERSITY — INTERNATIONAL AND DEMOGRAPHIC 

• Apply international concepts and contemporary issues to business situations 

• Apply domestic diversity concepts and contemporary issues to business situations 

• Show sensitivity to others' views, values and business customs 

• Discuss relevant global business developments 

• Interact as a business professional with people of other cultures and subcultures 

7. PRACTICAL EXCELLENCE 

• Demonstrate effective team skills 

• Display professional business behavior and appearance 

• Network with professionals 

• Manage time and tasks 

• Use estimates, analogies and examples 

• Demonstrate development of one's self-esteem and "can do" attitude 

8. LEADERSHIP, ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 

• Demonstrate group leadership 

• Describe one's own risk-taking profile 

• Differentiate between a leader, a manager and an entrepreneur 

• Perform community service 

• Foster leadership potential in self and others 

9. JOB EXPERIENCE AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT 

• Show evidence of a quality, mentored, reflective professional experience 

• Organize a persuasive, informative resume 

• Create a portfolio that displays evidence of employability 

• Demonstrate effective job search and interview skills 

• Assume responsibility for one's own career goal-setting and lifelong learning 

*1996 Towson University 



The College of Business and Economics 



College of Business and 
Economics 

Towson University is the only University System of Maryland 
(USM) state university with both its Business and Accounting pro- 
grams accredited by AACSB International - the Association to 
Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. 

PROGRAMS AVAILABLE 

Major in Accounting 

Financial Planning Track 
Major in Business Administration 

Economics Track 

Entrepreneurship Track 

Financial Planning Certification Preparation 

Human Resource Management Track 

International Business Concentration 

Legal Studies Track 

Management Concentration 

Marketing Concentration 

Combined Major in Business Administration and Computer 
Information Systems 
Major in e-Business 

Combined Major in e-Business and Business Administration 
(Marketing) 

Combined Major in e-Business and Computer Information 
Systems 

Financial Planning Track 
Major in Economics 

Combined Major in Economics and Geography and 
Environmental Planning 

Combined Major in Economics and Mathematics 

Combined Major in Economics and Political Science 
Minor in Business Administration 
Minor in Economics 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

• Center for Applied Business and Economic Research 

• Maryland Council on Economic Education 

• Business Advisory Boards 

- CBE Advisory Board 

- Accounting Advisory Board 

• Student Organizations 

- Student Leadership Council 

- Alpha Kappa Psi 

- American Marketing Association 

- Beta Alpha Psi 

- Beta Gamma Sigma 

- Electronic Business Association 

- Economics Society 

- Financial Management Association 

- Society for Human Resource Management 

- Students in Free Enterprise 

- Wall Street Investors Investment Club 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICIES 

In order to graduate from Towson University with a major from 
the CBE, students must complete at least 50 percent of the units 
required in their major at Towson University. 

Lower-Level Courses: Students planning to transfer into the 
Business Administration, e-Business or Accounting majors at 
Towson University are encouraged to take the lower-level core 
courses: Principles of Accounting I and II, Microeconomics and 
Macroeconomics, Statistics, Legal Environment of Business, and 
Computer Science (COSC 111/112 equivalent) for accounting 



majors only. Students transferring from a Maryland community col- 
lege should inquire at that institution's transfer office or refer to 
ARTSYS, the articulation system of Maryland, regarding the 
Recommended Transfer Program (RTP) for the Business 
Administration, e-Business or Accounting majors at TU. Students 
may verify whether a course will be accepted in transfer for a CBE 
major or minor by referring to ARTSYS, the articulation system of 
Maryland, available at http://artweb.usmd.edu/ or by contacting 
Towson University's CBE Student Academic Services, 410-704-3496. 
After transferring to Towson University, students are encouraged 
to take such courses as finance, marketing, management and e- 
Business because these are upper-level courses at the university. 
Courses completed at a community college or a four-year college 
that are offered at TU as upper-level courses do not need to be 
repeated but must be validated in order to be recognized as meet- 
ing upper-level requirements. Validation generally requires that 
another specified course be completed at Towson University with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

Upper-Level Courses: A four-year college's transferred course that 
possesses "level and content equivalency" of a TU course may 
be used to satisfy a core/elective requirement with the approval 
of the major department. Only one transferred course will be 
accepted in fulfillment of a concentration/track requirement. A 
student intending to transfer a course must provide a course 
description from the other college's catalog. Contact CBE Student 
Academic Services, 410-704-3496, or refer to the CBE Web site: 
www.towson.edu/cbe/prospective/transfer.asp for policy and proce- 
dures regarding transfer of units for upper-level accounting, busi- 
ness, e-Business and/or economics courses. 

NOTE: Courses taken at a community college or other two-year 
school cannot transfer as upper-level units. 

CODE OF CONDUCT 

The CBE Code of Conduct holds all members of the College of 
Business and Economics (students, faculty, administrators and 
staff) to a high standard of academic and personal integrity, con- 
duct, and trust with the intent of promoting and building a reputa- 
tion for fair and ethical business practices, for tolerance of others' 
opinions and ideas, and for being lifelong contributors to society. 
Members of the CBE community are expected to display behavior 
consistent with the values of: 
I. A positive attitude 

II. Honesty 

III. Integrity 

rV. Diversity 

V. Support of the learning process 

VI. Community responsibility 

VII. Professionalism 

The following is a definition of each value: 
I. A positive attitude: Face every task with passion and pur- 
pose. 
II. Honesty: Represent oneself honestly in all communications, 
oral and written, including interviews, research proposals, 
manuscripts, student assignments, papers, exams and other 
correspondence. 

III. Integrity: Execute assignments honestly and fairly, avoiding 
any actions that might be construed as having the potential 
for one to gain an unfair advantage. Respect the integrity and 
confidentiality of ideas, materials, data, and the real and 
intellectual property of others gathered during conversations, 
class projects, or research studies, making sure that any such 
materials or property are not used for commercial or person- 
al gain without prior permission of the owners. 

IV. Diversity: Foster a positive learning environment for all indi- 
viduals by not tolerating disparaging comments or harass- 



The College of Business and Economics 



V. 



VI. 



VII. 



ment of any individual or group based on gender, race, eth- 
nicity, religion or sexual orientation. Discourage bigotry, 
always striving to learn from the differences in the cultures, 
ideas, experiences and opinions of others. Respect the digni- 
ty of all others. 

Support the learning environment: Recognize learning as a 
lifelong process, accept responsibility for one's own learning, 
encourage the learning of others, and avoid any action that 
might impede the learning of others. 

Community responsibility: Contribute to the learning envi- 
ronment by participating and/or leading in informal and for- 
mal sessions including classroom and extracurricular activi- 
ties in the college, sharing experiences with peers, holding 
classroom discussions, and contributing one's views while 
respecting the views of others. 

Professionalism: Maintain an attitude of leadership, respect, 
responsibility and accountability. 



Administration of the Code 

This code of conduct is a serious statement that represents the cul- 
ture of the College of Business and Economics. It is incumbent 
upon every CBE member to assure that it is upheld with pride and 
reinforced on a daily basis. While each and every member of the 
CBE community is responsible for his or her own conduct, there is 
a collective responsibility to ensure that the standards in this code 
are respected. Should a member of the CBE community discover a 
breach of these principles, that member is responsible for alerting 
the department chair, program director or associate dean of the col- 
lege. In the event of any accusation of a breach of this code, there 
will be an investigation of the facts by the appropriate department 
chair, program director or associate dean, who will determine the 
action to be taken using the relevant enforcement means available. 

CBE STUDENT ACADEMIC SERVICES 

Stephens Hall 301, 410-704-3496 

Fax: 410-704-2300 

E-mail: lsawyer@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/cbe/students 

Director: Patricia Atkinson 

Administrative Assistant: Linda Sawyer 

The College of Business and Economics (CBE) Student Academic 
Services is the first place a student contacts for information concern- 
ing a major or minor program in the College of Business and 
Economics. Our team of professional staff, student aides and CBE stu- 
dent consultants are available to provide information and assistance 
to both current and prospective CBE students, and in particular to 
those students seeking admission to the Business Administration 
major or pursuing a minor in Business Administration. 

Prospective students are invited to contact us to discuss the col- 
lege's academic programs and discover the wealth of resources pro- 
vided by Towson University and the CBE such as student clubs and 
organizations, and study abroad programs. 



BUSINESS EXCELLENCE PROGRAM 

Stephens Hall 301, 410-704-4682 

Fax: 410-704-2300 

www.towson.edu/busx 

BUSX 301 Coordinator: Quincey R. Johnson 

BUSX 460 Director of Professional Experience: Laleh Malek 

Lecturers: Vera L. Case, Kathryn Delahanty, Stacey Lee, Cliff 

Ishmael, Quincey Johnson 

Administrative Assistant: Wanda Rodgers 

MISSION STATEMENT 

To be widely recognized as a model program that enhances lifelong 
professional performance and ethical decision-making in our met- 
ropolitan community. 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

Towson University's College of Business and Economics is one of 
the few business schools in the nation with a separate unit specifi- 
cally designed to enhance business performance in the college and 
in the workplace. Working with the rest of the CBE faculty, these 
professors teach essential knowledge, skills and attitudes (KSAs) in 
business writing, professional presentations, problem solving, 
teamwork and self-assessment. 

BUSX COURSES 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone 

In this course, students are challenged to sharpen and further devel- 
op essential knowledge, skills and attitudes (KSAs) such as oral and 
written communication, problem solving and critical thinking, 
teamwork, and career and self-awareness. These KSAs serve as a 
foundation for the rest of the student's business school course 
work. Students are also encouraged to develop habits of profes- 
sionalism and lifelong learning. BUSX 301 should be completed as 
soon as possible after lower-level core courses. 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience 

This course focuses on a successful transition between the last col- 
lege term and the first day of professional work. Students take an 
internship as part of the course. Through self-assessment, students 
develop a portfolio that demonstrates their knowledge, skills and 
attitudes (KSAs) and their commitment to lifelong career develop- 
ment. A special permit is required. 



3 The College of Business and Economics 



Department of 
Accounting 



Professors: Martin Freedman, Norma Holter, Man C. Maloo, 
Charles Martin, Donald Rosenberg, Andrew Schiff, Michael 
Seganish, Lament Steedle, Barbara Stewart 

Associate Professors: Alan Leberknight (Visiting Interim Chair), 
Seth Hammer, Benjamin Neil 

Assistant Professors: Loretta Baryeh, Barry Buchoff, Yu Cong, 
Victor Valdavia, 

Lecturers: Robert Campbell Robert Miller 

Part-Time Faculty: Alan Alper, Ann Brobst, Raymond Castaldi, 
Francis Czosnowski, William Guiffre, George Jankiewicz, 
Quincey Johnson, Gareth Jones, Patrick Motsay, Robert Petty, 
Robert Scott, John Seeberger Frank Segel, Margaret Spicer, 
Dalton Tong, Charles Wolpoff, Richard Winelander 

Administrative Assistant: Paulette Pearson 

OFFICE 

Stephens Hall 102, 410-704-2227 

Fax: 410-704-3641 

E-mail: ppearson@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/accounting 

PROGRAMS AVAILABLE 

• Major in Accounting 

• Financial Planning Track 

WHY STUDY ACCOUNTING? 

• To prepare for college-graduate, entry-level jobs such as cost 
accountant, staff accountant and tax preparer 

• To prepare for specialized master's programs in Accounting 
and the CPA exam in order to hold jobs such as auditor, tax 
adviser, system analyst, business and personal accountant, and 
business and personal financial adviser. (Note: The state of 
Maryland requires 30 units beyond the B.S. to qualify to sit for 
the CPA exam. Students who are not Maryland residents 
should check their own state's requirements.) 

In business and society, accountants make a difference. They 
prepare and review the financial information that is relied upon by 
investors, lenders, businesses and other organizations throughout 
the world. Accountants also provide expert advice on taxes, finan- 
cial planning, information systems and a wealth of other business 
maners. In today's fast-paced, rapidly changing world, few careers 
offer as many advantages and rewards as a career in accounting. 
These include: 

• a high level of job security 

• competitive starting salaries 

• a wide range of career options 

• top-tier income potential 

• a path to senior management 

• the option to create your own business 

• an opportunity to travel 

• a respected, established profession 

• the knowledge that you are an expert, trusted adviser 

• the satisfaction of helping others 

At Towson University, you will join one of only two accounting 
programs among Maryland's public colleges and universities 
accredited by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of 
Business (AACSB International). Of all the accounting programs 
in the United States, only about one in three have achieved this dis- 
tinction. 



If you are interested in becoming a Certified Public Accountant 
(CPA), you will be well prepared for the CPA examination. Our 
pass rates are consistently number one or two among all higher edu- 
cation institutions in Maryland. In fact, Towson University recent- 
ly ranked number one in the United States on two of the four CPA 
exam parts, and number seven in the United States and number one 
in the East overall. 

A wealth of additional information about accounting is available 
on the Internet. A few of the Web sites that you may want to visit 
include the Department of Labor Occupational Outlook Handbook 
(www.bls.gov/oco/ocos001.htm), the American Institute of CPAs 
(www.StartHereGoPlaces.com), and the Maryland Association of 
CPAs (www.tomorrowscpa.org). 

MISSION AND CORE VALUES 

Our mission is: 

• to provide students with a high-quality graduate and under- 
graduate accounting education built on a comprehensive foun- 
dation in the liberal arts and sciences 

• to provide students with the knowledge, skills and anitudes nec- 
essary to assume positions of responsibility and leadership in 
business and society 

• to provide students and faculty with learning experiences 
through a combination of scholarly activities and partnerships 
with the accounting profession and the business community 

We are committed: 

• to honoring and rewarding excellence in teaching and scholarship 

• to promoting and fostering professionalism and ethical behavior 
among our faculty and our students 

• to fostering a climate that is conducive to collegiality, civility 
and openness to diverse ideas and views 

DISTCvJCTIVE FEATURES 

• Student Chapter of Beta Alpha Psi 

• Accounting Advisory Board (of business professionals) 

• Annual Accounting Open House 

• Annual Department of Accounting Awards Banquet 

• Annual Accounting Alumni Reunion 

• Student Awards for Academic Achievement: 

— CPA Review Scholarships 

— MACPA Outstanding Achievement in Accounting Award 

— Association of Government Accountants Award 

— Financial Executives Institute Academic Honors 

— Sylvia Bernstein Prize for Excellence in Accounting 

— Russell E. Denison Annual Award for Excellence in 
Accounting 

— Outstanding Accounting Student Achievement Award 

— Institute of Internal Auditors Award 

— Accounting Alumni Scholarship Award 

ACCOUNTING PROGRAM 

The undergraduate Accounting major is a 120-unit program. The 
program provides the necessary transition to our specialized M.S. in 
Accounting and Business Advisory Services, which is designed to 
complete the 150 credit hours to sit for the Uniform Certified Public 
Accountant (CPA) exam in Maryland and many other states. 
Students may also complete the 150 credit hours with the 15-unit 
Financial Planning Track complemented with an additional 15 units 
of undergraduate elective courses, or by completing the require- 
ments for a second major or minor. 

The lower-level core, upper-level business core and upper-level 
accounting core courses required of all Accounting majors are set 
forth below. 

All major course requirements must be completed with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher. Majors must score in the 50th per- 
centile or above on the ATAG (Achievement Test for Accounting 
Graduates) to graduate. 

In order to assure that students have retained critical information 
from prior courses, students take a comprehensive examination on 



Department of Accounting 



business content as part of the capstone course, MNGT 481. The 
results of this examination serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. 

Requirements for the Major 

Application Procedure for Continuation in the Accounting Major 

Students complete the Accounting Apphcation, available in the 
department office, Stephens Hall 102, after completing 6 units of 
upper-level accounting courses at Towson University and attaining a: 

• 2.70 GPA or higher in all courses completed when applying 

• 2.70 GPA or higher in all accounting courses completed when 
applying, and 

• Completion of 

1. ECON 205 or MATH 231 (Statistics) with a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher 

2. an ANTH or PSYC or SOCI course 

3. a POSC course 

Lower-Level Core Courses (27 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 Accounnng Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
cose 1 1 1 Information and Technology for Business 

(or cose 112) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

LEGE 226 Business Law (3) 

Other Required Courses (9 units) 

One ANTH or PSYC or SOCI course (3) 

One POSC course (3) 

PHIL 371 Business Ethics (3) 

or 
MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (27 units) 
BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

FPLN 341 Fundamentals of Financial Planning (3) 

MKTG341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

or 
MKTG 342 Department Honors Principles of Marketing (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 
One of the following international courses: 
ECON 305 Survey of International Economics (3) 
FIN 435 International Finance (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

Upper-Level Accounting Courses (27 units) 

ACCT 300 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

ACCT 301 Intermediate Accounting 1 (3) 

ACCT 302 Intermediate Accounting II (3) 

ACCT 303 Intermediate Accounting III (3) 

ACCT 321 Advanced Accounting 1 (3) 

ACCT 341 Cost Accounting I (3) 

ACCT 361 Tax Accounting I (3) 

ACCT 401 Auditing 1 (3) 

One accounting elective selected from: 

ACCT 342 Cost Accounting II (3) 

ACCT 362 Tax Accounting II (3) 

ACCT 402 Auditing II (3) 

Suggested but not required: If you do not have accounting experi- 
ence, consider adding ACCT 497 Accounting Internship (3). 
However ACCT 497 and BUSX 460 cannot be taken in the same 
term, nor can ACCT 497 be substituted for BUSX 460. If elected. 



ACCT 497 must be a different experience than BUSX 460. ACCT 
497 will not count as part of the 120-unit accounting program, but 
may be counted toward the 150-unit program. 

SUGGESTED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR 
ACCOUNTING MAJORS 

While completing the freshman and sophomore sequences, students 
also need to complete one political science course, usually taken as 
either GenEd II. C. 2. or GenEd II. D., and one anthropology, psy- 
chology or sociology course, usually taken as GenEd II.C.2. or 
GenEd II. D. After completing these sequences, students will still 
need to fulfill GenEd I.D., II.A., II.C.l. and II.C.3. in the junior or 
senior year. Students should consult with their adviser to make the 
most appropriate elective choices. 

Based on course availability and student needs and preferences, 
the selected sequences will probably vary from those presented 
below. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 



ACCT 201 
GenEd 11.C.2. 

GenEd LA. 
GenEd LB. 

GenEd I.C. 



Accounting Principles I (ACCT 21 1 Honors) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (ECON 203 
Honors) (3) 

cose 111 Information and Technology for Business 

(COSC 112 Honors) (3) 

MATH 1 1 1 Algebra for Applications (prerequisite 

for ECON 205/MATH 231) (3) 

or 

MATH 231 

or 

ECON 205 



Basic Statistics (MATH 233 Honors) (3) 
Statistics for Business and Economics 1 (3) 



Second Term (15 units) 



ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (ACCT 212 Honors) (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (ECON 204 Honors) (3) 

GenEd I1.C.2. POSC or ANTH, PSYC or SOCI 

GenEd II.D. POSC or ANTH, PSYC or SOCI 

Statistics ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics (MATH 233 Honors) (3) 

or 

LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
First Term (16 units) 

Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Intermediate Accounting I (3) 

Lab (4) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communications 

(3) 

Legal Environment of Business (3) 

or 

Business Law (3) 
(15 units) 

Intermediate Accounting 11 (3) 

Cost Accounting I (3) 

Statistics for Business and Economics (3) 



ACCT 300 


ACCT 301 


GenEd II.A. 


GenEd II.B.3 


LEGE 225 


LEGE 226 


Second Term 


ACCT 302 


ACCT 341 


ECON 306 


GenEd II.A. 


or 


LEGE 226 


GenEd l.D. 



Business Law (3) 

ENGL 317 recommended (3) 



IMM 



The College of Business and Economics 



JUNIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 



ACCT 303 
BUSX 301 
GenEd II.C.l 
FIN 331 
MNGT361 
Second Term 
ACCT 321 
ACCT 361 
MKTG 341 
FPLN 341 
GenEd I.E. 



Intermediate Accounting III (3) 
Business Cornerstone (3) 

Principles of Financial Management (3) 
Principles of Management (3) 
(15 units) 

Advanced Accounting (3) 

Tax Accounting (3) 

Principles of Marketing (3) (MKTG 342) 

Fundamentals of Financial Planning (3) 



SENIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

ACCT 401 Auditing 
PHIL 371 



(3) 
Business Ethics (3) 
or 
Business Ethics and Society (3) 



MNGT 482 

Elective (3) 

International Requirement - one of the following: 

ECON 305 Survey of International Economics (3) 

International Finance (3) 

International Marketing (3) 

International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 



FIN 435 
MKTG 445 
MNGT 375 
GenEd II.A. 



or 

GenEd II.B.l. 
Second Term (15 units) 



ACCT XXX 
MNGT 481 
GenEd II.A. 
GenEd II.C.3. 
BUSX 460 



Accounting Elective (3) 
Business Strategy and Policy (3) 



Professional Experience (3) 



FINANCIAL PLANNING TRACK (15 units) 

Coordinator: Barry Buchoff 
Stephens Hall 102, 410-704-2227 

The 15-unit Financial Planning Track offers students majoring in 

Accounting the academic course work needed to qualify to take the 

CFP* Certification Examination and provides entry-level access to 

the field of financial planning. 

FIN 333 Investments and Securities Analysis I (3) 

FPLN 341 Fundamentals of Financial Planning (3) 

FPLN 343 Insurance and Risk Management (3) 

FPLN 441 Retirement Planning and Employee Benefits (3) 

FPLN 443 Estate Planning (3) 



Business Administration Program 

OFFICE 

CBE Student Academic Services 

Stephens Hall 301, 410-704-3496 

Fax: 410-704-2300 

E-mail: lsawyer@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/cbe 

PROGRAMS AVAILABLE 

• Major in Business Administration with concentrations or 
tracks in: 

Economics 

Entrepreneurship 

Finance 

Human Resource Management 

International Business 

Legal Studies 

Management 

Marketing 

• Combined Major in Business Administration and Computer 
Information Systems 

• Combined Major in e-Business and Computer Information 
Systems 

• Combined Major in e-Business and Business Administration 
(Marketing) 

• B.A. Degree Option 

• Minor in Business Administration 

• Financial Planning Certification Preparation 

MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The major in Business Administration (BUAD) requires 18 units in 
lower-level core courses, 33 units of upper-level business core 
courses, and 21 units in one of the following concentrations or 
tracks: Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Human Resource 
Management, International Business, Management, Marketing, or 
Legal Studies. (Requirements for the Legal Studies Track and the 
Financial Planning Certification Preparation program are listed 
below. Requirements for the other concentrations and tracks are 
listed in their separate departments in the College of Business and 
Economics.) All major requirements must be completed with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students 
have retained critical information from prior courses, students take 
a comprehensive examination on business content as part of the 
capstone course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination 
serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested Course 
Sequence for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree 
in Business Administration requires a minimum of 120 earned 
units, which must include successful completion of the GenEd 
requirements, the Business Administration major requirements and 
electives. The electives may include the units required for a minor 
or specialization program, or in a foreign language for the B.A. 
degree. See the complete Degree Requirements in the University 
Curriculum section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business admin- 
istration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an aca- 
demic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level courses. 
This foundation includes both lower-level core courses and most of 
the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in CBE courses with- 
out having fulfilled the prerequisites risk losing their place in those 
courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in 
proper sequence to meet the student s target completion date for 
the degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 



Business Administration Program 



Requirements for Admission to the Business Administration Major 

Students are admitted to the major in Business Administration 
(BUAD) on a competitive basis after first being admitted to the uni- 
versity. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission 
to the major. Each term, the College of Business and Economics 
(CBE) considers applications for admission to the major in the fol- 
lowing term. In order to be admitted, students must satisfy the fol- 
lowing requirements: 

1. Formal admission to TU as a degree candidate 

2. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all course 
work 

3. Grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each lower-level core 
course 

4. Minimum average QPA of 2.70 for ALL six lower-level core 
courses 

5. A passing score for the CBE Computer Proficiency Exam 

The minimum GPA will be reviewed each year and may be adjust- 
ed as space availability dictates. Candidates for the major must ful- 
fill the requirements in effect at the time of application. 

No more than two courses may be repeated, of which no more 
than one course may be repeated twice. 

Degree candidates intending to major in Business 
Administration are designated as "pre-Business Administration" 
(PBUA) until admitted into the BUAD major. Students are required 
to meet each term with their assigned faculty adviser to evaluate 
their progress in completing the requirements for admission to the 
major and the degree. 

Students who take upper-level "majors-only" CBE courses 
before being admitted to the Business Administration major do so 
at their own risk. 

Application Procedure 

Students who will meet the admission requirements at the end of 
the term must complete an Application for Admission to the BUAD 
Major before registering for upper-level "majors-only" CBE cours- 
es (ACCT, BUSX, EBUS, ECON, ENTR, FIN, FPLN, LEGE, 
MKTG and MNGT). The forms are available at CBE Student 
Academic Services, Stephens Hall 301 and on our Web site, 
www.towson.edu/cbe/current/advising. Deadline for spring admis- 
sion is October 1; summer and fall deadline is March 1. 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Principlesof Accounting I (or ACCT 211) (3) 

ACCT 202 Principles of Accounting II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomics (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomics (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)' 

"Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing Course is taken prior to or 

concurrent with BUSX 301. 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 3 1 1 Principles of e-Business ( 3 ) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Prmciples of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 

MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

MNGT 48 1 Business Strategy and Policy (3 ) 



Concentrations/Tracks (21-24 units) 

• Economics Track 

• Finance Concentration 

• Human Resource Management Track 

• International Business Concentration 

• Legal Studies Track 

• Management Concentration 

• Marketing Concentration 

Note: Students electing the Financial Planning Track within the 
Business Administration major must also complete a concentration 
or another track to meet major requirements. 

B.A. DEGREE OPTION 

A student must complete all the courses required for the major and 
a foreign language's intermediate (202) courses (or equivalent). 

LEGAL STUDffiS TRACK 

Coordinator: Quincey R. Johnson 
Stephens Hall 301, 410-704-2227 

To complete the major in Business Administration with the Legal 
Studies Track, students must be admitted to the Business 
Administration major (see admission requirements in the Business 
Administration major section of this catalog) before taking 24 
units in Legal Studies and 33 units in upper-level business core 
courses. All requirements for the major must be completed with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students 
have retained critical information from prior courses, students take 
a comprehensive examination on business content as part of the 
capstone course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination 
serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested Course 
Sequence for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree 
in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum of 120 
earned units, which must include successful completion of the 
General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. See 
the complete Degree Requirements in the University Curriculum 
section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business admin- 
istration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an aca- 
demic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level courses. 
This foundation includes both lower-level core courses and most of 
the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in CBE "majors 
only" courses without having fulfilled the prerequisites risk losing 
their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in 
proper sequence to meet the student's target completion date for 
the degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 

Legal Studies Track Required Courses (24 units) 

LEGL 226 Business Law (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

or 
PHIL 371 Business Ethics (3) 

Four of the follotving: 

LEGL 325 Sports Law (3) 

LEGL 326 Eider Law (3) 

LEGL 328 Cyber Law: The Law of the Internet (3) 

LEGL 470-479 Special Topics in Legal Studies (3) 

(Topics include: Employment Law, Real Estate Law, 
Administrative Law, White Collar Crime, International 
Law, Environmental Law, Women and the Law, 
Contemporary Legal Issues, Internship) 



The College of Business and Economics 



Tivo of the following: 

FMST 380 Family Law (3) 

MCOM 350 Media Law (3) 

HCMN 441 Legal and Ethical Issues In Health Administration (3) 

PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

PHIL 103 Introduction to Ethics (3) 

PHIL 1 1 1 Logic (3) 

POSC 384 The Judicial System (3) 

POSC418 Constitutional Law (3) 

FINANCIAL PLANNING CERTIFICATION PREPARATION 

Business Administration majors may pursue the following oppor- 
tunity at CBE. This 18-unit sequence offers the additional academ- 
ic course work needed to qualify to take the CFP Certification 
Examination and provides entry-level access to the field of finan- 
cial planning. Students electing the Financial Planning Certification 
Preparation within the Business Administration major must also 
complete a concentration or track to meet major requirements. 

ACCT 361 Tax Accounting I (3) 

FIN 333 Investments and Securities Analysis I (3) 

FPLN 341 Fundamentals of Financial Planning (3) 

FPLN 343 Insurance and Risk Management (3) 

FPLN 441 Retirement Planning and Employee Benefits (3) 

FPLN 443 Estate Planning (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

The combined major in Business Administration and Computer 
Information Systems requires at least 89 units to be earned with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students 
have retained critical information from prior courses, students take 
a comprehensive examination on business content as part of the 
capstone course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination serve 
as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. 

Degree candidates intending to major in Business Administration 
are designated as "pre-Business" (PBUA) until admitted into the 
BUAD major. (See admission requirements in the Business 
Administration major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201/211 Accounting Principles 1(3) 

ACCT 202/212 Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECON 201/203 Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 202/204 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 

LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

MATH 231/233 Basic Statistics (3) 



ECON 205 



Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 



Required Mathematics Courses (6-7 units) 
MATH 211 Calculus for Applications (3) 

or 
MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 

MATH 263 Discrete Math (3) 

Note: See Requirements for Admission to the Business Administration 
Major. 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (30 units) 

BUSX301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

or 
cose 418 Ethical and Societal Concerns of Computer 

Scientists (3) (GenEd II. A.) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing Course is taken prior to or concur- 
rent wtth BUSX 301. 



CIS Project Course (3 units) 

CIS 435 Human-Computer Interaction (3) 

or 
CIS 440 Systems Development for E-Commerce (3) 

or 
CIS 475 Analysis/Design for Web Sites (3) 

Required Course (3 units) 

CIS 479 Software Project Management (3) 

or 
ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

Computer Information Systems Requirements (26 units) 

CIS 211 Fundamentals of Information Systems and 

Technology (3) 
CIS 239 Computer Systems Architecture (3) 

CIS 334 Data Organization (3) 

CIS 379 Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

CIS 458 Organizational Database Management (3) 

COSC 236 Introduction to Computer Science I (4) 

cose 237 Introduction to Computer Science II (4) 

COSC 350 Data Communications and Networking (3) 

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (21 units) 

Director: Patricia L. Atkinson 
Stephens Hall 301, 410-704-3496 

This minor is available to students who have a major other than 
Accounting, e-Business or Business Administration. All require- 
ments for the Business Administration minor must be completed 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. Students electing a 
Business Administration minor are not formally admitted to nor 
graduates of the College of Business and Economics. Students must 
complete at least 12 units of CBE courses at Towson University in 
order to earn this minor. 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 AccountingPrinciplesn(or ACCT212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Prmciples (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
FIN 331* Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Prmciples of Marketing (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

'Prerequisites: ACCT 201/211, ACCT 202/212, ECON 201/203, ECON 
202/204, ECON 205 or MATH 231/233. 

SUGGESTED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION MAJORS 

Before advancing into upper-level (300-400) CBE courses, students 
must be eligible for admission to the Business Administration 
major. See the Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major section in this catalog, your adviser, CBE 
Academic Services or the CBE Web site: www.towson.edu/cbe for 
information. 

After completing the freshman and sophomore sequences, 
students will still need to fulfill GenEd II. A. and II. C. 3. in the jun- 
ior or senior year. Students should consult with their faculty advis- 
er to make the most appropriate elective choices. 

Students must complete at least one concentration/track from 
among Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Human Resource 
Management, International Business, Management, Marketing, and 
Legal Studies. 

NOTE: Based on course availability and student needs and prefer- 
ences, the selected sequences will probably vary from those pre- 
sented below. 



Department of Economics 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

GenEd I.A. (3) 

GenEd I.C. (3) MATH 1 1 1 Algebra for Applications 

(prerequisite for ECON205/MATH23 1 ) (3) 
GenEd II.B.l.' (3) 
GenEd II.C.2. ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles 

(or ECON 204) (3) 
GenEd II.B.3. (3) 

Second Term (16 units) 

GenEd l.B. (3) 

Statistics ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics 

1(3) 

or 

MATH 231/233 Basic Statistics (3) (unless taken) 
GenEd ILA. Lab (4) 

GenEd II.C.2. ECON 201* Microeconomic Principles 

(or ECON 203) (3) 
GenEd II.C.l.* (3) 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
First Term (15-16 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 

LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

GenEd I.E. (3) 

GenEd ILA. (3-4) 

GenEd II.C.2.* (3) 
* Note: Only one ECON course may be used to fulfill a GenEd II.C.2. 
requirement. 

Submit application for admission to the BUAD major (October 1 
or March 1 deadline). 

Second Term (15-16 units) 

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 

GenEd I.D. ENGL 317 Writing for Busmess and Industry 

(recommended) (3) 
GenEd ILA. (3) 

or 
GenEd II.D. (3) 
GenEd II.C.3 (3) 
ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 



Department of 
Economics 



JUNIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

BUSX 301 
FIN 331 
MKTG 341 
MNGT 337 
MNGT 361 



Business Cornerstone (3) 

Principles of Financial Management (3) 

Principles of Marketing (3) (or MKTG 342) 

Information Technology (3) 

Principles of Management (3) 



Second Term (15 units) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operation Management (3) 

MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

Concentration/Track course 1 (3) 

Concentration/Track course 2 (3) 

SENIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

GenEd II.D. or Elective (3) 

Concentration/Track course 3 (3) 

Concentration/Track course 4 (3) 

Concentration/Track course 5 (3) 

Elective or Concentration/Track Course (8) 

Second Term (14 units) 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

Concentration/Track course 6 (3) 
Concentration/Track course 7 (3) 
Elective (2) 



Professors: James Dorn, John Egger, George Georgiou (Chair), 

Louise Laurence, Kangoh Lee, Tamara Woroby 
Associate Professors: Melissa Groves, Jeong-Joon Lee, Jeffrey 

Michael, Thomas Rhoads, Timothy Sullivan 
Professors Emeriti: J. Van Fenstermalcer, Chang Kong, Bong Shin, 

Jeremiah German, Henry Sanborn, Irvin Weintraub 
Assistant Professors: Matthew Chambers, Finn Christensen, Eva 

de Francisco, Seth Gitter, Nanyun Zhang 
Administrative Assistant: C.F. Eifert 

OFFICE 

Stephens Hall 103, 410-704-2959 
Fax: 410-704-3424 
www.towson.edu/econ 

WHY STUDY ECONOMICS? 

• To prepare for jobs in: 

Government, such as research assistant, program analyst, 
and budget analyst". Government economists analyze economic 
conditions and estimate the economic impact of public policy. 

Business and Consulting, such as financial analyst, long- 
range planner, and stockbroker. Business economists provide 
information on market conditions, forecasting, government 
regulations, facilities planning, product planning and pricing. 

• To prepare for graduate school in such programs as Law, 
Economics, Public Policy, or Business Journalism 

• To earn a combined major in Geography and Environmental 
Planning, Mathematics or Political Science 

• To blend business and economics by taking either an 
Economics major with a Business Administration minor or a 
Business Administration major with a track in Economics 

• To have the ability to analyze the American economic system 
and international and domestic economic forces that determine 
production, prices, profits and incomes 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The department is committed to an excellent economics education 
built on a comprehensive liberal arts foundation to enable gradu- 
ates to excel as leaders in a dynamic business environment and/or 
a career in public service by means of individualized student advis- 
ing, professional work experience, teaching excellence, and com- 
mitment to the highest academic and ethical standards. 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

• MARYLAND COUNCIL ON ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

(MCEE) 

— responsible for increasing the quality and quantity of 
economics taught in Maryland schools, colleges and the 
general community 

— University Advancement Division affiliate 

— Council President: Michael Molloy, principal, Deutsche Banc 
Alex. Brown, Inc. 

— Council Executive Director: Carol Jarvis, Ph.D. 

• CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

One of nine Maryland college- or university-based centers 
responsible for 

— consulting with educational and community 
organizations 

— developing economic education materials 

— improving economics instructional programs 

— conducting research in economic education 



The College of Business and Economics 



• Director: Melissa Groves, Ph.D. 

• Student Recognition Awards 

— Federal Reserve Bank Excellence Award 

— The Wall Street Journal Award 

— J.J. German Scholarship 

— Catherine Britt Memorial Scholarship 

— Economics Club 

— Omicron Delta Epsilon, Economics Honor Society 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Major in Economics 

Major in Business Administration: Economics Track 

Combined Major in Economics and Geography and 

Environmental Planning 
Combined Major in Economics and Mathematics 
Combined Major in Economics and Political Science 
Minor in Economics 

MAJOR IN ECONOMICS 

The major in Economics requires 33 units in Economics, complet- 
ed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. (See the Suggested 
Course Sequence for Economics Majors.) 

Transfer students must take a minimum of 15 units in econom- 
ics at Towson University to qualify for an Economics major. 

Core Courses (21 units) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or Honors ECON 203) (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or Honors ECON 204) (3) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

ECON 309 Intermediate Price Theory (3) 

ECON 310 Macroeconomic Theory (3) 

One 400-level economics course (excluding ECON 495 and ECON 497) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

Four upper-level economics elective? 

Only one Internship in Economics (ECON 497) will count toward the 
major 

The department allows any one of the following courses outside the 
department to count toward the major in satisfying electives: 
FIN 332 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

MATH 377 Mathematical Models (3) 
POSC 459 Simulation and Games in Political Science (3) 

Recommended Courses for Graduate School 

The following courses are recommended for students considering 
graduate school in Economics: ECON 401, ECON 451, 
MATH 273, MATH 274, MATH 275 and MATH 463. 

MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 
ECONOMICS TRACK 

Students in this track complete the major in Business 
Administration and 21 units in economics, listed below. The 
Business Administration requirements include 18 units in lower- 
level core courses and 33 units in upper-level business core courses. 
All major requirements must be completed with a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students have retained 
critical information from prior courses, students take a compre- 
hensive examination on business content as part of the capstone 
course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination serve as 10% 
of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested Course Sequence for 
Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree 
in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum of 120 
earned units, which must include successful completion of the 



General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. See 
the complete Degree Requirements in the University Curriculum 
section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business admin- 
istration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an aca- 
demic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level courses. 
This foundation includes both lower-level BUAD core courses and 
most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in upper- 
level CBE "majors only" courses without having fulfilled the pre- 
requisites risk losing their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in proper 
sequence to meet the student's target completion date for the 
degree. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level Business core and 
concentration/track courses. To be eligible, students must complete 
each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade equiv- 
alent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 for ALL six 
lower-level core courses, and they must pass the CBE Computer 
Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in the Business 
Administration major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'NOTE: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or con- 
current with BUSX 301. 

Economics Track Required Courses (21 units) 

ECON 309 Intermediate Price Theory (3) 
ECON 310 Macroeconomic Theory (3) 
ECON 313 Money and Banking (3) 
ECON XXX Upper-level Electives (9) 

Recommended as one elective: ECON 409 
MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 
NOTE: ECON 306 and ECON 497 cannot count as electives. 

COMBINED MAJORS 

The Department of Economics offers three combined major pro- 
grams: 1) Economics and Mathematics, 2) Economics and 
Geography and Environmental Planning, and 3) Economics and 
Political Science. A student majoring in economics may declare a 
second major and obtain a degree certifying that both majors have 
been completed. 



Department of Economics 



COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND 
MATHEMATICS 

The Economics major with a second major in Mathematics requires 
76-77 units completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in 
all major courses. 

Core Courses (57 units) 

cose 236 Introduction to Computer Science I (4) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

ECON 309 Intermediate Price Theory (3) 

ECON 310 Macroeconomic Theory (3) 

ECON 451 Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 

MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) 

MATH 267 Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (4) 

MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 

MATH 274 Calculus II (4) 

MATH 275 Calculus III (4) 

MATH 331 Probabiliry (4) 

MATH 332 Mathematical Statistics (3) 

MATH 369 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3) 

MATH 377 Mathematical Models (3) 

or 

MATH 439 Computational Probability Models (3) 

MATH 490 Senior Seminar in Mathematics (2) 

Upper-Level Economics Electives (6 units) 

Two additional courses to be chosen in economics. 

Upper-Level Mathematics Electives (12-13 units) 

Three courses from the following: 

MATH 333 Applied Regression and Correlation Analysis (3) 

MATH 374 Differential Equations (3) 

MATH 437 Operations Research (3) 

MATH 485 Mathematical Finance (3) 

MATH 486 Risk Management and Financial Engineering (3) 

And one course from the followmg: 

MATH 435 Numerical Analysis I (3) 

MATH 45 1 Graph Theory (3) 

MATH 473 Introduction to Real Analysis (4) 

MATH 475 Complex Analysis (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND 
GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 

Completion of individual majors in Geography and Environmental 
Planning and Economics requires the successful completion of 72 
units (39 geography and environmental planning and 33 in eco- 
nomics). However, by electing the combined major in Geography 
and Environmental Planning and Economics, students will be able 
to complete both majors with a total of 60 units. 

In Economics, students must complete all requirements for the 
major. However, for the first statistics requirement, they may 
choose either: 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 

In addition, they may substitute two of the following upper-level 
courses in geography and environmental planning toward fulfill- 
ment of the required four courses of upper-level economics elec- 
tives: 

GEOG 355 Historical Geography of Urbanization (3) 

GEOG 381 Political Geography (3) 

GEOG 385 Population Geography (3) 

GEOG 391 Urban Systems (3) 

GEOG 393 Transportation and Infrastructure Planning (3) . 

GEOG 405 Comprehensive Planning 

GEOG 427 The Global Economy (3) 

GEOG470-479 Seminar: Selected Topics in Geography* (3) 



GEOG 481 Environmental Impact Analysis (3) 

GEOG 484 Land Use Planning (3) 

* Requires approval from Department of Economics depending on course 

topic. 

In Geography and Environmental Planning, students must com- 
plete all requirements for the major noting the option of either 
ECON 205 or GEOG 375 for their first statistics requirement. In 
addition, they may substitute two of the following upper-level 
courses in economics toward fulfillment of the required upper-level 
elective courses in geography and environmental planning: 

ECON 322 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

ECON 326 Economic Development (3) 

ECON 334 Poverty and Discrimination (3) 

ECON 351 Urban Economics (3) 

ECON 421 International Economics (3) 

ECON 423 International Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

ECON 470-479 Topics in Economics* (3) 

'Requires approval from the Department of Geography and Environmental 

Planning depending on course topic. 

COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Completion of individual majors in Political Science and 
Economics requires the successful completion of 69 units (36 in 
political science and 33 in economics). However, by electing the 
combined major in Political Science and Economics, students will 
be able to complete both majors with a total of 57 units. 

In Economics, students must complete all core courses for the 
major. However, they may substitute two of the following upper- 
level courses in political science toward fulfillment of the required 
four courses of upper-level economics electives: 

POSC 305 Urban Government and Politics (3) 

POSC 375 Public Administration (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

POSC 459 Simulation and Games in Political Science (3) 

POSC470-479 Special Topics* (3) 

POSC 481 Seminar in Political Science (3) 

'Requires approval from the Department of Economics depending on 

course topic. 

In Political Science, students must complete all requirements for 
the major. However, they may substitute two of the following 
upper-level courses in economics toward fulfillment of the required 
eight upper-level courses in political science: 

ECON 322 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

ECON 326 Economic Development (3) 

ECON 331 Government and Economic Life (3) 

ECON 337 Public Finance (3) 

ECON 339 Health Economics (3) 

ECON 351 Urban Economics (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

ECON 421 International Economics (3) 

ECON 423 International Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

ECON 470-479 Topics in Economics* (3) 

'Requires approval from the Department of Political Science depending on 

course topic. 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS (18 units) 

The Economics minor may be taken with any other major. All 
Economics courses must be completed with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher. 

Core Courses (6 units) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

ECON XXX Upper-level Electives (12) 



The College of Business and Economics 



DEPARTMENTAL HONORS IN ECONOMICS 

Students majoring in Economics are eligible to apply to the 
Departmental Honors Program if they have a 3.25 cumulative 
GPA, a 3.50 GPA in economics classes, and the consent of a facul- 
ty thesis adviser. Students interested in Departmental Honors 
should obtain the application form from the department chair or 
honors coordinator before the end of their junior year. Honors in 
Economics requires 36 units in economics (18 core units, 9 units of 
ECON electives, and 9 units required for Honors). The 9-unit 
requirement for Departmental Honors includes: a) one of the fol- 
lowing: ECON 321 History of Economic Thought, ECON 401 
Econometrics, or ECON 451 Mathematical Economics; b) 3 units 
of ECON 495 Independent Study; and c) ECON 499 Honors 
Thesis. ECON 495 and ECON 499 must be taken sequentially. 
The thesis must be presented orally to the Thesis Committee at a 
public colloquium. Honors are designated on the graduate's tran- 
script and diploma. 

SUGGESTED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR ECONOMICS 
MAJORS 

Students should consult with their advisers to make the most 
appropriate elective choices. Based on course availability and stu- 
dent needs and preferences, the selected sequences may vary from 
those presented below. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (Honors ECON 203) (3) 
GenEd (12) 
Second Term (15 units) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (Honors ECON 204) (3) 
GenEd (12) 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

ECON 309 Intermediate Price Theory (3) 

GenEd (9) 
Second Term (IS units) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

ECON 310 Macroeconomic Theory (3) 

Electives (9) 

JUNIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

ECON XXX Electives (6) 

Electives (6) 

GenEd (3) 
Second Term (15 units) 

ECON Elective (3) 

Electives (12) 

SENIOR YEAR 
First Term (15 units) 

ECON 4xx Elective (3) 
GenEd II.A. (3) 
Electives (9) 
Second Term (IS units) 
ECON Elective (3) 

Electives (12) 



Department of Finance 

Professors: Albert Avery, Bharat Jain, Joanne Li (Chair), 

Daniel Singer 
Associate Professors: Babu Baradwaj, Moon-Whoan Rhee 
Assistant Professors: Susan Flaherty, Ning Gao 
Administrative Assistant: Morgan Davis 

OFFICE 

Stephens Hall 314, 410-704-2465 

Fax: 410-704-3454 

E-mail: medavis@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/finance 



WHY STUDY FINANCE? 

• To prepare for positions in managerial finance, banking, insur- 
ance, and securities industries 

• To become proficient in applying financial tools to investment 
and financing decisions 

• To develop analytical skills that can be used throughout a busi- 
ness career 

• To build a solid foundation for making personal financial deci- 
sions 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Department of Finance is to produce finance 
graduates who possess the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary 
to function effectively in the financial community. The depart- 
ment's aim is to develop students who are competent, ethical and 
capable of meeting the challenges of an increasingly complex, glob- 
al environment. 

GOALS 

The goals of the department are: (1) to achieve excellence in teach- 
ing while offering students a curriculum based on leading-edge 
financial skills and techniques, (2) to increase the body of knowl- 
edge in the finance professions through applied scholarship activi- 
ties, and (3) to provide applied research, consulting and advisory 
services to the business and professional community. 

DISTINCTFVE FEATURES 

• FMA (Student Chapter of Financial Management Association) 

• FMA Honor Society 

• Wall Street Investors Investment Club 

• Internships in Finance 

• Student Recognition Award 

— Kathryn H. Gerling Scholarship 

• Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Scholarships 

MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 
FINANCE CONCENTRATION 

Students in the Finance Concentration complete the major in 
Business Administration and 21 units in finance. The Business 
Administration requirements include 18 units in lower-level core 
courses and 33 units in upper-level business core courses, as listed 
below. All major requirements must be completed with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students have 
retained critical information from prior courses, students take a 
comprehensive examination on business content as part of the cap- 
stone course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination serve as 
10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested Course Sequence 
for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree 
in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum of 120 
earned units, which must include successful completion of the 
General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. See 
the complete Degree Requirements in the University Curriculum 
section in this catalog. 



Department of Management 



During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business admin- 
istration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an aca- 
demic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level courses. 
This foundation includes both lower-level core courses and most of 
the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in CBE "majors 
only" courses without having fulfilled the prerequisites risk losing 
their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in proper 
sequence to meet the student's target completion date for the 
degree. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level business core and 
concentration/track courses. To be eligible, students must complete 
each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade equiv- 
alent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 for ALL six 
lower-level core courses, and pass the CBE Computer Proficiency 
Exam. (See admission requirements in the Business Administration 
major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 20 1 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 2 1 1 )(3) 
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'NOTE: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or con- 
current with BUSX 301. 

Finance Concentration (21 units) 

FIN 332 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

FIN 333 Investments and Security Analysis I (3) 

FIN 423 Investments and Security Analysis II (3) 

FIN 430 Capital Markets and Management of Financial 

Institutions (3) 
FIN 435 International Finance (3) 

FIN 439 Financial Policy (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 



Department of Management 

Professors: Tom Basuray (Chair), Barin Nag, Douglas Ross, Filiz 

Tabak, Precha Thavikulwat 
Associate Professors: William Darrow, James Otto, Sharma 

Pillutla, Douglas Sanford, William Smith, Dong-Qin Yao 
Assistant Professors: Michael Chuang, Sonia Ketkar, Donald 

Kopka, Kevin Kennedy, John Michel, Nhung Nguyen, Marshall 

Pattie, Tobin Porterfield 
Senior Lecturer: Don McCulloh 
Administrative Assistant: Carol Lindsay 

OFFICES 

Stephens Hall 1 16, 410-704-2934 

Fax: 410-704-3236 

E-mail: clindsay@towson.edu 

www.towson.eduymanagement 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Department of Management is to provide grad- 
uates with the knowledge, skills and attitudes to be successful man- 
agers in a variety of organizational settings. We seek to develop 
graduates with global perspectives, ethical grounding, technologi- 
cal competency and a desire for lifelong learning. 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Management offers the following programs: 
The major in Business Administration with 

• Management Concentration 

• Entrepreneurship Track 

• Human Resource Management Track 

• International Business Concentration 

WHY STUDY MANAGEMENT? 

The rapid and continuous changes taking place in our global econ- 
omy require skilled managers and leaders to ensure not only effec- 
tive performance but also survival. Organizations of all sizes in all 
sectors of our economy face unprecedented challenges that require 
informed, strategic decision-making and principled leadership. 

The programs of study in management are designed to allow stu- 
dents to develop the ctitical marketable skills that employers seek. 
Courses and programs of study within the department emphasize 
the development of global awareness, ethical decision-making, 
technological competency and ongoing personal and professional 
development. Ongoing curricula development ensures that course 
offerings and content reflect the current practices used and chal- 
lenges faced by organizations. Because management is a broad 
field of study, the concentrations/tracks in Entrepreneurship 
Human Resource Management, International Business and 
Management, offer students a flexible course of study that can be 
individualized to meet their specific career objectives. 

Regardless of concentration area, all students will find several 
recurring themes in their course work: 

• the impact of technology on management practices 

• an awareness and understanding of the global environment in 
which organizations operate and managers make decisions 

• legal and ethical dilemmas faced by managers in carrying out 
their responsibilities 



MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 
MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 

Students in the Management Concentration complete the major in 
Business Administration and 21 units in Management. 

The Business Administration requirements include 18 units in 
lower-level core courses, and 33 units in upper-level business core 
courses, as listed below. All major requirements must be completed 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure that 



The College of Business and Economics 



students have retained critical information from prior courses, stu- 
dents take a comprehensive examination on business content as 
part of the capstone course, MNGT 48 1 . The results of this exam- 
ination serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested 
Course Sequence for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree 
in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum of 120 
earned units, which must include successful completion of the 
General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. See 
the complete Degree Requirements in the University Curriculum 
section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business admin- 
istration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an aca- 
demic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level courses. 
This foundation includes both lower-level BUAD core courses and 
most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in "majors 
only" CBE courses without having fulfilled the prerequisites risk 
losing their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in 
proper sequence to meet the student's target completion date for 
the degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level core and concentra- 
tion/track courses. To be eligible, students must complete each of 
the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 for ALL six lower-level 
core courses, and pass the CBE Computer Proficiency Exam. (See 
admission requirements in the Business Administration major sec- 
tion of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)' 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business; Theory and Practice (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing Course is taken prior to or concur- 
rent with BUSX 301. 

Management Concentration (21 units) 

MNGT 381 Human Resource Management (3) 

MNGT 421 Management of Organizational Behavior (3) 

MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

Three MNGT electives selected from: 

MNGT 419 Supply-Chain Management (3) 

MNGT 423 Service Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 425 Organizational Theory and Development (3) 

MNGT 433 Compensation and Benefits (3) 

MNGT 438 Multinational Management and Culture (3) 



MNGT 451 Industrial Relations (3) 

MNGT 453 Conflict Resolution in Business (3) 

MNGT 455 Entrepreneurship and Small Business (3) 

MNGT 461 Total Quality Management (3) 

MNGT 463 Organizational Leadership (3) 

MNGT 470-479 Special Topics in Management (3) 

MNGT 491 Directed Readings (3) 

MNGT 494 Study Abroad in Management (3) 

MNGT 495 Independent Research (3) 

MNGT 497 Management Internship (3) 

MNGT 498 Practicum in Management (3) 

Note: Only 3 units of the MNGT 497 or 498 courses can be applied to the 

Management Concentration requirement. 

MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION— 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP TRACK 

The Entrepreneurship (ENTR) Track is a rigorous, high-quality 
program that addresses the needs and wishes of various stake- 
holders in today's globally integrated business, political and cul- 
tural environment. The program includes training in business 
start-ups and entrepreneurship fundamentals, opportunities to 
participate in an entrepreneurship practicum, a business plan 
competition, and a term-long experience in consulting for start- 
ups and entrepreneurial ventures. Students in the 
Entrepreneurship Track complete the major in Business 
Administration and 24 units in the track, of which 15 units are in 
required courses and 9 units are from elective courses. 

The Business Administration requirements include 18 units in 
lower-level core courses and 33 units in upper-level business core 
courses, as listed below. All major requirements must be complet- 
ed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to assure 
that students have retained critical information from prior cours- 
es, students take a comprehensive examination on business con- 
tent as part of the capstone course, MNGT 481. The results of 
this examination serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the 
Suggested Course Sequence for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
degree in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum of 
120 earned units, which must include successful completion of 
the General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. 
See the complete degree requirements in the University 
Curriculum selection in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-Business 
Administration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building an 
academic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level cours- 
es. This foundation includes both lower-level core courses and 
most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in "majors 
only" CBE courses without having fulfilled the prerequisites risk 
losing their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in 
proper sequence to meet the target completion date for the 
degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business Administration 
Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level business core and 
concentration/track courses. To be eligible, students must com- 
plete each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher and hold a minimum GPA of 2.70 
for ALL six lower-level core courses and earn a passing score in 
the Computer Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in 
the Business Administration Program section of this catalog.) 



Department of Management 



Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201/211 Principles of Accounting I (3) 

ACCT 202/212 Principles of Accounting II (3) 

ECON 201/203 Microeconomics (3) 

ECON 202/204 Macroeconomics (3) 

LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231/233 Basic Statistics (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 
BUSX 460 
EBUS311 
ECON 306 
FIN 331 
MKTG 341 
MNGT 337 
MNGT361 
MNGT 365 
MNGT 375 
MNGT 481 



Business Cornerstone (3)* 

Professional Experience (3) 

Principles of e-Business (3) 

Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

Principles of Financial Management (3) 

Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 

Information Technology (3) 

Principles of Management 

Principles of Operations Management (3) 

International Business: Tfieory and Practice (3) 

Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to concurrent 

with BUSX iOl. 



Entrepreneurship Track Required Courses (24 units) 

Required Courses (15 units): 

ENTR 355 Entrepreneurship and Small Business 

ENTR401 Consulting Workshop (3) 

FIN 424 Entrepreneurial Finance (3) 

MKTG 351 Sales Management (3) 

MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 

Elective Courses (9 units) 

ENTR 402 Family Business Management (3) 

ENTR 403 International Entrepreneurship (3) 

ENTR 410 Business Plan Competition (3) 

ENTR 498 Entrepreneurship Practicum (3) 



MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TRACK 

The Human Resource Management Track is designed to pre- 
pare students to apply their knowledge and skills for manageri- 
al positions in a human resource department. Students in the 
Human Resource Management Track complete the major in 
Business Administration and 21 units in Human Resource 
Management. The Business Administration requirements 
include 18 units in lower-level core courses, and ^i units in 
upper-level business core courses, as listed below. All major 
requirements must be completed with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher. In order to assure that students have retained 
critical information from prior courses, students take a com- 
prehensive examination on business content as part of the cap- 
stone course, MNGT 481. The results of this examination 
serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. See the Suggested 
Course Sequence for Business Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
degree in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum 
of 120 earned units, which must include successful completion 
of the General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. 
See the complete Degree Requirements in the University 
Curriculum section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business 
administration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building 
an academic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level 
courses. This foundation includes both lower-level core courses 
and most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in 
"majors only" CBE courses without having fulfilled the prereq- 
uisites risk losing their place in those courses. 



Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken 
in proper sequence to meet the student's target completion date 
for the degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level business core and 
concentration/track courses. To be eligible, students must 
complete each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 
for ALL six lower-level core courses, and pass the CBE Computer 
Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in the Business 
Administration major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Prmciplesof Accounting I (or ACCT 211) (3) 

ACCT 202 Principles of Accounting II (or ACCT 212) (3) 

ECON 201 Microeconomics (or ECON 203) (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomics (or ECON 204) (3) 

LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics 1 (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) (or MATH 233) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 30 1 Business Cornerstone ( 3 ) ' 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 

MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or concurrent 

with BUSX 301. 

Human Resource Management Track Required Courses 

(21 units) 

MNGT 381 Human Resources Management (3) 

MNGT 421 Management of Organizational Behavior (3) 

MNGT 433 Compensation and Benefits (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

MNGT 483 Strategic HR Management (3) 

Two electives selected from: 

MNGT 425 Organizational Theory and Development (3) 

MNGT 438 Multinational Management and Culture (3) 

MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 

MNGT 451 Industrial Relations (3) 

MNGT 453 Conflict Resolution in Business (3) 

MNGT 463 Organizational Leadership (3) 

MNGT 470-479 Special Topics in Management (3) 

MNGT 491 Directed Readings (3) 

MNGT 495 Independent Research (3) 

MNGT 497 Management Internship (3) 

MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION- 
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CONCENTRATION 

The International Business Concentration is an interdisciplinary 
program comprising courses drawn from disciplines within 
CBE. Students complete the major in Business Administration 
and 21 units in International Business Concentration require- 
ments. 

The Business Administration requirements include 18 units in 
lower-level core courses and 33 units in upper-level business 
core courses, as listed below. All major requirements must be 
completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order to 



The College of Business and Economics 



assure that students have retained critical information from 
prior courses, students take a comprehensive examination on 
business content as part of the capstone course, MNGT 481. 
The results of this examination serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 
grade. See the Suggested Course Sequence for Business 
Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
degree in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum 
of 120 earned units, which must include successful completion 
of the General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed below, and electives. 
See the complete Degree Requirements in the University 
Curriculum section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business 
administration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building 
an academic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level 
courses. This foundation includes both lower-level core courses 
and most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in 
"majors only" CBE courses without having fulfilled the prereq- 
uisites risk losing their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers each term to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken 
in proper sequence to meet the student's target completion date 
for the degree. Prerequisites are monitored during registration. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level core and concen- 
tration/track courses. To be eligible, students must complete 
each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 for 
ALL six lower-level core courses, and pass the CBE Computer 
Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in the Business 
Administration major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX301 Business Cornerstone (3)» 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3) 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics II (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or concur- 
rent with BUSX 301 . 



International Business Concentration (21 units) 

FIN 435 International Finance (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 

MNGT 438 Multinational Management and Culture (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

Three courses (total of 9 units) to develop an understanding of the socio- 
cultural, philosophical and political environments of foreign countries or 
regions, selected from the following: (Approval by the appropriate depart- 
ment may be needed depending upon the student's qualifications.) 

Foreign Language (a maximum of 9 intermediate-level or above units) 

or 

Cross-cultural course work (a maximum of 9 units) 

ANTH 368 Development and Industrialization: Cross-Cultural 

Perspective (3) 
ECON 325 Economic Development (3) 

or 
ECON 421 International Economics (3) 
GEOG 357 Cultural Geography (3) 
GEOG 427 Global Economy (3) 

or 
GEOG XXX Upper-level regional geography to complement similar 

history; e.g., GEOG 431 Geography of Africa 
HIST 479 History of Diplomacy (3) 

or 
HIST XXX Upper-level modern regional/country history; 

e.g., HIST 328 History of East Africa 1820 to the Present 
MKTG/MNGT 479 Special Topics (if include travel and study abroad) 
MNGT 494 Study Abroad in Management (3) 
PHIL 357 Topics in Comparative Religion (3) 

or 
PHIL XXX Upper-level country philosophy to complement similar 

history; e.g., PHIL 302 Philosophies of China and Japan 
POSC 307 Contemporary International Politics (3) 

POSC 339 Comparative Political Systems (3) 

or 
POSC XXX Upper-level country political science to complement 

HIST or GEOG; e.g., POSC 341 African Government 

and Politics 
POSC 341 African Government and Politics (3) 



Department of Marketing and e-Business 



Department of Marketing and 
e-Business 

Chair: Rodney Stump 

Professors: Garland Keesling, Thomas Maronick 

Associate Professors: Judy Harris, Allan Miller, Richard Rosecky 

Assistant Professors: Lawrence Burgee, Sunil Contractor, Xiaolin 

Li, Feisal Murshed, Erin Steffes 
Lecturers: Laleh Maiek 
Administrative Assistant: Diane Hornbuckle 

OFFICE 

Stephens Hall 123, 410-704-3351 

Fax: 410-704-3772 

E-mail: dhornbuckle@towson.edu 

www.towson.edu/marketing 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Department of Marketing and e-Business is committed to 
an excellent broad-based education in marketing and e-business 
that enables students to excel in positions of responsibility and 
leadership in a dynamic business environment by means of: 

• Dedication to students and personalized service 

• Teaching excellence 

• Involvement with businesses, nonprofit organizations and 
government 

• Commitment to the highest ethical standards 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Marketing and e-Business offers the follow- 
ing programs: 

• The major in Business Administration with a Marketing 
Concentration 

• The major in Business Administration with a Marketing 
Concentration and Mass Communication Interdisciplinary 
Specialization 

• The major in e-Business 

• The major in e-Business with the Financial Planning Track 

• The combined major in e-Business and Computer Information 
Systems 

• The combined major in e-Business and Business Administration 
(Marketing) 

WHY STUDY MARKETING? 

To prepare for jobs that comprise 25 to 33 percent of all civil- 
ian jobs. Entry-level jobs for college graduates include assistant 
product manager, sales representative, assistant store manager, 
research trainee, retail management trainee, customer service 
representative, assistant media buyer, assistant merchandiser, 
promotion and public relations assistant, and marketing 
trainee. 

To understand the essential element that links all businesses 
with their customers. All people have needs. All companies 
want to satisfy those needs. Marketers are customer-driven 
business persons. 

To help generate company profits while holding a fast-paced, 
visible, dynamic, desirable and well-paid position. All business 
planning starts and ends with marketing. 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

• American Marketing Association Student Chapter 

• Electronic Business Association Student Organization 

• The James Dunbar Jr. Endowment Memorial Scholarship 

• Outstanding Marketing Graduate Award 

• Marketing internships with prestigious organizations 



MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 
MARKETING CONCENTRATION 

Students in the Marketing Concentration complete the major in 
Business Administration and 21 units in Marketing. 

The Business Administration requirements include 18 units 
in lower-level core courses and 33 units in upper-level business 
core courses, as listed below. Ail major requirements must be 
completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. In order 
to assure that students have retained critical information from 
prior courses, students take a comprehensive examination on 
business content as part of the capstone course, MNGT 481. 
The results of this examination serve as 1 0% of the MNGT 48 1 
grade. See the Suggested Course Sequence for Business 
Administration Majors. 

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) or Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
degree in Business Administration (BUAD) requires a minimum 
of 120 earned units, which must include successful completion 
of the General Education (GenEd) requirements, the Business 
Administration major requirements listed above, and electives. 
See the complete Degree Requirements in the University 
Curriculum section in this catalog. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, pre-business 
administration (PBUA) students must concentrate on building 
an academic foundation as a base for the in-depth, upper-level 
courses. This foundation includes both lower-level core courses 
and most of the GenEd requirements. Students who enroll in 
CBE "majors only" courses without having fulfilled the prereq- 
uisites risk losing their place in those courses. 

Students are responsible for monitoring their own progress 
toward graduation. Students must consult with their assigned 
advisers to ensure that prerequisite courses are taken in proper 
sequence to meet the student's target completion date for the 
degree. 

Requirements for Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Students must be eligible for admission to the Business 
Administration major to enroll in upper-level business core and 
Marketing concentration courses. To be eligible, students must 
complete each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum GPA of 2.70 
for ALL six lower-level core courses, and pass the CBE 
Computer Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in 
the Business Administration major section of this catalog.) 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (or ACCT 211) (3) 
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3)** 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics 11 (3) 
FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG341 Principles of Marketing (or MKTG 342) (3) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3)*' 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or concur- 
rently with BUSX 301 
"Note: MNGT 337 is taken prior to or concurrently with EBUS 311 



The College of Business and Economics 



Marketing Concentration (21 units) 

EBUS 411 e-Business Marketing (3) 

MKTG 425 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

MKTG 441 Marketing Research and Forecasting (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 

MKTG 485 Strategic Marketing (3) 

Two MKTG electives selected from: 

MKTG 345 Managing Integrated Marketing Communications (3) 

MKTG 347 Services Marketing (3) 

MKTG 349 Product Development and Planning (3) 

MKTG 351 Sales Management (3) 

MKTG 355 Retail Management (3) 

MKTG 357 Marketing Channels (3) 

MKTG 361 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations (3) 

MKTG 371 Principles of Transportation (3) 

MKTG 442 Marketing Seminar (3) 

MKTG 470-479 Special Topics in Marketing (3) 

MKTG 497' Marketing Internship (1-3) 

'Note: Only 3 units of the MKTG 497 course can be applied to the 

Marketing Concentration requirement. 

MASS COMMUNICATION INTERDISCIPLINARY 
SPECIALIZATION 

The Mass Communication Interdisciplinary Specialization requires 
completion of the Business Administration (Marketing) major and 
15 units as listed below. Students must earn a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher in each required course below. Students completing 
this specialization will receive a departmental certificate. Students 
need to apply for the certificate in the office of the Department of 
Marketing and e-Business with documentation of eligibility at the 
time of graduation. 

Mass Communication Advertising Specialization 

MCOM 101 Introduction to Mass Communication (3) 
MCOM 214 Principles of Advertising (3) 
MCOM 323 Advertising Media Planning (3) 
MCOM 325 Advertising Copywriting (3) 
MCOM 447 Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Mass Communication Public Relations Specialization 

MCOM 101 Introduction to Mass Communication (3) 
MCOM 253 Principles of Public Relations (3) 
MCOM 357 Public Relations Writing (3) 
COMM 419 Organizational Communications (3) 

or 
MCOM 451 Public Relations for Nonprofit Organizations (3) 
MCOM 453 Public Relations Campaigns (3) 

WHY STUDY e-BUSINESS? 

The e-Business Program is designed for individuals who aspire 
to work in technologically oriented companies and/or to assist 
small businesses and developing companies in keeping up with 
changes in the business world. Students will be able to develop, 
host and maintain online businesses in terms of applications of 
both Web-based and business strategies. 

MAJOR IN e-BUSINESS 

The program consists of 18 units in lower-level core courses, 27 
units of upper-level business core courses, and 24 units of 
e-Business courses. All major requirements must be completed 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

Requirements for Admission to the e-Business Major 

There is a two-tiered screening process required for admission 
to the e-Business major. To be eligible, students must complete 
each of the six specific lower-level core courses with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher and a minimum average GPA of 
2.70 for ALL six lower-level cere courses and pass the CBE 
Computer Proficiency Exam. (See admission requirements in 
the Business Administration major section of this catalog.) 
They must also earn a 3.00 or better in the following courses: 



MNGT 337 Information Technology and EBUS 311 Principles 
of e-Business. 

Degree candidates intending to major in e-Business (EBUS) 
are designated as "pre-e-Business" (PEBU) until admitted into 
the EBUS major. Students must meet each term with their 
assigned faculty adviser to evaluate their progress in complet- 
ing the requirements for admission to the major and the degree. 

Application Procedure 

Students who will meet the admission requirements at the end 
of the term must complete an Application for Admission to the 
EBUS major and a change of major declaration form before 
registering for upper-level "majors-only" CBE courses (BUSX, 
ECON, ENTR, FIN, LEGE, MKTG and MNGT). The forms 
are available in the Marketing and e-Business department 
office, Stephens Hall 123. 

Please make an appointment to meet with the e-Business 
coordinator (Stephens Hall, room 123) to complete the process. 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Prmciples of Accountmg I (or ACCT 211) (3) 

ACCT 202 Principles of Accounting II (or ACCT 2 12) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomics (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomics (or ECON 204) (3) 
LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 

Upper-Level Business Core Courses (27 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 3 1 1 Principles of e-Business (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) (or MKTG 342) 
MNGT 337 Information Technology (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 
MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or concur- 
rent with BUSX 301. 

e-Business Courses (24 units) 

EBUS 367 Internet Technology (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 41 1 e-Business Marketing (3) (offered in fall and spring) 

EBUS 421 Financial Aspects of e-Business (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 431 Advanced e-Business (3) (offered only in spring) 

EBUS 469 Current Developments in e-Business (3) (offered only in 

spring) 
Three courses selected from: 

ART 317 Graphic Design (3) 

CIS 475 Analysis and Design for Websites (3) 

COSC 311 Digital Technologies in Society (3) 

COSC 484 Web-based Programming (3) 

LEGL 328 Cyber Law: The Law of the Internet (3) 

MKTG 345 Managing Integrated Marketing Communications (3) 

MKTG 441 Marketing Research and Forecasting (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 

MKTG 485 Strategic Marketing (3) 

MNGT 419 Supply Chain Management (3) 

MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN e-BUSINESS AND 
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

The combined major in e-Business and Computer Information 
Systems requires a minimum of 133 units to be earned with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. The program consists of 18 
units of lower-level core courses, 6 or 7 units of required mathe- 
matics, 24 units of upper-level BUAD core courses, 12 units of 
e-Business courses, and i2 units of computer information systems 
requirements as well as the General Education requirements. 



Department of Marketing and e-Business 



Admission to the Combined Major in e-Business and 
Computer Information Systems 

Students are admitted to the combined major in e-Business and 
Computer Information Systems on a competitive basis after first 
being admitted to the university. Admission to the university does 
not guarantee admission to this combined major. Each term, the 
Department of Mari<eting and e-Business considers applications 
for admission to the major in the following term. In order to be 
admitted to the major, students must satisfy' specific screening 
requirements (listed under the e-Business major) and complete an 
application form for admission. Degree candidates intending to 
pursue the combined major in e-Business and Computer 
Information Systems are designated as "pre-e-Business" (PEBU) 
until admitted into the major. Students are required to meet each 
term with their assigned faculty adviser to evaluate their progress 
in completing the requirements tor admission to the EBUS major 
and the degree. 

Admission Requirements 

Candidates for the combined major in e-Business and Computer 
Information Systems must satisfy the requirements for the 
e-Business major. 

Application Procedure 

If you will meet the admission requirements at the end of the term, 
complete an Application for Admission to the EBUS/CIS major and 
a change of major declaration form before registering for upper- 
level "majors-only" CBE courses (BUSX, EBUS, ECON, ENTR, 
FIN, LEGE, MKTG, and MNGT). The forms are available in the 
Marketing and e-Business department office, Stephens Hall 123. 

Please make an appointment to meet with the e-Business coordina- 
tor (Stephens Hall 123) to complete the process. 

Lower Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT201 Principles ofAccouming I (or ACCT 211) (3) 

ACCT 202 Principles of Accounting II (or ACCT 212) (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomics (or ECON 203) (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomics (or ECON 204) (3) 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics 1 (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (or MATH 233) (3) 
LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Required Mathematics Courses (6-7 units) 
MATH 211 Calculus for Applications (3) 

or 
MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 
MATH 263 Discrete Math (3) 

Computer Information Systems Requirements (32 units) 

CIS 211 Fundamentals of Information Systems and Technologj' (3) 

CIS 239 Computer Systems Architecture (3) 

CIS 334 Data Organization (3) 

or 
COSC 350 Data Communications and Networking (3) 
CIS 379 Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

CIS 458 Organizational Database Management (3) 

CIS 479 Software Project Management (3) 

or 
MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 
COSC 236 Introduction to Computer Science 1 (4) 
COSC 237 Introduction to Computer Science II (4) 
EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3)*' (as the CIS Projects-Based 



Upper-Level BUAD Core Courses (24 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 



MNGT 337 Information Technology (3)*' 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

*Note: CenEd I.D. Advanced Writing course is taken prior to or 

concurrently with BUSX 301 

"Note: MNGT 337 course is taken prior to or concurrently with EBUS 

311 

e-Business Courses (12 units) 

EBUS 367 Internet Technology (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 411 e-Business Marketing (3) (offered in fall and spring) 

EBUS 421 Financial Aspects of e-Business (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 431 Advanced e-Business (3) (offered only in spring) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN e-BUSINESS AND BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION (MARKETING) 

The combined major in e-Business and Business Administration 
(Marketing) requires a minimum of 125 units to be earned with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. The program consists of 18 
units of lower-level courses, ii units of upper-level BUAD core 
courses, 15 units of marketing courses, 15 units of upper-level e- 
Business courses, and 6 units of elective courses from a specified list 
as well as the General Education requirements. In order to assure 
that students have retained critical information from prior courses, 
students take a comprehensive examination on business content as 
part of the capstone course, MNGT 48 1. The results of this exam- 
ination serve as 10% of the MNGT 481 grade. 

Requirements for Admission to the Combined Major in 
e-Business and Business Administration (Marketing) 

Students are admitted to the combined major in e-Business and 
Business Administration (Marketing) on a competitive basis after 
first being admitted to the university. Admission to the university 
does not guarantee admission to the combined major. Each term, 
the College of Business and Economics (CBE) Admissions 
Committee considers applications for admission to the major in the 
following term. Degree candidates intending to pursue the com- 
bined major in e-Business and Business Administration (Marketing) 
are designated as "pre-e-Business" (PEBU) until admitted into the 
majors. Students are required to meet each term with their 
assigned faculty adviser to evaluate their progress in completing the 
requirements for admission to the major and the degree. 

Admission Requirements 

Candidates for the combined major in e-Business and Business 
Administration (Marketing) must satisfy the admission require- 
ments for the e-Business major and Business Administration 
majors. 

Application Procedure 

If you will meet the admission requirements at the end of the term, 
complete an Application for Admission to the BUAD major and a 
change of major declaration form before registering for upper-level 
"majors-only" CBE courses (BUSX, EBUS, ECON, ENTR, FIN, 
LEGE, MKTG and MNGT). The forms are available in the CBE 
Student Academic Services office, Stephens Hall 301. 

After successful completion of MNGT 337 and EBUS 311, you 
will then apply for admission to the e-Business major. Please make 
an appointment to meet with the e-Business coordinator (Stephens 
Hall 123) to complete the process. 

Lower-Level Core Courses (18 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles 1 (3) (or ACCT 211) 

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (3) (or ACCT 212) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) (or ECON 203) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) (or ECON 204) 



The College of Business and Economics 



ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) (or MATH 233) 

LEGl. 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Upper-Level Business Courses (33 units) 

BUSX 301 Business Cornerstone (3)* 

BUSX 460 Professional Experience (3) 

EBUS 311 Principles of e-Business (3)** 

ECON 306 Statistics for Business and Economics 11 (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Financial Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

or 
MKTG 342 Department Honors Principles of Marketing (3) 

MNGT 337 Information Technology (3)** 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MNGT 365 Principles of Operations Management (3) 

MNGT 375 International Business: Theory and Practice (3) 

MNGT 481 Business Strategy and Policy (3) 

'Note: GenEd I.D. Advanced Writing Course is taken prior to or concur- 
rently with BUSX 301 

"Note: MNGT 337 course is taken prior to or concurrently with EBUS 
311 

Marketing Concentration Required Courses (12 units) 

MKTG 425 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

MKTG 441 Marketing Research (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 

MKTG 485 Strategic Marketing (3) 

e-Business Courses (IS units) 

EBUS 367 Internet Technology (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 411* e-Business Marketing (3) (offered in fall and spring) 

EBUS 421 Financial Aspects of e-Business (3) (offered only in fall) 

EBUS 431 Advanced e-Business (3) (offered only in spring) 

EBUS 469 Current Developments in e-Business (3) (offered only in 

spring) 
'Note: Counts toward Marketing Concentration requirement 



Two Electives (6 units) 

ART 317 Graphic Design (3) 

CIS 475 Analysis and Design of Web sites (3) 

cose 311 Digital Technologies in Society (3) 

cose 484 Web-based Programming (3) 

LEGL 328 Cyber Law: The Law of the Internet (3) 

MKTG 345 Managing Integrated Marketing Communications (3) 

MNGT 419 Supply Chain Management (3) 

MNGT 443 Project Management (3) 

MNGT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) 

FINANCIAL PLANNING TRACK 

Majors in e-Business may pursue the following opportunity at 
CBE. This 18-unit sequence offers the additional academic course 
work needed to qualify to take the CFP Certification Examination 
and provides entry-level access to the field of financial planning. 

ACCT361 Tax Accounting 1 (3) 

FIN 333 Investments and Securities Analysis I (3) 

FPLN 341 Fundamentals of Financial Planning (3) 

FPLN 343 Insurance and Risk Management (3) 

FPLN 441 Retirement Planning and Employee Benefits (3) 

FPLN 443 Estate Planning (3) 





The College of Education 



Towson University has a distinguished history in the preparation of classroom teach- 
ers and education specialists. As the first teacher-training institution in Maryland, Towson 
University has been preparing men and women for teaching careers for more than 140 
years. Programs of study within the College of Education lead to the baccalaureate degree 
in education with certification in Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education and 
Special Education. In addition, the college offers programs that lead to certification in 
Secondary Education and K-12 education for those students enrolled in other colleges of the 
university. Programs of study within the college are constantly assessed and reorganized in 
order to provide students with three essentials for professional success: I ) a challenging 
general education in a variety of disciplines: 2) in-depth content knowledge in the field of 
teaching specialization: 3) and a professional education based upon current research and 
models of best practice. 

The teaching faculty in the College of Education is dedicated to providing a back- 
ground in research on learning and methods of instruction which prepares teachers and 
education specialists as facilitators of active learning for diverse and inclusive communi- 
ties of learners in environments that are technologically advanced. To promote this goal, 
faculty members are committed to active participation in the academic communiry as teach- 
ers, scholars and advisers. They use methods of instruction which emphasize active student 
learning through the integration of content knowledge with the study and practice of effec- 
tive pedagogy. 



Early Childhood Education 

Elementary Education 

Instructional Technology 

Integrated Elementary Education - Special 

Education 
K-12 Teacher Education (Art, Dance, Health 

Education, Physical Education, Music) 
Reading 

School Library/Media 
Secondary Education 
Special Education 



Raymond R Lorion, Dean 
Thomas Proffitt, Associate Dean 
A. Karen Blair, Assistant Dean 



COLLEGE OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 301, 410-704-2570 

Fax: 410-704-2733 

www.towson .edu/coe 



The College of Education 



CERTIFICATION AND ACCREDITATION 

The College of Education offers programs of study leading to the 
baccalaureate degree in education with certification to teach early 
childhood, elementary and special education. In addition, the col- 
lege offers programs that lead to teacher certification in secondary 
education and K-12 education. 

Teacher Education programs, based on state and national stan- 
dards, are approved by the National Council for the Accreditation 
of Teacher Education and the Maryland State Department of 
Education. Completion of an approved program qualifies gradu- 
ates for certification in all states that are members of the Interstate 
Reciprocity Contract. Applicants for Maryland teaching certifi- 
cates are required to achieve qualifying scores on the Praxis I and 
II examinations, as determined by the Maryland State Board of 
Education. 

TITLE n — HIGHER EDUCATION ACT 

Required Program Information Report 

1. Students 

Total number of students enrolled in 2007-2008 — 3,585 

2. Teacher Candidates 

Total number of interns in 2007-2008 — 606 

3. Faculty Supervising Interns 

Appointed full-time faculty in professional education — 135 
Appointed part-time faculty in professional education, but full- 
time in the institution — 29.75 
Appointed part-time in professional education — 26.2 

4. Ratio of Interns to Faculty Supervisors 
Number of interns per faculty supervisor — 4.77 

5. Length of Internship 

7.5 hours per day; 5 days per week; 20 weeks 
750 total hours of supervised internship 

6. HEA/Title U Institutional Praxis II 2006-2007 Pass Rate: 96% 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission for professional education at Towson University is to 
inspire, educate and prepare educators as facilitators of active 
learning for diverse and inclusive populations in environments that 
are technologically advanced. In this process, faculty members 
assume the responsibility for designing, developing, implementing 
and assessing academic programs for: 

1. entering College of Education freshmen 

2. transfer students 

3. post-baccalaureate students seeking certification (M.A.T.; 
approved programs) 

4. master's degree students 

5. post-master's degree students seeking continuing professional 
development 

6. doctoral students acquiring expertise to shape the future of 
education 

VISION STATEMENT 

The vision for professional education at Towson University is to 
build upon its rich heritage and excellent reputation and to posi- 
tion itself to maintain a leadership role in academic program plan- 
ning and public policy formulation. By maintaining this leadership 
role, teacher education can ensure that active learning occurs in 
diverse and inclusive educational environments where contempo- 
rary information resources are available. Thus, teacher education, 
in collaboration with other public/private agencies, can assist in the 
readiness of all learners to succeed in a rapidly changing, diverse 
and highly technical world. In order to achieve this vision. Teacher 
Education programs at Towson University are committed to: 

1. ensuring the mastery of appropriate content in general studies 
in the liberal arts and sciences as well as in the specific aca- 
demic discipline and advanced fields of study 

2. reflecting upon and refining best practices — professional 
knowledge and skills — to develop a repertoire of instructional 
and assessment strategies 



3. preparing students for diverse and inclusive communities of 
learners through systematic exposure to heterogeneous populations 

4. utilizing appropriate technologies which reflect best practices 
in education 

5. helping develop, internalize and display professional con- 
science (commitment to professional practice, caring for the 
success and well-being of all students, and collaboration with 
colleagues and stakeholders) 

6. developing collaborative partnerships with the public/private 
sector 

7. providing leadership in professional education through schol- 
arly endeavors 

PROGRAM OUTCOMES 

All Teacher Education programs utilize the Interstate New Teacher 
Assessment and Support Consortium Principles and program-spe- 
cific professional association standards as performance-based out- 
comes for teacher candidates. 

STANDARDS FOR STUDENTS ENROLLED IN 
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

The Teacher Education Executive Board (TEEB) representing all 
Teacher Education programs at Towson University adopted the fol- 
lowing minimum requirements as conditions for entrance into 
Teacher Education programs and formal entry into student teaching. 

I. Procedures and Requirements for Admission to all 
Professional Education Programs 

A. Completion of a notarized self-disclosure form of criminal 
background to be filed in the Center for Professional 
Practice 

n. Procedures and Requirements for Admission to all College of 
Education Professional Education Programs 

A. Completion of a written application for formal admission 
to the program 

B. Minimum overall GPA of 2.50 in Secondary Education; 
minimum overall GPA of 2.75 in Early Childhood, 
Elementary Education, and Special Education 

C. Completion of speech and hearing screening 

D. Completion of English 102/190 or equivalent course with a 
grade of "C" or better; Secondary Education also requires 
an admission essay. 

E. All College of Education departments require a passing 
score (as determined by the Maryland State Department of 
Education) on Praxis I. 

F. Students seeking admission to Teacher Education programs 
(Art, Dance, Health Education, Music and Physical 
Education) must contact their department chair for proce- 
dures and requirements for admission to professional edu- 
cation programs. 

m. Procedures and Requirements for Entry into Student Teaching 
for all Professional Education Programs 

A. Completion of a criminal background check. The criminal 
background check results must be received by the Center for 
Professional Practice prior to entry into student teaching. 

B. Minimum of 75 units completed for K-12 programs; 90 
units completed for Early Childhood Education, 
Elementary Education, and Special Education; for 
Secondary Education 

C. Completion of electronic application for student teaching 

D. Minimum GPA of 2.50 in Secondary Education and remain- 
ing K-12; 2.75 in Early Childhood Education, Elementary 
Education, Special Education, and Art Education 

E. Minimum average of 2.75 in academic major applicable 
only in programs requiring an academic major 



The College of Education 



F. Minimum average of 3.00 in professional education 
courses for Early Childhood Education, Elementary 
Education, Special Education, and Art Education; 2.75 for 
Secondary Education and remaining K-12 

G. Prior to applying for student teaching, all K-12 programs 
require a passing score (as determined by the Maryland 
State Department of Education) on Praxis I. 

rV. Professional Behavior 

The Teacher Education Executive Board (TEEB) reserves the right 
for each department/program to refuse, deny or revoke the appli- 
cation for admission to professional education programs or con- 
tinuation in professional education programs of any student whose 
observed conduct is deemed incongruent vi'ith established guide- 
lines of professional behavior. 

As a professional discipline, education is "vested by the public 
with a trust and responsibility requiring the highest ideals of pro- 
fessional service." All Teacher Education students agree to accept 
"the responsibility to adhere to the highest ethical standards of 
professional behavior."' Placing the importance of professional 
behavior and duties above one's own convenience is the corner- 
stone of professionalism. 

All Teacher Education students are responsible for understand- 
ing department- and program-specific professional expectations. In 
addition to fulfilling all academic requirements, successful comple- 
tion of all field experiences requires demonstrated professional 
behavior including, but not limited to, punctuality, attendance, 
professional attire, discretion, respect for confidentiality, effective 
and appropriate communication with university and school-based 
students and personnel, and acceptance of diversity. 

All Teacher Education students must exhibit behavior that is 
consistent with the university's Code of Conduct and established 
professional practice in educational and clinical settings. Successful 
completion of all field experiences is a requirement for continua- 
tion in the education program. 

' National Education Association, Code of Ethics of the Education 
Profession, 1975. 

The TEEB Standards, including the " Statement of Professional Behavior for 
Undergraduate and Graduate Teacher Education Students," excerpted 
from Towson State University Compass (1987 Student Handbool<), and 
"NEA Code of Ethics" (1975), was adopted by the College of Education 
Council in September 1988, and reaffirmed by TEEB in November 1990, 
and October 1995. The Standards were revised and approved in February 
1996, May 1998, February 2000, and May 2005. 

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

Admission to all university Teacher Education programs is gov- 
erned by the Teacher Education Executive Board "Standards for 
Students Enrolled in Teacher Education Programs." 

The College of Education admits students either as freshmen or 
as undergraduate transfer students from accredited, post-second- 
ary institutions. During the freshman and sophomore years, stu- 
dents are generally engaged in pre-professional courses or courses 
that fulfill General Education requirements. 

Reflecting commitment to the university's intentional academic 
advising program, all College of Education undergraduate pro- 
grams are screened majors. As an integral part of the 
teaching/learning experience, students work with advisers in a 
strategic planning process across all years at the university. 
Accordingly, to support student success, all COE students are 
required to confer prior to registration each semester with their 
assigned advisers. 

Advising and Screening 

Students who plan to enter Teacher Education programs must visit 
the Center for Professional Practice, Hawkins Hall 303, early in 
their first term in order to: 



1. declare a major or concentration 

2. complete a Criminal History Disclosure Form 

3. be assigned an adviser according to the chosen major 

4. obtain information about the required speech and hearing 
screening 

5. obtain information about the required Praxis I tests 

Admission to Professional Education Programs 

Admission to the professional program requires the following: 

1. completion of a written application for formal admission to 
the program 

2. minimum overall GPA of 2.50 in Secondary Education; mini- 
mum overall GPA of 2.75 in Early Childhood, Elementary 
Education and Special Education; (Students in Art Education, 
Dance Education, Health Education, Music Education and 
Physical Education should contact their department chairper- 
son for procedures and requirements for admission to these 
programs.) 

3. completion of speech and hearing screening 

4. completion of English 102/190 or equivalent course with 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher; Secondary Education 
also requires an admission essay. 

5. successful completion of Praxis I Academic Skills Assessments; 
qualifying scores must be submitted to the Center for 
Professional Practice for admission to College of Education 
programs. Information on the Praxis tests is available in the 
Center for Professional Practice, Hawkins Hall 303. 

6. All students applying for admission to a Teacher Education 
program at Towson University are required to complete a 
Criminal History Disclosure Form. This form may be 
obtained from the Center for Professional Practice for College 
of Education programs. The form is to be notarized and sent 
to Karen Schafer, director of the Center for Professional 
Practice, to be kept on file. Janet Martin of the Center for 
Professional Practice is a notary with posted office hours. 

In addition to the undergraduate program, the College of 
Education offers approved, post-baccalaureate "certification only" 
programs for baccalaureate graduates seeking Maryland state 
certification. "Certification only" students must document a 
passing score (as determined by the Maryland State Department 
of Education) on Praxis I and attain the required GPA prior to 
admission. 

Admission to the Professional Year of Teaching 

Students must attend an orientation meeting in preparation for 
their Professional Year Internship. This meeting, scheduled by the 
Center for Professional Practice, is held early in the term prior to 
the beginning of the Professional Year, and provides directions for 
completing the online Teacher Internship Management System 
(TIMS) application. All Teacher Education students must success- 
fully complete the Praxis I tests and a speech and hearing screen- 
ing. All preservice students in Teacher Education programs at 
Towson University whose programs of study require an inten- 
sive/extensive internship or student teaching experience in a public 
or private school setting (pre-K through 12) are required to com- 
plete a criminal background check before beginning this experi- 
ence. The criminal background check must be filed with Karen 
Schafer, director of the Center for Professional Practice. 
Information is available in the Center for Professional Practice. 

Because some of Towson's Teacher Education programs have 
selected additional requirements for admission to the teaching 
internship (student teaching), students should refer to the section of 
this catalog related to their specific majors. 

FIELD EXPERIENCE PLACEMENTS 

Each Teacher Education student who has reached the appropriate 
level of competency will have a series of progressively responsible 



^^' 



The College of Education 



field experiences. Towson University has implemented a Network 
of Professional Development Schools to provide all students with 
an intensive and extensive internship, including on-site course work 
integrated with pre-student teaching and "student teaching" expe- 
riences. 

Reflecting the Professional Education Mission and Vision state- 
ments, students are assigned by their department and/or the Center 
for Professional Practice to field and clinical experience placements 
that are diverse and inclusive. Placements are made in schools that 
provide the best experiences for future success as a teacher and that 
enable the Teacher Education Unit to meet state and national 
accreditation mandates. All professional year placements will be in 
identified Professional Development Schools, based on ongoing and 
systematic PDS partnership agreements with school systems. These 
mandates and the size and scope of our education program do not 
always permit personal preference or geographic convenience in 
placements. 

Differentiated student teaching (an additional and/or special 
teaching experience) may be taken by students with the permission 
of their adviser. 

Students enrolled in the professional year internships are charged 
a lab fee. This fee is used for remuneration to mentor teachers in 
schools where field experiences are completed. 

CENTER FOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 
OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 303, 410-704-2567 
Director: Karen Schafer 
Assistant Director: Scott Gehring 

The Center for Professional Practice is a resource and service office 
working with all education programs at Towson University. The 
major purpose of the center is to assist students and instructors in 
placing students in a variety of field settings for internship experi- 
ences and to develop, support and sustain Professional 
Development Schools. More specific operations include: 

1. facilitating school system placements — preservice and teach- 
ing-internship, and Professional Development Schools 

2. maintaining communication between schools/agencies and 
university education programs 

3. coordinating student screening and advising (TU Cares, dec- 
laration of major, assignment of advisers, etc.) 

4. providing information to Education majors on Praxis I and 
speech and hearing test administrations 

5. tracking Education majors and maintaining Education stu- 
dent data 

6. coordinating the Student Teaching Abroad Program for 
education 

7. collecting data that analyzes program strengths and needs 

MARYLAND WRITING PROJECT 
OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 304, 410-704-3593 
Director: Barbara J. Bass, 410-704-4573 
Co-Director: Katie Hearn, 410-704-4094 

The Maryland Writing Project (MWP), a site of the National 
Writing Project, is housed in Towson University's College of 
Education. It is supported by the colleges of Education and Liberal 
Arts. Established in Baltimore in 1981, the MWP is a teacher-driven 
professional development organization for teachers across the con- 
tent areas in grades pre-K through university. Its mission is to iden- 
tify, train and support excellent teachers so that they can share with 
others their knowledge and experience in teaching writing and in 
using writing as a learning tool. Teachers participate in an invita- 
tional Summer Institute to become Teacher-Consultants. They 
research, develop and share best writing practices to effect change 
in their classrooms, schools and school systems. 



The MWP offers both undergraduate and graduate courses. 
MWP Teacher-Consultants serve as instructors for EDUC 301 
Writing and Communication Skills for Teachers. They also teach 
SCED 399 Differentiated Student Teaching, which is offered during 
the summer in conjunction with a camp for young writers called 
the Student Writers' Workshop. At the graduate level, MWP- 
trained Teacher-Consultants teach SCED 605, the 6-unit Summer 
Teacher Institute; EDUC 734, the Teacher Inquiry Institute; EDUC 
667 Writing as Thinking; and EDUC 661 Responding to and 
Evaluating Writing. They also teach special topics courses at the 
graduate level throughout the year. 

Finally, the MWP offers Maryland State Department of 
Education-approved, in-service professional development work- 
shops in school systems across the state. The courses range in scope 
from daylong to yearlong classes. 




Department of Early Childhood Education 



Department of 

Early Childhood Education 

Professors: Terry Berkeley, Mubina Kirmani 

Associate Professors: Ocie Watson-Thompson (Chair), Edyth J. 

Wheeler (Graduate Director) 
Assistant Professors: Janese Daniels, Judith Cruzado-Guerrero, 

Salemawit Tadesse, Patsy F. Washington 
Lecturers: Hannah S. Cawley, Heather A. Skelley, Barbara Steele 

OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 019, 410-704-2572 
Fax: 410-704-2990 
Graduate Information: 410-704-2460 
E-mail: ejwheeler@towson.edu 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Teacher Education Unit is to inspire, educate 
and prepare facilitators of active learning for diverse and inclusive 
communities of learners in environments that are developmen- 
tally appropriate. 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Early Childhood Education offers the follow- 
ing programs of study: the major in Early Childhood Education, 
the major in Elementary Education with eligibility for Early 
Childhood Education certification, the Master of Arts in Teaching 
in Early Childhood Education, and the Master of Education in 
Early Childhood Education. For more information about graduate 
programs, consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The Towson University Department of Early Childhood 
Education faculty prepares teachers to act as advocates for young 
children and their families, to create and facilitate developmentally 
appropriate environments for them. The guiding principles are the 
philosophical and practical basis for departmental programs. 

Students entering the Early Childhood Education program are 
made aware of the sophisticated and demanding work that teach- 
ers of young children perform, and they are screened accordingly 
for admission into the program. Developing teachers are chal- 
lenged to recognize teaching as one of the highest and most 
dynamic professional callings to which one can aspire. Faculty 
members facilitate the developing teacher's respect for, pride in, 
and commitment to the teaching profession. Faculty members 
motivate and inspire developing teachers in the most positive 
avenues, to have a sense of their ability to exert positive influence 
in learning scenarios as well as exerting a firm sense of professional 
self-direction and decision-making skills. Faculty members assist 
developing teachers to become reflective and ever-growing practi- 
tioners. From the outset, developing teachers are taught and pro- 
vided models that only the very best is good enough for young chil- 
dren and their families. 

Faculty members work to awaken and support the developing 
teacher's ability to value and approach children from broad intel- 
lectual, academic and social foundations. Developing teachers are 
prepared to rely upon those foundations in order to support the 
development of relevant and challenging curricula and to learn to 
respond to young children's immediate and long-term needs. 

Content-appropriate and developmentally appropriate pedagogy 
facilitates integrated learning experiences and environments for 
young children. The faculty understands how young children 
develop and learn; thus, they facilitate in developing teachers con- 
tent-appropriate pedagogy. The faculty also provides a wealth of 
experiences, strategies, creativity and resources to enable develop- 
ing teachers to draw in and inspire young children in content areas. 

The Early Childhood Education faculty members help developing 
teachers understand how their personal and professional philoso- 



phies prompt them to facilitate the development of the "whole 
child." Integrated knowledge about child development is crucial 
to understanding children's play, learning and socialization. 
Faculty members make it apparent to developing teachers that 
assessing and responding to children's individual differences and 
developmental needs requires resourcefulness, responsibility and 
responsiveness. Developing teachers are encouraged to respond to 
the individual child while recognizing that their responses occur 
incrementally within the context of meeting the needs of a total 
group or class. 

Faculty members in Early Childhood Education are committed 
to enabling developing teachers to meet the diverse learning needs 
of all young children, particularly in terms of their creative and 
aesthetic development, their learning modalities or styles (visual, 
auditory, kinesthetic and tactile), and their myriad intelligences 
(spatial, musical, mathematical, linguistic, kinesthetic and per- 
sonal). Moreover, the faculty encourages students to become teach- 
ers who value the significance of human diversity and the richness, 
beauty and power that human diversity offers to classrooms and 
other places where learning takes place. Faculty and developing 
teachers, therefore, are committed to designing diversity-rich envi- 
ronments that encourage respect for the individuality of teachers 
and young children. Additionally, faculty members promote 
respect for families and the importance of family in the lives of 
children. All of this serves as the ethical foundation of practice, 
providing a basis for developing teachers to move toward high 
ideals in their work with young children and their families. 

The goals and objectives of the Department of Early Childhood 
Education reflect the mission and the vision of the College of 
Education. Students in the program are provided the knowledge 
and experiences needed to assist in the development of the skills, 
dispositions and competencies identified by the Maryland State 
Department of Education (MSDE), the Interstate New Teacher 
Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC) Principles, and the 
National Association for the Education of Young Children 
(NAEYC) Standards for professionals in Early Childhood 
Education. 

Major in Elementary Education/Early Childhood Certification 

In cooperation with Elementary Education, students can select 
courses that will enable them to seek certification in Early 
Childhood Education and Elementary Education. Graduates of 
this program are eligible to teach children from birth through age 
13. Interested students should contact the chairs of both depart- 
ments to plan their program. 

Post-Baccalaureate Certification-Only Option 

For bachelor's degree holders in disciplines related to children and 
families as well as other fields of study, the Department of Early 
Childhood Education offers a post-baccalaureate program leading 
to Maryland certification in Early Childhood Education (birth-8). 
Prospective students interested in this option need to contact the 
department chairperson to set up an appointment to have their 
transcript(s) analyzed and a program of study developed based 
upon state certification and departmental requirements. The 
department will send to prospective students an application and 
packet of information and forms regarding post-baccalaureate 
study. Entry into and completion of this program includes a mini- 
mum GPA of 2.60 in previous academic work and passing the 
Praxis I and Praxis II examinations and attaining Maryland 
required scores. [Note: This is a non-degree program.] 

MAJOR IN EARLY CFflLDHOOD EDUCATION 

To meet university, college and Maryland State Department of 
Education certification requirements in General Education 
(GenEd) and professional education courses, students must com- 
plete a 128-unit program for graduation. Students must have a 
grade equivalent average of 3.00 or higher in all courses in the 



^« 



The College of Education 



major; this includes interdisciplinary courses taken during the final 
four terms of the program. Students must maintain an overall GPA 
of 2.75 or higher in all courses from all institutions of higher edu- 
cation in which the student has been enrolled. 

All students, beginning with their enrollment in ECED 103 
Introduction to Early Childhood Education, will be responsible for 
compiling and refining a Professional Portfolio. Student portfolios 
will be assessed and evaluated throughout the program. 

Early Childhood Education majors need to confer with an 
adviser from the department each term to ensure that their planned 
program of study meets college, university and state requirements. 
This is particularly important if students are pursuing minors or if 
they are planning for additional certifications. Students also need 
to check with their departmental adviser prior to taking a course 
on a Pass grading option as courses in the major and courses 
required for certification cannot be taken using the Pass/Fail grad- 
ing option. 

Early Childhood Education Screening Criteria 

Early Childhood Education is a screened major. Students apply for 
the major during their fifth term to begin in their sixth term. 
Students must complete 65 units of courses in the program, have a 
cumulative 2.75 GPA and 3.00 GPA in professional courses from the 
time they enter the program until the time of graduation. The num- 
ber of students admitted into the program each term is determined 
by the number of seats available. Typically there are 50 seats open 
per term for students meeting all requirements to enter the major. 

The following requirements must be met for entry into the 
major: 

1. completion of 65 or more units including ECED 103, ECED 
201, ENGL102/190, MATH 204, MATH 205, MATH 251, and 
SPED 301 with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

2. achievement of a cumulative GPA of 2.75; this includes all 
grades earned in transfer courses and grades earned at Towson 
University. (A failed course that has been repeated satisfactorily 
at another institution will be eliminated only from the computa- 
tion for admission into the Early Childhood Education program. 
Courses taken at Towson University and repeated at another 
college or university do not apply to Towson's repeated course 
policy. See "Transferring Work to Towson" under the Academic 
Regulations section of this catalog.) 

3. completion of the speech and hearing screening. This screening 
is offered free at the beginning of each term for two days only. 
Call the Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic in Van Bokkelen Hall 
or the Department of Early Childhood Education for dates. 

4. Praxis I must be completed and meet MDSE-required scores for 
program admission. The required scores are: Math: 177, 
Reading: 177, and Writing: 173, or a composite score of 527. 

5. application, including official transcripts from all post-high- 
school institutions, submitted to the Center for Professional 
Practice by the announced closing date sent to eligible students 
each term. (Note: Students are required to submit a "Blue Card" 
to the department office, Hawkins Hall 019, and to update the 
information on the card each term. The Blue Card is completed 
with the assistance of the student's adviser.) 

6. meet with the student's Early Childhood Education adviser 
during the current term and provide an updated Checklist of 
Degree Requirements including the courses being taken in the 
current term. 

ECED Internship III Criteria 

Admission into the Student Teaching Internship III requires a 
cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher and a 3.00 or higher in the 
major. 

All interns in Teacher Education programs at Towson University 
are required to undergo a criminal background check before enter- 
ing the internship. The criminal background check shall be filed 
with the director of the Center for Professional Practice, where it is 
kept on file. 



To be certified in Maryland as an Early Childhood educator, all 
interns need to complete two required Praxis Il-Subject 
Assessments/Specialty Area tests. Praxis II specialty tests are Early 
Childhood: Content Knowledge (0622) with a qualifying score of 
160, and Principals of Learning and Teaching: Early Childhood 
(0521) with a qualifying score of 160. 

REQUIRED UNIVERSITY AND DEPARTMENTAL 
COURSES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION AND 
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR MAJORS 
(128 units) 

Term 1 (16 units) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (II.C.2.) 

GenEd (I.E.) Elective Creativity and Creative Development (3) 

fMATH 204 Mathematical Concepts and Structures I (4) 

ENGL 102/190 Writing for a Liberal Education/Honors Writing Seminar 

(3) (LA.) 
ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) (LB.) 

f Students who have earned a score of i or higher on the High School 
Advanced Placement Calculus Exam (AB or BC) are exempt from MATH 204. 

Term 2 (16 units) 



PSYC 201 
MUSC 101 

BIOL 115 
ECED 103 
ENGL 233 

ENGL 234 



ENGL 235 



Educational Psychology (3) 

Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 

(U.C.I.) 

Biology: The Science of Life (4) (II. A.) 

Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) 

Survey of African American Literature (3) (II.C.3.) 

or 

Major Writers in African American Literature (3) 

(ILC.3.) 

or 

Ethnic-American Literature (3) (II.C.3.) 



Term 3(17 units) 

HIST 145 History of the United States to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

(ILB.l.) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the United States since the Mid- 19th Century 

(3) (ILB.l.) 
ttMATH 205 Mathematical Concepts and Structures II (4) (I.C.) 
ECED 201 Child Development and Intervention (3) 

ENGL XXX English elective (3) 
PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) (II.A.) 

ff Students who have earned a score of 3 or higher on the High School 
Advanced Placement Statistics Exam are exempt from MATH 205. 

Term 4 (17 units) 

HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society (3) (II.B.3.) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

KNES 281 Physical Education for Elementary Education 

Students 1(1) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education; K-12 (3) 

GenEd (II.C.2.) Elective (3) Social and Behavioral Sciences 
GenEd (II. D.) Elective (3) Global Awareness: Non-Western Cultures, 

Traditions and Issues (GEOG 102 or GEOG 105 only) 

Term 5 (16 units) 

ECED 315 Infant and Toddlerhood Development and Intervention (3) 

ECED 321 Foundations of Reading and Language Arts (3) 

ECED 407 Interactive Technology and the Young Child (3) 

ECED 422 Writing Techniques for Teachers in Early Childhood 

Education (3) (I.D.) 

Science Elective (4)° 
'Astronomy, biology, chemistry, computer science, GEOG lOI, geology, 
math, physical science or physics elective 

Term 6 (15 units) 

ECED 341 Prcprimary Curriculum (4) - Internship I 

ECED 360 Early Literacy: Best Practices and Materials (3) 

ARED 373 Art for Early' Childhood Education (2) 

KNES 324 Teaching Physical Education in Elementary School (2) 



Department of Educational Technology and Literacy 



MUED 304 Methods of Teaching Music in Early Childhood 

Education (2) 
SCIE 371 Teaching Science in Early Education (2) 

Term 7 (16 units) 

ECED 342 Primary Curriculum (4) - Internship II 

ECED 361 Teaching Reading in the Primary Grades 1-3: Best 

Practices and Materials (3) 
ECED 417 Assessment in Early Childhood Education (3) 
ECED 429 Principles and Practices of Reading and Language Arts 

Assessment (3) 
MATH 321 Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Term 8 (15 units) 

ECED 351 Internship: Primary (6) - Internship III 

ECED 352 Internship: Preprimary (6) - 

Internship III 
ECED 421 Internship Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) 

ECED PRACTICUMS AND INTERNSHIPS 

Consistent with the College of Education policy on appropriate 
professional experiences, Department of Early Childhood 
Education pre-majors and interns will be provided a full range of 
progressively responsible and challenging field experiences, 
practicums and internships in environments with students who are 
culturally varied and academically diverse just as with the range of 
learners evident in all schools. 

Internship decisions are made by the faculty in the Department 
of Early Childhood Education and in conjunction with the College 
of Education's Center for Professional Practice. As stated by the 
College of Education and supported fully by the Department of 
Early Childhood Education, placement assignments are made irre- 
spective of the personal preference and/or geographic convenience 
of interns. 

INTERNSHIP m 

A maximum of 18 units may be taken during the Internship III 
term with approval from the chair of the Department of Early 
Childhood Education. 

TRANSFER STUDENT POLICIES 

A minimum of 30 units in the major must be completed at TU. 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education is transferable from 
certain institutions only. Students should contact their advisers for 
more information. Students are required to take the final 30 units 
in residence at Towson University. An application process is 
required to apply to this major, in addition to acceptance to 
Towson University (September for spring registration; February for 
fall registration). 

OUTCOMES 

Students are required to compile and defend orally their 
Professional Portfolio in order to graduate. The Early Childhood 
Teacher Education Program utilizes the Interstate New Teachers 
Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC) principles, and 
the Standards of the National Association on the Education 
of Young Children as the performance-based outcomes for 
all teacher candidates and the foundation framework for the 
portfolio. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING — EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

Director: Edyth Wheeler 

E-mail: ejwheeler@towson.edu 

Hawkms Hall 107-B, 410-704-2460 

The Master of Arts in Teaching program is designed to prepare 

highly qualified students without formal training or experience in 

the field of education for teacher certification in Pre-kindergarten 

through grade 3. For more information, see the Graduate Catalog. 



Department of Educational 
Technology and Literacy 

Professors: Bess Altwinger, Karen Blair (Assistant Dean), Barbara 

Laster, David Wizer (Chair) 
Associate Professors: Cellestine Cheeks, Sharon Pitcher, William 

Sadera 
Assistant Professors: Jeff Kenton, Frances Luther, Gilda Martinez, 

Scot McNary, Stephen Mogge, Liyan Song 
Instructor: Patricia Ryan 
Lecturers: Tammy Banerjee, Steven Boone, Suzanne Bourdess, 

Sharon Brown, Samuel DellaVecchia, Elizabeth Dicembre, Olga 

Kritskaya, Jon-David Knode, Deborah Piper, Cinda Raley, 

David Robinson, Cheryl Wood 
Director of the Educational Technology Center: Deborah Fuller 

OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 216, 410-704-2576 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Educational Technology and Literacy is 
responsible for courses that are not limited to a single teacher edu- 
cation program. The education course listings include core educa- 
tion courses that provide knowledge and skills for general applica- 
tion in teaching and training areas. The instructional technology 
program offerings also have K-12 applications. 

The department coordinates the reading programs and the 
Reading Clinic, Developmental Reading courses, and Instructional 
Technology. Graduate programs include the Master of Arts in 
Teaching and the master's programs in Reading and Instructional 
Technology. 

GRADUATE STUDY IN READING 

Co-Director: Barbara Laster 
Hawkins Hall 107, 410-704-2556 
Co-Director: Stephen Mogge 
Hawkins Hall 102K, 410-704-5771 

A graduate program specifically designed to improve the teaching 
of reading at all age levels is available for qualified students seek- 
ing Maryland State Certification as Reading Specialist K-12. See 
the Graduate Catalog for details. 

THE READING CLINIC 

Director: Elizabeth Dicembre 
Hawkins Hall 120, 410-704-4492 

This practicum experience is for graduate students in the master's 
degree program in Reading. The Reading Clinic provides diagnos- 
tic and remediation services to individuals in the community who 
need improvement in reading and writing. 

READING CLINIC TUTORS 

Director: Elizabeth Dicembre 
Hawkins Hall 120, 410-704-4492 

Volunteer tutors receive training and supervision from master 
teachers. The Reading Clinic is held on campus and provides assis- 
tance to children from the surrounding community. Tutors are 
Towson students, staff or community members. 

DEVELOPMENTAL READING 

Director: L. Steven Boone 
Hawkins Hall 205, 410-704-3697 

Remediation in reading skills is provided for Towson students 
through the developmental studies courses in reading scheduled by 
the Department of Educational Technology and Literacy. See com- 
petency requirements for entering students under the Academic 
Achievement Center section in Academic Resources. Informational 
sessions for the Praxis are also conducted. 



The College of Education 



GRADUATE STUDY IN INSTRUCTIONAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

Co-Director: Jeff Kenton 
Hawkins Hall 107M, 410-704-4226 
Co-Director: David Robinson 
Hawkins Hall 21 1, 410-704-6301 

The Department of Educational Technology and Literacy offers 
comprehensive graduate programs that prepare professionals for 
careers in the instructional media field. The Instructional 
Development Concentration is intended for those who wish to pre- 
pare for training and media positions in business, community and 
governmental settings. The School Library Media Concentration is 
intended for the person who plans to direct a School Library Media 
Center. Persons holding this degree are eligible for certification by 
the Maryland State Department of Education as an Educational 
Media Generalist (Level II). The Educational Technology Track is 
designed for those who wish to integrate technology into class- 
room teaching, or to coordinate the planning and integration of 
educational technologies at the school, district or state level. See 
the Graduate Catalog for details. 




Department of 
Elementary Education 

Professors: Prisca Martens (Assistant Chair), Karen Robertson 

(Chair) 
Associate Professors: Robert Blake, Gregory Bryant, Lynn Cole, 

Linda Emerick (Graduate Director), Lijun Jin 
Assistant Professors: Ellen Ballock, Keri Croce, Heather 

Haverback, Shelly Huggins, Ashley Lucas, Morna McDermott, 

Kate Power 
Lecturers: Nancy Bates, Paula Bauer, Frank Berkey, Kim Bunch, 

Barbara Caplan, James Cowan, Ann Eustis, Peg Goodson, 

Faith Hermann, Maryann Hughes, Mary Katsafanas, Linda 

Miller, Amy Schulze, Carolan Stewart, Elizabeth Wynkoop 

OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 106, 410-704-2176 
Undergraduate Information: 410-704-2565 
Graduate Information: 410-704-4251 
E-mail: sgrey@towson.edu 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Teacher Education Unit is to inspire, educate 
and prepare facilitators of active learning for diverse and inclusive 
communities of learners in environments that are technologically 
advanced. 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Elementary Education offers the following pro- 
grams of study: the major in Elementary Education, the major in 
Elementary Education with eligibility for Early Childhood certifi- 
cation, the Integrated Elementary Education — Special Education 
major, the dual major in Elementary Education and Deaf Studies, 
the Elementary Education major with a minor in selected disci- 
plines, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of Education 
in Elementary Education. For more information about the master's 
programs, consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The Elementary Education faculty believes that well-prepared 
elementary school teachers are facilitators of active learning. As 
reflective practitioners, teachers engage students in the learning 
process by utilizing research findings and e.xperience-based strate- 
gies and practices to make sound, educational decisions. These 
decisions should be based upon an articulated education philoso- 
phy, a thorough knowledge of students' strengths and needs, and 
an analysis of various learning environments. The Elementary 
Education program fulfills the goal of preparing such teachers 
through a program based on a broad liberal arts background and 
professional preparation, including a planned sequence of courses 
and field experiences in the Baltimore metropolitan area. 

The major in Elementary Education leads to certification to 
teach grades 1 through 6 and middle school (7-8). The program 
provides classroom and laboratory experiences that prepare stu- 
dents for beginning teaching in elementary or middle schools. 
Candidates who desire a middle school placement must pass the 
Middle School Praxis subject matter test in the content discipline. 

The goals and objectives of the Department of Elementary 
Education reflect the mission and vision of the College of 
Education. Students in the program are provided the knowledge, 
skills and dispositions identified by the Maryland State Department 
of Education (MSDE), the Interstate New Teacher Assessment and 
Support Consortium (INTASC) principles, and the Association for 
Childhood Education International (ACEI) standards for profes- 
sionals in elementary education. Students are required to demon- 
strate mastery of the performance-based outcomes in a summative 
portfolio in order to exit the Elementary Education Program. 



Department of Elementary Education Kg 



Major in Elementary Education/Early Childhood Certification 

In cooperation with Early Childhood Education, students can 
select courses that will enable them to seek certification in both 
Elementary Education and Early Childhood Education. Graduates 
of this program are eligible to teach children from birth through 
grade 8. Interested students should contact the chairs of both 
departments to plan their program. 

Integrated Elementary Education-Special Education Major 

Elementary Education majors may elect to become certified in both 
Elementary and Special Education by selecting the integrated 
major. This program, specially designed to integrate both majors, 
prepares students as elementary classroom teachers and as spe- 
cial education teachers. 

The Integrated Elementary Education-Special Education pro- 
gram is provided in three locations: Towson University, 
Universities at Shady Grove, and at the HEAT Center. The pro- 
gram is a screened program and major. Applicants must achieve 
qualifying scores on Praxis I as established by MSDE; a minimum 
2.75 GPA on all prerequisite course work required for the major; 
and the required speech and hearing screening. The total program 
equals 131 units. 

Combined Major in Elementary Education and Deaf Studies 

Students wanting to combine a major in Elementary Education 
(ELED) with a major in Deaf Studies (DFST) must separately 
declare the majors with each department. Because the requirements 
of the ELED major are relatively fixed, students are encouraged to 
make the decision to complete the combined DFST/ELED major in 
the freshman year. The Elementary Education major is divided into 
pre-professional program and professional education courses. 
Students must apply separately for acceptance into the professional 
education courses. 

Elementary Education Major with a Minor 

Elementary Education majors may complete programs with minors 
in other selected disciplines by arrangement with the chair of 
Elementary Education and the chair of the other department. 

Elementary Education Major with a Mathematics Minor 
Elementary Education majors who complete a Mathematics minor 
will possess the necessary concepts and skills to effectively teach 
both elementary and middle school mathematics. Special field- 
based courses are available so that students will experience teach- 
ing mathematics (specifically at the middle school level) in addition 
to the other elementary school subjects. Students in this program 
should be advised by faculty members in both the Elementary 
Education Department and the Mathematics Department. 

The minor in Mathematics for the Elementary Education major 
requires 25-26 units, with each course completed with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher. Students must also complete require- 
ments for the major as specified by the Department of Elementary 
Education. The minor requires the six courses listed below, plus at 
least 3 additional units of upper-division electives in mathematics. 

Required Courses (22 units) 

MATH 267 Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (4) 

MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 

MATH 274 Calculus II (4) 

MATH 301 History of Mathematics (3) 

MATH 330 Introduction to Statistical Methods (4) 

MATH 353 Euclidean and Non-Euclidean Geometry (3) 

Upper Division Mathematics Electives (3^ units) 

One course from the folloiving: 

MATH 305 Chance (3) 

MATH 315 Applied Combinatorics (3) 

MATH 326 The Mathematics of Information Science (3) 

MATH 331 Probability (4) 

MATH 465 Theory of Numbers (3) 



DECLARING THE ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION MAJOR 

Students interested in becoming Elementary Education majors must 
first gain admission to Towson University. Admission to the univer- 
sity does not guarantee admission to the Elementary Education pro- 
gram. Students declare majors online at http://onestop.towson.edu. 
On the left hand side of the screen select Changing your 
Major/Minor. Select Change of Major/Minor form and then enter 
your Towson University username and password. The declaration 
of major should appear. Complete all questions asked. You will 
receive an email from the Center for Professional Practice with the 
subject: Declaration of Major, instructing you to come to the Center 
for Professional Practice in Hawkins Hall 303 to complete the 
change of major process and to receive an adviser. 

All students enrolled in a Teacher Education program are 
required to undergo a criminal background check before partici- 
pating in any internship placement. 

APPLYING FOR THE PROFESSIONAL 
INTERNSHIPS 

The Elementary Education program is divided into a Pre- 
Professional Program (65 units) and courses in a sequence of 
Professional Internships (61-62 units) for a total of 126-127 units. 
Acceptance into the Professional Internships is a competitive 
process and enrollment is limited by course availability and faculty 
resources. To submit an Application for the Professional 
Internships to the Department of Elementary Education, 
Elementary Education majors must meet the criteria listed below. 

Native Towson University students: 

• Complete a minimum of 58 units of the Pre-Professional 
Program with a minimum 2.75 GPA at Towson University. 

• Pass the Praxis I test. 

• Complete a speech and hearing screening (any time prior to apply- 
ing). 

• Attend a mandatory orientation meeting (dates, times, locations 
posted outside of Hawkins Hall 105). 

Transfer students with a Maryland-approved Associate of Arts in 
Teaching (A.A.T) degree: 

• Complete a minimum of 64 units of the Pre-Professional 
Program with a minimum 2.75 GPA. 

• Pass the Praxis I test. 

• Complete a speech and hearing screening (within the first two 
weeks of Level I Internship). 

• Attend a mandatory orientation meeting on the Towson 
University campus (dates, times and location on campus are 
listed in the Application for the Professional Internships available 
through the community college teacher education coordinator). 

• Submit a copy of an official transcript listing the A.A.T. degree 
upon completion of the degree from the community college. 

A.A.T. degree candidates must submit an Application for the 
Professional Internships in the term prior to their anticipated 
enrollment. 

Transfer students with an Associate of Arts degree: 

• Complete a minimum of 58 units of the Pre-Professional 
Program with equivalent courses, and a minimum 2.75 trans- 
fer GPA. 

• Pass the Praxis I test. 

• Complete a speech and hearing screening 

A. A. degree students may submit an Application for the 
Professional Internships during their first term of enrollment. 

Elementary Education majors must have a minimum 2.75 GPA to 
apply for the Professional Internships. However, applicants may be 
ranked according to cumulative GPA if the number of applicants 
exceeds course availability. Therefore, the GPA necessary for 



The College of Education 



admission may exceed the minimum 2.75. Elementary Education 
majors must maintain a minimum 3.00 GPA to remain enrolled in 
the Professional Internships and must earn a 2.00 or C grade in all 
courses in the Professional Internships. 

Students must submit their Application for the Professional 
Internships to the Department of Elementary Education, Hawkins 
Hall 106, by the deadline established by the department. Transfer 
students who are pursuing an Associate of Arts in Teaching degree 
from a Maryland community college should obtain the Application 
for the Professional Internships from their community college 
teacher education coordinator and attend a mandatory orientation 
meeting on the Towson University campus. Dates, times and loca- 
tions of the orientation meetings are listed in the Application for the 
Professional Internships. 

Reflecting the Professional Education Mission and Vision state- 
ments, students are assigned by their department and/or the Center 
for Professional Practice to field and clinical placements that are 
diverse and inclusive. Placements are made that enable the Teacher 
Education Unit to meet state and national accreditation mandates. 
All professional year placements will be in identified Professional 
Development Schools, based on ongoing and systematic PDS part- 
nership agreements with school systems. These mandates and the 
size and scope of our education program do not permit personal 
preference or geographic convenience in placements. 

Students in Levels III and IV of the Elementary Education 
Program in fall semesters will begin the semester when elementary 
school teachers are required to be in their classrooms. This may be 
before the start of the semester at Towson University. Students in 
Level IV of the Elementary Education Program in spring semesters 
will begin the semester on the Towson University calendar 
Students in Level III and Level IV of the Elementary Education 
Program will follow the school district's spring break for their 
internship classes, and will follow the Towson University calendar 
for their on-campus classes. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION MAJORS 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM (65 units) 
English (6 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) (I.A.) 
ENGL XXX English Literature elective (3) 

Social Studies (9 units) 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) (II.D.) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) (II.D.) 
HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) (II.B.l.) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

(II.B.l.) 

plus 
One ANTH, ECON, POSC or SOCI course selected from GenEd 
category II.C.2. (3) 

Sciences (8 units) 

BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) (II.A.)* 

PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) (II.A.) " 

'prerequisite for BIOL 303 Life Science in Level II Professional 

Internships 

* 'prerequisite for PHSC 303 Earth-Space Science in Level II 

Professional Internships 

Mathematics (12 units) 

MATH 204 Mathematics Concepts and Structures I (4)t 
MATH 205 Mathematics Concepts and Structures II (4) (I.C.)tt 
MATH 25 1 Elements of Geometry (4) 



f Students who have earned a score of 3 or higher on the High 
School Advanced Placement Calculus Exam (AE or BC) are 
exempt from MATH 204. 

ff Students who have earned a score of 3 or higher on the High 
School Advanced Placement Statistics Exam are exempt from 
MATH 205. 

Creative and Cultural Arts (6 units) 

One ART, COSC, DANC or THEA course from GenEd category I.E. (3) 

and 

Any course except history from GenEd category U.C.l. (3) 

Education Related Courses (24 units) 

ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) (LB.) 

ELED 201 School and American Society (3) (II.B.3.) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (II.C.2.) 

EDUC 203 Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society (3) (II.C.3.) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 

ELED 322 Foundations in Reading and other Language Arts (3) 

PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIPS (61-62 units) 

Level I Internship (14-15 units) 

ELED 320 Foundations of Writing and Other Language Arts (3) 

(I.D.) 
ELED 323 Principles and Practices of Instruction in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 
ELED 363 Language and Literacy Internship (3) 

EDUC 417 Children's Literature and other Materials for Teaching 

Reading and Language Arts (3) 
plus one of the following: 
ARED 371 Art and the Child (3) 

KNES 324 Teaching Physical Education in Elementary School (3) 

MUED 305 Methods of Teaching Music in Elementary School (2) 

Level n Internship (17 units) 

ISTC 301 Integrating Instructional Technology (3) 

BIOL 303 Life Sciences (3) 

PHSC 303 Earth/Space Science (3) 

MATH 323 Teaching Mathematics in Elementar)' School (3) 

MATH 324 Supervised Observation and Panicipation in Elementary 

School Mathematics (2) 
SCIE 376 Teaching Science in Elementary School (3) 

Professional Development School Year-Long Internship 

Levels III and IV 

Elementary Education majors (Interns) follow the school system 

calendar for the PDS in which they are assigned. In Level III or 

Level IV (as appropriate), interns begin in August when teachers 

start the school year and observe the school system calendar 

instead of the Towson University spring break. 

Level in Internship (15 units) 

ELED 31 1 Child and the Elementary School Curriculum and 

Assessment (3) 
ELED 312 Professional Development School Internship I (3) 

ELED 365 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary School (3) 

ELED 429 Principles and Practices of Assessment in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 
SPED 401 Curriculum and Methods of Inclusion (3) 

Level IV Internship (15 units) 

ELED 468 Professional Development School Internship II (12) 

ELED 469 Professional Development School Internship II Seminar (3) 



Department of Elementary Education 



INTEGRATED ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - 
SPECIAL EDUCATION DUAL CERTIFICATION 
PROGRAM 

Academic Content (total 131 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before admission to the 
professional education sequence. 

I. English (6 units) 

(I.A.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

ENGL elective literature course preferred (3) 

n. Social Studies (6 units) 

(II.B.l.) HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

or 

HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

(II. D.) HIST elective non-Western cou''se recommended (3) 

m. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 110 Contemporarv General Biology (4) 

(II.A.) PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) 

rV. Mathematics (12 units) 
MATH 204 Math Concepts and Structures I (4) 
(I.e.) MATH 205 Math Concepts and Structures II (4) 
MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

V. Fine and Performing Arts (6 units) 

(I.E.) ART XXX Choose one course for I.E. (3) 

(Il.C.l.) MUSC 101 Music from Western Heritage (3) 

V.I. Psychology (6 units) 

(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

V.n. Additional Required Courses (22 units) 

(LB.) ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

(ILB,3.) HLTH 101 Wellness m a Diverse Society (3) 

(Il.C.l.) DFST 107 American Sign Language I (3) 

(II.C.2.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 

(II. C. 3.) EDUC 203 Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society (3) 

SPED 470 EESE Field Experience (1) 

ELED 322 Foundations of Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 

Professional Education Courses 

First Term (18 units) (Fall) 

ELED 363 Language and Literacy Internship (3) 

(I.D.) ELED 320 Foundations of Writing and Other Language Arts 

(3) 

ECED 201 Infants and Young Children (3) 

or 

ELED 310 Child Development (3) 

SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

EDUC 417 Children's Literature (3) 

ELED 323 Principles and Practices of Instructional Reading (3) 

Second Term (17 units) (Spring) 

MATH 323 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary School (3) 

MATH 324 Supervised Observation/Participation in Elementary 

School Mathematics (2) 

BIOL 303 Life Sciences (3) 

or 

PHSC 303 Earth-Space Science (3) 

SCIE 376 Teaching Science in Elementary School (3) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabihties (K-12) (3) 



Third Term (15 units) (Fall) 

EESE 475 Elementary Education/Special Education Internship 

1(3) 

ELED 311 Child and the Elementary School Curriculum 

Assessment (3) 

ELED 429 Principles and Practices of Assessment in Reading 

and Language Arts (3) 

SPED 429 Curriculum Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

SPED 469 Collaborative Teaching in Elementary 

Schools (3) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

EESE 476 Elementary Education/Special Education Internship 

II (12) 

EESE 485 Seminar in EESE (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN DEAF STUDIES AND 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Students wanting to combine a major in Deaf Studies with a major 
in Elementary Education (ELED) must separately declare the 
majors with each department. Because the requirements of the 
ELED major are relatively fixed, students are encouraged to make 
the decision to complete the combined DFST-ELED major in the 
freshman year. The Elementary Education major is divided into a 
pre-professional program and professional education courses. 
Students must separately apply for acceptance into the professional 
education courses. Refer to the Elementary Education major infor- 
mation listed in this catalog for more information. 

Degree Requirements 
Academic Content 

Courses to be taken before formal admission to the professional 
education sequence: 
Term 1: Fall (16 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) (I.A.) 

HIST 145 Historyof the U.S. to the Mid-1 9th Century (3) (II.B.l.) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

(II.B.l.) 
MATH 204 Mathematical Concepts and Structures I (4) 
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (II.C.2.) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) (II.C.2.) 



Term 2: Spring ( 16 units) 

BIOL 115 Biological Science I (4) (II.A.) 

DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Culture (3) (II.B.3.) 

DFST 107 American Sign Language I (3) (Il.C.l) 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) (II.D.) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) (II.D.) 
ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) (I.B.) 

Term 3: Fall (16 units) 

DFST 207 American Sign Language II (3) (Il.C.l) 

DFST 210 Career Exploration in Deaf Studies (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) (II.A,) 

SPPA 215 Language Development in Children (3) 

or 
ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 

Term 4: Spring (16 units) (student takes PRAXIS) 

DFST 303 American Sign Language III (3) 

DFST 311 Audition, Science and Social Impact (3) 

DFST 308 Fingerspelling/Numbers (3) 

EDUC 203 Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society (3) (II.C.3.) 

MATH 205 Mathematical Concepts Structures II (4) (I.C.) 

Term 5: Fall (16 units) (student applies to ELED program this 

term) 

DFST 345 Deaf Culture (3) 

DFST 404 American Sign Language FV (3) 



The College of Education 



SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 

ELED 322 Foundations of Reading and Other Language Arts (3) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

Gen Ed I.E. Requirement: In addition to the courses listed for 
Terms 1-5, students must take a course that fulfills requirements for 
Gen Ed I.E. This course can be taken during the fall, spring, sum- 
mer or Minimester. It is recommended that the course be completed 
before beginning the Professional Education Courses. 

Students are responsible for ensuring that they meet the content 
requirements outlined above and the university's GenEd require- 
ments. Students must meet admission requirements for ELED in 
the term prior to Term 6. 

Professional Education Courses 
Term 6, LEVEL I: Spring (14-16 units) 

DFST410 
ELED 320 

ELED 323 

ELED 363 
EDUC417 



Internship in Deaf Studies (2-4) 

Foundations of Writing and Other Language Arts (3) 

(l.D.) 

Principles and Practices in Reading and Language 

Arts (3) 

Language and Literacy Internship (3) 

Children's Literature and Other Materials for Reading 

and Language Arts in Elementary School (3) 



Term 7, LEVEL U: Fall (17 units) 

BIOL 303 Life Sciences (3) 

ISTC 301 Integrating Instructional Technology (3) 

MATH 323 Teaching Math in Elementary School (3) 

MATH 324 Supervised Observation/Participation in Elementary 

School Mathematics (2) 
PHSC 303 Earth-Space Science (3) 

SCIE 376 Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) 

Term 8, LEVEL HI: Spring (15 units) 

DFST 414 American Sign Language V (3) 

DFST Elective (3) 

ELED 31 1 Child and the Elementary School Curriculum and 

Assessment (3) 
ELED 312 Professional Development School Internship (3) 

ELED 429 Principles and Practices of Assessment in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 

Tenn 9, LEVEL IV: Fall (15 units) 

ELED 468 Professional Development School Internship II (12) 

ELED 469 Professional Development School Internship II 

Seminar (3) 

Total units for the entire program, inclusive of all GenEds and al 
requirements for both majors: approximately 141-143 units. 



Department of 
Secondary Education 

Professors: David Vocke (Chair), Gloria Neubert, Thomas 

Proffitt 
Associate Professor: Cynthia Hartzler-Miller, Todd Kenreich 
Assistant Professors: Theresa K. Adkins, Montana McCormick, 

Molly Mee 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Jack Cole 
Lecturers: Susan Hanson, David Lovewell, Allan Starkey 

OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 413F, 410-704-2562 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Teacher Education Unit is to inspire, educate 
and prepare facilitators of active learning for diverse and inclusive 
communities of learners in environments that are technologically 
advanced. 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Secondary Education offers 13 certification 
programs in the secondary subject areas of biology, chemistry, 
earth-space science, English, French, geography, German, history, 
mathematics, physics, school health, social science and Spanish. 

Programs for teaching kindergarten through grade 12 in Art, 
Dance, Library/Media, Music and Physical Education are offered 
by these academic departments. 

All Teacher Education programs are approved by the Maryland 
State Department of Education and the National Council for the 
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). Upon graduation in 
one of these programs, students are eligible for certification to 
teach in Maryland. 

The programs of education for junior, middle and high school 
teachers are designed to bring about close integration between 
teaching methods and the practical experience of observation and 
student teaching. Students are required to file a Declaration of 
Intention Form. A Secondary Education adviser is required in addi- 
tion to an adviser in the major for the following majors: English 
Education, Geography Education, History Education, Mathematics 
Education, Foreign Language Education, Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, Earth-Space Science and Physics) Education or Social 
Science Education. For information, go to Hawkins Hall 413F. 

FORMAL ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM 

Students should apply for formal admission into the Secondary 
Education Program when they have met the following criteria: 

1. completion of at least 45 college units 

2. completion of a written application, including an essay 

3. a 2.50 cumulative GPA for all postsecondary institutions 
attended (submit original transcripts) 

4. presentation of Score Reporting Form for passing scores on 
Praxis I — Academic Skills Assessment: Reading, Writing and 
Mathematics to the Center for Professional Practice for admis- 
sion to the program. Information on the Praxis tests is avail- 
able in the Center for Professional Practice, Hawkins Hall 
303. 

5. All students applying for admission to a Teacher Education 
program at Towson University' are required to complete a 
Criminal History Disclosure Form. This form is to be nota- 
rized and sent to the director of the Center for Professional 
Practice to be kept on file. 

Once passing scores for Praxis I are received, students are permitted 
to enroll in Principles of Secondary Education and Using Reading 
and Writing in the Secondary School. Prior to program admission, 
students are permitted to take only Educational Psychology, 



Department of Secondary Education 



Introduction to Special Education, K-12, Foundations of 
Education, and Utilization of Instructional Media from the educa- 
tion program. 

Information on Praxis testing is available in the Center for 
Professional Practice (Hawkins Hall 303). Students must secure 
approval for student teaching from the department; it is contingent 
upon successful completion of the required courses, demonstration 
of acceptable competencies in the tested areas, and meeting GPA 
requirements (see Requirements for Student Teaching). 

After introductory courses in the nature of today's schools and 
their students and appropriate internships, the prospective second- 
ary teacher enters the student teaching term which begins prior to 
the start of the TU term. Methods, philosophy, techniques and 
practice are combined to provide a thorough preparation for teach- 
ing, and such preparation must be demonstrated prior to student 
teaching. 

SECONDARY TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

In addition to majoring in one of the 13 subject area certification 
programs and satisfying the university General Education (GenEd) 
requirements, students must complete the professional education 
courses listed below. 

Outcomes 

The Department of Secondary Education utilizes the Interstate 
New Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC) 
principles and professional association standards as the perform- 
ance-based outcomes for teacher candidates. 

Required Professional Education Courses 

A minimum grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher is required for all 

courses. 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3): 

(prerequisite course-PSYC 101) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

ISTC 301 Utilizing Instructional Media (3) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 
SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (4) 

SCED 460 Using Reading and Writing in the Secondary 

School (4) (taken concurrently with SCED 341 and 

shares a required field experience) 
SCED 499 Internship in Secondary Education (6) 

(taken at a professional development school the fall or 

spring term, whichever precedes the student teaching 

term, with Methods of Teaching Major Subject) 
SCED XXX Methods of Teaching Major Subject (i)' 

SCED XXX Student Teaching (12) 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in the Secondary Content Areas (3) 

(taken concurrently with Student Teaching) 
Additional requirements to be integrated into GenEds: 
HIST 145 History of U.S. to Mid-19th Century (II.B.l.) (3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of U.S. since Mid- 19th Century (II.B.l.) (3) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (II.B.3.) (3) 

Fulfillment of the GenEd Category II. C. 3. Western 

Heritage: Cultural Plurality and Diversity 

or 

GenEd II. D. Global Awareness: Non-Western Cultures, 

Traditions, Issues 
*Note: Some methods courses are offered spring or fall only. Check with 
your adviser. 



Subject Major 

Refer to the department under which a specific major is discussed. 
For instance, those interested in teaching history at the secondary 
level should refer to the Secondary Education program of the 
Department of History for specific requirements. 

The Professional Year 

As part of their yearlong professional internship, all teacher candi- 
dates begin their Professional Development School internship prior 
to the start of the regular Towson University term. This date varies 
by school system, and candidates must plan appropriately to fulfill 
their program requirements. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENT TEACHING 

L All students must meet the following GPA requirements to be 
admitted to student teaching: 2.75 GPA in major field and in 
professional education courses and 2.50 overall GPA, based on 
transcripts from all institutions of higher learning attended. 
(Consult with SCED adviser.) 

2. All preservice students in Teacher Education programs at 
Towson University whose program of study requires an inten- 
sive and extensive internship or student teaching experience in a 
public school setting (pre-K through 12) are required to undergo 
a criminal background check before entering this experience. 
The criminal background check must be filed with Karen 
Schafer, director of the Center for Professional Practice. 

KINDERGARTEN-12th GRADE 
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Students may obtain certification to teach the following subjects at 
both the elementary and secondary levels: art, dance, library media, 
music and physical education. 

Teacher Education programs exist in the following areas: 

• Art Education 

• Dance Education 

• Library Media 

• Music Education 

• Physical Education 

For required courses and special program information, consult the 
section of this catalog dealing with each particular major. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing to major in Secondary Special Education should 
contact Charles Meyer, Hawkins Hall 120C, 410-704-3595 

MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING— SECONDARY 

Director: Debbie Piper 
Hawkins Hall 222, 410-704-4935 

The Master of Arts in Teaching program is designed to prepare 
especially qualified post-baccalaureate students for teaching certi- 
fications in grades 7 through 12. Consult the Graduate Catalog for 
more information. 



The College of Education 



Department of Special Education 

Professors: Deborah Gartland, Maya Kalyanpur 

Associate Professors: Darlene Fewster 

Assistant Professors: Catherine Decourcey, Kathleen Fowler, Lori 

Jademan, Amy Nicholas 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Allison Walker 
Lecturers: Kennon Evans, Toni Guidi, David Hill, Charles Meyer 

(Advising Coordinator), Judith Ann Webster 
Visiting Instructor: Rosemary Rappa 

OFFICE 

Hawkins Hall 404, 410-704-4984 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Special Education is responsible for courses 
leading to certification in Maryland as a special education teacher. 
The department offers a major in Special Education and a major in 
Integrated Elementary Education - Special Education. The educa- 
tion course listings include core education courses that provide 
knowledge and skills for general application in teaching and learn- 
ing. The instructional technology and special education offerings 
also have K-12 applications. Reflecting the Professional Education 
Mission and Vision statements, students are assigned by their 
department and/or the Center for Professional Practice to field and 
clinical experience placements that are diverse and inclusive. 
Placements are made that enable the Teacher Education Unit to 
meet state and national accreditation mandates. All professional 
year placements will be in identified Professional Development 
Schools, based on ongoing and systematic PDS partnership agree- 
ments with school systems. These mandates and the size and scope 
of our education program do not permit personal preference or 
geographic convenience in placements. 

Graduate programs include the Master of Arts in Teaching and 
the Master of Education. 

MAJOR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION 
Infant/Primary Track 

Adviser: Charles Meyer 

Hawkins Hall 120C, 410-704-4915 

Students majoring in Special Education complete the 

Infant/Primary Track (birth-grade 3). To meet the requirements of 

the College of Education and the Maryland State Department of 

Education, students must complete all required General Education 

(GenEd) and professional education courses for the Infant/Primary 

Track to earn a total of 128 units. Students must maintain an 

overall cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher and a 3.00 GPA or 

higher in courses for the major. 

Elementary/Middle Track 

Adviser: Charles Meyer 
Hawkins Hall 120C, 410-704-4915 

Students majoring in Elementary Special Education complete the 
Elementary Track (grades 1-8). To meet the requirements of the 
College of Education and the Maryland State Department of 
Education, students must complete all required GenEd and profes- 
sional education courses required for the Elementary/Middle Track 
to earn a total of 127 units. Students must maintain an overall 
cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher and a 3.00 GPA or higher in 
courses for the major. 

Secondary /Adult Track 

Adviser: Charles Meyer 

Hawkins Hall 120C, 410-704-4915 

Students majoring in Secondary Special Education complete the 

Secondary/Adult Track (grade 6-adult). To meet the requirements 

of the College of F'ducation and the Maryland State Department of 

Education, students must complete all required GenEd and profes- 



sional education courses for their concentration to earn a total of 
127-135 units. Students must maintain an overall cumulative GPA 
of 2.75 or higher and a 3.00 GPA or higher in courses for their 
major. 

Special Education majors must meet with their advisers every 
term to ensure that their planned programs of study meet univer- 
sity, major and Maryland State Department of Education certifica- 
tion requirements. Students must consult with their advisers prior 
to taking courses on a Pass grading option. Courses in the major 
and courses required for Maryland State Department of Education 
certification may not be taken with this option. All tracks of the 
Special Education program begin in the fall term. 

Exceptions, changes, waivers, and/or substitutions from the pro- 
gram pattern for Special Education majors in content or sequence 
are permitted only with the written consent of the chair of the 
Special Education Department. 

MAJOR IN INTEGRATED ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION-SPECIAL EDUCATION 

Adviser: Rosemary Rappa 
Hawkins Hall 404G, 410-704-3835 

Special Education majors may elect to become certified in both 
Elementary and Special Education by selecting the integrated 
major. This program, specially designed to integrate both elemen- 
tary and special education, prepares students as elementary class- 
room teachers and as special education teachers. 

The Integrated Elementary Education-Special Education pro- 
gram is provided at Towson University and the Universities at 
Shady Grove. The program is a screened program and major. 
Applicants must achieve qualifying scores on Praxis I as established 
by MSDE, a minimum 2.75 GPA on all prerequisite course work 
required for the major, and the required speech and hearing screen- 
ing. The total program equals 131 units. 

PRE-ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR 
ALL CANDIDATES 

Students interested in majoring in Special Education must first gain 
admission to Towson University. Admission to the university, how- 
ever, does not guarantee admission to the Special Education or 
Integrated Elementary Education - Special Education major. 
Students must complete a Declaration of Intended Major Form 
available through the Center for Professional Practice (CPP), 
Hawkins Hall 303, at which time they will be assigned a Special 
Education adviser. All students applying for admission to a Teacher 
Education program at Towson University are required to complete 
a Criminal History Disclosure Form. This form is to be notarized 
and sent to the director of the Center for Professional Practice to 
be kept on file. 

Screening 

Special Education is a screened major. All candidates for the 
Special Education and Integrated Elementary Education - Special 
Education Majors will be ranked according to cumulative GPA in 
all college or university courses (transfer GPA and/or TTJ GPA). 
To receive approval for admission, students are required to: 

1. take a speech and hearing screening 

2. have a cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher (which includes 
grades transferred to and grades earned at TU) 

3. have completed ENGL 102 with a grade of C or higher 

4. have completed 60 or more units 

5. have scores on the Praxis I at or above the level of standards 
established by the Maryland State Department of Education 
(Information on the Praxis tests is available in the Center for 
Professional Practice, Hawkins Hall 303.) 

Screening occurs again for admission into student teaching. 
Students are required to have a cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher 
and a GPA of 3.00 or higher in the major and must have completed 
a minimum of 90 units. All preservice students in Teacher 



Department of Special Education 



Education programs at Towson University whose program of study 
require an intensive and extensive internship experience in a public 
or private school setting (pre-K through 12), are required to 
undergo a criminal background check before beginning this experi- 
ence. The criminal background check must be filed with the direc- 
tor of the Center for Professional Practice. 

Transfer Students 

Special Education department personnel are responsive to the 
transfer student and will accept those credits which are compatible 
with the General Education (GenEd) requirements, Special 
Education and Integrated Elementary Education - Special 
Education majors and state certification requirements. Please note: 
although credits might qualify toward graduation, only an evalua- 
tion conducted by the Special Education chair will determine which 
credits will also apply toward the major. Students must first have 
their transcripts evaluated by the Office of Admissions before 
requesting a special education transcript evaluation. 

The Professional Year 

Special Education majors follow the school system calendar for the 

Professional Development School to which they are assigned as 

interns. The professional year starts in August when the teachers 

begin the school year and follows the school system spring break 

schedule. 

MAJOR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION 

Infant/Primary Track 

Academic Content (total 128 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 

admission to the professional education sequence. 

I. English (9 units) 

Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 
'Choose an English course from II.C.3. (3) 
Elective (3) 



(I.A.) ENGL 102 

(ILC.3.) ENGL XXX 

ENGL XXX 



n. Social Studies (9 units) 
(II.D.) GEOG 102 



(II.B.l. 



(ILC; 



GEOG 105 
HIST 145 



HIST 146 
SOCI 101 



HI. Science (8 units) 
(n.A.) BIOL 115 
(II.A.) PHSC 101 



World Regional Geography (3) 

or 

Geography of International Affairs (3) 

History of the U.S. to the Mid- 19th Century 

(3) 

or 

History of the U.S. since the Mid- 19th Century 

(3) 

Introduction to Sociology (3) 



Biology: The Science of Life (4) 
Physical Science I (4) 



rV. Mathematics (12 units) 

MATH 204 Math Concepts and Structures I (4) 
(LC.) MATH 205 Math Concepts and Structures II (4) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 



V. Art (3 units) 
(I.E.) ART XXX 



*Choose one art course for non-Art majors. 
(3) 



VI. Music (3 units) 

(II.C. 1 .) MUSC 1 1 Introduction to Music of the Western 
Heritage (3) 

Vn. Psychology (6 units) 

(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

or 
PSYC 102 Honors Introduction to Psychology (3) 
PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 



vra. 

(LB.) 
(1I.B.3.) 



(I.D.) 



Additional Required Courses (18 units) 
ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

or 
DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Culture (3) 

ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 
EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for 

Teachers (3) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

*Refer to the explanation of the General Education requirements in this 

catalog. 

Professional Education Courses - Infant/Primary 
First Term (15 units) (Fall) 

ECED 321 Foundations of Reading and Language Arts (3) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
ECED 315 Infant Intervention (3) 

SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with Disabilities (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities (3) 

Second Term (15 units) (Spring) 

ECED 360 Early Literacy Best Practice and Materials (3) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SCIE 371 Teaching Science in Early Childhood (2) 

MUED 304 Methods of Teaching Music in Early Childhood (2) 
ARED 373 Art for Early Childhood Education (2) 
SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 



Third Term (15 units) (Fall) 

SPED 497 Internship: Students with Disabilities in Infant/Primary 

Programs (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

ECED 361 Teaching Reading in Primary Grades (3) 

ECED 429 Principles and Practices of Reading (3) 

MATH 321 Teaching Math in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12) 

SPED 493 Student Teaching Seminar ( 3 ) 

Elementary/Middle Track 

Academic Content (total 127 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 

admission to the professional education sequence. 

1. English (9 units) 

(I.A.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

or 

ENGL 190 Honors Writing Seminar 
(II.C.3) ENGL Elective (3) (from GenEd I1.C.3.) 

ENGL Elective (3) 

n. Social Studies (9 units) 

(II.B.l.) HIST 145 Historyof theU.S. totheMid-19th 
Century (3) 
or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid- 19th Century (3) 
(II.D.) GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 
or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 
(U.C.2.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 

m. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) 

(II.A.) PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) 

IV. Mathematics (12 units) 

MATH 204 Math Concepts and Structures I (4) 
(I.e.) MATH 205 Math Concepts and Structures II (4) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 



The College of Education 



V. Art (3 units) 

(I.E.) ART XXX 'Choose one art course for non-Art majors (3) 

VI. Music (3 units) 

(II.C.l.) MUSC 101 Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage 

(3) 

Vn. Psychology (6 units) 

(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

Vm. Additional Required Courses (18 units) 

(I1.B.3.) DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Culture (3) 
or 
COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
(I.D.) EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for 

Teachers (3) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 
ELED 322 Foundations of Reading and Other Language 
Arts (3) 
(I.B.) ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in 

Education (3) 
ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

Note: Approved courses for GenEd categories. Those listed are recom- 
mended for Special Education majors. 

Professional Education Courses - Elementary/Middle 

First Term (15 units) (Fall) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with Disabilities (3) 

ELED 323 Principles and Practices of Instruction in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 
ELED 417 Children's Literature (3) 

Second Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
PSYC 403 Infant and Child Development (3) 

SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

SPED 427 Curriculum/Methods of Social, Emotional, and Motor 

Development of Students with Disabilities K-12 (3) 

Third Term (14 units) (Fall) 

SPED 491 Internship: Students with Disabilities in 

Elementary/Middle Programs (3) 
ELED 429 Principles/Practices of Assessment in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

MATH 323 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary School (3) 
MATH 324 Supervised Observation/Participation in Elementary 

School Mathematics (2) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12) 

SPED 493 Student Teaching Seminar (3) 

Secondary/ Adult Track 

Students majoring in Secondary Special Education must choose 
one of the following tracks: English, Math (Middle School or High 
School Concentration), Social Science or Middle School General 
Science. 

English Track: Academic Content (total 130 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 
admission to the professional education sequence: 
I. English (21 units) 

(LA.) ENGL 102 Writmg for a Liberal Education (3) 

(II.C.l.) ENGL 221 British Literature to 1798 (3) 
or 
ENGL 222 British Literature since 1798 (3) 



(II.C.3.) ENGL 233 Survey of African American Literature (3) 

or 
ENGL 235 Ethnic-American Literature (3) 
ENGL 230 Main Currents in American Literature (3) 

or 
ENGL 236 American Indian Literature 1772-Present (3) 
ENGL 251 Applied Grammar (3) 
ENGL 283 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 

or 
ENGL 3 1 1 Writing Poetry ( 3 ) 

or 
ENGL 300 Literary Research and Applied Criticism (3) 

n. Social Studies (9 units) 

(II.D.) GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 
(II.B.l.) HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th 

Century (3) 

or 
HIST 1 46 History of the U.S. since the Mid- f 9th 

Centurv (3) 
(II.C.2.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

in. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) 

(II.A.) PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) 

IV. Mathematics (7 units) 

(I.e.) MATH 119 Pre-Calculus (4) 

(I.e.) MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 



V. Art (3 units) 
(I.E.) ART XXX 



VI. Psychology (6 units) 
(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 
PSYC 203 



Choose one art course for non-Art 
majors (3) 



Introduction to Psychology (3) 
Human Development (3) 



VII. Additional Required Courses (15 units) 

(I.B.) ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

(II. B. 3.) COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
(I.D.) EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for 

Teachers (3) 
ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Professional Education Courses - Secondary/ Adult - English Track 

First Term (16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (3) 

SCED 460 Using Reading and Writing in Secondary Education (4) 

SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with Disabilities (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities (3) 

Second Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 
SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

SCED 419 Young Adult Literature (3) 

Third Term (15 units) (Fall) 

SPED 496 Internship: Students with Disabilities in Secondary/Adult 

Programs (3) 
SPED 453 Curriculum/ Methods of Secondary Special Education (3) 

SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

SCED 357 Teaching English in Secondary Education (3) 

ENGL XXX English elective (3) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12) 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in Secondary Content Areas (3) 



Department of Special Education 



Middle School General Science Track: Academic Content 

(total 128 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 

admission to the professional education sequence: 

I. English (6 units) 

(I.A.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

(U.C.3.) ENGL XXX Choose an English course from GenEd ILC. 3. 



n. Social Studies (9 units) 
(II.D.) GEOG 102 

GEOG 105 
(II.B.l.) HIST 145 

HIST 146 

(II.C.2.) SOCI 101 

in. Science (19 units) 

(II. A.) BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) 

(II.A.) CHEM 1 10 General Chemistry I (4) 

(II.A.) GEOL 121 Physical Geology (4) 

(II.A.) PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) 

PHSC 303 Earth-Space Science (3) 



World Regional Geography (3) 

or 

Geography of International Affairs (3) 

History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

or 

History of the U.S. since the Mid- 19th 

Century (3) 

Introduction to Sociology (3) 



IV. Mathematics (8 units) 
(I.e.) MATH 119 

MATH 237 

V. Art (3 units) 
(LE.) ART XXX 

VI. Music (3 units) 

(II.C.I.) MUSC 101 

Vn. Psychology (6 units) 
(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 
PSYC 203 



Pre-Calculus (4) 
Elementary Biostatistics (4) 



Choose one art course for non-Art majors (3) 



Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 



Introduction to Psychology (3) 
Human Development (3) 



VIII. Additional Required Courses (15 units) 

(I.E.) ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

(II.B.3.) COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
(I.D.) EDUC301 Writing and Communication Skills for 
Teachers (3) 
ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Professional Education Courses - Secondary/ Adult - 

Middle School General Science Track 

First Term (16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (3) 

SCED 460 Using Reading and Writing in Secondary Education (4) 

SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with Disabihties (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities (3) 



'ith 



Second Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students ' 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

SCIE XXX Science course chosen from BIOL 1 15, PHSC 101, PHSC 

303, CHEM 110, GEOL 121 (4) 



Third Term (16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 496 Internship: Students with Disabilities in Secondary/Adult 

Programs (3) 
SPED 453 Curriculum/ Methods of Secondary Special Education 

and Transition (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

SCIE 380 Teaching Science in Secondary Education (3) 

SCIE XXX Approved science course 



Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12) 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in Secondary Content Areas (3) 

Math Track — Middle School Concentration 

Academic Content (total 132 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 

admission to the professional education sequence: 

I. Enghsh (6 units) 

(I.A.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

(II.C.3.) Choose an English course from GenEd ILC. 3. 

n. Social Studies (9 units) 

(II.D.) GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 
or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 
(II.C.2.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 
(II.B.l.) HIST 145 HistoryoftheU.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) 
or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th 
Century (3) 



Biology: The Science of Life (4) 
Physical Science I (4) 



in. Science (8 units) 
(II.A.) BIOL 115 
(II.A.) PHSC 101 

IV. Mathematics (27 units)* 

(LC.) MATH 119 Pre-Calculus (4) 

MATH 204 Math Concepts & Structures I (4) 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) 

MATH 267 Introduction to Abstract Math (4) 

MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 

Note: One math course (3-4 units) is taken during both the second 
and third terms of the Professional Sequence. 

*This program includes 27 units in Math to prepare for the Math 
Praxis II exam (NCLB highly qualified). 



V. Art (3 units) 
(I.E.) ART XXX 

VI. Music (3 units) 

(II.C.I.) MUSC 101 



vn. Psychology (6 units) 
(ILC.2.) PSYC 101 
PSYC 203 



"Choose one art course for non-Art majors (3) 



Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage 

(3) 



Introduction to Psychology (3) 
Human Development (3) 



Vni. Additional Required Courses (15 units) 

(LB.) ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

(II.B.3.) COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
(I.D.) EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for 
Teachers (3) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Professional Education Courses - Secondary/Adult - Math Track - 

Middle School Concentration 

First Term (16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (3) 

SCED 460 Using Reading and Writing in Secondary Education (4) 

SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with Disabilities (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities (3) 

Second Term (15-16 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 



The College of Education 



SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

MATH XXX Math course chosen from MATH 119, MATH 204, 

MATH 231, MATH 251, MATH 265, MATH 267, 

MATH 273 (3-4) 

Third Term (15-16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 496 Internship: Students with Disabilities in Secondary/Adult 

Programs (3) 
SPED 453 Curriculum/Methods of Secondary/Special Education and 

Transition (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

MATH 323 Teaching Math in Elementry School (3) 
MATH XXX Math course chosen from MATH 119, MATH 204, 

MATH 231, MATH 251, MATH 265, MATH 267, 

MATH 273 (3-4) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12)°* 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in Secondary Content Areas (3) 

**AII academic (GenEd) courses must be completed prior to student 

teaching. 

Math Track — High School Concentration 
Academic Content (total 135 units) 

At least 60 of the following Academic Content units must be taken before 
formal admission to the professional education sequence: 

I. English (6 units) 

(LA) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

(1LC.3.) Choose an English course from II.C.3. (3) 

n. Social Studies (9 units) 

(ILD.) GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 
(ILC.2.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

(II.B.l.) HIST 145 History of U.S. to Mid-19th Century (3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of U.S. since Mid-19th Century (3) 

m. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) 

(Il.A.) PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) 

rV. Mathematics (30 units)* 

MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4) 

MATH 267 Introduction to Abstract Math (4) 

(I.e.) MATH 273 Calculus I (4) 

MATH 274 Calculus II (4) 

MATH 275 Calculus III (4) 

MATH 301 History of Mathematics (3) 

MATH 330 Introduction to Statistical Methods (4) 

MATH 353 Euclidean & Non-Euclidean Geometry (3) 

Note: One math course (3-4 units) is taken during both the second and 
third terms of the Professional Sequence. 

*This program includes 30 units in Math to prepare for the Math Praxis II 
exam (NCLB highly qualified). 

V. Art (3 units) 

(I.E) Choose one ART course for non-Art majors (3) 

VI. Music (3 units) 

(II.C.l.) MUSC 101 Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage 

(3) 

Vn. Psychology (6 units) 

(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

VIII. Additional Required Courses (15 units) 

(LB) ISTC201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 

ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

(II.B.3) COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 



(I.D.) EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for 

Teachers (3) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Professional Education Courses — Secondary/ Adult-Math Track — High 
School Concentration 

First Term (16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements for Students 

with Disabilities K-12 (3) 
SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (3) 
SCED 460 Using Reading and Writing in Secondary 

Education (4) 
SPED 428 Working with Families of Students with 

Disabilities (3) 
SPED 441 Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for 

Students with Disabilities (3) 

Second Term (15-16 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students 

with Disabilities K-12 (3) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

MATH XXX Math course from MATH 265, MATH 267, 
MATH 273, MATH 274, MATH 275, MATH 
301, MATH 330, MATH 353 (3-4) 

Third Term (15-16 units) (Fall) 

SPED 496 Internship: Students with Disabilities in 

Secondary/Adult Programs (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom 

Management (3) 
SPED 453 Curriculum/ Methods of Secondary Special 

Education and Transition (3) 
MATH 423 Teaching Math in Secondary Education (3) 
MATH XXX Math course from MATH 265, MATH 267, 

MATH 273, MATH 274, MATH 275, MATH 

301, MATH 330, MATH 353 (3-4) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12)** 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in Secondary Content Areas 

(3) 

**A1I academic (GenEd) courses must be completed prior to student teaching. 

Social Science Track: Academic Content (total 127 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before formal 

admission to the professional education sequence: 

I. English (6 units) 

(LA.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 
(II.C.3.) Choose an English course from GenEd II.C.3. 

II. Social Studies (21 units)* 

(ILD.) GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 
or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 
(II.B.l.) HIST 145 HistorvoftheU.S. totheMid-19thCentur\'(3) 

HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Centur)- (3) 
(II.C.l.) HIST 102 History of European Civilization through the 
17th Century (3) 
HIST 103 History of European Civilization from the 
17th Century (3) 
(II.C.l.) SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 
ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) 

or 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 
9 POSC 103 American National Government (3) 

SOSC 401 Topics in Social Sciences (3) 
*3 units of Social Studies are taken during both second and third 
terms of the Professional sequences 



m. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 115 
(II.A.) PHSC 101 



Biology: The Science of Life (4) 
Physical Science I (4) 



Department of Special Education WSi 



rV. Mathematics (7 units) 

(I.e.) MATH 119 Precalculus (4) 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 



V. Art (3 units) 
(I.E.) ART XXX 



Choose one art course for non-Art majors (3) 



VI. Psychology (6 units) 

(II.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 
PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

Vn. Additional Required Courses (15 units) 

(LB.) ISTC201 Using Information El^t'ectively in Education (3) 
(II. B. 3.) COMM131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
(I.D.) EDUC 301 Writing and Communication Skills for Teachers (3) 
ISTC 301 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Professional Education Courses - Secondary/ Adult - 
Social Science Track 
First Term (16 units) (Fall) 
SPED 425 

SCED 341 
SCED 460 
SPED 428 
SPED 441 



Formal Tests and Measurements for Students with 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 

Principles of Secondary Education (3) 

Using Reading and Writing in Secondary Education (4) 

Working with Families of Students with Disabilities (3) 

Curriculum/Methods of Instruction for Students with 

Disabilities (3) 



'ith 



Second Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 430 Informal Tests and Measurements of Students ' 

Disabilities K-12 (3) 
EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

Social Science course from GEOG 102, GEOG 105, HIST 

145, HIST 146, SOCI 101 (3) 



Third Term (15 units) (Fall) 

SPED 496 Internship: Students with Disabilities in Secondary/Adult 

Programs (3) 
SPED 453 Curriculum/ Methods of Secondary Special Education (3) 

SPED 429 Curriculum/Methods of Classroom Management (3) 

SCED 355 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Education (3) 

Social Science course from ECON 201, ECON 202, 
GEOG 102, GEOG 105, HIST 102, HIST 103, HIST 
145, HIST 146, POSC 103, SOCI 101 (3), SOSC 401 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

SPED 498 Student Teaching: Special Education (12) 

SCED 461 Teaching Reading in Secondary Content Areas (3) 

INTEGRATED ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - 
SPECIAL EDUCATION MAJOR 

Academic Content (total 131 units) 

At least 60 of the following units must be taken before admission 
to the professional education sequence. 
I. Enghsh (6 units) 

(I.A.) ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

ENGL elective literature course preferred (3) 

n. Social Studies (6 units) 

(II.B.l.) HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century 

(3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th 

Century (3) 
(II.D.) HIST elective non-Western course recommended (3) 



UI. Science (8 units) 

(II.A.) BIOL 115 

(II.A.) PHSC 101 



Biology: The Science of Life (4) 
Physical Science I (4) 



(LB.) 


ISTC 201 


(n.B.3.) 


HLTH 101 


(U.C.I.) 


DFST 107 


(U.C.2.) 


SOCI 101 




SPED 301 


(n.c.3.) 


EDUC 203 




EESE 468 




ELED 322 



IV. Mathematics (12 units) 

MATH 204 Math Concepts and Structures I (4) 
(I.C.) MATH 205 Math Concepts and Structures II (4) 

MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

V. Fine and Performing Arts (6 units) 

(I.E.) ART XXX Choose one course for I.E. (3) 

(II.C.l.) MUSC 101 Music from Western Heritage (3) 

V.I. Psychology (6 units) 

(n.C.2.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

V.n. Additional Required Courses (22 units) 

Using Information Effectively in Education (3) 
Wellness in a Diverse Society (3) 
American Sign Language I (3) 
Introduction to Sociology (3) 
Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 
Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society (3) 
EESE Field Experience ( 1 ) 
Foundations of Reading and 
Language Arts (3) 

Professional Education Courses 
First Term (17 units) (Fall) 

MATH 323 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary School 

(3) 
MATH 324 Supervised Observation/Participation in 

Elementary School Mathematics (2) 
BIOL 303 Life Sciences (3) 

or 
PHSC 303 Earth-Space Science (3) 
SCIE 376 Teaching Science in Elementary School (3) 

SPED 425 Formal Tests and Measurements (3) 

SPED 441 Curriculum Methods of Instruction (3) 

Second Term (18 units) (Spring) 

ELED 363 Language and Literacy Internship (3) 

(I.D.) ELED 320 Foundations of Writing and Other Language 

Arts (3) 
ECED 201 Infants and Young Children (3) 

or 
ELED 310 Child Development (3) 
SPED 413 Assistive Technology (3) 

EDUC 4 1 7 Children's Literature ( 3 ) 
ELED i23 Principles and Practices of Instructional 

Reading (3) 



Third Term (15 units) (Fall) 

EESE 475 Elementary Education/Special Education 

Internship I (3) 
ELED 31 1 Child and the Elementary School Curriculum 

Assessment (3) 
ELED 429 Principles and Practices of Assessment in 

Reading and Language Arts (3) 
SPED 429 Curriculum Methods of Classroom 

Management (3) 
SPED 469 Collaborative Teaching in Elementary 

Schools (3) 

Fourth Term (15 units) (Spring) 

EESE 476 Elementary Education/Special Education 

Internship II (12) 
EESE 485 Elementary Education/Special Education 

Internship Seminar (3) 

GRADUATE PROGRAM IN SPECL\L EDUCATION 

Hawkins Hall 402A, 410-704-6001 

This Master of Education program prepares currently certified 
teachers for careers as special educators. The Certification Track 
meets the requirements for MSDE special education certification at 
infant/primary, elementary/middle or secondary levels. The Master 
of Arts in teaching offers certification in special education for indi- 
viduals who hold an undergraduate degree outside of education. 
See the Graduate Catalog for details. 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication (COFAC) comprises the departments of Art, Dance, 
Electronic Media and Film, Mass Communication and Communication Studies. Music, and Theatre Arts. 
Through classroom and experiential preparation. COFAC's programs prepare graduates for exciting 
careers and/or graduate study. The broad liberal education we offer, along with specialized professional 
training in their respective fields, enables students to develop creative and analytical abilities tailored to 
their future aspirations. In fact, we not only provide intensive study for our majors and minors, hut we also 
offer all TU students the opportunity to participate in an exciting variety of academic and artistic experi- 
ences. 

In fall 2005. the renovation and addition of the Center for the Arts, the home of the departments of Art, 
Dance, Music and Theatre Arts was completed. The building project doubled the size of the facilities avail- 
able to students, adding a music recital hall, an M. FA. an gallery, an intimate studio theatre, and four state- 
of-the-art dance studios, including a studio-theatre space. The Center for the Arts also houses the Asian Arts 
& Culture Center gallery and garden, and the Center for the Arts Gallery. The College of Fine Arts and 
Communication also maintains several additional spaces that assist students and faculty in activities sup- 
porting curricular offerings. These include Van Bokkelen Hall and the Media Center-housing journalism 
laboratories, the debate and speech facility, XTSR-AM, radio-television-film laboratories, the television 
station WMJF-TV-and Stephens Hall Theatre, which provides performance space for dance, opera and 
musicals. 

Recognized as a fine arts center for Maryland, the college continues to pursue its mission to enhance 
communication and the fine and perfonning arts, and contribute to the cultural life ofTowson and Greater 
Baltimore through an annual program of events that includes more than 90 music perfonmmces: at least 
26 student films: 10 dance events: numerous debates, lectures and workshops: no fewer than four mainstage 
plays as well as e.xciting M.F.A. orignal works: a daily campus television show: and eight to 10 an exhibi- 
tions. 

The college also sponsors international exchange programs with schools in China, Gennany, Ireland, 
Korea, Russia, Italy and the United Kingdom. Please visit our Web site for more information. 



Art 

Art Education 
Art History 

Communication Studies 
Dance Education 
Dance Performance 
Electronic Media and Film 
Mass Communication 
Music Composition 
Music Education 
Music Performance 
Theatre 



Christopher Spicer, Dean 

Trudy Cobb Dennard, Associate Dean 

James Hunnicurt, Senior Assistant to the Dean/Operations 



COLLEGE OFFICE 

Center for the Arts 3001, 410-704-3288 

Fax: 410-704-6026 

www.towson.edu/finearts 



Department of Art 



101 



Department of Art 



Professors: Christopher Bartlett (Gallery Director), Daniel Brown, 
Susan Isaacs (Curator, Art History, Honors Coordinator), Haig 
Janian, Jean M.K. Miller (Chair), James Paulsen 

Associate Professors: Jan Baum, Karl Fugelso, Stuart Stein (Asst. 
Chair, Technology Coordinator), Nora Sturges (Asst. Chair, 
Studio Art Honors Coordinator), Bridget Sullivan (lAMD 
Director) 

Assistant Professors: Amanda Burnham, Raymond Martens 
(M.E.d. Director), Jenee Mateer, Tonia Matthews (M.EA. 
Director), Jessica Ring, Nahid Tootoonchi, 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Emily Halligan, Trace Miller 

Lecturer: Richard Holt 

Part-time Faculty: Riselle Abrams, Laura Amussen, Erika Bradford, 
Doug Bucci, Jim Condron, Jocelyn Curtis, Lyle Diamond, Maya 
Freelon Asante, Seth Goodman, Kay Hwang, Diane Kuthy, Sam 
Lacombe, Leigh Maddox, Daisy McTighe, Cara Ober, David 
Page, James Von Minor, Shin Yeon Jeon, Al Zaruba 

Assistant to Chair: Leslie Varga 

Administrative Assistant: Lynne Ross 

Visual Resource Coordinator: Venetia Zachary 

Community Art Center Director: Bonnie Reynolds; Assistant Mark 
Cooper 

Director and Curator, Asian Arts & Culture Center: Suewhei Shieh 

Computer Lab Manager: Richard Thomas 

OFFICE 

Center for the Arts 3103, 410-704-2808 
E-mail: artdepartment@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/art 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Art offers a comprehensive studio program 
comprising the following tracks: Ceramics, Digital Art and Design, 
Graphic Design, Illustration, Interdisciplinary Crafts, 
Metalsmithing and Jewelry, Painting and Drawing, Photography, 
Printmaking and Sculpture. Associated with these tracks, six pro- 
grams are offered: the major in Art, the major in Art Education, 
the major in Art History, the Master of Education in Art 
Education, and the Master of Fine Arts in Art, Post-Baccalaureate 
Interactive Media Design Certificate Program. Minors are offered 
in Art History and Studio Art. 

The Department of Art offers a comprehensive, full-term travel- 
study abroad program as an integral part of the curriculum. 
Students register on campus but pursue art courses in a foreign 
locale under University System of Maryland faculty direction. 

The Department of Art offers non-credit art instruction through- 
out the year for children and adults through the Community Art 
Center. 

FACILITIES 

The facilities available to undergraduate and graduate students are 
extensive. They are designed to encourage and fully support the 
creative endeavors of students. Each track and major has the 
equipment necessary to assure that students reach their potential. 

MAJOR IN ART 

Art majors must complete 66 to 72 units in art, depending on track 
and program option. As part of the total number of units, 36 units 
are taken in foundations. The First Level Foundation core (18 
units) is identical for all majors. The Second Level Foundation 
core (18 units) is specific to the program option. (See Second Level 
Foundation courses listed under separate track/options.) All Art 
majors must successfully complete all of the first-year foundation 
courses listed below with a grade of at least a C before enrolling in 
any other art courses. 



First Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 103 Design I (3) 

ART 104 Design II (3) 

ART 111 Drawing and the Appreciation of Drawing I (3) 

ART 211 Drawing II (3) 

ARTH 221 Survey of Western Art I (3) 

ARTH 222 Survey of Western Art II (3) 

CERAMICS TRACK (66 units) 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 



ART 217 


Introduction to Computer Media (3) 


ART 2xx/3xx 
ART 229 
ART 231 
ART 241 
ARTH 3xx/4xx 


Any Crafts Course 

Painting I (3) 

Ceramics I (3) 

Sculpture I (3) 

Any 300-400 Art History Course (6) 


Required Courses (15 units) 
ART 309 Ceramics: Porters Wheel (3) 
ART 310 Ceramics: Handbuilding (3) 
ART 407 Ceramics: Clay Sculpture I (3) 
ART 409 Ceramics: The Vessel (3) 
ART 497 Senior Project (3) 


Electives (15 units) 

ART 205 The Human Figure (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx Any Crafts Course 


ART 361 

ART 308* 
ART 312* 
ART 400 


Computer 3-D Modeling (3) 
Raku (3) 

Ceramics: Special Topics (3) 
Ceramics: Raw Materials (3) 



ART 414-416 Advanced Studio in Ceramics (3-9) 
* Offered only during Minimester 

DIGITAL ART AND DESIGN TRACK (72 units) 

Digital Art and Design is a screened track. 

Student prerequisites and procedures for Digital Art and Design 
screening: 

1. AGPAof2.67overaU. 

2. The following courses must be completed by the end of the term 
in which the student applies to the Digital Art and Design Track: 
ART 103, ART 104, ART 111, ART 211, ART 217, ART 229, 
ARTH 221, ARTH 222. Students must complete these courses or 
equivalent transferred courses before taking further courses in the 
Digital Art and Design Track. 

3. A grade lower than B- (2.67) in any studio art course will eliminate 
the student from consideration for the Digital Art and Design 
Track. 

4. Declared Art majors may apply to the Digital Art and Design 
Track at the end of their third term of study. At the time of appli- 
cation, a minimum of 45 units must have been completed, includ- 
ing courses from that term. Students may apply who have earned 
an A.A. degree in a related major. 

5. To be considered in the screening process, students must submit the 
following by the last day of finals in a given term: an official tran- 
script, a Digital An and Design Track Screening Form and a sealed 
18" X 24" portfolio. The portfolio must include two pieces of 
work from ART 103, ART 211, ART 217 and ART 229 (a total 
of eight pieces). Students who do not submit a portfolio or submit 
an incomplete portfolio will not be considered for the Digital Art 
and Design Track at that time. Late applications will not be con- 
sidered. Students with an overall GPA of 3.50 or greater, having 
completed other prerequisites, and having completed a minimum 
of 45 units at Towson University, are accepted on confirmation of 
their overall GPA and do not need to submit portfolios. 

6. Students not accepted may reapply twice. 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



First Level Foundation (18 units) 



Second Level Foundation (IS units) 



ART 217 


Introduction to Computer Media (3) 


ART 229 


Painting 1 (3) 


ART 234 


Photography I (3) 


ART 2xx/3xx 


Any 200- or 300-level 3-D Course (3) 


ART 321 


Digital Design (3) 


ARTH 3xx/4xx 


Any 300- or 400-level Art History Cour 


Required Courses (30 units) 


ART 317 


Graphic Design 1 (3) 


ARTH 327 


History of Modern Design (3) 


ART 355 


Typography (3) 


ART 360 


Digital Art 1 (3) 


ART 363 


Interactive Design 1 (3) 


ART 365 


Design for the WWW (3) 


ART 421 


Digital Design: Motion (3) 


ART 373 


Illustration Principles for Designers and 


ART 460 


Digital Art II (3) 


ART 463 


or 

Interactive Design II (3) 


ART 361 


or 

3-D Modeling (3) 


ART 497 


Senior Project (3) 



llustrators (3) 



Elecrives (6 units) 

Students choose electives with consent of adviser. 



Suggested electives include: 


ART 329 


Painting II (3) 


ART 334 


Photography 11 (3) 


ART 335 


Photography III (3) 


ART 346 


New Directions in Painting (3) 


ART 359 


Digital Photography 1 (3) 


ART 361 


3-D Modeling (3) 


ART 446 


New Directions in Painting II (3) 


ART 459 


Digital Photography II (3) 


ART 460 


Digital Art II (3) 


ART 462 


Digital Art III (3) 


ART 463 


Interactive Design II (3) 


ART 473 


Illustration Concepts for Designers and Illustrators (3) 


ART 474 


Advanced Illustration (3) 


ART 3xx-4xx 


Any 300- or 400-level Drawing Course (3) 


ART 3xx-4xx 


Any 300- or 400-level Printmaking Course (3) 



GRAPHIC DESIGN TRACK (72 units) 
Graphic Design is a screened track. 

Student prerequisites and procedures for Graphic Design screening: 

1. A GPA of 2.67 in the art major. 

2. The following courses must be completed by the end of the 
term in which the student applies to the Graphic Design 
Option: First Level Foundation: ART 103, ART 104, ART 
111, ART 211, ARTH 221, ARTH 222; Second Level 
Foundation: ART 217, ART 234, ART 317, ART 321, ART 
373. Students must complete these courses or equivalent 
transferred courses and screening before taking further cours- 
es in the Graphic Design Track. 

3. All transfer students who have earned an A. A. degree in a 
related major must see the Screening Coordinator prior to the 
screening process with a copy of their transcript and a copy of 
the official Transfer of Credit Evaluation Form. 

4. A grade lower than a B- (2.67) in any studio course may elimi- 
nate the student from acceptance into the Graphic Design Track. 
Students may not take third-level graphic design courses unless 
they are accepted into the graphic design program. A student 
may apply twice for admission to the Graphic Design Track. 

5. Declared Art majors may apply to the Graphic Design Track 
at the end of their third term of study. At the end of applica- 
tion, a minimum of 45 units must have been completed. 
Including the courses from that term. 

6. To be considered in the screening process, students must sub- 
mit the following by the last day of finals in a given term: an 



official transcript to the Graphic Design Screening Coordinatot; 
a Graphic Design Screening Form and a portfolio containing 
two pieces of work from ART 103, ART 104, ART 211, ART 
217, ART 234, ART 317, ART 321 and ART 373 (a total of 12 
pieces). Students should check with the Graphic Design coordi- 
nator each term before submitting a portfolio to receive updat- 
ed portfolio information. Students who do not submit a port- 
folio or submit an incomplete portfolio will not be considered 
for the Graphic Design Track at that time. Late applications 
will not be considered. Students who submit a portfolio but 
have earned less than a B- in any studio will not be considered. 
Students who submit a portfolio, but have earned less than a B- 
in any studio, will need to consult with the Graphic Design 
screening coordinator and department chair to discuss their 
progress in studio courses, as it may impact acceptance into the 
track. 
7. If the student's GPA falls below a 3.00 in the track, the student 
may have a probationary term to get the major GPA up to 3.00. 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 217 Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ART 317 Graphic Design I (3) 

ART 321 Digital Design (3) 

ART 373 Illustration Principles for Designers and Illustrators (3) 

Choose one of the following: 

ART 218 Jewelry I (3) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture I (3) 

ART 347 Screen Process I (3) 



Third Level Required Courses (36 units) 

ART 355 Typography I (3) 

ART 365 Design for the WWW ( 3 ) 

ART 417 Graphic Design II (3) 

ART 456 Typography II (3) 

ART 457 Graphic Design III (3) 

ART 465 Graphic Design: Social Issues (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

ARTH 327 History of Modern Design (3) 

Choose one of the following: 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

ARTH 328 Art, Culture and Politics (3) 

ARTH 338 Art and Architecture of the U.S. II (3) 

ARTH 339 Latin American Art (3) 

Choose one of the following: 

ART 483 Package Design (3) 

ART XXX Printmaking (3) 

Choose one of the following: 

ART 377 Exhibition Design (3) 

ART 473 Illustration Concepts for Designers and 1 

Choose one of the folloiving: 

ART 334 Photography II (3) 

ART 335 Photography III (3) 

ART 363 Interactive Design 1 (3) 

ART 421 Digital Design: Motion (3) 



lustrators (3) 



ILLUSTRATION TRACK (69 units) 
First Level Foundation (18 units) 
Second Level Foundation (18 units) 



ART 205 


The Human Figure (3) 


ART 217 


Introduction to Computer Media (3) 


ART 229 


Painting 1 (3) 


ART 241 


Sculpture I (3) 


ART 2xx/3xx 


Any 200- or 300-level Crafts Course (3) 


ARTH 324 


Modern Art II (or approved substitute) (3) 


ART 329 


Painting 11 (3) 



Required Courses (21 units) 

ART 317 Graphic Design 1 (3) 

ARTH 327 History of Modern Design (or approved substitute) (3) 



Department of Art 



103 



ART 373 Illustration Principles for Designers and Illustrators (3) 

ART 402 Life Drawing and Anatomy I (3) 

ART 473 Illustration Concepts for Designers and Illustrators (3) 

ART 474 Advanced Illustration (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

Illustration: Traditional Media Option (12 units) 

Choose four from the following: 

ART XXX Any Printmaking Course (6) 

ART 331 Watercolor I (3) 

ART 336 Painting III (3) 

ART 372 Advanced Drawing (3) 

ART 431 Watercolor II (3) 

ART 436 Painting IV (3) 

ARTED 464 Author/Illustrator (3) 

Illustration: Digital Option (12 units) 

Choose four from the following: 

ART 321 Digital Design (3) 

ART 359 Digital Photo II (3) 

ART 360 Digital Art I (3) 

ART 361 3-D Modeling (3) 

ART 460 Digital Art II (3) 

ART 462 Digital Art III (3) 

ART 3xx/4xx Any 300- or 400-level Digital Imaging Course (3) 

INTERDISCIPLINARY CRAFTS TRACK (66 units) 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 218 Jewelry I (3) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 231 Ceramics I (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture I (3) 

ART 3 XX Any Fibers Course (3) 

ARTH 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-level Art History Course (3) 

Required Courses (21 units) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

ARTH 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-level Art History Course (3) 

Five courses selected from ceramics, jewelry, fibers, wood and/or stained 

glass (15) 



Electives (9 units) 

ART 217 
ART 234 
ART 361 
ART 3xx/4xx 

ART 490 
THEA 249 



Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

Photography 1(3) 

Computer 3-D Modeling (3) 

Any Advanced Level Jewelry, Metal, Ceramics and/or 

Fibers Course (3) 

Internship in Art (3) 

Mask Tradition and Design (3) 



Painting I (3) 

Sculpture I (3) 

Any Crafts Course 

or 

Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

Jewelry 1 (3) 



METALSMITHING AND JEWELRY TRACK (66 units) 
First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation ( 1 8 units) 

ART 229 
ART 241 
ART 2xx/3xx 

ART 217 
ART 218 
ARTH 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-level Art History Course (6) 

Required Courses (15 units) 

ART 313 Enamehngl(3) 

ART 319 Metalsmithing I (3) 

ART 339 Metal: Concept and Process (3) 

ART 418 Jewelry II (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx Any Crafts Course (3) 

ART 361 Computer 3-D Modeling (3) 



ART 413 


Enameling II (3) 


ART 414 


Advanced Studio (3) 


ART 419 


Jewelry III (3) 


ART 439 


Metalsmithing II (3) 


ART 490 


Internship (3) 



PAINTING AND DRAWING TRACK (66 Units) 
First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 205 The Human Figure (3) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 329 Painting II (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture I (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx Any 200-300-level Crafts Course (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

Required Courses (18 units) 

ART 2xx/3xx/4xx Any Printmaking course (3) 

ARTH 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-level Art History Course (3) 

ART 336 Painting III (3) 

ART 372 Drawing III (3) 

ART 436 Painting IV (3) 

or 
ART 472 Drawing rV (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

ART 402 Life Drawing and Anatomy I (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx/4xx Any Printmaking Course (3) 
ART 445 Experimental Directions (3) 

ART 346 New Directions in Painting I (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx/4xx Any 200/300/400 level studio art course (up to 9 units, 
no more than 3 units of which may be at the 200 level) 

PHOTOGRAPHY TRACK: FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
OPTION (66 units) 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 217 
ART 229 
ART 234 
ART 241 



ART 2xx/3xx 
ARTH3XX 
ARTH 351 



Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

Painting I (3) 

Photography I (3) 

Sculpture I (3) 

or 

Any 200-300-level Crafts Course (3) 

Any 300-level Art History Course (3) 

History of Photography (3) 



Required Courses (21 units) 

ART 334 Photography II (3) 

ART 335 Photography III (3) 

ART 359 Digital Photography 1 (3) 

ART 357 Photographic Formats (3) 

ART 435 Photography W (3) 

ART 459 Digital Photography II (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

Electives 

9 units in studio art (6 of which must be 300-400-level) 

PHOTOGRAPHY TRACK: PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGING 
INTERDISCIPLINARY OPTION (69 units) 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 217 Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ART 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-Level Art Course 

ARTH 351 History of Photography ( 3 ) 

THEA 225 Lighting Design I (3) 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Required Courses (24 units) 

ART 334 Photography II (3) 

ART 335 Photography III (3) 

ART 359 Digital Photography I (3) 

ART 357 Photographic Formats (3) 

ART 459 Digital Photography II (3) 

ART 436 Photography IV (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

EMF 363 History of Film (3) 

or 
EMF 364 Aesthetics of Film (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

9 units in studio art, mass communication, electronic media and film, the- 
atre (6 of which must be 300-400-level) 

PRINTMAKING TRACK (66 units) 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 
ART 205 The Human Figure (3) 

ART 229 Paintmgl (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture I (3) 

or 
ART 2xx/3xx Any 200-300-level Crafts Course (3) 
ART 245 Introduction to Printmaking (3) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

Required Courses (24 units) 



Required Courses (24 units) 



ART 3xx/4xx 
ART 329 
ART 402 
ART 497 
ARTH 3xx/4xx 

Electives (6 units) 
ART 217 
ART 412 
ART 334 
ART 346 
ART 359 
ART 373 
ART 3xx/4xx 



Any Four Printmaking Courses (12) 

Painting II (3) 

Life Drawing and Anatomy I (3) 

Senior Project (3) 

Any 300-400-level Art History Course (3) 



Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

Life Drawing and Anatomy II (3) 

Photography II (3) 

New Directions in Painting I (3) 

Digital Photography 1 (3) 

Illustration Principles for Designers and Illustrators (3) 

One 300-400-level Studio Course (3) 



SCULPTURE TRACK (66 units) 
First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 205 The Human Figure (3) 

ART 217 Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture 1 (3) 

ARTH 323 Modern Art I (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

Required Courses (15 units) 
ART 361 Computer 3-D Modeling (3) 

ART 441 Advanced Sculpture II (3) 

ART 443 Advanced Sculpture III (3) 

ART 445 Experimental Directions (3) 

ART 497 Senior Project (3) 

Electives (15 units from the following) 

ART 218 Jewelry I (3) 

ART 311 Wood: Concept and Process (3) 

ART 339 Metal: Concept and Process (3) 

ART 340 Modeling: Concept and Process (3) 

ART 342 Carving: Concept and Process (3) 

ART 407 Ceramics: Clay Sculpture (3) 

MINOR FN ART (24 units) 

Students who wish to complete a minor in Art should consult with 
their departmental advisers. Students may choose either the Studio 
or Art History program option. 



103 


Design I (3) 


104 


Design 11 (3) 


111 


Drawing I (3) 


229 


Painting I (3) 


241 


Sculpture I (3) 


H221 


Survev of Western Art I (3) 


H222 


Survey of Western Art 11 (3) 


xxx 


Elective (3) 



MAJOR IN ART HISTORY 

Students may select one of two tracks in Art History: 1 ) Research 
or 2) Research/Studio. Most students who plan to go on to gradu- 
ate school in Art History choose the Research Track while students 
planning on a career in the gallery or conservation fields often 
choose the Research/Studio Track. Both tracks require the two- 
course capstone experience: Research Methods in Art History and 
Seminar in Art History. In both of these options, advanced 
research skills, knowledge of the use of technology in both research 
and presentation, and well-developed writing skills are required. 
The optional Honors thesis also allows those students with a qual- 
ifying grade point average to pursue an individual research project 
with a faculty adviser which will result in the thesis. 

Students may also undertake ARTH 498, the Internship in Art 
History, which allows them the opportunity to gain practical expe- 
rience in the community. Towson has been successful in placing Art 
History students in such venues as the Baltimore Museum of Art, 
the Walters Art Gallery, Maryland Historical Society, Maryland 
Art Place and the Contemporary Museum. 

Both tracks within the Art History major require 15 units of 
core courses (including two 200-level prerequisites for the 300- 
level courses). The Research Track requires 36 units beyond the 15 
units of core courses; the Research/Studio track requires 5 1 units 
beyond the 15 units of required courses. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ART HISTORY MAJOR 

Required Core Courses for Both Tracks (15 units): 
Introductory Courses (6 units) 
ARTH 22 1 Survey of Western Art I( 3 ) 

ARTH 222 Survey of Western Art II (3) 

Multicultural Requirement (3 units) 

Choose one of the following: 

ARTH 330 East Asian Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 331 The Art of China ( 3 ) 

ARTH 333 The Art of Japan (3) 

ARTH 335 African American Art (3) 

ARTH 339 Latin-American Art (3) 

ARTH 341 Women in Art (3) 

Capstone Experience (6 units) 

ARTH 391 Research Methods in Art History (3) 

ARTH 485 Seminar in Art History (repeatable) (3) 

RESEARCH TRACK 

This track is for those students who want to work in the curator- 
ial, educational, public relations or registration areas of a muse- 
um or gallery or who wish to go on to graduate school in the art 
history field. 

Art History Electives (27 units) 

Choose from the following: 

ARTH 301 Origins of Western Art (3) 

ARTH 306 Art and Architecture of the Classical World (3) 

ARTH 307 Medieval Art (3) 

ARTH 309 Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 31 1 Northern Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 313 Baroque Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 323 Modern Art 1 (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

ARTH 325 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

ARTH 327 History of Modern Design (3) 

ARTH 328 Art, Culture and Politics (3) 

ARTH 330 East Asian Art and Architecture (3) 



Department of Art 



105 



ARTH 331 


Art of China (3) 


ARTH 333 


Art of Japan (3) 


ARTH 335 


African American Art (3) 


ARTH 337 


Art and Architecture of the U.S. I (3) 


ARTH 338 


Art and Architecture of the U.S. II (3) 


ARTH 339 


Latin-American Art (3) 


ARTH 341 


Women in Art (3) 


ARTH 351 


History of Photography (3) 


ARTH 370-379 


Special Topics (3) 


ARTH 485 


Seminar in Art History (repeatable) (3) 


ARTH 494 


Study Abroad (3-9) 


ARTH 495-97 


Independent Study in Art History (3-9) 


ARTH 498 


Internship in Art History 


ARTH 499 


Honors Thesis in Art History (4) 



Upper-Level Courses (9 units) 

Upper-level courses in allied disciplines such as Anthropology, 

English, History and Philosophy in consultation with adviser. 

Foreign Language 

Two years of either German or French are strongly recommended 
but not required. 

RESEARCH/STUDIO TRACK 

This track is for those students who plan to pursue careers in art 
conservation, museum exhibition preparation and exhibition 
design, museum education and gallery work. Students following 
the Research/Studio Track must take both studio and advanced art 
history courses. 

Electives (24 units) 

Choose from the following: 

ARTH 301 Origms of Western Art (3) 

ARTH 306 Art and Architecture of the Classical World (3) 

ARTH 307 Medieval Art (3) 

ARTH 309 Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 311 Northern Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 313 Baroque Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 323 Modern Art I (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

ARTH 325 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

ARTH 327 History of Modern Design (3) 

ARTH 328 Art, Culture and Pohtics (3) 

ARTH 330 East Asian Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 331 Art of China (3) 

ARTH 333 Art of Japan (3) 

ARTH 335 African American An (3) 

ARTH 337 Art and Architecture of the U.S. I (3) 

ARTH 338 Art and Architecture of the U.S. II (3) 

ARTH 339 Latin-American Art (3) 

ARTH 341 Women in Art (3) 

ARTH 351 History of Photography (3) 

ARTH 370-379 Special Topics (3) 

ARTH 485 Seminar in Art History (repeatable) (3) 

ARTH 494 Study Abroad (3-9) 

ARTH 495-97 Independent Study in Art History (3-9) 

ARTH 498 Internship in Art History (i-9) 

ARTH 499 Senior Honors Thesis (4) 

Studio Courses (27 units) 

ART 103 Design I (3) 

ART 104 Design II (3) 

ART 111 Drawing and the Appreciation of Drawing I (3) 

ART 205 The Human Figure (3) 

ART 211 Drawing II (3) 

ART 2xx/3xx Crafts Course (3) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture! (3) 

MINOR IN ART HISTORY 

Introductory Courses (6 units) 

ARTH 221 Survey of Western Art 1 (3) 

ARTH 222 Survey of Western Art 11 (3) 



Electives (12 units) 

Choose from the following: 

ARTH 301 Origins of Western Art ( 3 ) 

ARTH 306 Art and Architecture of the Classical World (3) 

ARTH 307 Medieval Art (3) 

ARTH 309 Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 311 Northern Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 313 Baroque Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 323 Modern Art I (3) 

ARTH 324 Modern Art II (3) 

ARTH 325 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

ARTH 327 History of Modern Design (3) 

ARTH 328 Art, Culture and Politics (3) 

ARTH 330 East Asian Art and Architecture (3) 

ARTH 331 Art of China (3) 

ARTH 333 Art of Japan (3) 

ARTH 335 African American Art (3) 

ARTH 337 Art and Architecture of the U.S. I (3) 

ARTH 338 Art and Architecture of the U.S. U (3) 

ARTH 339 Latin-American Art (3) 

ARTH 341 Women m Art (3) 

ARTH 3 5 1 History of Photography ( 3 ) 

ARTH 370-379 Special Topics (3) 

ARTH 485 Seminar in Art History (repeatable) (3) 

ARTH 494 Study Abroad (3-9) 

ARTH 495-97 Independent Study in Art History (3-9) 

ARTH 498 Internship in Art History (3-9) 

ARTH 499 Honors Thesis in Art History (4) 

Capstone Experience (6 units) 

ARTH 391 Research Methods in Art History (3) 

ARTH 485 Seminar in Art History (repeatable) (3) 

MAJOR IN ART EDUCATION (SCREENED MAJOR) 

Students in the Art Education program receive dual certification 
enabling them to teach art in Maryland in grades K-12. In addition 
to meeting the GenEd requirements (45 units), students complete 
art education and professional education requirements for 97 
units. The entire program is approximately 142 units and takes 
five years to complete. The art education block is taken in the last 
three terms of the program. 

Requirements for admission are as follows: 

1. Junior standing 

2. An overall GPA of 2.75 

3. A GPA of 3.00 in the major 

4. An interview and portfolio review with the art education faculty 

5. Permission of the education department 

To continue within the professional sequences and be eligible to 
student teach, students must fulfill the following requirements: 

1. Receive a grade of B or better in all art education courses 

2. Maintain a 2.75 average in the professional course sequence 

3. Pass the Praxis I (reading, writing and math) prior to enroll- 
ment in Media and Techniques courses (ARED 381-383) 

4. Undergo a criminal background check and speech and hearing 
test prior to student teaching 

First Level Foundation (18 units) 

Second Level Foundation (18 units) 

ART 229 Painting I (3) 

ART 234 Photography I (3) 

ART 217 Introduction to Computer Media (3) 

ART 241 Sculpture I (3) 

ARTH 3xx/4xx Any 300-400-level Art History Course (6) 

Studio Requirements (12 units) 

ART 231 Ceramics (3) 

ART 2xx-3xx Any 200-300-level Printmaking Course (3) 

ART 2xx-3xx Any 200-300-level Studio Electives (6) 

Art Education Courses (3 1 units) 

First Term of the Art Education Block (6 units) 

ARED 381° Media and Techniques for Art Teachers: Elementary (3) 

ARED 383 Media and Techniques for Art Teachers: Secondary (3) 



106 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Second Term of the Art Education Block (10 units) 
ARED 467 Field Experience in Art Education: Elementary (2) 

ARED 468 Field Experience in Art Education: Secondary (2) 

ARED 475 Methods of Teaching Art: Elementary (3) 

ARED 479 Methods of Teaching Art: Secondary (3) 

Third Term of the Art Education Block (15 units) 
ARED 481 Student Teaching in Art: Elementary (6) 

ARED 483 Student Teaching in Art: Secondary (6) 

ARED 485 Professional Seminar in the Teaching of Art (3) 

Professional Courses (19 units) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (4) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

ARED 463 Author-Illustrator: Elementary (3) 

ARED 464 Author-Illustrator: Secondary (3) 

Additional Required Courses (taken as GenEds) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

HIST 145 U.S. History to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

or 
HIST 146 U.S. History since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

'Prerequisite: passing score on Praxis I. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

The Department of Art accepts art credits from other accredited 
colleges and universities. Portfolio evaluation and transfer credit 
sheets form a basis for course evaluation. 

DEPARTMENT OF ART HONORS PROGRAMS 
Art Studio Honors Program 

Art offers majors the opportunity to complete a departmental hon- 
ors program. Interested students typically apply to the program 
during the second term of the junior year. Students spend one year 
completing an honors project that is focused on a theme or idea of 
investigation. Successful completion of the project and paper 
allows students to create a body of work, build a strong portfolio 
and train for graduate school. Completion of the honors program 
will be noted on the student's diploma. 

Requirements 

• overall GPA of 3.25 

• major GPA of 3.5 

• Sequential courses: independent study (3 units) and ART 499 
Senior Honors Thesis (4 units) 

• Honors-level work 

• Substantial body of work and exhibition of body of work 

• Written paper, 8-10 pages in length 

• Defense 

• Committee consisting of faculty adviser, honors department 
coordinator or Honors College representative, a departmental 
faculty member, and usually someone outside of the depart- 
ment/university 

For more information, contact the Studio Art Honors Faculty 
Coordinator Nora Sturges. 

Art History Honors Program 

Art History offers majors the opportunity to complete a depart- 
mental honors program. Interested students typically apply to the 
program during the second term of the junior year. Students spend 
one year completing an honors research and writing project that is 
focused on an avenue of investigation. Successful completion of the 
paper, along with the defense, allows students to learn advanced 
research and writing skills, train for careers in art history, and pre- 
pare for graduate school. Completion of the honors program will 
be noted on the student's diploma. 



Requirements 

• overall GPA of 3.25 

• major GPA of 3.5 

• Sequential courses: ARTH 495, 496 or 497 Independent Study 
(3 units) and ARTH 499 Senior Honors Thesis (4 units) 

• Honors level work 

• Written research paper, 30 pages in length 

• Defense 

• Committee consisting of faculty adviser, honors department 
coordinator or Honors College representative, a departmental 
faculty member, and usually someone outside of the depart- 
ment/university 

For more information, contact the Art History Honors Faculty 
Coordinator Dr. J. Susan Isaacs. 

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES 

Towson University's Department of Art has a long tradition of 
preparing students as highly qualified teachers. To prepare students 
for other careers in art, the department, in conjunction with the 
Career Center, has developed internships with various studios, 
schools, colleges, design firms and museums. These internships pro- 
vide students with the e.xperience necessary for achieving success in 
their fields, including Web page design, graphic design, illustration, 
advertising, photography, and metalsmithing and jewelry. 




Department of Dance 



Department of Dance 

Professors: Susan Haigler-Robles (Chair), Jaye Knutson, Susan 
Mann 

Assistant Professors: Linda-Denise Fisher-Harrell, Sandra Perez, 
Vincent Thomas 

Lecturers: Runguio Du, Nancy Wanich-Romita 

Production Coordinator: John Sichina 

Director of the Children's Dance Division: Keith L. Thomas 

Administrative Assistant: Maria DeMeo 

Adjunct Faculty: Jayne Bernasconi, Lester Holmes, Malcolm Shute, 
Dana Martin, Stephanie Powell, Betsy Romer, Kendra Shapanus, 
Paul Shapanus, Keith L. Thomas 

Recent Guest Artist Faculty: Sheena Black, Leslie Bradley, Tiffany 
Butler, Suzanne Bryant, Juan Carlos Blanco, Trudy Cobb 
Dennard, Alison Crosby, Dianna Cuatto, Carlos Dannon, Kristin 
Degnan, Slvia Druker, Chris Elam, Alexander Gish, Stephen 
Greenston, Doug Hamby, Naoko Maeshiba, Chandra Moss, 
Mino Nikolais, Cathy Paine, Stewart Pimsler, Troy Powell, Keith 
Thomas, Helanius Wilkins, Anton Wilson, Miriam Whiteaker, 
Antonietta Vicario, Dion Wilson, Kristina Windom 



Fall Term (16 units) 



OFFICE 

Center for the Arts 1002, 
Fax: 410-704-3752 
www.towson.edu/dance/ 



410-704-2760 



PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Towson University Dance Department advocates Dancing for 
a Lifetime by challenging students to examine and refine their 
approaches to the arts of dancing, choreography and dance educa- 
tion. The Department of Dance offers a Bachelor of Fine Arts 
degree in Dance Performance accredited by the National 
Association of Schools of Dance since 1982. For students who are 
interested in teaching, there is an optional teacher certification pro- 
gram available. 

As stated in the NASD Standards for Accreditation Handbook 
2006: page 41 VIII.A.2 Purpose for all Professional Baccalaureate 
Degrees in Dance: "B.F.A. Students enrolled in professional under- 
graduate degrees in dance are expected to develop the knowledge, 
skills, concepts and sensitivities essential to the artist in the field of 
dance. To fulfill various professional responsibilities, the dance 
artist must exhibit not only technique competence, but also broad 
knowledge of dance and dance repertory, the ability to integrate 
dance-related knowledge and skills, sensitivity to dance and musi- 
cal styles, and an insight into the role of dance intellectual, educa- 
tion and cultural alike." 

Auditioned Dance majors may elect to take courses that will 
enable them to meet university, college and Maryland teacher certi- 
fication requirements in K-12 education. The Dance Department 
offers courses that fulfill various General Education (GenEd) 
requirements, including (DANC 220 LB.), I.D. (DANC 321), LE. 
(DANC 235), II.B.l. (DANC 127), n.B.3. (DANC 101, DANC 
105, DANC 106, and n.C.l. (DANC 123, DANC 125, DANC 
133). 

ADMISSION TO THE SCREENED MAJOR 

The Department of Dance continues to accept pre-Dance majors, 
but only students who have passed one of the auditions in October, 
November, March or April. 

Students missing the auditions, choosing not to audition or not 
passing the audition by May 1 will be moved to the category of 
"undecided" or "undeclared." These students will be encouraged 
to take non-major dance classes and audition or re-audition in 
their freshman year to join a cohort with first-year Dance majors. 

Foundational First-Year Experience include the following 
courses: 



DANC 125- 
DANC 223 
DANC 227 
DANC 245 
ENGL 102* 
GenEd* (3) 



Introduction to Dance; Overview (3) U.C.l. 

Ballet Technique 1 (2) 

Modern Technique I (2) 

Scientific Bases for Movement Analysis I (3) 

Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 



Spring Term (17 units) 



DANC 216 
DANC 224 
DANC 228 
DANC 345 
DANC 370 
DANC 235 
GenEd' (3) 
'Courses with an asterisk satisfy GenEd requirements. 



Crew(l) 

Ballet Technique I (2) 

Modern Technique I (2) 

Scientific Bases for Movement Analysis II (3) 

Music for Dance (3) 

Composition I (3)* I.E. 



Dr. Susan Haigler-Robles is the First- Year Adviser for new stu- 
dents and accepts up to 50 new auditioned first-year pre-Dance 
majors. The Foundational courses are taught by full-time faculty 
teaching a rigorous core of knowledge in dance technique, per- 
formance, history, music, anatomy/kinesiology and production 
skills. 

A student must earn a 3.00 GPA or better in the Foundational 
courses (total 24 units), as highlighted above. 

Only the students with the highest GPAs within the 
Foundational courses will be accepted to continue the B.F.A. in 
Dance Performance. After the Foundational First Year, Dance 
majors must maintain a 2.50 GPA in dance courses to be eligible 
for graduation with a major in Dance. 

Acceptance into the university is required for acceptance into the 
major. Applications for audition are sent year-round from the 
Department of Dance administrative office. Only 30 applicants 
will be seen during an audition session. Additional auditions will 
be scheduled to accommodate requests for audition opportunities. 
Applications for a certain audition date are accepted on a first- 
come, first-served basis. 

Students may only audition twice for the major If students are 
accepted into the Dance major and do not attend the following 
fall, they must petition the faculty for later acceptance. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Students transferring from other institutions must complete a minimum 
of 20 units of their dance course requirements at Towson University. 

MAJOR IN DANCE PERFORMANCE 

The major in Dance Performance leads to the Bachelor of Fine Arts 
degree. Students in the major must complete 65 units of required 
dance courses, 6 units of required interdisciplinary courses, 15 
units of dance electives, 3 units of other electives, GenEd require- 
ments (DANC 125, DANC 220, DANC 235 and DANC 321: 
specified components of the Dance Performance major), and the 
performance requirements outlined below. A grade equivalent of 
2.50 or higher is required for all courses in the major. All majors 
are required to be enrolled in a ballet and modern class each term 
prior to their scheduled jury. 

Requirements for the Major 

Please note: courses with one asterisks (*) indicate specific GenEd 

courses required by the dance department. 

Courses with two asterisk ('*'j are Foundational courses. 

Dance Courses (65 units) 

DANC 125" 

DANC 216" 

DANC 220* 

DANC 223-4* 

DANC 227-8* 

DANC 235* 

DANC 245** 

DANC 263 

DANC 316 

DANC 321* 



Introduction to Dance: Overview (3) II.C.l. 

Sophomore Crew (1) 

Using Information Effectively in Dance (3) I.l 

Foundational Ballet (4) (2 per term) 

Foundational Modern (4) (2 per term) 

Composition I (3) I.E. 

Scientific Bases for Movement Analysis I (3) 

Dance Design and Production (3) 

Junior Crew (1) 

Responding to Dance (3) I.D. 



108 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



DANC 323-4 Level II Ballet (6) (3 per term) 

DANC 327-8 Level II Modern (6) (3 per term) 

DANC 335 Composition II (3) 

DANC 336 Composition III (3) 

DANC 345** Scientific Bases for Movement Analysis II (3) 

DANC 423-4 Level III Ballet (3) 

DANC 427-8 Level III Modern (3) 

DANC 436 Composition IV: For the Proscenium (3) 

or 

DANC 437 Composition IV: For the Camera (3) 

DANC 480 Senior Project: Seminar (2) 

DANC 491 Senior Project: Concert (3) 

Performance majors must take 9 units of Level 111 and must 
include courses in both ballet and modern. Majors in Dance 
Performance K-12 certification must take 6 units of Level III in 
either or both disciplines. 

Interdisciplinary Courses (6 units) 

DANC 370 Music for Dance Majors (3) 

THEAlOl Acting I (3) 

Dance Electives (12 units) 

DANC 101 The Alexander Technique (3) II.B.3. 

DANC 105 Movement Skills Enhancement for Men (3) II.B.3. 

DANC 109 Jazz Dance I (2) 

DANC 209 Jazz Dance II (2) 

DANC 111 Tap Dance I (2) 

DANC 211 Tap Dance II (2) 

DANC 201 Developmental Movement (3) 

DANC 251 Methods of Teaching Dance (3) 

DANC 310 Jazz Dance III (2) 

DANC 341 Pointe Technique I (2) 

DANC 342 Pointe Technique II (2) 

DANC 351 Teachmg Dance Technique (3) 

DANC 370-379 Special Topics in Dance (1-3) 

DANC 3 8 3 * * Modern Dance Repertory ( 3 ) 

DANC 384* ' Ballet Repertory (3) 

DANC 451 Dance Education and Public Policies (3) 

DANC 481 Dance Company (3) 

DANC 492 Practicum in Dance Technique (variable) 

DANC 495 Independent Study in Dance (1-3) 

Technique classes taken after completing major requirements. 

At least 6 units of electives must be in Modern Repertory, Ballet 
Repertory or Dance Company. 

Other Electives (3 units) 

Performance Requirements for Majors 

To fulfill performance requirements for graduation, Dance majors 
must audition for the TU Dance Company a minimum of two 
times during their tenure at Towson and must fulfill one of the fol- 
lowing: 

1. Perform with the TU Dance Company (3 units — audition 
required) or Ballet or Modern Repertory (3 units each) for a 
minimum total of 6 units, and 9 additional units of works in sec- 
tions of Dance Composition 111 and IV for a total of 15 per- 
formance units. 

or 

2. Transfer students must consult with the chairperson of the 
Department of Dance to arrange equivalent performing 
experiences. 

Juries 

As a mechanism for assessing progress toward the degree, all 
Dance majors will be evaluated by a jury of faculty members at the 
end of the spring term of the sophomore year. The jury will con- 
sider a video portfolio of each student. Written and verbal assess- 
ment will be given to each student in relation to the expected stu- 
dent outcomes of the program. 

Special note: All majors are required to be enrolled in a ballet and 
modern class each term prior to their scheduled jury. 



Crews 

All Dance majors are required to register for and complete both a 
Sophomore Crew (DANC 216) and Junior Crew (DANC 316). 
These assignments are made annually by the department. Successful 
completion of one crew course is a requirement prior to registering 
for DANC 480. Both crew courses and DANC 263 are required for 
graduation with the B.F.A. in Dance Performance and Education 
(K-12). 

MAJOR IN DANCE PERFORMANCE AND 

EDUCATION (K-12) 

Dance majors may elect to obtain State Teacher Certification to 

teach dance at the elementary and secondary levels. Students in this 
program receive certification to teach dance in grades K-12 in the 
public schools in Maryland and reciprocal states. The program 
leads to the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in Dance Performance and 
Education (K-12). 

Admission to the K-12 Certification Option and student teaching 
requires: 1) admission to the university; 2) admission to the major; 
3) a personal interview; 4) completion of a Criminal Background 
Disclosure Form that must be notarized and kept on file in the 
Center for Professional Practice (CPP); 5) completion of a criminal 
background check that must be kept on file in the CPP before the 
student enters into an intensive/extensive internship or student 
teaching experience in a public or private school setting (pre-K 
through 12); 6) passing score on the Praxis I examination, and 7) 
successful completion of the speech and hearing test. All seven 
items listed above are prerequisites for the internship application. 
Continuance in the program requires the maintenance of an overall 
GPA of 2.50 and a GPA of 2.75 in major classes each term, the 
maintenance of a current membership in the National Dance 
Education Organization, and maintenance of behaviors and atti- 
tudes set forth by Towson University's Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Education. 

Students whose GPA falls below the minimum requirement will 
be given one term to improve their GPA. Failure to do so may result 
in suspension from the program. 

The Teacher Education Executive Board (TEEB) reserves the 
right to refuse, deny or revoke the application for admission to pro- 
fessional education programs or entry into student teaching of any 
student whose observed conduct is deemed incongruent with estab- 
lished guidelines of student demeanor for those planning to enter 
the teaching profession as excerpted from the "Statement of 
Professional Behavior for Undergraduate and Graduate Teacher 
Education Students," in the Towson State University Compass 
(1987 Student Handbook), and "NEA Code of Ethics" (1975), 
adopted by the College of Education Council in September 1988, 
and reaffirmed by TEEB in November 1990, October 1995, 
February 1996 and February 2000. 

Students must complete the required Dance and Interdisciplinary 
courses set forth for the major, the Performance Requirements for 
Majors listed below, jury and crew requirements, and an addition- 
al 33 units of professional education components listed below. 
Students must also be placed by the faculty in both Level III 
Modern and Level III Ballet. 

DANC 201 Developmental Movement (3) 

DANC 251 Methods of Teachmg Dance (3) 

DANC 391 Student Teaching in Elementary School (6) 

DANC 392 Student Teaching in Secondary School (6) 

DANC 451 Dance Education and Public Policies (3) 

PHEC 183 Ballroom/Folk/Square Dancing ( 1 ) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

ELED 324 Integrated Reading K-12 Certification (3) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 

DANC 493 Pro-Seminar In the Teaching of Dance (1) 

(to be taken concurrendy with DANC 391 and DANC 392) 

Performance Requirements for Majors 

To fulfill performance requirements for graduation, K-12 

Certification Dance majors who choose the Education Certification 



Department of Dance 



109 



Option must audition for the TU Dance Company a minimum of 
two times during their tenure at Towson and must fulfill one of the 
following: 
1. Perform with the TU Dance Company (3 units — audition 
required) or Ballet or Modern Repertory (3 units each) for a 
minimum total of 3 units, and 12 additional units of works in 
sections of Dance Composition III and IV for a total of 15 
performance units. 
or 
1. Transfer students must consult with the chairperson of the 
department to arrange equivalent performing experiences. 

Post-baccalaureate Certification Option 

For students who have completed a bachelor's degree in dance, the 
Department of Dance offers a post-baccalaureate program leading 
to Maryland K-12 certification in dance. Prospective students 
interested in this option need to contact the department to set up 
an appointment with the program coordinator to have their tran- 
script(s) analyzed and a program of study developed based upon 
state certification and departmental requirements. 

SUGGESTED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR DANCE 
PERFORMANCE AND EDUCATION PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
First Term (16 units) 



ENGL 102 
DANC245*^ 
PSYC 101 
DANC 125'^ 
DANC223*' 
DANC 227'^ 

Second Term 

DANC 216'^ 
DANC 235 
DANC 345*^ 
DANC370»' 
GenEd II.A. 
DANC224»* 
DANC 228" 



Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 
Scientific Basis for Movement I (3) 
Introduction to Psychology (3) 
Introduction to Dance overview (3) 
Foundational Ballet (2) 
Foundational Modern (2) 



IS 



units) 

' Sophomore Crew (1) 
Dance Composition I (3) 

* Scientific Basis for Movement II (3) 

* Music for Dance (3) 
Lab Science (4) 

Foundational Ballet (2) 
Foundational Modern (2) 



* Additional requirements during the freshman year: Dub ballet 
and modern combinations from class and performances to use in 
sophomore juries, join NDEO. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

First Term (18 units) 



DANC 220 

DANC 263 
SPED 301 
GenEd II.D. 



(3) 



Using Information Effectively in Dance (3) GenEd 

LB. 

Dance Design and Production (3) 

Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 



Ballet (determined by placement) (3) 
Modern Dance (determined by placement) (3) 

Second Term (17 units) 

DANC 201 Developmental Movement (3) 

ELED 324 Integrated Reading K-12 Certification (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychologv (3) 

HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

Ballet (determined by placement) (3) 
Modern Dance (determined by placement) (3) 

^Additional requirements during the sophomore year: dub 
practicums and jury information for sophomore jury in March/April. 

JUNIOR YEAR 

First Term (17 units) 

DANC 316 Junior Crew (1) 

DANC 335 Dance Composition II (3) 

DANC 321 History of the Dance (3) GenEd I.D. 



PHEC 183 Ballroom/Folk/Square Dancing ( 1 ) 

GenEd I.C. (3) 

GenEd II.C.2. (3) 

Ballet/Modern (determined by placement) (3) 

Second Term (18 units) 



DANC 336 
THEA 101 
COMM 131 
GenEd II.A. 
GenEd II.C.3. 



13) 



Dance Composition III (3) 

Acting I (3) 

Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

Lab Science (4) 



Tap/Jazz (determined by placement) (2) 

* Additional requirements during the junior year: register for Junior 
Crew (DANC 315); Praxis. 

SENIOR YEAR 

First Term (14 units) 

DANC 25 1 Methods of Teaching Dance (3 ) 

DANC 436 Dance Composition FV (3) 

DANC 480 Senior Project: Seminar (2) 

Ballet/Modern (determined by placement) (3) 
Dance Company (3) 

Second Term (14 units) 

DANC 451 Dance Education and Public Policies (3) 

DANC 491 Senior Project: Concert/Lecture Demonstration (3) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

Tap/Jazz (determined by placement) (2) 

Elective (3) 

* Additional requirements during the senior year: register for grad- 
uation; apply for student teaching in the Center for Professional 
Practice. 

Third Term (13 units) 

DANC 391 Student Teaching in Elementary School (6) 
DANC 392 Student Teaching in Secondary School (6) 
DANC 493 Pro-Seminar in the Teaching of Dance (1) 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

To qualify for a dance recruitment scholarship, or for a COFAC 
Dean's scholarship, students must audition, be accepted into the 
major, and be full-time Dance majors. 

The terms/criteria for automatic renewal of Dance Recruitment 
and COFAC Dean's scholarships offered to Dance majors at 
Towson University are as follows: 

1) For the Foundational First-Year Courses, a GPA of a 3.00 or 
higher must be maintained. 

2) For the B.F.A. in Dance Performance a 2.50 GPA in Dance 
major courses must be maintained. 

3) For the B.F.A. in Dance Performance and Education (K-12) an 
overall GPA of 2.75 and a GPA of 3.00 in the major. Students 
whose GPA falls below this minimum requirement will auto- 
matically lose all scholarship awards. Once students have re- 
established an overall GPA of 2.75 and a GPA of 3.00 in the 
major, the remainder of their scholarships from that date for- 
ward to graduation will be reinstated. 

4) Perform a minimum of once per year and be registered in 
DANC 481, The Towson University Dance Company. 

5) Demonstrate and exemplify a behavioral understanding of the 
relationship between rights and responsibilities within the 
classroom, rehearsal, and all other aspects of the profession. 

6) Participate fully in all aspects of the major. 

7) Annual scholarship renewal evaluation by the Department of 
Dance faculty. 



110 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Department of Electronic Media 
and Film 

Professors: Greg Faller, Peter Lev 

Associate Professors: John MacKerron, Barry Moore (Chair), 

John Turner 
Assistant Professors: Michael Angelella, Gordon Glover, Eisa 

Lankford, Daniel Mydlack, Brian Plow, Dave Reiss 
Lecturers: Jennifer Lackey, Shawn Wright 
Part-time Faculty: James Armstrong, Gary Harner, Arthur 

Laupus, Sarah H. Gibson 
Staff: Travis Holden 
Administrative Assistant: Yvonne Eder 

OFFICE 

Media Center 103, 410-704-3184 
Fax: 410-704-3337 
www.towson.edu/emf 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Electronic Media and Film major focuses upon the study of the 
aesthetics and production of film, video, audio and radio. The 
major is divided into three tracks in FilmA'ideo/Digitai Media, 
Radio/Audio, and Film and Media Studies. Within the tracks, stu- 
dents are encouraged to develop skills in writing, media history and 
criticism, and professional media production. 

The Electronic Media and Film major is an undergraduate degree 
program leading either to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

The Department of Electronic Media and Film is committed to 
the liberal arts and professional education. Students are encouraged 
to develop and refine visual, written and technical skills and to cul- 
tivate critical thinking abilities in all courses. The program is 
designed to prepare students for careers in electronic media and 
film as well as to prepare them for graduate study in related fields. 

Students selecting the major should contact the department to be 
assigned an adviser to assist them in designing a program to meet 
their special needs. Students must meet with their advisers each 
term to discuss their progress and to facilitate necessary changes in 
their course of study. 

ADMISSION TO THE EMF DEPARTMENT 

Admission Requirements 

Admission to the EMF major is granted only by the department. 
Admission to the university does not constitute or guarantee admis- 
sion to the major. 

Students should file a Declaration of Major Form with the 
department and list themselves as a pre-EMF major (PEMF). 

1. All students, before being considered for admission to the major, 
must attain a 3.00 GPA in the following three core courses: 
EMF 120 Concept and Story 

EMF 140 Introduction to Electronic Media and Film 

EMF 221 Principles of Film and Media Production 

Transfer students may complete the equivalent courses at their 

previous college or university, but they must attain the overall 3.00 

GPA in the equivalent courses. 

2. Students who have completed the required core courses with a 
3.00 GPA must complete and submit a Declaration of Eligibility 
Form in the EMF office to become part of the student major 
pool. Successful completion of the EMF core courses does not 
guarantee admission to the EMF major. Admission to the EMF 
major is competitive and is determined by the satisfactory com- 
pletion of the core courses, the cumulative GPA and the evalua- 
tion of a submitted creative essay. This policy will apply to native 
and transfer students. 

3. Admission to the EMF major is based on: 

• The number of majors that the department can reasonably 
accept without compromising the quality of its educational expe- 



rience. No fewer than 75 students will be admitted to the EMF 
major within an academic calendar year. 

• The satisfactory completion of the core admission courses, the 
student's cumulative GPA and submitted creative essay. The can- 
didates with the highest ranking GPA from the pool of applicants 
will be selected 

• Creative Essay: As part of the admission process, students will be 
required to write a creative essay. All transfer students will also 
be required to submit an essay. Please tell us why you want to 
pursue a course of study in Electronic Media and Film. How 
have your life experiences, creative interests and professional 
goals influenced your choice of this major? 

Compose and attach on separate pages the essay (no more 
than 500 words or approximately two pages double spaced, 
printed with 12-point font). The EMF Admissions Committee 
will use your essay to determine your ability to organize your 
thoughts and express yourself clearly. The committee evaluates 
the essays for originality, clarity, personal insight and creativity. 
The essay will be used to make decisions in cases where the 
applicant's cumulative GPA is marginal. In such cases, it will be 
used to provide an additional means of evaluation for those who 
might not otherwise be admitted to the major This policy is in 
effect for students entering Towson University as of July 1, 2007. 

Graduation Requirements 

All major requirements must be completed with a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher. The Pass grading option is not available for 
courses applicable toward the major. 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Option 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Arts degree in Electronic Media 
and Film by completing the intermediate (200) level of a foreign 
language. 

MAJOR IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA AND FILM 

The Electronic Media and Film major requires the student to 
choose a track. The Electronic Media and Film major requires 42- 
48 units. Twenty-one units must be upper-division courses. Students 
cannot have more than one track in the EMF major. The major 
requires 9 units of common introductory courses and depending 
upon the track, 33-39 units of courses distributed between required 
courses and electives. 

Students are reminded that it is their responsibility to check all 
prerequisites before registering for any course. 

Required Core Courses for All Majors (9 units): 

EMF 120 Concept and Story (3) 

EMF 140 Introduction to Electronic Media (3) 

EMF 221 Principles of Film and Media Production (3) 

Upon completion of the required core, students must fulfill the 
requirements in one of the three tracks outlined below: 

FILMA'IDEO/DIGITAL MEDIA TRACK (39 units) 

Required Courses (18 units) 

EMF 222 Film/Video Production (3) 

EMF 265 Audio Production I (3) 

EMF 275 Principles of Film and Video Editing (3) 

EMF 377 Broadcast/Film Writing (3) 

EMF 31 1 History of Electronic Media (3) 

or 
EMF 363 History of Film (3) 

EMF 367 Narrative Filmmaking: Sync Sound Techniques (3) 

or 
EMF 373 Electronic Field Production (3) 

Media Electives (6 units) 

Choose two of the following: 

EMF 205 Women and Gender in Film 8c Media (3) 

EMF 331 Broadcast/Cable Programming (3) 

EMF 355 EMF Law & Regulation (3) 

EMF 364 Aesthetics of Film and Electronic Media (3) 



Department of Electronic Media and Film 



111 



EMF 368 Genre Theory & Criticism (3) 

EMF 463 Topics in International Cinema (3) 

EMF 475 Film and Media Analysis (3) 

EMF 476 Special Topics in EMF (3) 

EMF 485 Seminar in Digital Studies (3) 

EMF 311 History of Electronic Media* (3) 

or 
EMF 363 History of Film* (3) 

(* if not used as a Required Course) 

Intermediate Production (6 units) 

Choose two of the following: 

EMF 340 Lighting for Film & Video (3) 

EMF 351 TV Station Operations (3) 

EMF 371 Television Studio Production (3) 

EMF 366 Sound in Media (3) 

EMF 380 Digital Post-Production (3) 

EMF 367 Narrative Filmmaking: Sync Sound Techniques * (3) 

or 
EMF 373 Electronic Field Production* (3) 

(* if not used as a Required Course) 

Advanced Production (6 units) 

Choose one the folloivmg: 

EMF 370 Media News Production (3) 

EMF 375 Broadcast Performance (3) 

EMF 403 Sportscasting (3) 

EMF 405 Screenvvriting (3) 

EMF 430 The Media Producer (3) 

EMF 455 Directing for Film and Video (3) 

EMF 471 Producing for Television (3) 

EMF 476 Special Topics (3) (If appropriate to production) 

Choose one of the following: 

EMF 437 Corporate Video (3) 

EMF 461 Documentary Film and Video (3) 

EMF 462 Experimental Film and Video (3) 

EMF 473 Seminar in Narrative Filmmaking (3) 

EMF 481 Television News (3) 

EMF 486 Dance for the Camera (3) 

EMF 487 Seminar in Digital Post-Production (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Choose any 3 units in EMF. We recommend, but do not require, 

EMF 460 Internship in EMF (1-6) 



EMF 495 



Directed Study in EMF (1-6) 



RADIO/ AUDIO TRACK (39 units) 

Requirements (15 units) 

EMF 265 Audio Production I (3) 

EMF 311 History of Electronic Media (3) 

EMF 355 EMF Law and Regulation 

EMF 365 Audio Production II (3) 

EMF 377 Broadcast/Film Writing (3) 

Electives (24 units) 

Choose 18 units from the following courses, at least 9 units of which must 

be EMF courses; plus 6 additional units of any other EMF courses. 

EMF 100 Using Information Effectively in EMF (3) 

EMF 331 Broadcast/Cable Programming (3) 

EMF 360 Audio Documentary (3) 

EMF 366 Sound in Media (3) 

EMF 370 Electronic Media News Production (3) 

EMF 375 Broadcast Performance (3) 

EMF 403 Sportscasting (3) 

EMF 421 Radio Station Operations (3) 

EMF 460 Internship in EMF (1-6) 

EMF 476 Special Topics in EMF (3) 

EMF 495 Directed Study in EMF (1-6) 

MCOM440 Advertising Media Sales (3) 

MUSC 281 Recording Techniques I (3) 

MUSC 305 Survey of the Music Industry (3) 

MUSC 482 Recording Techniques II (3) 

THEA 209 Sound Design (3) 



FILM AND MEDIA STUDIES TRACK (33 units) 

Requirements (9 units) 

EMF 311 History of Electronic Media (3) 

EMF 363 History of Film (3) 

EMF 364 Aesthetics of Film and Electronic Media (3) 

Media Studies Electives (6 units) 

Choose two of the following: 

EMF 368 Genre Theory and Criticism (3) 

EMF 377 Broadcast/Film Writing (3) 

EMF 463 Topics in International Cinema (3) 

EMF 475 Film and Media Analysis (3) 

EMF 485 Seminar in Digital Studies (3) 

Production Requirement (3 units) 

Choose one of the following: 

EMF 222 FilmA'ideo Production (3) 

EMF 265 Audio Production I (3) 

EMF 275 Principles of Film and Video Editing (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

Choose three of the following, two of which must be upper division. 

Options not taken in Media Studies electives (above) may also be taken. 

CLST 201 or 202 Introduction to Cultural Studies (3) 

CLST 307 

COMM 378 

EMF 100 

EMF 205 

EMF 355 

EMF 405 

MCOM 352 

MCOM 385 



Visual Culture (3) 

Intercultural Communication (3) 

Using Information Effectively in EMF (3) 

Women and Gender in Film and Media (3) 

Electronic Media and Film Law and Regulation (3) 

Screenwriting (3) 

Media Criticism (3) 

Mass Media and Society (3) 



Choose two additional courses in Electronic Media and Film. 

We recommend, but do not require: 
EMF 460 Internship in EMF (1-6) 

or 
EMF 495 Directed Study in EMF (1-6) 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

The department sponsors departmental honors where students pur- 
sue directed study leading to the completion of a thesis. Students 
interested in departmental honors should consult the chair of the 
department no later than the first term of their junior year. Honors 
are indicated on the graduate's transcript and diploma. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Transfer students are required to complete 21 units in residence 
toward the Electronic Media and Film major. The department will 
accept up to 15 credits of compatible transfer courses. 

MINOR IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA AND FILM 

The Electronic Media and Film minor requires a total of 24 units: 
9 units in core requirements, 3 units in media writing, 3 units in 
production and 9 units in elective courses. Six (6) of these 9 units in 
electives must be upper division. 

Core Requirements (9 units) 

EMF 120 Concept and Story (3) 

EMF 140 Introduction to Electronic Media and Film (3) 

EMF 221 Principles of Film and Media Production (3) 

Writing Requirement (3 units) 

Choose one from the following: 

EMF 31 1 History of Electronic Media (3) 

EMF 363 Historyof Film (3) 

EMF 377 Broadcast/Film Writing (3) 

Production Requirements (3 units) 
Choose one from the following: 
EMF 222 FilmA'ideo Production (3) 

EMF 265 Audio Production 1(3) 



112 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Electives (9 units) 

Choose 9 units from the following courses, or any courses not 

taken in the requirements listed above. 

EMF 205 Women and Gender in Film and Media (3) 

EMF 331 Broadcast/Cable Programming (3) 

EMF 355 Electronic Media and Film Law and Regulation (3) 

EMF 364 Aesthetics ot Film and Electronic Media (3) 

EMF 368 Genre Theory and Criticism (3) 

EMF 405 Screenwriting (3) 

EMF 430 The Media Producer (3) 

EMF 475 Film and Media Analysis (3) 

EMF 485 Seminar in Digital Studies 

EMF 495 Directed Study in Electronic Media and Film (3) 

1) The Pass grading option is not available for these courses. 

2) No more than 3 units of Directed Study can be applied to the 
Electronic Media and Film minor. 

3) The department will transfer into the minor up to 9 units of 
compatible courses. 

INTERNSHIPS 

Internship eligibility requirements for Electronic Media and Film 
are as follows: 
1. Junior or senior status 
2. Admitted to the EMF major 

3. Completion of courses related to the area of internship concen- 
tration, specifically: 

• EMF 140 and EMF 222 prior to any video or television broad- 
cast journalism-related placement 

• EMF 221 and EMF 222 prior to any film placement 

• EMF 140 and EMF 265 prior to any radio or radio broadcast 
journalism-related placement 

• Cumulative GPA requirement: 2.75 overall; 3.00 in the major. 
Waivers are considered by the department. 

For additional information, contact the Department of Electronic 
Media and Film. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Department of Electronic Media and Film offers several schol- 
arships for majors. For more information, contact the department, 
410-704-3184. 

DEPARTMENTAL ACTIVITIES 

Department activities include support for the active student organ- 
ization. National Broadcast Society. Students are also encouraged 
to participate in activities such as the Visual Media Laboratory, the 
campus radio stations, XTSR and WTMD, and the campus televi- 
sion station, WMJF-TV. 



Department of Mass 
Communication and 
Communication Studies 

Professors: Thom Lieb, Mark McElreath, Richard Vatz 

Associate Professors: Sean Baker, Charles Flippen {Chair), Beth 
Haller, Kimberly Lauffer, Jung-Sook Lee, Audra McMullen, 
June Yum 

Assistant Professors: Meg Algren, Jacqueline Barnett, Teodora 
Carabas, Dionne demons, Kwangmi Ko Kim, Ying Kong, 
Sandy Nichols, Stacy Spaulding, Alexandra Vilela 

Lecturers: Jenny Atwater, Garry Bolan, Elizabeth Skinner, Lisa 
Turowski 

Part-time Faculty: Robert G. Allen, Karen Amos, Jennifer Banach, 
Chris Baron, Scott Borgerding, JoAnne Broadwater, Rebecca 
Brunelle, Kelly Cassell, Vicki Cohen, Karen Coker, Mary Craig, 
Judith DeCraene, Meghan Dwyer, Richard Ellsberry, Lauren 
Eskenazi, Brian Feeney, Mark Fernando, Tracy Fitzgerald, 
Richard Frank, Megan Fromm, Carol Galladian, Zack 
Germroth, Gail Gibbs, Carmel Hayden, Jason Heiserman, Carl 
Hyden, John Kastnei; John Kirch, Gary Lambrecht, Maggie 
Lears, Monica Lopossay, Shannon Maki, Paul Mihailidis, Carol 
Norton, Greg Rienzi, Carol Ronis, Sam Rubin, Elena Russo, 
Glen Schorr, Mark Seaman, Sharyn Sousa, Mark SuUivan, 
William Toohey, Shelley Vaughn, Ann Weir Ventre, Becky 
Verzinski, Trevor Villet, Charles Yankovich 

Visiting Faculty: Jad Melki, Lester Potter 

Administratwe Assistants: Mary Hickey, Donna Warrington 

Computer Lab Technician: Richard Ellsberry 

Assistant to the Chair: Kathy Marsalek 

Advising Coordinators: Jim Armstrong, Page Miller 

OFFICE 

Media Center 114, 410-704-3431 
Fax: 410-704-3656 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Mass Communication and Communication 
Studies offers the following programs of study: the Communication 
Studies major, the Mass Communication major, minors in both 
Communication Studies and Mass Communication, combined 
majors in Political Science and Communication Studies and Political 
Science and Mass Communication, an interdisciplinary cooperative 
program with the department of Marketing, a certificate in Broadcast 
Journalism, a certificate in Sports Communication, a Master of 
Science in Communication Management, and a graduate certificate in 
Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communication. In addi- 
tion, the department participates in a multidisciplinary program 
offering a Master of Science in Human Resource Development. 

The department focuses on the study of the structure, processes, 
aesthetics, functions and effects of human communication and 
mass media. In this, one of the most broad-based programs in 
Maryland and the region, students have the opportunity and flex- 
ibility to gain knowledge and skills in a wide array of communica- 
tion fields. In addition, the study of human communication and 
mass media involves a strong practical content. 

At the undergraduate level, the department seeks to contribute 
to a broad, liberal education for majors and non-majors by raising 
their level of oral, visual and written communication literacy, as 
well as their critical thinking abilities, by developing their under- 
standing and appreciation of human message e.\changes, and by 
recognizing how mass media and speech influence our social, polit- 
ical, artistic and cultural existence. In addition, the department 
seeks to provide knowledge as well as skill needed for future 
employment in print and broadcast journalism, new media, adver- 
tising, and public relations and/or in business, law, government, 
education and consulting wherein communication skills are essential. 



Department of Mass Communication and Communication Studies 



113 



The faculty members of the department are committed to schol- 
arly research and/or creative productions in the department's vari- 
ous areas of expertise. As part of a metropolitan university's role in 
serving the region, the department is pledged to provide service to 
the university and to a larger community in a variety of ways, such 
as through its speech and debate program, affiliation with Lambda 
Pi Eta, American Advertising Foundation, Public Relations Group, 
Society of Professional Journalists, as well as faculty and student 
presentations, workshops and professional networking. 



COMM 422 Conference and Meeting Management (3) 

COMM 470 Special Topics in Communication (3) 

COMM 490 Internship in Communication Studies (1-6)* 

COMM 495 Independent Study in Communication Studies (1-6)* 

MCOM 214 Principles of Advertising (3) 

MCOM 253 Principles of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 

Communications (3) 
Or any of the courses listed above under Theory and Criticism. 
*No more than 3 units of independent study and/or internships can be 
applied toward the Communication Studies major. 



MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES 

The main purpose for majoring in Communication Studies is to 
understand and apply the process and function of human commu- 
nication, as well as the foundations of communication theory, to 
students' own discourse and to an evaluation of the discourse of 
others. The major allows students to develop skills in communica- 
tion as a method of inquiry and advocacy. 

Specifically, the major is intended to accomplish two objectives. 
First, students will be given opportunities to develop personal skills 
which enable them to secure public and private sector positions 
requiring communication competencies (i.e., speaking, writing, 
critical thinking, and advocacy skills for interpersonal, organiza- 
tional and public settings). Second, students will become more lib- 
erally educated in personal and societal value structures, ethics, 
cultural heritage and the impact of messages upon the individual 
and society. 

Graduates with majors in Communication Studies have gone on 
to graduate school or careers in the public sector, private industry 
and education, and in areas such as personnel, sales, lobbying, inter- 
nal (organizational) communication, conference and meeting man- 
agement, training and development, public affairs, corporate rela- 
tions, law, religion, teaching and communication consulting. 

Graduation Requirements 

All major requirements must be completed with a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher. The Pass grading option is not available for 
courses applicable toward the major. 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Option 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Arts degree by completing the 
intermediate (202) level of a foreign language. 

Requirements for the Major 

The Communication Studies major requires a total of 36 units: 18 
units in the core, 6 units of theory and criticism courses, and 12 
units of electives as listed below. 

Required Courses (18 units) 

COMM 101 Introduction to Human Communication (3) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

COMM 211 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) 

COMM 331 Advocacy and Argument (3) 

COMM 419 Organizational Communication (3) 

COMM 480 Communication Research (3) 

Theory and Criticism Courses (6 units) 

COMM 215 Interpersonal Communication (3) 

COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

COMM 378 Intercultural Communication (3) 

MCOM 352 Media Criticism (3) 

MCOM 411 Communication Process (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

COMM 249 Speech and Debate I (1.5) 

COMM 250 Speech and Debate II (1.5) 

COMM 301 Nonverbal Communication (3) 

COMM 303 Advanced Public Speaking (3) 

COMM 315 Business and Professional Communication (3) ■ 

COMM 349 Speech and Debate III (1.5) 

COMM 350 Speech and Debate IV ( 1 .5) 

COMM 418 Communication Training and Development (3) 

COMM 420 Communication in the Legal Process (3) 



TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Transfer students are required to complete 21 units in residence 
toward the Communication Studies major. The department will 
accept up to 15 credits of compatible transfer courses. 

COMBINED MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES 
AND MASS COMMUNICATION 

Students who wish to complete a combined major in 
Communication Studies and Mass Communication may apply up 
to 12 units simultaneously toward fulfillment of both majors. 

MAJOR/MINOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES 
AND MASS COMMUNICATION 

Students who wish to major in Communication Studies and minor 
in Mass Communication may apply up to 6 units simultaneously 
toward fulfillment of both major and minor. 

COMBINED MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Students electing to major in both Communication Studies and 
Political Science must complete the requirements for both majors. 
Following the outline below, students can complete the two majors 
with 60 units of Communication Studies and Political Science 
courses. Completing these two majors separately requires a mini- 
mum of 72 units (36 units in each major). 

I. Required Courses in Pohtical Science (15 units — see the Department 
of Political Science) 

II. Elective Courses in Political Science (21 units) 

Note: The Department of Political Science will accept two of the following 
communication studies courses (6 units) toward fulfillment of the electives 
in the Political Science major: 

COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

COMM 331 Advocacy and Argument (3) 

COMM 378 Intercultural Communication (3) 

COMM 420 Communication in the Legal Process (3) 

COMM 470 Special Topics (3)'- 

* Topic to be approved by the Department of Political Science 

III. Required Courses in Communication Studies 

A. Required Courses (18 units — see the Department of Mass 
Communicadon and Communication Studies) 

B. Theory and Criticism Courses (6 units) 

C. Electives (12 units) 

Note: The Department of Mass Communication and Communication 
Studies will accept rwo of the following political science courses (6 units) 
toward fulfillment of the electives in the Communication Studies major: 



POSC 301 
POSC 340 
POSC 375 
POSC 381 
POSC 383 
POSC 417 
POSC 459 
POSC 470-479 



Polincal Research I (3) 
Comparative Public Policy (3) 
Public Administration (3) 
Presidency (3) 
Congress (3) 
Political Parties (3) 
Simulation and Games (3) 
Special Topics (3)* 



* Topic to be approved by the Department of Mass Communication and 
Communication Studies 



114 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



MINOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES 

The Communication Studies minor requires 24 units: 15 units in 
the core, 6 units of theory and criticism courses and 3 units of elec- 
tives as listed below. 

Graduation Requirements 

All minor requirements must be completed with a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher. The Pass grading option is not available for 
courses applicable toward the minor. 

Combined Program with Mass Communication 

Students who wish to minor in Communication Studies and major 
in Mass Communication may apply up to 6 units simultaneously 
toward fulfillment of both major and minor. 

Required Core (IS units) 

See list under major requirements. All courses which appear there 

are required for the minor with the exception of COMM 480. 

Theory and Criticism Courses (6 units) 

See list under the major requirements. 

Electives (3 units) 

See list under the major requirements. COMM 480 may be added 

to this list. 

Note: No more than 3 units of independent study and/or intern- 
ships can be applied toward the Communication Studies minor. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

The department will accept up to 9 units of compatible transfer 
courses toward the minor. 

PRE-MASS COMMUNICATION MAJOR 

Students interested in becoming undergraduate Mass Communication 
majors must first become Pre-Mass Communication majors 
(PMCO) and enroll in three required screening courses as follows: 
ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 
COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
MCOM 101 Introduction to Mass Communication (3) 
Students cannot apply for MCOM as a major until they have 
completed these courses. 

Note: This requirement applies to incoming freshmen, transfer stu- 
dents, currently enrolled Towson University students and students 
working on a second bachelor's degree. 

Students are eligible to apply for admission to the Mass 
Communication (MCOM) major after completing at least 30 units 
at Towson University or elsewhere, and upon completion of the 
three courses named above earning a minimum GPA of B (3.00) in 
these courses. No more than one of the screening courses can be 
repeated for the purpose of determining eligibility. After the com- 
pletion of the above courses, students should declare MCOM as 
their major by completing an application and submitting the appli- 
cation to the department main office or the undergraduate advis- 
ing coodinator. An unofficial transcript should be included. To 
obtain an application, go to the main office or contact one of the 
department's advisers. Several times a year, a group of eligible can- 
didates will be able to declare Mass Communication as a major. 

Admission to the MCOM major is highly competitive and limit- 
ed to students who complete the screening courses and earn the 
highest GPA among applicants. The higher a student's cumulative 
GPA, the higher probability of a student being ofered admission to 
the MCOM major. Successful completing of the screening courses 
does not, in itself, guarantee admission to the MCOM program. 
The number selected will be on a space-available basis. The criteri- 
on used for selection will be the cumulative GPA from the three 
courses, regardless of where those courses were taken, and the 
overall GPA at the time of application. The top percentage of stu- 
dents in each grouping will be admitted. Students who arc denied 
may re-apply. Appeals may be addressed to the department's 
Executive Committee. All appeals should be in the form of a letter 
accompanied by a transcript. 



MAJOR IN MASS COMMUNICATION 

The Mass Communication major enables students to learn the 
practical application, structure, processes, aesthetics, responsibili- 
ties and effects of the mass media. The objectives of the Mass 
Communication major are 1) to provide students with appropriate 
training for careers in mass communication and 2) to help students 
become more critical consumers of the media. 

Mass Communication majors are expected to develop and refine 
their visual and written skills; to think critically about ways in 
which the mass media influence society; and, to recogniEe and 
appreciate the need for a broad and diverse liberal arts education. 

Students who complete the Mass Communication major will 
have many career options, especially in the broadly defined fields 
of print and broadcast journalism, new media, advertising, strate- 
gic public relations and integrated communications. Majors are 
expected to learn how the various fields in mass communication 
are structured and function and to understand how the media are 
converging and the consequences of that convergence. 

Students who complete the Mass Communication major are 
expected to: 

• understand and apply relevant theories of mass communication 

• understand and utilize research in mass communication 

• understand legal issues, statutes and regulations affecting mass 
communication 

• understand and apply ethical principles that can be used to pre- 
vent and resolve potential conflicts and dilemmas in the opera- 
tion of the mass media 

• demonstrate proficiency in writing for the mass media 

• demonstrate competence in the student's chosen track within the 
major 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Option 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Arts degree by completing the 

intermediate (202) level of a foreign language. 

Requirements for the Major 

1. Mass Communication majors complete 36 units: 9 units in core 
courses and 27 units in track courses. Students must fulfill the 
requirements of one of the following tracks: Journalism and New 
Media, Advertising, or Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 
Communication. Students are reminded that it is their responsi- 
bility to check all prerequisites before registering for any course. 

2. No more than 6 units of independent study and/or internships 
can be applied to the Mass Communication major. 

3. Students who wish to double major in Mass Communication and 
Communication Studies may apply up to 12 units simultaneous- 
ly for satisfaction of both majors. Students who wish to major 
in Mass Communication and minor in Communication Studies 
may apply 6 units simultaneously for satisfaction of both major 
and minor. 

4. Students who wish to double in Mass Communication and 
Electronic Media and Film may apply up to 9 units simultane- 
ously for satisfaction of both majors. Students who wish to 
major in Mass Communication and minor in Electronic Media 
and Film may apply 6 units simultaneously for satisfaction of 
both major and minor. 

5. Transfer students are required to take 21 units in residence in 
their major area. The department will transfer up to 15 credits 
of compatible courses. 

6. All major requirements must be completed with a grade equiva- 
lent of 2.00 or higher. The Pass (PS) grading option is not avail- 
able for courses applied to the major. Students must complete at 
least 18 units of upper-level courses in the major. 

7. Students may earn a Bachelor of Arts degree by completing the 
intermediate (202) level of a foreign language. 



Required Core Courses for All Three Tracks in the Major 
(9 units) 

MCOM 101 Introduction to Mass Communication (3) 

MCOM 490 Mass Communication Research (3) 



Department of Mass Communication and Communication Studies 



115 



MCOM 350 
MCOM 433 



Media Law (3) 
or 

Media Ethics (3) 



JOURNALISM AND NEW MEDIA TR.'^CK (27 units) 

Note: To begin this truck, students should enroll in MCOM 257 
Journalism/New Media I. 

Required Basic Courses (15 units) 

MCOM 257 
MCOM 258 
MCOM 341 
MCOM 358 
MCOM 407 



Journalism/New Media I 
Journalism/New Media II 
Digital Publishing 
News Editing (3) 
Writing for New Media (3) 



Required Professional Skills Writing Courses (3 units) 

Choose one of the following: 
MCOM 356 Feature Writing (3) 

MCOM 381 Broadcast Journalism I (3) 

MCOM 383 News Reporting (3) 

MCOM 409 Literary Journalism (3) 

Track Electives (9 units) 

Choose from the following and from any courses not already chosen in 

the above groupings: 

MCOM 100 Using Information Effectively in Mass Communication (3) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

MCOM 341 Digital Publishing (3) 

MCOM 352 Media Criticism (3) 

MCOM 359 Magazine Publishing (3) 

MCOM 38 1 Broadcast Journalism 1(3) 

MCOM 385 Mass Media and Society (3) 

MCOM 388 Cyberspace and Communication (3) 

MCOM 391 Photojournalism (3) 

MCOM 41 1 Communication Process (3) 

MCOM 415 Mass Media Graphics (3) 

MCOM 431 Public Opinion and the Press (3) 

MCOM 457 Photojournalism II (3) 

MCOM 460 Internship in Mass Communication (1-6) 

MCOM 479 Special Topics in Journalism (3) 

MCOM 481 Broadcast Journalism II 

MCOM 496 Independent Study in Mass Communication (1-6) 

Certificate in Broadcast Journalism 

Mass Communication majors or minors completing the Journalism 
and New Media track are eligible for a Certificate in Broadcast 
Journalism if they take these five courses in the Mass 
Communication major as specified below. Students must maintain 
a 3.00 average in these courses to receive the certificate. 
MCOM 381 Broadcast Journalism I (3) 
MCOM 391 Broadcast Journalism II (3) 
MCOM 460 Internship in Mass Communications (1-6) 
Journalism internship at a radio, television or cable station, or multime- 
dia news Web site 

Two of the following: 
MCOM 341 Digital Publishing (3) 
MCOM 391 Photojournalism I (3) 
MCOM 4 1 5 Media Graphics (3) 
MCOM 457 Photojournalism I (3) 

Students must earn a grade equivalent of 3.00 or higher in each of 
the above courses to receive the certificate. Students need to apply 
for the certificate with documentation of eligibility at least 90 days 
before graduation. 

ADVERTISING TRACK (27 units) 

Note: To begin this track, students should enroll in MCOM 214 Principles 

of Advertising. 

Required Basic Courses (12 units) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 

MCOM 214 Principles of Advertising (3) 

MCOM 323 Advertising Media Planning (3) 

MCOM 447 Advertising Campaigns (3) 



Required Professional Skills Writing Courses (6 units) 

MCOM 325 Advertising Copywriting (3) 
Choose one of the following: 
MCOM 255 News Writing (3) 
MCOM 357 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Track Electives (9 units) 

The following groupings are designed to help students in their 
selection of electives. Students may choose any combination of 9 
units within the same group or across different groups. 

Advertising 

MCOM 440 Advertising Media Sales (3) 

MCOM 443 International Advertising and Public Relations (3) 

MCOM 460 Internship in Mass Communication (1-6) 

MCOM 496 Independent Study in Mass Communication (1-6) 

Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communication 
MCOM 253 Principles of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 

Communication (3) 
MCOM 451 Public Relations for Nonprofit Organizations (3) 
MCOM 453 Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communication 

Campaigns (3) 
MCOM 459 Professional Issues in Public Relations, Advertising and 

Integrated Communication (3) 
COMM 419 Organizational Communication (3) 
COMM 422 Conference and Meeting Management (3) 

Electronic Media and Film 

EMF 221 Principles of Film and Media Production (3) 



Journalism 

MCOM 356 
MCOM 415 



Feature Writing (3) 
Mass Media Graphics (3) 



Media Analysis 

MCOM 411 Communication Process (3) 
One of the following three: 
MCOM 352 Media Criticism (3), or 
MCOM 385 Mass Media and Society (3), or 
COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

Communication Studies 

COMM 101 Introduction to Human Communication (3) 
COMM 315 Business and Professional Communication (3) 
COMM 378 Intercultural Communication (3) 

Certificate in Advertising 

Students completing a Mass Communication major in the 
Advertising Track are eligible for a departmental Certificate in 
Advertising by having a GPA equivalent of 3.00 or higher in the 
track courses taken at TU and by completing MCOM 460 
Internship in Mass Communication. Students need to apply for the 
certificate at the time of graduation. 

STRATEGIC PUBLIC RELATIONS AND INTEGRATED 
COMMUNICATIONS TRACK (27 units) 

Note: To begin this track, students should enroll in MCOM 253 Principles 
of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communications. 

Required Basic Courses (12 units) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
MCOM 253 Principles of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 

Communication (3) 
COMM 419 Organizational Communication (3) 
MCOM 453 Public Relations and Integrated Communication 

Campaigns (3) 

Required Professional Skills Writing Courses (6 units) 

MCOM 357 Public Relations Writing (3) 
Choose one of the following: 
MCOM 255 Newswriting (3) 
MCOM 325 Advertising Copywriting (3) 



116 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Track Electives (9 units) 

The following groupings are designed to help students in their 
selection of electives. Students may choose any combination of 9 
units within the same group or across different groups. 

Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communication 
COM.Vl 422 Conference and Meeting Management (3) 
MCOM 451 Public Relations for Nonprofit Organization (3) 
MCOM 459 Professional Issues in Public Relations, Advertising 

and Integrated Communication (3) 
MCOM 460 Internship in Mass Communication (1-6) 
MCOM 496 Independent Study in Mass Communication (1-6) 



Required Professional Skills Writing Courses (6 units) 

Electives (9 units) 



Advertising 
MCOM 214 
MCOM 323 
MCOM 440 
MCOM 443 
MCOM 447 



Principles of Advertising (3) 

Advertising Media Planning (3) 

Advertising Media Sales (3) 

International Advertising and Public Relations (3) 

Advertising Campaigns (3) 



Electronic Media and Film 

EMF 221 Principles of Film and Media Production (3) 

Journalism 

MCOM 356 Feature Writing (3) 
MCOM 415 Mass Media Graphics (3) 

Media Analysis 

MCOM 411 Communication Process (3) 
One of the following three: 
MCOM 352 Media Criticism (3), or 
MCOM 385 Mass Media and Society (3), or 
COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

Communication Studies 

COMM 101 Introduction to Human Communication (3) 
COMM 315 Business and Professional Communication (3) 
COMM 378 Intercultural Communication (3) 

Certificate in Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 
Communication 

Students completing a Mass Communication major in the Strategic 
Public Relations and Integrated Communication Track are eligible 
for a departmental Certificate in Strategic Public Relations and 
Integrated Communication by having a GPA equivalent of 3.00 or 
higher in the track courses taken at TU and by completing MCOM 
460 Internship in Mass Communication. Students need to apply 
for the certificate at the time of graduation. 

Certificate in Sports Communication 

Students completing a Mass Communication major in the Strategic 
Public Relations and Integrated Communication (SPRIC) Track are 
eligible for a departmental Certificate in Sports Communication if 
they complete the following 12 units in Kinesiology courses in addi- 
tion to the requirements of the SPRIC track. 

KNES 353 Sport and Society (3) 

KNES 437 Sport and the Media (3) 

KNES 451 History of Sport in America (3) 

KNES 452 Sport Marketing (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN MASS COMMUNICATION 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Students electing to major in both Mass Communication and 
Political Science must complete the requirements for both majors. 
Following the outline below, students can complete the two majors 
with 60 units of Mass Communication and Political Science cours- 
es. Completing these two majors separately requires a minimum of 
72 units (36 units in each major). 

I. Mass Communication 

A. Required Core Courses (9 units) 

B. Required Track Courses ( 12 units) 



Note: The department will accept two of the following political science 
courses (6 units) toward fulfillment of the electives in the Mass 
Communication major: 



POSC 301 
POSC 340 
POSC 375 
POSC 381 
POSC 383 
POSC 417 
POSC 459 
POSC 470-479 



Political Research I (3) 
Comparative Public Policy (3) 
Public Administration (3) 
Presidency (3) 
Congress (3) 
Political Parties (3) 
Simulation and Games (3) 
Special Topics (3)* 



* Topic to be approved by the Department of Mass Communication and 
Communication Studies 



n. Political Science 

A. Required Courses in Political Science (15 units - 
Department of Political Science) 

B. Elective Courses in Political Science (21 units) 



see the 



Note: The Department of Political Science will accept rwo of the following 
mass communication courses (6 units) toward fulfillment of the electives in 
the Political Science major: 

MCOM 350 Media Law (3) 

MCOM 352 Media Criticism (3) 

MCOM 385 Mass Media and Society (3) 

MCOM 431 Public Opinion and the Press (3) 

MCOM 433 Media Ethics (3) 

CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING 

The Marketing Interdisciplinary Specialization for Mass 
Communication requires completion of the Mass Communication 
major in the Public Relations or Advertising Track and 15 units as 
listed below. Students completing this specialization will receive a 
departmental Certificate in Marketing by having a grade equivalent 
of 2.00 or higher in each required course below. Students need to 
apply in the Department of Mass Communication and 
Communication Studies office for the certificate at the time of 
graduation. 

Marketing Specialization 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

MKTG 425 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

MKTG 445 International Marketing (3) 

Choose two from the following: 

MKTG 345 Managing Integrated Marketing Communications (3) 

MKTG 347 Services Marketing (3) 

MKTG 351 Sales Management (3) 

MKTG 355 Retailing Management (3) 

EBUS 3 1 1 Principles of e-Business (3) 

• For MKTG 341, no restrictions other than junior standing (60 
units or more). 

• For all the remaining upper-level Marketing courses for the 
Marketing Certificate: 

l.The student MUST be MCOM major, i.e., has already 
been formally accepted into the MCOM major (meaning 
it must appear on the unofficial transcript) AND have 
completed MKTG 341. 

2. If pre-MCOM but has been accepted into the MCOM 
major, must present the original signed letter of accept- 
ance into the MCOM major (we will not accept verbal 
assurances) AND have completed MKTG 341. 

3. If UNKNOWN, will not be given any upper-level MKTG 
courses until they have applied and been accepted into 
the MCOM major. 

MINOR IN MASS COMMUNICATION 

The Mass Communication major requires 24 units: 9 units in core 
courses, 6 units in writing courses and 9 units in elective courses. 



Department of Mass Communication and Communication Studies 



117 



Details are available in the undergraduate catalog and in the main 
office. 

Required Core Courses (9 units) 

MCOM 101 Introduction to Mass Communication (3) 
MCOM 350 Media Law (3) 

or 
MCOM 433 Media Ethics (3) 
MCOM 490 Mass Communication Research (3) 

Required Professional Skills Writing Courses (6 units) 

MCOM 255 Newswriting 

MCOM 325 Advertising Copywriting (3) 

MCOM 356 Feature Writing (3) 

MCOM 357 Public Relations Writing (3) 

MCOM 383 News Reporting (3) 

MCOM 409 Literary Journalism (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

Any upper-division course listed under electives for the major. 

Note: No more than 3 units of independent study and/or intern- 
ships can be applied toward the Mass Communication minor. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Students must earn a "C" or better in major courses. The PS (Pass) 
grading option is not permitted in courses applicable to the minor. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

The department will accept up to 9 units of compatible transfer 
courses toward the minor. 

INTERNSHIP PROGRAM GUIDELINES 

The department has a highly successul internship program. 
Students who meet the requirements for participation are encour- 
aged to consider taking an internship. 

Students are eligible for an internship when they meet the fol- 
lowing academic requirements: 

• Earned units: 60 or more (junior/senior status) 

• Overall GPA: 2.75 or higher 

• Major GPA: 3.0 or higher 

• MCOM students: Acceptance into the major (Pre-MCOM 
students not eligible) 

• COMM students: Declared major in Communication Studies 

• Successful completion (C or better grade) of the "gateway" 
course in the track or major in which the student intends to' 
earn internship units. The courses are: 

° Advertising track: Principles of Advertising (MCOM 

214) 
o Public Relations track: Principles of Public Relations 

(MCOM 253) 
o Journalism track: Newswriting (MCOM 255) 
Communications Studies major: completion of 12 units 
in Communication Studies 
The internship worksite must be approved by the appropriate unit 
coordinator. 

DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Mass Communication and Communication Studies depart- 
ment is fortunate in being able to offer its majors a number of 
scholarship opportunities. 

The Patrick John O'Connell Memorial Scholarship is available 
for Mass Communication students with a special interest in broad- 
cast journalism, journalism, advertising or public relations. Other 
scholarships include the Eddie Ballard Award for Journalism, the 
Richard T. Bolan Scholarship, the Chrystal Marie Clifford 
Memorial Scholarship, the Sam Lacy Sports Communication 
Scholarship, the Steven and Laura Murfin Scholarship, the 
O'Connor Radio Broadcasting Scholarship, the Jamie Parker 
Memorial Scholarship, the George F. Rogers Jr. Memorial 
Scholarship, the Elizabeth Wainio Memorial Scholarship, the 



Public Relations Society of America Scholarship, the Reg Murphy 
Scholarship and speech and debate program scholarships. For 
scholarship information and deadlines, contact the department 
scholarship coordinator. 

DEPARTMENTAL ACTIVITIES 

Department activities include support for the following student 
organizations: Speech and Debate Team, Pi Kappa Delta (national 
honorary forensic society). Lambda Pi Eta (national honorary soci- 
ety in communication), the American Advertising Federation 
Chapter, the Public Relations Student Group, and the Society for 
Professional Journalists. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

Through its departmental honors program, the mass communica- 
tion faculty recognizes students for academic excellence. Mass 
Communication majors with an overall GPA of 3.25 and a 3.50 in 
their major are eligible to participate in the program. To graduate 
with honors in Mass Communication, students must complete 6 
units in MCOM Independent Study and MCOM 499 Honors 
Thesis. In addition, the student is required to make an oral presen- 
tation to the Thesis Committee, which is open to the public. At 
graduation, students will be recognized for honors both on the 
diploma and permanent transcript. Students interested in depart- 
mental honors should consult with the department's honors coordi- 
nator no later than the first term of their junior year. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Information regarding the various graduate programs is included in 
the Graduate Catalog. The department offers a master's degree in 
Communications Management, and a certificate in Strategic Public 
Relations and Integrated Communications. 



118 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Department of Music 

Professors: Cecylia Barczyk, Leneida Crawford, Terry B. Ewell 
(Chair), Michael Jothen, William Kleinsasser, Gerald Phillips, 
Reynaldo Reyes, Dana Rothlisberger, Carl B. Schmidt 

Associate Professors: James Anthony, Phillip Collister, Michael 
Decker, Luis Engelke, Karen Kennedy, Jonathan Leshnoff, 
Marguerite Levin, Diane Luchese, Cristina Magaldi, Eva 
Mengelkoch, Alicia Mueller, Donald Warts 

Assistant Professors: Christopher Ariza, David Ballou, Jeffrey N. 
Howard, Brenda Leach, Melissa McCabe 

Part-time Faculty: Yekaterina Afonasyeva, Jeff Antoniuk, Michael 
Bayes, Theresa Bickham, Tony Boutte, Joy Branagan, Joe Davis 
Brown, Michael Bunn, Mark Craig, Lawrence Crawford, 
Christopher Dillon, Victor Dvoskin, Kyle Engler, R. Samuel 
Fine, Steve Herberman, Rene Hernandez, Ah Hong, Bernard 
Hynson, Mary Claire Ingalls, Troy King, Nancy Larson, Henry 
Lowe, Timothy Murphy, Sara Nichols, Sherrie Norwitz, Jeremy 
Ragsdale, Jeff Reed, Frank Russo, William Simms, Leslie Starr, 
Zoltan Szabo, Sam Turner, Gran Wilson, Allison Yacoub, 
Stephen Zolper 

Full-time Lecturer: N. Scott Robinson 

Visiting Artist: James McFalls 

Assistant to the Chairperson: Mary Ann Criss 

Computer/Audio Manager: John Spivey 

OFFICE 

Center for the Arts 3095, 410-704-2839 
Fax: 410-704-2841 
www.towson.edu/music 

ADMISSION TO THE DEPARTMENT 

Degree programs in music are fully accredited with the National 
Association of Schools of Music and the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

The Music major is a screened major. Admission to the Music 
major is granted only by the department, contingent upon a per- 
formance audition. Admission to the university does not guarantee 
acceptance as a Music major or minor. Further, continuance in the 
major is contingent on a number of evaluative processes established 
by the department. Proper course planning and regular meetings 
with advisers are key to timely completion of the programs in four 
years. Students are responsible for determining the progress and 
completion of their degree programs. 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Music offers two professional degree programs, 
the Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Science in Music Education; 
and one liberal arts degree program, the Bachelor of Science in 
Music. The concentrations within the two professional degree pro- 
grams are outlined on the following pages. 

Although there are courses common to all degree programs and 
concentrations within those programs, each program is designed 
with its own special requirements, especially in the junior and sen- 
ior years. Those requirements are found on the following pages. 

A Music minor is available for those students who desire to pur- 
sue music studies as a secondary field. 

REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Private Vocal or Instrumental Lessons and Master Classes 

Every Music major must enroll for private lessons on an instrument 
or in voice with an instructor provided by the university. All stu- 
dents enrolled for private vocal or instrumental lessons are required 
to attend a weekly master class. Activities in master classes range 
from topics concerning the instrument, prevention of performance 
injuries, pedagogy and performances by students, faculty and guest 
artists. 



Evaluative Processes Comprising the Screened Major 

The following items comprise the various evaluative processes stu- 
dents must successfully negotiate if they are to continue in and 
complete the Music major. 

Progress in the Music Major 

Students are expected to show regular progress completing 
required courses in the areas of theory, musicianship, music 
history and methods. 

• No more than three MUSC or MUED courses may be repeated. 

• No more than one of these courses may be repeated a second 
time after an approved petition to the department chair. 

Additionally, the Department of Music considers any prior reg- 
istration in a MUSC or MUED course when issuing seat permits. If 
a student has remained registered for a MUSC or MUED course 
after the end of the university's official change of schedule period 
and is attempting a third registration, a special permit/seat assign- 
ment will be issued on a space-available basis ONLY after all other 
students have requested a seat. 

Juries and Upper-Division Juries 

All students must perform before a faculty jury at the end of each term 
in which they are enrolled in private vocal or instrumental lessons. 

To enroll in 300-level private lessons, students must complete the 
upper-division, double-length jury examination. 

Keyboard Proficiency 

Music majors must reach the level of keyboard proficiency estab- 
lished for their specific degree and concentration. For Music 
Education majors, the Keyboard Proficiency Examination is given 
the first Friday of fall and spring terms and the first Wednesday of 
Final Examinations. (Students are only eligible to take this exam 
once per term.) 

The Bachelor of Music degree allows students to satisfy the 
Keyboard Proficiency requirement by passing Piano Class 1 (MUSA 
190), Piano Class II (MUSA 191), and Piano Class III (MUSA 290). 
Keyboard Performance majors, however, are exempt from Piano 
Class I, Piano Class II, and Piano Class III, but must satisfy the key- 
board proficiency requirement by passing Keyboard Harmony and 
Sight Reading I (MUSC 313) and Keyboard Harmony and Sight 
Reading II (MUSC 314). 

Recital Attendance 

All Music majors are required to attend three faculty, guest artist 
or evening honors recitals; two student ensemble and two student 
degree recitals during each term of their freshman, sophomore and 
junior enrollment (totaling 42 events over six terms). Convocation 
and daytime honors recitals are mandatory and do not count 
toward the total. 

For transfer students, the numbers are pro-rated according to the 
number of terms they will attend Towson and after discussion with 
the department chairperson. 

Students who do not meet attendance requirements are granted 
a one-term grace period. Otherwise, they may be denied permission 
to continue to register as Music majors. Appeals are heard by the 
department chairperson. 

Recital requirements prior to fall 2004 will not be altered. 

Degree Recitals 

The Music Education Concentrations and the Composition 
Concentration require a senior recital. The Performance 
Concentrations require both junior and senior recitals. Students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Science in Music may choose to perform a 
recital as their capstone experience. 

Students must enroll in private lessons the term they present a 
recital. Senior recital may not be taken during the same term as 
student teaching. 



Department of Music 



Ensembles 

All Music majors are required to participate in ensembles. Students 
are limited to enrolling in three ensembles per term. Ensembles will 
be varied in both size and nature. Each degree program and/or con- 
centration has its own set of expectations. These are listed on the 
following pages. 

Contact the Department of Music for information concerning 
times and requirements for ensemble auditions. Most auditions 
are scheduled during the first week of classes. If a student registers 
for an ensemble and is not selected, it is the student's responsibili- 
ty to officially drop the ensemble from his or her schedule through 
the university's Office of the Registrar. 

Graduation Requirements 

Majors must earn a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in all Music 
major courses, ensembles and lessons. This includes foreign lan- 
guages and Music Education core courses required of degree pro- 
grams. The Pass grading option is not available for courses applied 
to the major. 

In addition to the required Music major courses, students must 
fulfill the General Education requirements found in the University 
Curriculum section in this catalog. Notes: (1) GenEd II. B.l. is ful- 
filled by MUSC 201 and (2) GenEd I.D. is fulfilled by MUSC 302. 
University regulations require students to accrue no fewer than 32 
upper-division (300-400) units for graduation. 

The department also supports the Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education programs by offering individual Methods of 
Teaching Music for each instructional level. In addition, a specif- 
ic section of Music Fundamentals is offered for majors in the 
Department of Dance. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Transfer of major credit is based upon an audition, a review of 
transcripts and an interview with the department chairperson. 
Transfer students must meet with the department chairperson 
immediately after matriculating. 

All Music majors must complete a minimum of 24 major units 
at Towson University, all of which are upper-level (300-400) courses. 

All Music minors must complete a minimum of 12 units at 
Towson University that meet the upper-division electives require- 
ment in Section II of the Minor in Music section in this catalog. 

MAJOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION - 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

Students majoring in Music Education are required to complete the 
courses listed below, the Music Education Professional Core 
Courses and the GenEd requirements. Students choose either fhe 
Instrumental Music Education Concentration or the Vocal-G',neral 
Music Education Concentration. 

Successful completion of the program certifies students to teach 
Music at the P-12 level in Maryland Public Schools (and other 
states with reciprocal agreements). Certification requires admission 
to the Music Education Program, successful completion of courses 
and requirements in the Music Education degree program, passing 
the Praxis examination Parts I and II, completing a notarized crim- 
inal disclosure statement, completing a state and FBI criminal 
background check, and passing the speech and hearing screening. 

Requirements for Admission to the Music Education Program 

After admission to the Department of Music, there are two addi- 
tional steps that a student must complete to become a candidate for 
the Music Education degree. The first is a "Progress Check to Obtain 
Full Admission into the Music Education Major," which is complet- 
ed during the fourth term Large Group Music Education Advising 
Session. The second is the "Program Interview for Admission to 
Candidacy for the Music Education Degree." This is cornpleted in 
the student's sixth term while enrolled in Choral Conducting (MUSC 
327) or Instrumental Conducting (MUSC 329). 



Requirements for Intensive Term with Field Experience and 
Student Internship in Music Education 

The last full year of study for the degree (fall term 7 and spring 
term 8) will consist of these two experiences. Some degree require- 
ments may be completed after the spring term. However, the 
Student Internship must be completed during the spring term 
immediately following the fall Intensive Term with Field 
Experience to graduate from a Maryland Approved Teacher 
Education Program. 

The Intensive Term with Field Experience provides partial fulfill- 
ment of the requirement for field experiences, essential for approved 
program status granted by the Maryland State Department of 
Education (MSDE). To retain this designation, all students must 
have a minimum of 100 full days of field experience distributed over 
two consecutive terms. During this term, students will be involved 
in field experiences in local P-12 schools two full days a week, 
Wednesdays and Fridays. Satisfactory completion of all aspects of 
this term is required for enrollment in the following term. 

The Student Internship in Music Education is the capstone expe- 
rience of the Bachelor of Science in Music Education degree. To be 
eligible for the Student Internship in Music Education, all students 
must have been admitted to the Music Education Program and suc- 
cessfully completed the Intensive Term with Field Experience. 

INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC EDUCATION 
CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (66 units) 

MUSA XXX Private Lessons in one instrument or percussion area (7) 

MUSA xxx Ensembles (8.5) 

Wind and Percussion students: two terms in lower-divi- 
sion Symphonic Band or Orchestra (2); three terms in 
upper-division Symphonic Band or Orchestra (3); one term 
in ensemble other than Symphonic Band, Marching Band, 
or Orchestra (1); two terms in Marching Band (2); one 
term in Conducting Lab Ensemble (.5) 
String students: three terms in lower-division Symphonic 
Band or Orchestra (3); three terms in upper-division 
Symphonic Band or Orchestra (3); one term in ensemble 
other than Symphonic Band, Marching Band, or Orchestra 
(1); one term in Marching Band (1); one term in 
Conducting Lab Ensemble (.5) 

MUSA 498 Senior Recital ( 1 ) 

MUSC131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S., Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 329 Instrumental Conducting (3) 

MUSC 335 Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUED201 Brass Class 1(1) 

MUED202 Brass Class II (1) 

MUED 203 Lower String Class ( 1 ) 

MUED 204 Upper String Class ( 1 ) 

MUED 205 Woodwind Class 1(1) 

MUED 206 Woodwind Class II ( 1 ) 

MUED 207 Percussion Class I (1) 

MUED 208 Percussion Class II ( 1 ) 

MUED 210 Voice Class (1) 

MUED 220 Percussion Workshop (percussion students only) (1) 

MUED 301 Marching Band Techniques (.5) 

MUED 306 Methods of Teaching Instrumental Music in the 
Elementary School (4) 

MUED 308 Methods of Teaching Instrumental Music in the 
Secondary School (2) 



120 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Music Education Professional Core Courses (30 units) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

ELED 324 Integrating Literacy in K-12 Content Areas (3) 

MUED 310 Introduction to Music in Special Education (3) 

MUED 391 Student Internship in Elementary School-Music (6) 

MUED 392 Student Internship in Secondary School-Music (6) 

MUED 401 Enhancing Literacy in the Music Classroom (3) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

VOCAL-GENERAL MUSIC EDUCATION 

CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (59-61 units) 

MUSA XXX Private lessons in one area (7) 

MUSA XXX Ensembles (7-8) 

Keyboard students: (8 terms): four in Chorale or Choral 
Society; one in Music for the Stage; and three selected from 
Chamber Singers, Early Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble- 
Vocal, Jazz Ensemble-Combo, World Music Ensemble, Music 
Theatre Chorus; and Solo and Ensemble Accompanying 
Vocal students: (7 terms): three in Chorale or Choral Society; 
one in Music for the Stage; one selected from Chamber 
Singers, Early Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble- Vocal, Jazz 
Ensemble-Combo, World Music Ensemble, Music Theatre 
Chorus; and 2 elective units from any of the above (only one 
of which may be in Music for the Stage) 
Guitar students: (8 terms): four in Chorale or Choral Society; 
one in Music for the Stage; one selected from Chamber 
Singers, Early Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble- Vocal, Music 
Theatre Chorus, Jazz Ensemble-Combo, or World Music 
Ensemble; and two m an instrumental ensemble in which the 
student plays guitar 

MUSA 498 Senior Recital (1) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory FV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 30 1 Western M usic to 1 750 ( 3 ) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 327 Choral Conducting (3) 

MUSC 335 Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914-Present (3) 

MUED 209 Teaching Guitar in the Classroom (2) 

MUED 210 Voice Class (guitar and keyboard students only) (1) 

MUED 307 Methods of Teaching Vocal-General Music in the 
Elementary School (4) 

MUED 309 Methods of Teaching Vocal-General Music in the 
Secondary School (2) 

MUED 337 Teaching Choral Music in the Elementary and Secondary 
School (2) 

Music Education Professional Core Courses (30 units) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

ELED 324 Enhancing Literacy in K-12 Content Areas (3) 

MUED 310 Introduction to Music in Special Education (3) 

MUED 391 Student Internship in Elementary School-Music (6) 

MUED 392 Student Internship in Secondary School-Music (6) 

MUED 401 Enhancing Literacy in the Music Classroom (3) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

MAJOR IN MUSIC - 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE 

Students concentrating in Composition, Jazz/Commercial 
Performance, Jazz/Commercial Composition, or Performance are 
required to complete the courses listed below and the GenEd 
requirements. 



COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (82 units) 

MUSA XXX Private lessons in a single medium (6) 

MUSA XXX Ensembles — Students should register for a diversity of size 
and style in ensembles with a minimum of two different 
ensembles. The choice and availabilit)' of ensembles will 
depend on the particular performance area and level of 
each student. (8) 

MUSA 190 Piano Class 1(1) 

MUSA 191 Piano Class 11(1) 

MUSA 200 Private Composition lessons (4) 

MUSA 290 Piano Class 111(1) 

MUSA 300 Private Composition lessons (4) 

MUSA 400 Private Composition lessons (4) 

MUSA 499 Senior Recital ( 1 ) 

MUSC 131 TheorvI(2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship 111 (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 281 Recording Techniques I (3) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 327 Choral Conducting (3) 
or 

MUSC 329 Instrumental Conducting (3) 

MUSC 335 Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 

MUSC 337 Computer Applications in Music (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUSC 414 Counterpoint (3) 

MUSC XXX Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 

GUITAR PERFORMANCE CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS 

(82 units) 

MUSC XXX Private guitar lessons (16) 

MUSA XXX Ensembles (12) 

4 units Guitar Ensemble, 4 units any vocal ensemble, 
4 units any ensemble 

MUSA 190 Piano Class 1 (1) 

MUSA 191 Piano Class 11(1) 

MUSA 290 Piano Class 111(1) 

MUSA 399 Junior Recital (1) 

MUSA 499 Senior Recital (1) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 305 Survey of the Music Industry (3) 

MUSC 327 Choral Conducting (3) 
or 

MUSC 329 Instrumental Conducting (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUSC 409 History and Literature of Guitar, Lute and Vihuela (3) 

MUSC 462 Guitar Pedagogy (3) 

MUSC XXX Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 

JAZZ/COMMERCIAL COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION 
REQUIREMENTS (77 units) 

MUSA XXX Private lessons in a single medium (6) 
MUSA XXX Ensembles — 4 terms among a minimum of rwo different 
jazz ensembles, 4 terms in other ensembles (8) 



Department of Music 



Piano Class I (1) 
Piano Class II (1) 
Composition private lessons (2) 
Piano Class III (1) 
Composition private lessons (4) 
Composition private lessons (4) 
Senior Recital (1) 
Theory 1(2) 
Theory II (2) 
Musicianship I (2) 
Musicianship II (2) 

Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 
Theory III (2) 
Theory IV (2) 
Musicianship III (2) 
Musicianship IV (2) 
Western Music to 1750(3) 
Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 
Survey of the Music Industry (3) 
Jazz Theory and Improvisation I (3) 
Instrumental Conducting (3) 
Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 
Computer Applications in Music (3) 
Jazz History (3) 
Jazz Arranging (3) 
Upper-division MUSC elective (3) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 



JAZZ/COMMERCIAL PERFORMANCE 
CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (82 units) 



MUSA 190 
MUSA 191 
MUSA 200 
MUSA 290 
MUSA 300 
MUSA 400 
MUSA 499 
MUSC 131 
MUSC 132 
MUSC 133 
MUSC 134 
MUSC 201 
MUSC 231 
MUSC 232 
MUSC 233 
MUSC 234 
MUSC 301 
MUSC 302 
MUSC 305 
MUSC 320 
MUSC 329 
MUSC 335 
MUSC 337 
MUSC 426 
MUSC 427 
MUSC XXX 



MUSC XXX 



Private lessons (16) 
Saxophone majors — 8 units jazz/commercial saxophone 
and 8 units in at least one woodwind double; bass 
majors — 8 units acoustic, 8 units electric; guitar majors — 
8 units jazz/commercial guitar, 8 units classical or other fret- 
ted instruments; percussion majors — 8 units drum set, 8 
units mallets, timpani, multiple percussion; other instru- 
ments — 8 units of jazz/commercial in primary instrument, 
8 units of 100- and 200-level classical lessons in primary 
instrument; voice majors — 8 units in jazz/commercial 
voice, 8 units in 100- and 200-level voice lessons 
Ensembles — 8 terms among a minimum of three jazz 
ensembles; 6 terms of other ensembles (14) 
Piano Class 1(1) 
Piano Class II (1) 
Piano Class III (1) 
Junior Recital (1) 
Senior Recital (1) 
Theory I (2) 
Theory II (2) 
Musicianship I (2) 
Musicianship II (2) 

Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 
Theory III (2) 
Theory IV (2) 
Musicianship III (2) 
Musicianship IV (2) 
Western Music to 1750 (3) 
Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 
Survey of the Music Industry (3) 
Jazz Theory and Improvisation I (3) 
Jazz Theory and Improvisation II (3) 
Instrumental Conducting (3) 
Jazz History (3) 
Jazz Arranging (3) 
Instrumental Pedagogy (1) 
Upper-division MUSC elective (3) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 



KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE CONCENTRATION 

REQUIREMENTS (Piano) (83 units) 

MUSA XXX Private piano lessons (16) 

MUSA XXX Private pipe organ, harpsichord or voice lessons (2) 



MUSC XXX 

MUSA 190 
MUSA 191 
MUSA 290 
MUSA 399 
MUSA 499 
MUSC 131 
MUSC 132 
MUSC 133 
MUSC 134 
MUSC 201 
MUSC 231 
MUSC 232 
MUSC 233 
MUSC 234 
MUSC 301 
MUSC 302 
MUSC 305 
MUSC 320 
MUSC 322 
MUSC 329 
MUSC 426 
MUSC 427 
MUSC 443 
MUSC XXX 



MUSA XXX 

MUSA 399 
MUSA 499 
MUSC 131 
MUSC 132 
MUSC 133 
MUSC 134 
MUSC 201 
MUSC 231 
MUSC 232 
MUSC 233 
MUSC 234 
MUSC 301 
MUSC 302 
MUSC 313 
MUSC 314 
MUSC 327 

MUSC 329 
MUSC 335 
MUSC 405 
MUSC 414 
MUSC 419 
MUSC 460 
MUSC XXX 



Ensembles — 5 terms in Solo/Ensemble Accompanying, 
2 units in any other ensemble (7) 
Junior Recital (1) 
Senior Recital (1) 
Theory 1 (2) 
Theory II (2) 
Musicianship I (2) 
Musicianship II (2) 

Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 
Theory III (2) 
Theory IV (2) 
Musicianship III (2) 
Musicianship IV (2) 
Western Music to 1750 (3) 
Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 
Keyboard Harmony and Sight Reading I (2) 
Keyboard Harmony and Sight Reading II (2) 
Choral Conducting (3) 
or 

Instrumental Conducting (3) 
Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 
Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 
Counterpoint (3) 
Keyboard Literature (3) 
Piano Pedagogy (3) 
Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 
MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 



KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE CONCENTRATION 

REQUIREMENTS (Pipe Organ) (81 units) 

MUSA XXX Private pipe organ lessons (16) 

MUSA XXX Private piano lessons (2) 

MUSA XXX Ensembles — six terms in choral ensembles, one in any other 
ensemble (7) 

MUSC 399 Junior Recital (1) 

MUSA 499 Senior Recital ( 1 ) 

MUED210 Voice Class (1) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 313 Keyboard Harmony and Sight Reading 1 (2) 

MUSC 314 Keyboard Harmony and Sight Reading II (2) 

MUSC 327 Choral Conducting (3) 
or 

MUSC 329 Instrumental Conducting (3) 

MUSC 335 Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUSC 414 Counterpoint (3) 

MUSC 419 Keyboard Literature ( 3 ) 

MUSC XXX Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 

VOICE PERFORMANCE CONCENTRATION 
REQUIREMENTS (83 units) 
MUSA XXX 
MUSA XXX 

MUSA 190 
MUSA 191 
MUSA 290 
MUSA 399 
MUSA 499 
MUSC 131 
MUSC 132 
MUSC 133 



Private voice lessons (16) 

Ensembles — 4 units in Chorale or Choral Society, 4 units in 

Music for the Stage, and 4 units in any vocal ensemble (12) 

Piano Class (1) 

Piano Class II (1) 

Piano Class III (1) 

Junior Recital (1) 

Senior Recital (1) 

Theory I (2) 

Theory II (2) 

Musicianship I (2) 



122 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory 111 (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 245 Diction for Singers I (Enghsh and Italian) (2) 

MUSC 246 Diction for Singers II (French and German) (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 327 Choral Conducting (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUSC 406 Survey of Solo Voice Literature (3) 

MUSC 442 Vocal Pedagogy (3) 

MUSC XXX Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 

Elementary level of two of the following: German, French or Italian (12) 

OR Intermediate level in German, French or Italian (12) 

WINDS, STRINGS, PERCUSSION PERFORMANCE 
CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (84 units) 

MUSA XXX Private lessons in one instrument or percussion area (16) 

MUSA XXX Ensembles — eight terms in either Symphonic Band or 
Orchestra; eight terms of other instrumental ensembles 
(16) 

MUSA 190 Piano Class 1(1) 

MUSA 191 Piano Class II (1) 

MUSA 290 Piano Class III (1) 

MUSA 399 Junior Recital (1) 

MUSA 499 Senior Recital (1) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship HI (2) 

MUSC 234 Musicianship IV (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

MUSC 305 Survey of the Music Industry (3) 

MUSC 329 Instrumental Conducting (3) 

MUSC 335 Choral and Instrumental Arranging (3) 

MUSC 405 Western Music from 1914 to the Present (3) 

MUSC 443 Instrumental Pedagogy (1) 

MUSC XXX Upper-division MUSC electives (9) 

MUSC 493 Independent Research in Music may be taken 
for a maximum of 3 elective units only by successful peti- 
tion to the department chairperson. 

MAJOR IN MUSIC — BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science in Music is designed for students seeking 
a liberal arts degree in music. The curriculum of this program is 
designed to assure that students receive a solid grounding in the 
fundamentals of music theory and history, take individual instruc- 
tion in applied music, and will participate in musical ensembles 
appropriate to their area of musical training. The Department of 
Music strongly recommends the completion of the intermediate 
level of a foreign language. Students are encouraged to pursue a 
minor in a related or complementary field of study. 

All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree in Music 
must take one course in one of the arts outside of music (visual 
arts, theater, or dance) either within their General Education units 
or within their 30 elective units. 

Students must also undertake one of the following 3-unit cap- 
stone experiences demonstrating mastery of some area of their 
study. Selection of this capstone experience and approval by appro- 
priate faculty must be completed by the end of the junior year. 
Students must have completed all required courses through the 300 
level before enrolling in the capstone experience. 



Music Performance and Senior Recital 

Students who choose music performance as their principal area of 
competency must complete at least 2 units of applied music at the 
upper-division level and complete the I -unit course MUSA 497 
(Senior Recital for Bachelor of Science in Music Degree). (Students 
must be enrolled for applied lessons concurrently with Senior 
Recital.) Approval of the recital option must be granted by the fac- 
ulty jury at the time of the upper-division jury. 

Senior Thesis/Project 

Students may choose to write a senior thesis or complete another 
approved research project under the direction of a faculty adviser. 
In order to be approved for a Senior Thesis/Project, a student must 
have passed MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 with the 
grade of B or better. The proposal for the project must be approved 
by the department chair who will assign appropriate faculty advis- 
ers by the end of the second term of the junior year. The complet- 
ed project must be juried by at least two faculty members. These 
candidates must successfully complete MUSC xxx: Senior 
Thesis/Project for the Bachelor of Science in Music Degree. 

Music Internship 

Students who pursue training in a cognate area such as music busi- 
ness, arts administration, or some other appropriate professional 
field must demonstrate competence in that field through the suc- 
cessful completion of MUSC 497 Internship in Music. Students 
must have a 2.75 general GPA and a 2.50 in Music courses to 
enroll in MUSC 497 Internship in Music. Internships must be 
approved by the department internship coordinator and the Career 
Center internship coordinator by the end of the junior year. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Total minimum units to complete the major in Music - 
Bachelor of Science degree are 120. 

Music Requirements (32 units) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 

MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) 

MUSC 134 Musicianship II (2) 

MUSC 201 Music in the US: Analvtic Emphasis (3) 

MUSC 231 Theory III (2) 

MUSC 232 Theory IV (2) 

MUSC 233 Musicianship III (2) 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 302 Western Music from 1750-1914 (3) 

One course in American or World Music selected from the following (3 

units): 

MUSC 421 Music in the U.S. (3) 

MUSC 426 Jazz History (3) 

MUSC 471 Special Topics in World Music (3) 

MUSC xxx Two upper-division MUSC courses (excluding other 

American/World Music courses, MUSC 493, and MUSC 
497) (6 units) 

Applied and Music Elective Requirements (17 units) 

MUSA .XXX Private Lessons (6) 

MUSA xxx Ensembles (4 units over 4 terms) 

MUSA 190 Piano Class 1(1) 

MUSC (may not duplicate a course applied toward GenEd units), MUSA 

(ensembles only), or MUED electives (3 units) MUSC or MUSA Capstone 

Experience (3 units) 

Total Music Units: 49 

GenEd requirements (38-40 units) and free electives (no MUSC, MUED 
or MUSA courses) (30 units) 

Combined — 68-70 units minimum. 



Department of Music 



123 



MINOR IN MUSIC 

The Music minor, available for students who desire to pursue 
music studies as a secondary field, requires 24-25 units. Music 
minors are required to have a department adviser to assist with 
building meaningful schedules. The minor consists of two tracks: 
Music Performance and Music Literature. Students who intend to 
minor in Music are advised to so declare in their freshman year. 
Acceptance to the Performance Track is by prior audition only. 
Students accepted into this track must discuss with their applied 
teacher how they will logically progress to the final recital. 
Students in the Literature Track must apply to the department and 
complete all lower-division requirements before moving to upper- 
division courses. MUSC 131 and MUSC 133 must be taken con- 
currently. 

Students must attain a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher for 
courses applied to the minor. The Pass grading option is not avail- 
able for courses applied to the minor. 

Performance Track (24-25 units) 

MUSA X.XX Private lessons in one discipline (at least two at the 

upper-division level) (8) 
MUSA XXX Ensembles (3) 
MUSA 399 Junior Recital (1) 
MUSC 101 Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 

or 
MUSC 106 Honors Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 
MUSC 105 Music Theory for Non-Majors (3) 

or 
MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

and 
MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) (must be taken concurrently with 

MUSC 131) 
MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 
MUSC 305 Survey of the Music Industry (3) 

Literature Track (25 units) 

MUSC 131 Theory I (2) 

and 
MUSC 133 Musicianship I (2) (must be taken concurrently with 

MUSC 131) 
MUSC 132 Theory II (2) 
MUSC 101 Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 

or 
MUSC 106 Honors Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage (3) 
MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis (3) 

One course selected front the following (3): 

MUSC 1 10 Honors Introduction to World Music (3) 

MUSC 112 World Music: The Americas, Africa and West Europe (3) 

MUSC 113 World Music: East Europe, Asia and the Middle East (3) 

One course selected from the following (3): 
MUSC 123 Jazz History for Non-Maiors (3) 
MUSC 125 Honors Jazz History for Non-Majors (3) 
MUSC 127 Elements and History of Rock Music (3) 
MUSC 205 Women in Western Music (3) 

Upper-division electives selected from the following 

(one from each group) (6): 

Group I 

MUSC 301 Western Music to 1750 (3) 

MUSC 402 Music of the Baroque Period (3) 

MUSC 403 Music of the Classical Period (3) 

MUSC 404 Music of the Romantic Period (3) 



GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

The department also offers courses for non-Music majors. These 
courses are primarily taken to satisfy GenEd requirements and 
include the following: 
MUSC 100 Using Information Effectively in Music 

(GenEd l.B.) (3) 
MUSC 101 Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage 

(GenEd II.C.l.) (3) 
MUSC 105 Music Theory for Non-Majors (GenEd II.C.l) (3) 
MUSC 106 Honors Introduction to Music of the Western Heritage 

(GenEd II.C.l.) (3) 
MUSC 110 Honors World Music (GenEd II.D.) (3) 
MUSC 111 Introduction to Music in the U.S. (GenEd II.B.l.) (3) 
MUSC 112 World Music: The Americas, Africa and West Europe 

(GenEd II.D.) (3) 
MUSC 113 World Music: East Europe, Asia and the Middle East 

(GenEd II.D.) (3) 
MUSC 114 Music Technology in American Society (GenEd II. B. 3.) (3) 
MUSC 116 Songwriting: Basic Composition for Non-Majors 

(GedEd I.E.) (3) 
MUSC 123 Jazz History for Non-Majors (GenEd II.B.l.) (3) 
MUSC 125 Honors Jazz History for Non-Majors 

(GenEd II.B.l.) (3) ' 
MUSC 127 Elements and History of Rock Music 

(GenEd II.B.l.) (3) 
MUSC 201 Music in the U.S.; Analytic Emphasis 

(GenEd II.B.l.) (3) 
MUSC 205 Women in Western Music (GenEd II.C.3.) (3) 

PERFORMING ENSEMBLES 

Non-Music majors/minors are encouraged to audition for perform- 
ing ensembles at the beginning of each term. A complete list of 
ensemble offerings can be found under Course Descriptions for 
"Music Applied (MUSA) - Ensembles" in this catalog. (No audi- 
tion is required for MUSA 150/350 Choral Society, MUSA 160/360 
Marching Band or MUSA 170/370 World Music Ensemble.) For 
further information, contact the department at 410-704-2836. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The Department of Music offers two graduate degrees: a Master of 
Science in Music Education and a Master of Music in either 
Performance or Composition. A Certificate of Music is also 
offered. A Certificate in Music: Dalcroze-Orff-Kodaly emphasis 
may be completed during summer sessions. 

Other areas of emphasis may involve the fall, spring and 
Minimester terms. Entrance requirements and programs of study 
are available from the department's graduate program directors 
and are outlined in the Graduate Catalog. 



Group n 

MUSC 406 
MUSC 411 
MUSC 413 
MUSC 421 
MUSC 426 
MUSC 471-479 



Survey of Vocal Literature (3) 
Survey of Opera (3) 
Symphonic Literature (3) 
Music in the U.S. (3) 
Jazz History (3) 
Special Topics (3) 



MUSC 493 



Independent Research in Music (written paper) (1) 



124 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



Department of Theatre Arts 

Professors: Georgia Baker, Thomas Cascella, Jay Herzog (Chair), 

Juanita Rockwell 
Associate Professors: Tom Casciero, Daniel Ettinger, Robyn 

Quick, Diane Smith-Sadak, Steve Satta, Peter Wray 
Assistant Professors: Naoko Maeshiba, Stephen Nunns (M.F.A. 

Director), David White 
Adjunct Faculty: Steve Bauer, Marsha Becker, Rosiland Cauthen, 

Brett Crawford, Temple Crocker, Donna Fox, Meg Kelly, Mark 

Krawczyk, Jenny Male, Margaret Penniman, Dian Perrin, Kyle 

Prue, Anthony Rosas, Susan Rotkovitz, Michael Shleifer, Barry 

Smith, Marianne Wittelsberger, Steve Yeager 
Adjunct Professor: Philip Arnoult 
Distinguished Visiting Professor of Acting: John Glover 
Administrative Assistants: Michele Madden, Marie Robertson 
Technical Director: Anthony Rosas 
Assistant Technical Director/Electrician: Brandon Ingle 
Costumier: Cheryl Partridge 
Costume Shop Assistant: Julie Gerhardt 

OFFICE 

Center for the Arts 3037, 410-704-2792 or 410-704-2793 

Fax: 410-704-3914 

www.towson.edu/theatre 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The guiding principle of the Department of Theatre Arts is that our 
energies and resources remain devoted to the development of our 
students as creative, cooperative and humanistically educated the- 
atre practitioners. We strive to give our students maximum oppor- 
tunity to use our theatres, shops and studios to develop their craft. 

The undergraduate program is intentionally eclectic, including in 
its productions as many forms and styles of theatre as possible. The 
graduate program is specifically focused on the creation of original 
works that explore interdisciplinary and intercultural techniques. 

During the academic year, the Department of Theatre Arts offers 
the campus and community a full season of plays in its three the- 
atres and in the Dreyer MFA Lab. The department maintains a pol- 
icy of casting only undergraduate student actors in undergraduate 
productions. 

Specific goals of the undergraduate program are: 

• to educate the whole person through the study of theatre as an 
academic and artistic discipline within the context of liberal 
arts 

• to prepare students for the rigors and demands of professional 
theatre while also supporting theatre training for students 
with alternative career aspirations 

• to provide an ongoing mentoring relationship between faculty 
and students designed to nurture a student's unique artistic 
voice and passionate point of view 

• to foster an appreciation of social, cultural and aesthetic diver- 
sity via academic and artistic opportunities 

Specific goals of the graduate program are: 

• to prepare the artist as a producer of original works, either 
solo or in small ensembles, who will shape the theatre of the 
future 

• to explore the definition of theatre through interdisciplinary 
and intercultural studies and experimentation 

• to maintain significant participation in the international dis- 
cussion of new theatre forms and pedagogies 

Both programs are committed to interdisciplinary collaborations 
within the university and in the community. Both strive to maintain 
and enhance their reputations through active participation in 
regional, national and international organizations. 

Theatre majors receive either a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science degree in Theatre. Majors must complete one of three 
tracks: Acting (Audition required). Design and Production, or 
Theatre Studies. Students may also minor in Theatre, or double 



major in another field. All students are assigned advisers in the 
appropriate areas. The theatre program is time consuming and 
physically demanding, often requiring participation in evening and 
weekend activities. Students considering a career in the theatre 
should recognize that the field is extremely competitive. The 
Department of Theatre Arts strives to prepare its students for the 
challenges of professional theatre and encourages versatility 
through a sound liberal arts education. All degree programs in 
Theatre are fully accredited by the National Association of Schools 
of Theatre. 

MAJOR IN THEATRE 

Theatre majors must complete: 46 units in theatre (at least 18 units 
at the 300-400 level), 28 units of required courses and 18 elective 
units in one of the three tracks. 

Majors should work with a faculty adviser to select courses in 
their track. Students must attain a grade equivalent of 2.00 or high- 
er in courses applied to the major. The Pass grading option is not 
available for courses applied to the major. Students are expected to 
take lower-division prerequisites before attempting the required 
upper-division electives. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Transfer students majoring in Theatre are required to complete a 
minimum of 20 units of theatre courses at Towson University, with 
at least 12 units at the upper (300-400) level. Majors need a total 
of 18 upper-level theatre units, including transfer courses. 

Transfer students minoring in Theatre must complete at least 12 
units of theatre courses at Towson University, with at least 6 at the 
upper level. Minors need a total of 12 upper-level theatre units, 
including transfer courses. 

Applicability of transfer work is determined by the department 
chair. Prospective transfer students should schedule an appointment 
with the chair at their earliest opportunity. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MAJORS 

Theatre Courses (28 units) 

THEA 125 Script Analysis (3) 

THEA 142 Introduction to Theatre Design (3) 

THEA 211 History of Theatre and Drama I (3) 

THEA 212 History of Theatre and Drama II (3) 

THEA 213 History of Theatre and Drama III (3) 

THEA 201 Scene Design I (3) 

or 
THEA 255 Lighting Design I (3) 

or 
THEA 353 Costume Design I (3) 
THEA 331 Directing I (3) 

THEA 494 Theatre Production: Scenic Elements (1) 
THEA 495 Theatre Production: Lighting, Sound (1) 
THEA 496 Theatre Production: Costume (1) 
THEA 497 Theatre Production: Running Crew (1) 
THEA 499 Special Project in Theatre Research (3) 

ACTING TRACK (18 units) 

Audition/Interview required for entry into this track. Please see 
www.towson.edu/theatre/auditions for details. The Acting Track is 
for students who are seeking rigorous preparation for graduate 
study or for entry-level opportunities in the acting profession. 
Students may be asked to repeat courses or to take acting elective 
courses before advancing to the next level. A minimum of 18 units 
is required to complete the track. Most students elect to take more 
than the minimum. 

Required Courses (18 units) 

THEA 105 Moveinent tor the Actor (3) 

THEA 1 10 Acting I for Acting Track (3) 

THEA 1 1 1 Voice for the Actor I (3) 

THEA 202 Acting II (3) 

THEA 322 Voice for the Actor II (3) 

THEA 335 Impulse Improvisation (3) 



Department of Theatre Arts 



125 



Electives 

Please refer to the Course Descriptions section of this catalog for a full list 
of Theatre courses. 

Credit for Performance 

Students cast in theatre productions sponsored by the Department 
of Theatre Arts may earn up to 3 units per show by enrolling in 
THEA 490 Performance Practicum. The number of units allowed 
per role is determined by the director of the production. Eligible 
productions are determined by the department. Students may earn 
a maximum of 9 units of THEA 490. 

DESIGN AND PRODUCTION TRACK (18 units) 

The Design and Production Track also prepares students for grad- 
uate study and/or entry into the theatre professions. Faculty mentors 
guide qualified students through design and production projects of 
increasing responsibility, culminating in mainstage designs and 
leadership production positions for the most advanced students. 
The Design and Production Track has an excellent record of intern- 
ship and career placements. 

Required Courses (18 units) 



THEA 109 
THEA 201 
THEA 251 
THEA 255 
THEA 353 



Acting I for Design/Production and Theatre Studies (3) 
Scenic Design I (3) 
Stagecraft I (3) 

(3) 
(3) 



Lighting Design 

Costume Design 
One of the following (3 units): 
THEA 351 Stagecraft II (3) 
THEA 355 Lighting Design II (3) 
THEA 361 Scenic Design II (3) 
THEA 453 Costume Design II (3) 

Electives 

THEA 107 Property Design and Construction (3) 

THEA 209 Sound Design (3) 

THEA 241 Costume, Dress and Society: Egyptian to Elizabethan (3) 

THEA 242 Costume, Dress and Societ)': Elizabethan to 1950 (3) 

THEA 245 Makeup Design I (3) 

THEA 246 Makeup Design II (3) 

THEA 257 Stage Management (3) 

THEA 433 Advanced Study in Stage Management (1-9) 

THEA 443 Structural Design and Safety (3) 

THEA 445 Scene Painting (3) 

THEA 463 Period Styles for Design (3) 

THEA 480 Advanced Study in Theatre Design (1-9) 

THEA 487 Professional Theatre Seminar (1-12) 

THEATRE STUDIES TRACK (18 units) 

The Theatre Studies Track integrates academic inquiry and per- 
formance exploration through a comprehensive study of the art of 
theatre in relation to multiple communities, from local to global. 
The track consists of THEA 109, four courses from required cate- 
gories of study and one elective in an area of individual interest. 
This well-rounded curriculum will provide a strong foundation for 
graduate study or entry-level professional work to students with 
interests in areas such as directing, dramaturgy, theatre adminis- 
tration or stage management. It is also an excellent choice for stu- 
dents who wish to apply their theatre skills to other fields such as 
education, law or business. 

In addition to the core courses required of all majors, students in 
the Theatre Studies Track must complete: 

THEA 109 Acting I for Design/Production and Theatre Studies 

Plus 15 additional units as described below: 

One of the following courses in performance creation: 

THEA 317 Ensemble Theatre Laboratory (3) 

THEA 314 Playwriting (3) 

One of the following courses in dramaturgy and theory: 

THEA 303 Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theatre (3) 

THEA 307 Theories of Theatre (3) 



THEA 380 Topics in Diversity (3) 

THEA 491 Production Dramaturgy (3) 

One of the following courses in community engagement: 

THEA 310 Theatre for Social Change (3) 

THEA 316 Theatre of Crossing Cultures (3) 

THEA 401 Community Outreach in Theatre (3) 

One of the folloiving courses in theatre organization and administration: 

THEA 257 Stage Management (3) 

THEA 306 Theatre Organization and Administration (3) 

One additional theatre course from student's area of interest 

AREAS OF OPPORTUNITY 
Directing 

Students who have successfully completed Script Analysis and 
Directing I and who have stage-managed a faculty-directed pro- 
duction may propose to direct a Studio Project under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty member. 

Dramaturgy 

The department provides students with the opportunity to serve as 
production dramaturgs on mainstage shows. Working individually 
or in teams, students help to analyze the script, provide research to 
the production team and create outreach projects for audience 
members. 

Movement Theatre 

There are opportunities for majors to explore movement theatre in 
depth. 

Stage Management 

Students interested in stage management have excellent opportuni- 
ties to stage-manage studio and then mainstage productions. The 
stage managing course is offered every fall. 

Theatre Arts Administration 

Students interested in box office, house managing, publicity and 
other aspects of theatre administration have the opportunity to 
gain work experience through independent study and paid posi- 
tions in the College of Fine Arts and Communication. Internships 
with local theatres are available. Students with this interest often 
complete a Business Administration minor. There are no courses in 
theatre administration in the department. 

Musical Theatre 

The Department of Theatre Arts produces a mainstage musical 
once every two years. Some students may take private voice lessons 
with the Department of Music, and dance classes with the 
Department of Dance. 

MINOR IN THEATRE 

The Theatre minor requires students to take 26 units in theatre. At 
least 12 of these units must be at the upper division (300 and 
above). 

Required Courses (8 units) 

One Acting Course (3) 

One Design and Production Course (3) 

Two of the following courses: 

THEA 494 Theatre Production: Scenic Elements (1) 

THEA 495 Theatre Production: Lighting or Sound ( 1 ) 

THEA 496 Theatre Production: Costume (1) 

THEA 497 Theatre Production: Running Crew (1) 

Electives (18 units) 

Students are encouraged to pursue an area of study within one of 
the department's tracks (Acting, Design and Production, or Theatre 
Studies) under the supervision of an adviser. 



126 



The College of Fine Arts and Communication 



MEETING GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

The Department of Theatre Arts offers courses designed for stu- 
dents who are not majors or minors. These courses are primarily 
taken to satisfy General Education requirements. Please see the 
GenEd Requirements in the University Curriculum section of this 
catalog. 

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES 

Career opportunities in theatre include professional acting, direct- 
ing, technical theatre, costume, makeup, light and set design, stage 
managing, theatre management and administration. Theatre alum- 
ni have also found careers in related areas such as clothing design, 
computer-aided design, casting agencies, business management, 
personnel work, promotional agencies, film and television. Many 
of our graduates go on to graduate school in theatre, either in 
preparation for professional theatre careers or college teaching. 
Towson University does not currently offer a program in theatre 
education. Students wishing to teach drama in high school should 
major in one of Towson's accredited secondary education subjects 
(such as English) and should pursue a minor in Theatre. It is also 
possible, with careful scheduling, to double major in Theatre and a 
secondary education program in another major. 



SCHOLARSHIPS 

A limited number of scholarships are available for continuing stu- 
dents. These include named scholarships such as the Askew, the 
Charles S. Dutton, the Gillespie/Loeschke, the John Glover, the 
Audrey Herman, the Nina Hughes, the Walter F. Kramme, the 
Christopher Legg, and the Steve Yeager scholarships. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The Master of Fine Arts in Theatre at Towson University is an 
experimental, self-directed graduate program designed to chal- 
lenge, expand and develop participants' artistic vision. Focusing on 
original solo and ensemble work, it aims to reconstruct a theatre 
suited to the challenges of the 21st century. Our curriculum 
includes residencies and workshops by nationally and internation- 
ally recognized guest artists and encourages its students to collabo- 
rate on interdisciplinary and cross-cultural projects. For more 
information, see the TU Graduate Catalog, call 410-704-3851 or 
visit wvirw.towson.edu/theatre/grad. 




The College of Health Professions 



The College of Health Professions enrolls more bachelor's and master's health care and 
sport-related professional students than any other institution in the state of Maryland and has 
one of the largest enrollments in the mid-Atlantic region. Our mission is to provide the high- 
est quality of undergraduate and graduate learning experiences in a wide range of health care 
and sport-related professions that promote and enhance health and human performance. 
Graduates exhibit the highest ethical principles and professional behaviors in the application 
of knowledge and critical thinking, the proficient use of skills, the effective use of communica- 
tion and the meaningful use of technology. 

As a college, we emphasize the key values of: 

■ Excellence 

■ Ethical and moral conduct 
u Collaboration 

■ Promotion of wellness across the life span 
u Worth and dignity of all people 

u Lifelong learning 

The programs in the college prepare graduates to assume roles in a variety of clinical, 
leaching, community and sport-related settings. Each program integrates this professional 
preparation with a rigorous grounding in the liberal arts and sciences. Faculty members sup- 
port students' development to assure that graduates possess the knowledge, attitudes and skills 
necessary for career success. Internships and clinical experiences are an essential part of 
each student's education. 

Programs in the college are accredited by appropriate professional and educational 
accrediting agencies. Graduates of the baccalaureate programs of Athletic Training, Nursing 
and Occupational Therapy are eligible to sit for their respective licensure or certification 
examinations. In addition to providing courses for students majoring in each of the depart- 
ments, each department provides courses that are available to all Towson University students. 

Charlotte E. Exner, Dean 
Marcie Weinstein, Associate Dean 



Allied Health 

Athletic Training 

Chemical Dependency Counseling and 

Education 
Deaf Studies 
Exercise Science 
Gerontology 

Health Care Management 
Health Science 

Community Health 

School and Community Health Education 

School Health - Teacher Education 
Nursing 

Occupational Therapy 
Physical Education - Teacher Education 
Physical Therapy Preparation 
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 
Sport Management 

Optimizing Wellness For Life 



COLLEGE OFFICE 

Towson Center 337, 410-704-2132 

Fax: 410-704-3479 



128 



The College of Health Professions 



Allied Health Program 

Associate Professor and Program Director: Marcie Weinstein 

(Collaborative Programs) 

Clinical Assistant Professors: Tamara Burton, Linda Caplis 

OFFICE 

BurdickHall 101, 410-704-4049 
www.towson.edu/chp/alliedhealth 

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION 

The Allied Health program is designed to give practicing health 
care professionals the opportunity to advance their careers by 
expanding their skills in the health care marketplace. The program 
builds on their existing associate degrees and clinical backgrounds 
and prepares them to assume additional responsibilities through 
advanced learning in health care administration and management, 
organization and funding, ethical and professional issues, and 
research findings that affect best practice. Graduates are better 
positioned for promotions, movement into related positions or job 
expansion. 

The Bachelor of Technical and Professional Studies (BTPS) in 
Allied Health is a recognized bachelor's degree program designed to 
facilitate maximum transfer of academic credit for associate degree 
graduates from a variety of health and health-related programs. 
Frequently, graduates from associate degree allied health programs 
entering baccalaureate degree programs are not able to transfer 
health discipline-specific courses to the baccalaureate program. 
This is not the case with the Allied Health program since most or 
all of the health discipline-specific courses, up to 64 transfer cred- 
its, transfer to the bachelor's degree program. Students may also be 
able to transfer in other applicable course work that has been taken 
at other four-year institutions, for a combined total of 90 transfer 
credits. 

Associate degree graduates of the disciplines listed below are eli- 
gible for enrollment in the Allied Health program. Graduates of 
associate degree health programs receive a number of different 
degrees — A.A.S., A.S., A. A., etc. — all of which are eligible for par- 
ticipation in the program. 
Cardiovascular technologist 
Clinical laboratory technician 
Dental hygienist 
Diagnostic medical technologist 
Dietetic technician 

Emergency medical technician - paramedic 
Health information technician 
Massage therapist 
Medical assistant 
Nuclear medicine technologist 
Nurse 

Occupational therapy assistant 
Physical therapist assistant 
Physician assistant 
Radiation therapy technologist 
Radiographer 
Respiratory therapist 
Surgical technologist 
Veterinary technologist 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Program applicants must have an earned associate degree in an 
allied health discipline and a minimum 2.00 GPA upon transfer. If 
you hold an associate degree in a health discipline that is not listed 
above, please contact the Allied Health program director for fur- 
ther information. You may be eligible for admission. 



Program Objectives 

The Allied Health degree program is designed to prepare students to: 

• assume managerial, supervisory and/or clinical education roles 
within their respective areas of health practice 

• enhance their use of ethically grounded and culturally sensitive 
practices in their administration and delivery of health services 

• effectively use technology and scientific inquiry to support and 
guide their roles as health practitioners and administrators 

• understand, evaluate and influence societal, economic and political 
forces that impact health practices at the individual, regional and 
national levels 

• communicate effectively with clients, colleagues, agencies and the 
community in their roles as health practitioners and administrators 

Program Requirements 

The Allied Health degree program requires the completion of a 
minimum of 120 units. Lower-division courses from your commu- 
nity college will be applied, as appropriate, up to a maximum of 64 
units. A minimum of 32 units must be in upper-division courses at 
Towson University. The overall program structure follows: 

General Education Requirements 

Students must complete Towson University's General Education 
(GenEd) requirements as specified in this catalog. In general, a grad- 
uate from one of the Maryland community college associate degree 
programs included in the Allied Health Program will need to com- 
plete 3 to 5 units of GenEd courses in addition to those that are 
transferred. Some of the required GenEd courses will be satisfied 
through program core and focus area requirements. 

Core Requirements (18 units) 

All students are required to complete 18 units of core courses in the 

program. 

One course must be completed in each of the follou'ing areas. Italicized 

courses are available online. 

Administration: 

AHLT 3 1 Management for the Allied Health Professional 

HCMN 305 Communit>' Health Administration (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 



Ethics: 

HCMN 417 
HCMN 441 
PHIL 361 
PHIL 371 



Long-Term Care Ethical Problems (3) 

Legal and Ethical Issues in Health Administration (3) 

Biomedical Ethics (3) 

Business Ethics (3) 



Health Care Systems: 

HLTH 207 Health Care in the U.S. (3) 

NURS 404 Health Care: An Interdisciplinary Approach (3) 

Cultural Competency: 

NURS 416 Multicultural Health Care (3) 
COMM 378 Intercultural Communication (3) 



Research: 

AHLT 445 
PSYC314 
FMST 485 
OCTH 430 



Research Methods in Allied Health (3) 
Research Methods in Psychology (3) 
Research Methods in Family Studies (3) 
Research Methods in Occupational Therapy (3)* 



"Open only to occupational therapy assistants 

Technology and Professional Issues: 

AHLT 440 Technical and Professional Issues in Allied Health (3) 

This course also satisfies universit)' requirement for an advanced writing 
course ID. 

Focus Area (15 units) 

Students choose one of six focus areas; a minimum of 15 units must 
be completed in a focus area. Prerequisite courses must be com- 
pleted for courses chosen to be included in the focus area. Although 



Allied Health Program 



129 



a great deal of flexibility and a number of options are permitted 
within a focus area, students must provide a rationale and take a 
cohesive set of courses related to that rationale for the focus area. 
All courses and each student's program of study must be approved 
by an Allied Health adviser. Below are descriptions and represen- 
tative courses for each focus area. Other course selections are pos- 
sible, subject to the approval of the program director. Note: Some 
courses may be counted as either core or focus area, but may not 
count for both. 

Students are able to pursue a minor in a number of different 
areas along with the Allied Health major by selecting specific focus 
areas. Minors in Health Care Management and Family Studies are 
examples. Note: students may have additional units to complete 
beyond the 15 focus area units in order to earn the minor. Students 
may also select the Science and Professional Preparation focus area 
if planning to continue on to graduate school, and select courses 
within the focus area that help satisfy their graduate program pre- 
requisite requirements. 

Lists of courses in the focus areas below are representative, not 
comprehensive. 

Administration/Management: 

Students may choose from a broad array of courses in the fields of 
healthcare management, accounting, management, marketing, 
finance and related areas. (This focus area may he taken completely 
online. Courses which may be taken online are italicized.) 

Course possibilities include: 

AHLT 310 Management for the Allied Health Professional (3) 

AHLT 31 1 Human Resource Management for Allied Health 

Professionals (3) 
AHLT 313 Clinical Program Planning and Evaluation (3) 
AHLT 495 Allied Health Independent Study (3) 
HCMN 4 1 5 financing and Organization of Health Care Services in 

the U.S. (3) 
HCMN 441 Legal and Ethical Issues in Health Administration (3) 
ENGL 319 Organizational Communications (3) 
HCMN 305 Community Health Administration (3) 
HCMN 413 Services and Housing for the Long-Term Care Consumer 

(3) 
HCMN 419 Long-Term Care Administration (3) 
ECON 339 Health Economics (3) 
MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MKTG 341 Prmciples of Marketing (3) 

Students choosing this focus area may be able to earn a minor in Health 
Care Management. 

Education 

Courses in health education or other areas of education may be 
selected to focus on clinical patient education or academic teaching. 

Course possibilities include: 

EDUC401 

ENGL 319 

HLTH311 

HLTH 222 

HLTH315 
HLTH 425 
HLTH 430 



HLTH 432 
PSYC 305 



Foundations of Education (3) 

Organizational Communications (3) 

Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) 

Foundations of Health Education and Health Behavior 

(3) 

Curriculum and Planning in Health Education (3) 

Instructional Methods in Health Education (3) 

Organization, Implementation and Management of 

Health Education 

Programs (3) 

Measurement and Evaluation in Health Education (3) 

Psychology of Learning (3) 



Health Promotion, Wellness, Prevention and Community Health 
Education: 

Appropriate courses in health science, kinesiology, 
occupational therapy and other departments 
may be selected. 



Course possibilities include: 

GERO 310 Social Issues in Human Lifestyle Technology (3) 

GERO 330 Community Planning for an Aging Society (3) 

GERO 367 Death, Dying and Bereavement (3) 

HLTH 311 Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) 

HLTH 331 Nutrition for Health Professionals (3) 

KNES 301 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure (3) 

KNES 455 Physical Activity Programming for the Older Adult (3) 

OCTH 205 Alternative and Complimentary Healthcare (3) 

OCTH 301 Genetics, Health and Society (3) 

PSYC 3 1 1 Behavior Modification (3) 

PSYC 315 Motivation (3) 

PSYC 405 The Psychology of Aging (3) 

PSYC 419 Humanistic Psychology (3) 

SOCI 359 Social Gerontology (3) 

WMST 336 Women and Medicine (3) 

Family Studies 

Family studies is an interdisciplinary area that includes courses 
from the family studies (FMST) program as well as a variety of 
courses from other departments in the university. 

Course possibilities include: 

FMST 301 Family Relationships (3) 

FMST 302 Theories of Family Functioning (3) 

FMST 303 Trends in Contemporary Family Life (3) 

FMST 340 The Hospitalized Child and family (3) 

FMST 380 Family Law (3) 

FMST 387 Community Services for Families (3) 

GERO 367 Death, Dying and Bereavement (3) 

PSYC 405 The Psychology of Aging (3) 

PSYC 451 Introduction to the Exceptional Child (3) 

WMST 335 Women, Work and Family (3) 

WMST 336 Women and Medicine (3) 

Science and Professional Preparation: 

Students interested in pursuing graduate study in a health profes- 
sion or science-related area may wish to use this focus area to com- 
plete additional coursework in the natural sciences, mathematics, 
and related areas that may be required for graduate school or pro- 
fessional school preparation. 

Course possibilities include: 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for Health Professionals (4) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) 

BIOL 214 Human Anatomv and Physiology II (4) 

BIOL 315 Medical Microbiology (4) 

BIOL 301 Field Natural Science (4) 

BIOL 303 Life Sciences (3) 

BIOL 3 2 1 Biology of Women ( 3 ) 

BIOL 322 Biotechnology and Society (3) 

BIOL 323 Genes, Evolution and Morality (3) 

CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions I (4) 

CHEM 106 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions II (4) 

CHEM 351 Biochemistry I (3) 

CHEM 356 Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics I (3) 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 

PHYS 202 General Physics for the Health Sciences (5) 

PHYS211 General Physics I (4) 

PHYS 212 General Physics II (4) 

PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

PSYC 212 Behavioral Statistics (4) 

PSYC 361 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Advanced Respiratory Therapy: 

For the respiratory care practitioner, these courses offer advanced 
clinical competencies, as well as the opportunity to pursue individ- 
ual practica in clinical practice, education, administration 
or research. 

Course possibilities include: 

AHLT 405 Systemic Disease Processes and Interventions in 

Respiratory Care (3) 
AHLT 407 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care (3) 



130 



The College of Health Professions 



AHLT 409 Sleep and Rehabilitative Respiratory Care (3) 
AHLT 4XX Pharmacology and Therapeutics (3) 
AHLT 41 1 Cardiopulmonary Disease and Pathophysiology (3) 

AHLT 4XX Practicum (Clinical Practice, Education, Research or 

Admmistration) (3) 
IDHP 495/496 Independent Study (3) 

Financial Aid 

While the program has no scholarships specifically designated for 
the program, students in the program are eligible for a number of 
merit and need-based financial aid awards through Towson 
University. For information on available aid, please contact the 
Towson University Financial Aid Office at (410) 704-4236, or visit 
the office's Web site at www.towson.edu/finaid. 

FOR MORE INFORMATION 

For further information concerning the Allied Health Program, 
including specifics on how course work completed at community col- 
leges will apply toward the program, please contact Dr. Marcie 
Weinstein in the Collaborative Programs office at Towson University 
by phone, 410-704-4049, or e-mail mweinstein@towson.edu. 




Department of Audiology, 
Speech-Language Pathology 
and Deaf Studies 

Professor: Diana Emanuel, Sharon Glennen (Chair) 

Associate Professors: Eva Hester, Peggy Korczak, Mark Pellowski 

Assista)it Professors: Celia Bassich, Judith Blackburn, Sheryl 

Cooper, Jody Cripps, Karen Fallon, Brian Kreisman, Nicole 

Kreisman, Linda Sickman, Jennifer Smart 
Clinical Assistant Professors: Karen Helmuth-Day, lona Johnson, 

Stephen Pallett, Lisa Payne 
Clinical Administrators: Karen Pottash, Candace Robinson 
Lecturers: Donna Coons 

OFFICE 

Van Bokkelen Hall 105, 410-704-4153 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Studies 
Department offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs 
devoted to the enhancement of all forms of human communication. 
The blending of three distinct programs into one department cre- 
ates a unique learning experience for undergraduate and graduate 
students. 

The Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology major is a pre- 
professional degree program designed for students who want to 
pursue careers as audiologists or speech-language pathologists. 
Both careers require graduate study. The undergraduate degree pre- 
pares students for admission into both types of graduate programs. 
The Deaf Studies major is designed for students who want to learn 
about the culture and community of the Deaf while gaining profi- 
ciency in American Sign Language. Students can choose between 
two major focus areas: Human Services or Deaf Culture. The 
department is one of a few programs in the nation to offer a com- 
bined undergraduate degree in Deaf Studies and Speech-Language 
Pathology and Audiology. The combined major prepares students 
for further study in either field and is designed to be completed in 
four years. We also offer a combined major in Deaf Studies and 
Elementary Education. 

In order to continue in and graduate with a department major, 
students are required to earn a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher 
in all required pre-major or major courses, in addition to attaining 
the overall cumulative GPA required by the university. Any student 
earning a grade equivalent below a 2.00 in any required major 
course must repeat the course. Those who earn a grade equivalent 
below a 2.00 in more than one major course are not allowed to 
continue in the program. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students are encouraged to participate in the campus chapter of the 
National Student Speech-Language-Hearing Association. In addi- 
tion. Sign Up Club (sign language club) welcomes student partici- 
pation. 

SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND 
AUDIOLOGY ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

The Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (SPPA) B.S. degree 
is a screened major with a maximum of 60 students admitted each 
year. Admission to Towson University does not guarantee admis- 
sion into this major. Interested students begin the program as 
"Premajor" students (PSPA major), then apply for full admission to 
the SPPA major once the premajor courses are completed. 
Admission to the SPPA major requires: a) completing all of the 
admissions steps listed below, b) a GPA of 2.80 or better in 5 pre- 
major courses (see below), and c) a GPA of 2.50 or better for the 



Department of Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Studies 



131 



last 30 credits of courses. Students are admitted into the major in 
June of each year. Students who wish to be admitted to the major 
must complete the following steps during the PSPA premajor year. 

1. Officially declare the PSPA premajor by meeting with an adviser 
in the department. Contact the department's main office to sched- 
ule an appointment at 410-704-4153. Transfer students should 
contact the department as soon as they are admitted to the univer- 
sity, and no later than March 15 to be considered for admission 
into the SPPA major by the following fall. 

2. Complete 5 premajor courses with a grade of 2.00 or better 
before consideration for admission to the major. Courses can be 
taken at Towson University or transferred from other universities. 
See the admission requirements in this catalog for more informa- 
tion. 

Premajor Course Requirements (16-19 units) 

1. ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education or ENGL 190 (3) 

2. PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology or PSYC 102 (3) 

3. MATH 1 1 1 Algebra for Applications (3) or MATH 1 15 Basic 
Mathematics for the Sciences (3) or MATH 119 Pre-Calculus (4) 

4. BIOL 190 Biology for Health Science Major (4) or BIOL 201 
Cellular Biology and Genetics (4) 

5. One course from Category A or B (students must complete both 
categories as a graduation requirement but only one category 
during the premajor year) 

Category A: Physical Science (4-5): CHEM 105, PHYS 202 

orPHYS211 
Category B: Social/Behavioral Science (3): SOCI 101/102, 

ANTH 207/208 or EDUC 203 

3. Complete a minimum of 27 units of study (including the 5 pre- 
major courses) 

4. Complete a speech, language, hearing and voice screening at the 
Towson University Speech, Language and Hearing Center. 
Screenings are held during the first week of each term. Transfer 
students who are not screened during the premajor year must 
complete the screening during their first term of enrollment at 
Towson University. Students who have communication disorders 
or dialects of English that would affect their ability to interact 
with clients will be encouraged to seek treatment. For more 
information, refer to the admissions requirements in this catalog. 

Admission decisions are made in early June. All materials are due 
in the main office by June 1. Eligible students are ranked using the 
combined average of the premajor GPA and 30-credit GPA. The 
top 60 students are then selected for admission into the major. 
Students who do not get into the program can choose to try again 
in the following year. For more information, refer to the admission 
requirements in this catalog. 

SPPA PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH 
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES IN OTHER MAJORS 

The department offers two programs for students who do not have 
undergraduate degrees in Speech-Language Pathology and 
Audiology. These are the Three-Year Graduate Program in Speech- 
Language Pathology and the Second Bachelor's Degree Program. 

Three-Year Graduate Program: Students with an undergraduate 
GPA of 3.50 or higher are eligible to apply to the Three- Year 
Graduate Program in Speech Language Pathology or 5-year 
Graduate Program in Audiology. This program is only for full-time 
study. Students accepted into the program complete undergraduate 
SPPA courses during their first year and must maintain a GPA of 
3.50 or higher. They then move into taking graduate courses dur- 
ing the final two years. Students apply directly to the Graduate 
School by January 15. For more information contact the graduate 
program director in Speech-Language Pathology at 410-7(34-2449, 
or in Audiology at 410-704-2417. 

Second Bachelor's Degree Program: The second bachelor's degree 
is a 49-unit program for students who are not eligible for the Three- 



Year Graduate Program. This is a two-year, full-time undergraduate 
program beginning in the fall term only. Second Bachelor's Degree 
students take all required courses with the exception of the pre- 
major sequence. Students need to meet prerequisite requirements for 
BIOL 213 and PSYC 212 and may need to add those prerequisite 
courses to their programs of study. Graduates are eligible to apply 
to any graduate program. Students must apply to the university for 
admission to this program, then declare the major. Application infor- 
mation is available from the Second Bachelor's Degree Office at 410- 
704-3974. The application deadline is April 30. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND 
AUDIOLOGY 

In addition to General Education (GenEd) requirements, Speech- 
Language Pathology and Audiology majors must complete 73 to 75 
units. However, 26-30 of these units are GenEd requirements (indi- 
cated by an asterisk). The Pass/Fail grading option may not be 
applied to any SPPA course or required major course. All required 
courses must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or better. Some 
SPPA major required courses and electives can be taken during the 
pre-major year and are indicated with a + after the course title. A 
criminal background check must be completed and on file prior to 
beginning practicum (SPPA 487). 

Pre-Major Required Course Sequence (16-19 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Educanon (or ENGL 190) (3)* 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (or PSYC 102) {i)" 

Choose one of the following: 

MATH 109 Transition to Algebra for Applications (3)" 

MATH 111 Algebra for Applications (3)* 

MATH 115 Basic Mathematics for the Sciences (3)* 

MATH 119 Pre-Calculus (4)' 

Choose one of the following: 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4)* 

BIOL 201 Cellular Biology and Genetics (4) 

and 

One course from Category A or B below (Students must complete both 

categories as a graduation requirement but only one category during the 

pre-major year.) 

Category A; Physical Science (4-5): CHEM 105% CHEM 115% PHYS 

202* or PHYS 21 r 

Category B: Social/Behavioral Science (3): SOCI 101/102% ANTH 

207V208'* or EDUC 203* 



or Required Courses (53-55 units) 

Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) + 

American Sign Language I (3)* + 

Behavioral Statistics (4)' + 

Introduction to Human Communication Disorders (3) + 

Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory and Vocal 

Mechanism (3) 

Phonetics of American English (3) 

Language Development in Children (3) 

Articulation and Phonological Disorders (3) 

Hearing Science (3) 

Language Disorders in Children (3) 

Speech Science (3) 

Introduction to Audiology (3) 

Introduction to Aural Rehabilitation (3) 

Clinical Observations and Techniques (3) 

Research and Clinical Writing in Communication 

Disorders (3)* 

Neurological and Functional Disorders of Speech, 
Language and Voice (3) or SPPA 341 Clinical Audiology 
(3) 

Category A or B course (3-5) (see pre-major sequence above)' 



SPPA Electives (3 units required) 

ENGL 251 Applied Grammar (3) + 

PSYC 205 Introduction to the Helping Relationship (3) + 

SPPA 306 Neurological and Functional Disorders of Speech, 

Language and Voice (3) (only if SPPA 341 is completed) 



SPPA Maj^ 


BIOL 213 


DFST 107 


PSYC 212 


SPPA 101 


SPPA 200 


SPPA 210 


SPPA 215 


SPPA 302 


SPPA 303 


SPPA 304 


SPPA 313 


SPPA 321 


SPPA 325 


SPPA 416 


SPPA 417 


plus 


SPPA 306 


plus 


Remaining 



132 



The College of Health Professions 



SPPA 341 Clinical Audiology (3) (only if SPPA 306 is completed) 

SPPA 487 Clinical Internship (3) 

SPPA 496 Independent Study in Speech-Language Pathology and 

Audiology (1-4) 
SPPA 497 Directed Readings in Speech-Language Pathology and 

Audiology (1-4) 
SPPA 498 Proctoring in Speech-Language Pathology and 

Audiology (3) 

MAJOR IN DEAF STUDIES 

The Deaf Studies major consists of 56-58 units in addition to the 
General Education (Gen Ed) requirements. The major consists of 
35-37 units of core courses that all students take. Students then 
select one of two Deaf Studies focus areas, or one of two combined 
majors. Deaf Studies focus areas include Human Services and Deaf 
Culture. Students in Deaf Studies focus areas take an additional 21 
units to complete the degree (56-58 units total). The combined 
major options are (1) Deaf Studies and Speech-Language Pathology 
and Audiology, and (2) Deaf Studies and Elementary Education. 
Students in the combined majors take one additional Deaf Studies 
course (37-39 DFST units total) and must complete the requirements 
for the other major. Students must complete all required program 
courses with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. The Pass/Fail grad- 
ing option may not be applied to any DFST/SPPA course or required 
major course. All courses in ASL (DFST 107, 207, 303, 404 and 
414) must be passed with a grade of 3.00 or higher. The maximum 
number of Credit for Prior Learning (CPL) units the department will 
accept is 15. In addition, all students must complete an internship 
(DFST 410). If the internship site requires a criminal background 
check, students must complete the check and have it on file before 
beginning the internship. 

Core Requirements (35-37 units) 

All DFST majors must take 21 units of core courses before select- 
ing a focus area. These courses are typically completed in the first 
three terms of study. Students must also complete an additional 14- 
16 units of required core courses after selecting their focus area or 
combined major option. 

Initial Core Requirements (taken prior to starting a DFST track) 

DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Culture (3) (GenEd II.B.3.) 

DFST 107 American Sign Language I (3) (GenEd Il.C.l.) 

DFST 207 American Sign Language II (3) (GenEd Il.C.l.) 

DFST 210 Career Exploration in Deaf Studies (3) 

DFST 303 American Sign Language III (3) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (GenEd II.C.2.) 

SOCI 101/102 Introduction to Sociology (3) (GenEd II.C.2.) 

Additional Core Requirements (taken after starting a DFST track 
or combined major) 

DFST 308 Fingerspelling/Numbers (3) 

DFST 345 Deaf Culture (3) 

DFST 404 American Sign Language IV (3) 

DFST 414 American Sign Language V (3) 

DFST 410 Internship in Deaf Studies (2-4) 

DFST Major Focus Area Requirements (21 units) 
There are two focus areas for the Deaf Studies major. Students typ- 
ically select a focus area in the sophomore year and begin taking 
courses during the fourth term of study. Requirements and electives 
vary with each track. 

DFST Human Services Focus Area Requirements (21 units) 
Required Courses (12 units) 

DFST 220 Introduction to Interpreting (3) 

DFST 311 Audition: Science and Social Impact (3) 

DFST 318 Social Services in the Deaf Community (3) 

DF.ST 330 Linguistics of American Sign Language (3) 



Electives (9 units) 

COMM 315 Business/Professional Communication (3) 

DFST 309 Introduction to Deaf Blmd (3) 

DFST 360 Deaf Literature (3) 

DFST 422 Deaf History (3) 

ENGL 3 1 Writing Arguments (3) 

HLTH 208 Mental Health, Stress and Crisis Intervention (3) 

PSYC 205 Helping Relationships (3) 

PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

PSYC 325 Social Psychology (3) 

PSYC 361 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 

SOCI 343 Minority Groups (3) 

DFST Deaf Culture Focus Area Requirements (21 units) 

Required Courses (12 units) 

CLST 201 Intro to Cultural Studies (3) 

DFST 330 Linguistics of ASL (3) 

DFST 360 Deaf Literature (3) 

DFST 422 Deaf History (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

ANTH 207 Introduction to Human Culture 

CLST 303 Identity and Culture (3) 

DFST 309 Introduction to Deaf Blind (3) 

DFST 318 Social Services in the Deaf Community (3) 

PSYC 325 Social Psychology (3) 

SOCI 391 Introduction to Research Methods (3) 

SOCI 343 Minority Groups (3) 

COMBINED MAJOR IN SPEECH-LANGUAGE 
PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY AND DEAF STUDIES 

Speech Language Pathology and Audiology (SPPA) is a screened 
major. Students wanting to combine it with the DFST major need 
to complete the pre-major requirements (PSPA) for the Speech- 
Language Pathology and Audiology major and apply for full 
admission into SPPA. Because the requirements of the SPPA major 
are relatively fixed, students are encouraged to make the decision 
to complete the combined SPPA-DFST major in the freshman year. 
Students who are not admitted to the SPPA major can continue in 
DFST since it is not screened. In addition to GenEd requirements, 
students admitted to this option must complete 95-100 units with 
a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. Some SPPA major required 
courses and electives can be taken during the pre-major year and 
are indicated with a + after the course title. 

Pre-Major Required Course Sequence (16-19 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (or ENGL 190) (3)* 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (or PSYC 102) (3)* 

Choose one of the following: 

MATH 109 Transition to Algebra for Applications (3)* 

MATH 1 1 1 Algebra for Applications (3)' 

MATH 115 Basic Mathematics for the Sciences (3)* 

MATH 1 19 Pre-Calculus (4)* 

Choose one of the following: 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4)* 

BIOL 201 Cellular Biology and Genetics (4)* 

and 

One course from Category A or B below (Students must complete both 

categories as a graduation requirement but only one category during the 

pre-major year.) 

Category A: Physical Science (4-5): CHEM 105, CHEM 1 15*, PHYS 

202* or PHYS 21 r 

Category B: Social/Behavioral Science (3): SOCI 101/102% ANTH 

207V208''orEDUC203* 

DFST-SPPA Major Required Courses (82-86 units) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) + 

DFST 101 Introduction to Deaf Culture (3)' (GenEd I1.B.3.) 

DFST 107 American Sign Language I (3) (GenEd Il.C.l.) + 

DFST 207 American Sign Language II (3) (GenEd Il.C.l.) 

DFST 210 Career Exploration in Deafness (3) 

DFST 303 American Sign Language III (3) 

DFST 330 Linguistics of American Sign Language (3) 



Department of Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Studies 



133 



DFST 345 Deaf Culture (3) 

DFST 404 American Sign Language IV (3) 

DFST 410 Internship in Deafness (2-4) 

DFST 414 American Sign Language V (3) 

PSYC 205 Introduction to Helping Relationships (3) + 

PSYC 212 Behavioral Statistics (4) (GenEd I.C) + 

SPPA 101 Introduction to Human Communication Disorders (3) + 

SPPA 200 Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory and Vocal 

Mechanism (3) 
SPPA 210 Phonetics of American English (3) 

SPPA 215 Language Development in Children (3) 

SPPA 302 Articulation and Phonological Disorders (3) 

SPPA 303 Hearing Science (3) 

SPPA 304 Language Disorders in Children (3) 

SPPA 313 Speech Science (3) 

SPPA 321 Introduction to Audiology (3) 

SPPA 325 Introduction to Aural Rehabilitation (3) 

SPPA 416 Clinical Observations and Techniques (3) 

SPPA 417 Research and Clinical Writing in Communication 

Disorders (3)* 
plus 
SPPA 306 Neurological and Functional Disorders of Speech, 

Language and Voice (3) or SPPA 341 Clinical Audiology 

(3) 
plus 
Remaining Category A or B course (3-5) (see pre-major sequence above)* 

COMBINED MAJOR IN DEAF STUDIES AND 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Students wanting to combine a major in Deaf Studies (DFST) with 
a major in Elementary Education (ELED) must separately declare 
the majors with each department. Because the requirements of the 
ELED major are relatively fixed, students are encouraged to make 
the decision to complete the combined DFST-ELED major in the 
freshman year. The Elementary Education major is divided into a 
pre-professional program and professional education courses. 
Students must separately apply for acceptance into the professional 
education courses. Refer to the Elementary Education major infor- 
mation listed in this catalog for more information. 

Degree Requirements 
Academic Content 

Courses to be taken before formal admission to the professional 

education sequence: 

Term 1: Fall (16 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) (LA.) 

HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) (II.B.l.) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

(ILB.l.) 
MATH 204 Mathematical Concepts and Structures I (4) 
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (II.C.2.) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) (II.C.2.) 

Term 2: Spring (16 units) 

BIOL 115 Biological Science I (4) (Il.A.) 

DFST 101 Deaf Culture (3) (II.B.3.) 

DFST 107 American Sign Language 1 (3) (II.C.l.) 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) (II.D.) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) (II.D.) 
ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Education (3) (LB.) 



Term 3: Fall (16 units) 

DFST 207 American Sign Language II (3) 

DFST 210 Career Exploration in Deaf Studies (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

PHSC 101 Physical Science I (4) (Il.A.) 

SPPA 215 Language Development in Children (3) 

or 
ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 



DFST 311 Audition, Science and Social Impact (3) 

EDUC 203 Teaching and Learning in a Diverse Society (3) (II.C.3.) 

MATH 205 Mathematical Concepts and Structures II (4) (LC.) 

Term 5: Fall (16 units) (student applies to ELED program this 



term) 
DFST 345 
DFST 404 
SPED 301 
ELED 322 



Deaf Culture (3) 

American Sign Language FV (3) 

Introduction to Special Education K-12 (3) 

Foundations of Reading and Other Language Arts (3) 



MATH 251 Elements of Geometry (4) 

Gen Ed I.E. Requirement: In addition to the courses listed for Terms 
1-5, students must take a course that fulfills requirements for Gen 
Ed I.E. This course can be taken during the fall, spring, summer or 
Minimester. It is recommended that the course be completed before 
beginning the Professional Education Courses. 

Students are responsible for ensuring that they meet the content 
requirements outlined above and the university's GenEd require- 
ments. Students must meet admission requirements for ELED in 
the term prior to Term 6. 

Professional Education Courses 
Term 6, LEVEL I: Spring (14-16 units) 

ELED 320 Foundations of Writing and Other Language Arts (3) 

(I.D.) 
ELED 323 Principles and Practices in Reading and Language Arts (3) 

ELED 363 Language and Literacy Internship (3) 

EDUC 417 Children's Literature and Other Materials for Reading 

and Language Arts in Elementary School (3) 

Internship in Deaf Studies (2-4) 



DFST 410 



Term 7, LEVEL D: Fall (17 units) 
BIOL 303 
ISTC 301 
MATH 323 
MATH 324 



PHSC 303 
SCIE 376 



Life Sciences (3) 

Utilization of Instructional Media (3) 

Teaching Math in Elementary School (3) 

Supervised Observation/Participation in Elementary 

School Mathematics (2) 

Earth-Space Science (3) 

Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) 



Term 8, LEVEL ffl: Spring (15 units) 

DFST 414 American Sign Language V (3) 

DFST Elective (3) 

ELED 311 Child and the Elementary School Curriculum and 

Assessment (3) 
ELED 312 Professional Development School Internship (3) 

ELED 429 Principles and Practices of Assessment in Reading and 

Language Arts (3) 

Term 9, LEVEL IV: Fall (15 units) 

ELED 468 Professional Development School Internship II (12) 

ELED 469 Professional Development School Internship II 

Seminar (3) 

Total units for the entire program, inclusive of all GenEds and all 
requirements for both majors: approximately 141-143 units. 



Term 4: Spring (16 units) (student takes PRAXIS) 

DFST 303 American Sign Language HI (3) 

DFST 308 Fingerspelling/Numbers (3) 



134 



The College of Health Professions 



Department of Health Science 

Professors: Patricia Alt, Sharon Buchbinder (Chair), Donna Cox, 
Jack Osman, Susan Radius (Graduate Program Director), 
Donna Wagner (Gerontology Program Director), Deitra 
Wengert 

Associate Professors: Daniel Agley, Lillian Carter (Coordinator, 
Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education), Hubert 
Nelson 

Assistant Professors: Theresa Jackson-Hughes, Niya Werts 

Clinical Assistant Professor: Kathleen Gould 

OFFICE 

Burdick Hall 141, 410-704-2637 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The field of health science bridges the gap between scientific dis- 
coveries and the application of this knowledge to improve the qual- 
ity of health and life. The Department of Health Science offers the 
following areas of study: Gerontology; Health Science with con- 
centrations in Community Health and/or School Health; Health 
Care Management; and the community college partnership pro- 
gram leading to the Bachelor's of Technical/Professional Studies in 
Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education with tracks in 
Chemical Dependency Counseling and Rehabilitation and 
Chemical Dependency Prevention and Education. 

Students interested in Gerontology, Health Education, Health 
Care Management, or Chemical Dependency Counseling and 
Education should contact the department chair to receive both infor- 
mation about these programs and forms needed for the selected pro- 
grams in completing a course of study. All students must meet with 
their assigned adviser each term. In addition to completing major 
requirements, students must complete the General Education 
(GenEd) requirements. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

All Health Science majors must complete a minimum of 30 units 
toward the major at Towson University, with at least 15 units at the 
upper level (300-400), including the advanced writing course 
(GenEd I.D.). 

GERONTOLOGY PROGRAM 

The Gerontology Program at Towson University offers an under- 
graduate degree program leading either to the Bachelor of Arts 
or Bachelor of Science degree. The course work is multidiscipli- 
nary and provides students with an understanding of the scope 
of gerontology, the issues that are central to the study of aging, 
and a perspective from which students may understand the phe- 
nomenon of human aging and its implications on society. The 
program is designed to prepare students for entry-level occupa- 
tional positions in the field of aging and to provide the knowl- 
edge and skills necessary for graduate and professional schools. 

MAJOR IN GERONTOLOGY 

Students pursuing a degree in Gerontology must complete a mini- 
mum of 45 units in the program as outlined below and maintain a 
2.00 GPA or better in all required courses. Required elective courses 
must be approved by the students Gerontology adviser. 

Required Core Courses (18-21 units) 

GERO 101 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

GERO 397 Internship Arranged with Gerontology Adviser (3-6) 

GERO 485 Gerontology Senior Seminar (3) 

HLTH 41 1 Health and Later Maturity (3) 

PSYC 405 Psychology of Aging (3) 

SOCI 359 Social Gerontology (3) 

Required Methods Courses (6-8 units) 

Research Methods (approved by Gerontology adviser) (3-4) 

Social or Behavioral Statistics (approved by Gerontology adviser) (3-4) 



Elective Upper-Level Courses (12 units) 

GERO 310 Social Issues in Human Life Span Technology (3) 

GERO 330 Community Planning for Aging Society (3) 

GERO 367 Death, Dying and Bereavement (3) 

GERO 450 Directed Readings in Gerontology (3) 

GEOG 407 Geography of the Aged (3) 

HLTH 31 1 Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) 

HLTH 331 Nutrition for Health Professionals (3) 

KNES 455 Activity Programming for the Older Adult (3) 

LEGL326 Eider Law (3) 

SOCI 329 Demography (3) 

WMST 341 Women and' Aging (3) 

or other upper-level courses approved by Gerontology 

adviser 

Cognate Electives (9 units) 

ANTH 207 Cultural Anthropology (3) 

ANTH 209 Anthropology of American Culture (3) 

ANTH 21 1 Honors Anthropology of American Culture (3) 

HLTH 101 Current Health Problems (3) 

HLTH 204 Nutrition and Weight Control for the Consumer (3) 

HLTH 207 Health Care m the U.S. (3) 

HLTH 208 Mental Health, Stress Management, and Crisis 

Intervention (3) 
KNES 107 Cardiovascular Fitness (3) 

KNES 204 Nutrition/Weight Control (3) 

OCTH 103 Leisure and Health (3) 
OCTH 216 Bio-psycho-social Development (3) 
PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

(Additional courses may be counted as Gerontology cognate electives at the 
discretion of the Gerontology program director) 

MINOR IN GERONTOLOGY 

Students minoring in Gerontology must complete a minimum of 18 
units of approved course work. When possible, it is recommended 
that a student take a gerontology course within his or her own 
major field of study. Students are required to take three courses (9 
units) from the Gerontology core courses listed below: 
GERO 101 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

or 
SOCI 359 Social Gerontology (3) 

GERO 397 Internship (3) 
GERO 485 Gerontology Senior Seminar (3) 
HLTH 411 Health and Later Maturity (3) 

PSYC 405 Psychology of Aging (3) 

The remaining 9 units can be fulfilled by other core or elective offerings in 
consultation with the academic adviser. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Students may transfer no more than 18 credits toward the major in 
Gerontology. Transfer credits must be approved by the department. 

HONORARY SOCIETY 

Sigma Phi Omega, the national honor society in gerontology, has 
established the Delta Rho Chapter at Towson University. The pur- 
pose of the society is to recognize excellence in the academic stand- 
ing of students studying or majoring in gerontology and to provide 
enriched opportunities and service activities for members. The fac- 
ulty adviser is Donna Wagner, 410-704-4643. 

MAJOR IN HEALTH SCIENCE — 
HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Health education is both a science and an art that deals with the 
complexities of human behavior with the expressed purpose of pro- 
moting healthy behaviors. In order to develop the competencies 
necessary to be an effective health educator, students need a foun- 
dation built on principles derived from behavioral, biomedical and 
social sciences, as well as education. The expertise common to all 
health education specialists, regardless of the setting in which they 
ptactice, is the ability to apply teaching/learning principles to 
health/illness issues. 



Department of Health Science 



135 



The Department of Health Science offers three Health Education 
Programs: the School Health — ^Teacher Education Concentration, the 
Community Health Concentration, and a Dual Community/ 
School Health Concentration. The first three terms of course work 
provide the foundation for all three Concentrations. In the fourth 
term of study, students opting for the Community Health 
Concentration must select a Community Health area (15 units) from 
the following: Community Health Leadership, Environment, 
Gerontology, Health Communication, Health Promotions and 
Wellness, Maternal and Child Health, Sexuality, or an individual area 
in consultation with an adviser. Students must complete these 15 units 
with a GPA of 2.00 or higher. Students in the Community Health 
Concentration could also choose to minor in another discipline like 
Spanish in lieu of selecting a community health area. In the junior 
year of this program, students must decide if they want to participate 
in a community health internship, a student teaching experience or 
both (Dual). Students selecting the student teaching experience will 
receive certification to teach grades 5 through 12. The students who 
select School Health — Teacher Education must meet the requirements 
for admission to the professional education program and to student 
teaching. Prior to student teaching, individuals must pass the Praxis I 
test. Students should schedule this examination before their junior 
year Transfer students should plan to take additional terms of study. 
To exit the School Health Teacher program successfully, candidates 
must have maintained a 2.50 overall GPA, 2.75 in Health courses, 
and 2.75 in Education courses. The state of Maryland requires can- 
didates to pass Praxis II in order to be certified to teach. 

Curriculum and Planning (HLTH 315) fulfills the GenEd I.D. 
advanced level writing course requirement. 

GenEd requirements include ENGL 102, BIOL 190 (lab only), 
GERO 101, PSYC 101, CHEM 100 or 105, HLTH 101 and 
HLTH 315. 

SCHOOL HEALTH — TEACHER EDUCATION 

CONCENTRATION 

Requirement for Admission to Teacher Education Program 

All students applying for admission to a Teacher Education pro- 
gram at Towson University are required to complete a Criminal 
Background Disclosure Form. This form is to be notarized and sent 
to the director of the Center for Professional Practice to be kept on 
file. Please read the section on Admission to Teacher Education 
Programs in the College of Education section. 

Requirement for Student Teaching 

Before students are allowed to apply for student teaching, they 
must provide the following: 

1. Criminal Background Check. All pre-service students in the 
Teacher Education programs at Towson University whose pro- 
gram requires an intensive/extensive internship or student teach- 
ing experience in a public or private school setting (pre-K-12) 
will be required to undergo a Criminal Background Check 
(CBC). The CBC must be filed with the director of the Center for 
Professional Practice. 

2. PRAXIS. Students must provide evidence of successful comple- 
tion of the PRAXIS before they can be placed. 

Students cannot be placed without a CBC and proof of passing 
PRAXIS. 

COMMUNITY HEALTH INTERNSHIP 

The Community Health Internship serves as a capstone experience 
where students can apply the knowledge they have gained in a 
health setting. To be eligible for the internship, students must have 
senior status and must have successfully completed all required 
courses with a grade of C or better. 



RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR HEALTH 
EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Freshman Year 

First Term (16 units) 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (lab) (4) 

(II.A.) 
HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society (3) (II.B.3.) 
ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) (LA.) 
HIST 145 History of the U.S. to the Mid-19th Century (3) II.B.l. 

or 
HIST 146 History of the U.S. Since the Mid-1 9th Century (3) 

II.B.l. 
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (II.C.2.) 

Second Term (16 units) 

CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions (4) (II.A.) 
COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3) 
GERO 101 Introduction to Gerontology (I1.C.2.) (3) 

or 
SOCl 101 Introduction to Sociology (II.C.2) (3) 

xxxx Community Health Area (3) 

xxxx GenEd I.B. Elective (3) 

Sophomore Year 

First Term (16 units) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) 

HLTH 103 Emergency Medical Care (3) 

HTLH 222 Foundations of Health and Health Behavior (3) 

HLTH 207 Health Care in the U.S. (3) CHTH/SCHE'* 

x.\xx GenEd. I.E. (3) 

Second Term (16 units) 

BIOL 214 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4) 

HLTH XXX Community Health Area (3) 

MATH XXX Math (3) (I.C.) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 

xxxx GenEd II.C.l. (no history) (3) 

Junior Year 

First Term (15-16 units) 

HLTH 208 Mental Health/Stress/Crisis (3) 

HLTH 311 Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) 

HLTH 315 Curriculum and Planning in Health Education (3) 

HLTH XXX Community Health Area (3) (CHTH/SCHE)* 

xxxx GenEd Elective (II.D.)(3) 

SCED 341 Principles of Secondary Education (4) 

Second Term (15-16 units) 

HLTH 220 Sexualirv in a Diverse Society (3) (II.C.3.) 

HLTH 405 Drugs in Our Culture (3) 

HLTH 425 Instructional Methods in Health Education (3) 

HLTH 435 Epidemiological Basis of Diseases (3) CHTH/SCHE" 

HLTH XXX Communit)- Health Area (3) CHTH/SCHE' 

SCED 460 Teaching Reading Secondary School (4) SCHE/SCHL» 

Senior Year 

First Term (12-15 units) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) SCHE/SCHL' 

HLTH 204 NutritionAVeight Control Consumer (3) 

HLTH 430 Organization/Implementation/Management of Health 

Programs (3) 
HLTH 432 Measurement and Evaluation in Health Education (3) 
HLTH XXX Community Health Area (3-6) CHTH/SCHE* 
SPED 301 Introduction to Special Education (3) SCHE/SCHL* 

Second Term (12-15 units) 

HLTH 422 Field Work in Community Health (12) 

or 

Teaching Reading in Content SCHE/SCHL (3) 

and 

Student Teaching in Secondary Education (12) 



SCED 461 
HLTH 388 
SCED 461 
HLTH 387 
HLTH 421 



Teaching Reading in Content SCHE/SCHL (3) 

and 

Student Teaching in Secondary Education (6) 

and 

Fieldwork in Community Health (6) 



136 



The College of Health Professions 



Total Units 120-124 
* Concentrations Noted 

SCHL - courses required for School Health 

CHTH - courses required for Community Health 

SCHE - courses required for Community/School Health (Dual) 

MINOR IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

The minor in Health Science consists of 21 units. All required 
courses must be completed with a GPA of 2.00 or higher. 

Required Courses 

HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society (3) (II.B.3.) 
HLTH 204 Nutrition/Weight Control Consumer (3) 
HLTH 207 Health Care in the U.S. (3) 
HLTH 222 Foundations of Health and Health Behavior (3) 

In addition to the four required courses, the student must take 
three additional upper-level HLTH electives, one of which can be 
from courses in HLTH, HCMN or GERO. Courses should be 
selected in consultation with the student's minor and major 
advisers. 

HONORARY SOCIETY 

Eta Sigma Gamma, the national professional honorary society in 
health education, has established the Beta Zeta Chapter in the 
Department of Health Science. The purpose of the organization is 
to elevate standards, ideals and ethics of the profession. For infor- 
mation concerning Beta Zeta, contact the chair of Health Science, 
410-704-2637. 

MAJOR IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT 

The Health Care Management curriculum is designed to provide 
students with a comprehension of U.S. health care organizations, a 
public health orientation including epidemiological concepts and 
tools, and the math, language, and computer competencies for 
research development, organizational management and/or pro- 
gram evaluation. Depending on a student's interest, graduate train- 
ing in health administration is recommended after completing this 
course of study and after the student has worked in the field for 
1-2 years. 

Required Prerequisites (21 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (3) 

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 

GERO 101 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

HLTH 101 Current Health Problems (3) 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 

Required Courses 

Health Care Management (18 units) 

HCMN 305 Health Care Administration (3) 

Services and Housing for the Long-Term 

Care Consumer (3) 

Finance and Organization of Health Care in the U.S. 

(3) 

Legal and Ethical Issues in Health Administration (3) 

Health Care in the U.S. (3) 

Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) 



HCMN 413 

HCMN 415 

HCMN 441 
HLTH 207 
HLTH 311 



Business Core (12 units) 

FIN 331 Financial Management (3) 

LEGL 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 
MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Interdepartmental Courses (12-13 units) 
COSC 1 1 1 Information and Technology for Business (3) 

ECON 339 Health Economics (3) 
ENGL 317 Writing for Business and Industry (3) 
Laboratory Science Elective (3,4) 



Long-Term Care Track (12 units) 

HCMN 413 Services and Housing for the Long-Term Care Consumer (3) 

HCMN 417 Long-Term Care Ethical Problems (3) 

HCMN 419 Long-Term Care Administration (3) 

HLTH 41 1 Health and Later Maturity — The Aging Process (3) 

Internship-HCMN 495 (12 units) 

Students have the opportunity to gain hands-on, practical work 
experience in this required full term capstone course. Students will 
be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired in 
managing and delivering health services. 

Students must apply for the internship in the term prior to 
enrolling in HCMN 495. The internship coordinator will assign 
students to a placement site based on the acceptability of student 
to agency and the acceptability of agency to student. 

MINOR IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT 

The minor in Health Care Management consists of 18 units. All 
required courses must be completed with a GPA of 2.00 or higher. 



Required Courses 

ECON 339 Health Economics (3) 

Health Care in the U.S. (3) 

Community Health Administration (3) 

or 

Principles of Management (3) 

Services and Housing for the Long-Term Care Consumer (3) 

Financing and Organization of Health Care Services in 

the U.S. (3) 

Legal and Ethical Issues in Health Administration (3) 



HLTH 207 
HCMN 305 

MNGT 361 
HCMN 413 
HCMN 415 

HCMN 441 



UPSILON PHI DELTA HONOR SOCIETY 

The purpose of the Upsilon Phi Delta Honor Society is to further the 
professional competence and dedication of the individual members 
in and for the profession of health care management. Members are 
selected on the basis of academic achievements, service to the com- 
munity and/or contributions to the health care management profes- 
sion. For information concerning the Upsilon Phi Delta Honor 
Society, contact the chair of Health Science at 410-704-2637. 

HEALTH SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 
RECOGNITION AWARDS 

These awards are presented in the spring commencement ceremony 
to outstanding undergraduate Health Education, Gerontology, and 
Health Care Management majors, as well as the graduate program. 

MAJOR IN CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY 
COUNSELING AND EDUCATION 

The Bachelor's of Technical/Professional Studies (B.T.P.S.) in 
Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education is an articulated 
program for students who have completed an Associate of Applied 
Sciences (A.A.S.) degree. This 2-^2 program consists of training in 
the Chemical Dependency Counseling Program at the Community 
College of Baltimore County, Dundalk, followed by additional 
years of study at Towson University to complete the bachelor's 
degree in Chemical Dependency Counseling and Education. 

The bachelor's degree program includes the following areas of 
curricular emphasis: 

• Chemical dependency prevention at the primary, secondary and 
tertiary levels 

• Fundamental tasks and responsibilities of the chemical depend- 
ency counselor 

• Analysis and application of current research and outcome data 
in clinical practice 

• Ethical and behavioral standards of conduct in helping rela- 
tionships 

• Diversity and its influence on educational strategies and clinical 
practice 



Department of Health Science 



137 



The program offered by the Community College of Baltimore 
County, Dundalk, prepares students to be chemical dependency 
counselors. The Towson University program enhances the knowl- 
edge and skills gained through the community college program by 
focusing particularly on ethical and behavioral standards, cultural 
diversity and research applications as they relate to prevention and 
treatment of chemical dependency. 

Admission Requirements 

Applicants must meet the general requirements for undergraduate 
study outlined in the catalogs of the Community College of 
Baltimore County and Towson University. To enter the Towson 
University program, students must also have earned 62 to 64 cred- 
its from an institution's A.A.S. degree program in chemical depend- 
ency counseling or mental health/human services. 

Program Requirements 

The Bachelor's of Technical/Professional Studies in Chemical 
Dependency Counseling and Education requires the completion of 
a minimum of 120 units, 62-64 of which are earned through the 
A.A.S. degree program. Of the 120 units, each student must com- 
plete 30 units in the arts and sciences, as follows: 

• 6 units in communication (including an advanced writing 
course) 

• 6 units in mathematics/computer science (PSYC 214 or other 
appropriate statistics course) 

• 12 units in fine arts, social/behavioral sciences and humanities 

• 6 units in natural sciences (one of which must be a 4-unit lab 
science) 

Lower-level courses from two-year institutions will be applied to 
this 30-unit requirement, as appropriate. 

In addition, students must complete 36-39 upper-level units 
including 18-19 units in one of two tracks: Chemical Dependency 
Counseling and Rehabilitation, or Chemical Dependency 
Prevention and Education, and 15 units in upper-level electives. An 
additional 6 upper-level units of internship/practicum experience 
are also required beyond the internship experience earned via the 
A.A.S. degree program. 

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY COUNSELmC AND 
REHABILITATION TRACK 

Students who wish to pursue this track must have completed at least 
24 units in counseling or psychology, with course work in abnormal 
psychology; theories of addiction behavior and counseling; individual, 
family and group counseling; pharmacology; and delivery of services. 

Required Courses (19 units) 

CDCE 403/503 Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Addictions (3) 
CDCE 405/505 Professional Standards and Ethical Responsibilities (3) 
CDCE XXX Research Applications in Professional Practice (3) 

NURS 404 Health Care: An Interdisciplinary Approach (3) 

or 
HCMN 415 Financing and Organization of Health Care Services 

(3) 
PSYC 314 Research Methods in Psychology (4) 

PSYC 429 Multicultural Counseling (3) 



PSYC 350 Personality (3) 

PSYC 361 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

PSYC 431 Group Dynamics (3) 

PSYC 430 Systems and Techniques of Psychotherapy (3) 

PSYC 453 Issues in Mental Health Intervention (3) 

SOCI 343 Minorit>' Groups (3) 

SOCI351 Deviant' Behavior (3) 

SOCI 352 Community Corrections (3) 

SOCI 353 Theories of Crime (3) 

SOCI 354 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

SOCI 355 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice (3) 

Internship (12 units) 

Students are required to complete at least 12 units of an intern- 
ship/practicum experience, and 6 of the internship units must be 
upper-level units. Internships offer students the opportunity to gain 
practical work experience, learn new skills and develop professional 
contacts. These experiences are provided at a variety of treatment 
and prevention sites statewide, such as inpatient facilities, outpa- 
tient clinics, public health agencies and private sector programs. 

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PREVENTION AND 
EDUCATION TRACK 

Required Courses (18 units) 

CDCE xxx Research Applications in Professional Practice (3) 

CDCE 402/502 Health and Social Welfare Promotion: Health 

Communication (3) 
HLTH 315 Curriculum and Planning (3) 
NURS 323 Crisis and Stress Management (3) 
HLTH 405 Drugs in Our Culture (3) 
PSYC 429 Multicultural Counsehng (3) 

Electives (IS units) 

The track requires 15 units of upper-division electives. Students 
should consult with their advisers to develop a coherent course of 
study. Students may receive approval from their advisers to com- 
plete electives not listed here. 
PSYC 309 
PSYC 315 
PSYC 350 
PSYC 361 
PSYC 404 
PSYC 431 
PSYC 430 
PSYC 453 
HLTH 401 
HLTH 432 
HLTH 331 
HLTH 430 

SOCI 343 
SOCI 351 
SOCI 352 
SOCI 353 
SOCI 354 
SOCI 355 
NURS 323 
NURS 416 



Psychopharmacology (3) 

Motivation (3) 

Personality (3) 

Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Adolescent Psychology (3) 

Group Dynamics (3) 

Systems and Techniques of Psychotherapy (3) 

Issues in Mental Health Intervention (3) 

Teaching about Drugs and Sex (3) 

Measurement and Evaluation (3) 

Nutrition for Health Professionals (3) 

Organization, Implementation and Management of 

Health Education Programs (3) 

Minority Groups (3) 

Deviant Behavior (3) 

Community Corrections (3) 

Theories of Crime (3) 

Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

Delinquency and Juvenile Justice (3) 

Crisis and Stress Management (3) 

Multicultural Health Care (3) (GenEd II.C.3.) 



Electives (15 units) 

The track requires 15 units of upper-division electives. Students 
should consult with their advisers to develop a coherent course of 
study. Students may receive approval from their advisers to com- 
plete electives not listed here. 
HLTH 401 Teaching about Drugs and Sex (3) 
HLTH 432 Measurement and Evaluation (3) 
HLTH 331 Nutrition for Health Professionals (3) 
HLTH 430 Organization, Implementation and Management of 

Health Education Programs (3) 
NURS 323 Crisis and Stress Management (3) 
NURS 416 Multicultural Health Care (3) (GenEd II.C.3.) 
PSYC 309 Psychopharmacology (3) 

PSYC 315 Motivation (3) 



Internship (12 units) 

Students are required to complete at least 12 units of an intern- 
ship/practicum experience, and 6 of the internship units must be 
upper-level units. Internships offer students the opportunity to gain 
practical work experience, learn new skills and develop professional 
contacts. These experiences are provided at a variety of treatment 
and prevention sites statewide, such as inpatient facilities, outpa- 
tient clinics, public health agencies and private sector programs. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The department offers a Master of Science degree with concentrations 
in Health Administration, Community Health Education, and School 
Health Education. For more information, see the Graduate Catalog. 



138 



The College of Health Professions 



Department of Kinesiology 

Professors: Andrea Boucher, David Zang 

Associate Professors: Debra Ballinger, Margaret Faulkner, 

William Forbes, Karla Kubitz, Gail Parr 
Assistant Professors: Phil Albert, Carrie Albright, Jessica 

Braunstein, Brian Hand, Michael Higgins, Gerald Jerome, Elin 

Lobel, Joshua Newman, Carl Runk, Lisa Swanson, Tabatha 

Uhrich 
Clinical Assistant Professors: Andrea Barton, Matthew Rothbard 
Senior Lecturer: Heather Crowe 
Lecturers: James Harrison, Susan Truitt, Ryan White 
Visiting Instructor: Mary Nadelen 

OFFICE 

Towson Center 200, 410-704-2376 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Kinesiology offers four academic majors: 
Physical Education, Athletic Training, Sport Management and 
Exercise Science. 

MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

The Physical Education/Teacher Education program prepares stu- 
dents to become competent physical educators consistent with 
developmentally and instructionally appropriate guidelines pro- 
vided by National Association for Sport and Physical Education 
(NASPE). Graduates of the program are eligible for certification by 
the Maryland State Department of Education as a K-12 Physical 
Education teacher. 

The Physical Education/Teacher Education program includes the 
following phases: 

• 1 General Preparation 

• 11 Pre-Professional Preparation/Internship I 

• III Professional Preparation/Internship 11 

The focus of Phase 1 is completion of General Education 
(GenEd) requirements as well as completion of courses required for 
the academic major. The following requirements must be met for 
entry into Phase II: 

• A grade of C or better in the following courses: 

° KNES 290 Introduction to Teaching Physical Education 

o KNES 283 Activities for the Young Child (K-3) 

o KNES 284 Adventure-Based Activities 

o a minimum of four of the following courses: KNES 140, 

KNES 150, KNES 156, KNES 182, KNES 184, KNES 202, 

KNES 239 and KNES 327 

• Satisfactory scores on Praxis I 

• Completion of a speech and hearing test 

During Phase II, students complete the Physical Education 
"methods" classes (i.e., KNES 324 Teaching Physical Education in 
the Elementary School, KNES 325 Teaching Physical Education in 
the Secondary School, and KNES 423 Adaptive Physical 
Education) as well as other courses required for the academic 
major. Requirements for advancement to Phase III are as follows: 

• Grade point average (GPA) 

o an overall cumulative minimum GPA of 2.75 

° a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in the following courses: KNES 

324, KNES 325, KNES 423, ELED 324, EDUC 401, PSYC 

201 
o a cumulative GPA of 2.75 in the courses that are part of the 

KNES Professional Core and Professional Lab Skills 

• Satisfactory criminal background check 

• Additional requirements as deemed necessary by the 
Department of Kinesiology or College of Education 



Phase III of the program includes a term of student teaching 
(KNES 392 and KNES 3941 and completion of the course KNES 
480 Seminar in Teaching Physical Education. The student teaching 
experience includes placements at both an elementary and second- 
ary school. This experience must be completed in Baltimore 
County, Harford County, Howard County or Anne Arundel 
County. Teacher interns are not permitted to take any other courses 
during Phase III. 

A certification in Health Science is available for students who 
wish to be certified to teach in physical education and health edu- 
cation at the elementary and secondary levels. Students are advised 
that the Department of Health Science is responsible for establish- 
ing the health-education requirements for this program. As such, 
students interested in pursuing this option must contact the chair of 
Health Science for additional and current information. 

KNES Professional Core (35 units) 

KNES 290 Introduction to Teaching in Physical Education (2) 

KNES 298 History and Philosophy of Physical Education (3) 

KNES 309 Tests and Measurements (3) 

KNES 311 Biomechanics (3) 

KNES 313 Physiology of Exercise (3) 

KNES 315 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries (3) 

KNES 324 Teaching Physical Education in the Elementary School (3) 

KNES 325 Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (3) 

KNES 341 Concepts of Motor Learning (3) 

KNES 355 Psychology of Sport (3) 

KNES 423 Adaptive Physical Education (3) 

KNES 426 Motor Development (3) 

KNES Professional Lab Skills/Activities (13 units) 

KNES 140 Track and Field (1) 

KNES 1 50 Personal DefenseAS'resriing 

KNES 156 Gymnastics (1) 

KNES 165 Swimming (1) 

KNES 182 Field Court 1(1) 

KNES 184 Field Court 11(1) 

KNES 202 Net/Wall Games ( 1 ) 

KNES 239 Physical Fitness Activities (1) 

KNES 283 Physical Education Activities for the Young Child I 

KNES 284 Adventure-Based Education Activities (1) 

KNES 327 Teaching Cultural Dance Forms: Creative Movement for 
PHEC Majors (3) 



1) 



(1) 



KNES Professional Electives (6 units) 

KNES 305 Outdoor Education Philosophy and Methods (3) 

KNES 331 Principles of Coaching (3) 

KNES 337 Advanced Coaching Techniques (3) 

KNES 351 Philosophy: The Sport Experience (3) 

KNES 353 Sport and Society (3) 

KNES 496 Independent Study (1-3) 

HLTH 101 Wellness in a Diverse Society (3) 

Teacher Education Core (22 units) 

EDUC 401 Foundations of Education (3) 

ELED 324 Integrating Literacy in the K-12 Content Areas (3) 

KNES 392 Elementary Student Teaching (6) 

KNES 394 Secondary Student Teachmg (6) 

KNES 480 Seminar in Teaching Physical Education (1) 

REED 365 Reading & Writing in the Content Area K-12 (3) 

Additional Required Courses (28-29 units) 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4) 

BIOL 213 Anatomy and Physiology (4) 

BIOL 214 Anatomy and Physiology (41 

CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions I (4) 

or 
PH^S 202 General Physics for the Heahh Sciences (5) 

COMM 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (31 
IDHP 1 10 Information Utilization in the Health Professions (3) 

or 
ISTC 201 Using Information Effectively in Educanon (3) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSYC 201 Educational Psychology (3) 



Department of Kinesiology 



139 



MAJOR IN ATHLETIC TRAINING 

The program of study in Athletic Training is designed for students 
who are interested in a career in allied health care specializing in 
the care of athletes and physically active individuals. Athletic train- 
ers function as integral members of the athletic health care team in 
secondary schools, colleges and universities, sports medicine clin- 
ics, professional sports organizations and other health care set- 
tings. The athletic trainer specializes in the prevention, assessment, 
management, rehabilitation and health care administration of ath- 
letic injuries and illnesses. 

The Athletic Training Education Program (ATEP) is designed to 
provide an effective blend of theoretical and practical learning expe- 
riences in athletic training by incorporating extensive academic and 
clinical education experiences. The ATEP is accredited by the 
Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education 
(CAATE). Successful completion of the Athletic Training Education 
Program prepares an individual as a candidate for the National 
Athletic Trainers' Board of Certification examination. 

The goals of the ATEP are first and foremost to provide students 
with a quality, well-rounded education. Second, the ATEP seeks to 
provide the necessary cognitive, psychomotor and affective compe- 
tencies and proficiencies in a formalized multidimensional aca- 
demic and clinical setting for students to be successful in the field 
of athletic training. Last, the ATEP provides opportunities for stu- 
dents to participate in community events and professional activities 
that will instill a sense of active participation in their communities 
and chosen profession. 

The ATEP is a capped major with a limited enrollment. As such, 
admission to the university does not guarantee admission to the 
program. 

Screening Process for the Accredited Athletic Training 
Education Program 

Students desiring to major in Athletic Training are admitted to the 
Pre-Athletic Training Program. Students seeking admission into the 
Athletic Training major are required to have completed the fol- 
lowing courses: BIOL 190, PSYC 101, KNES 235, KNES 291, 
HLTH 101, HLTH 103. 

Prospective students must submit the following materials as part 
of the screening procedure: program application (including per- 
sonal statement); signed technical standards verifying that, with 
appropriate accommodation, they meet the technical standards for 
an entry-level athletic trainer; and verification of health status form 
(signed by the applicant's health care provider). 

Transfer Students 

Transfer students must submit a copy of an official transcript to 
show completion of equivalent course work at their previous insti- 
tutions. Students transferring to the ATEP need to provide docu- 
mentation that they have satisfied the clinical competencies and 
proficiencies addressed in KNES 291. Students need to provide ver- 
ification that they have satisfied these required skills at the sending 
institution under the direction of a Towson University-approved 
clinical instructor. If verification is not available, the student will 
meet with the coordinator of the ATEP and work through the 
checklist. If the student has not been exposed to, and evaluated in, 
these proficiencies, the student will need to complete KNES 291 at 
Towson University. 

The Pre-AT student will make formal application, which 
includes all of the materials stated below, to the coordinator of the 
ATEP no later than the second Friday in May: official transcripts, 
directed observation hours, two letters of recommendation, essay 
and clinical skills worksheet. 

Evaluative Criteria 

Seven criteria are evaluated as part of the admission process in 
accepting students into the ATEP: 

1. Overall GPA - Students must have a minimum overall GPA of 
2.00 in their college courses to be able to apply to the ATEP. 



2. Prerequisite Courses GPA - Six classes (KNES 291, KNES 235, 
BIOL 190, HLTH 103, HLTH 101 and PSYC 101) are used to cal- 
culate the prerequisite courses GPA. 

3. Observation Hours - Students are assigned by the ATEP coor- 
dinator or clinical coordinator of education to a variety of chnical 
settings at Towson University, which include athletic training 
rooms, athletic practices and competitive events, to gain valuable 
directed observation hours. 

4. Letters of Recommendation - Students seeking admission into 
the ATEP will be asked to secure two letters of recommendation 
from individuals who can attest to their personality, academic suc- 
cess, intellectual abilities and clinical abilities. 

5. Interview - Candidates seeking admission to the ATEP are given 
a formal interview conducted by the Athletic Training Admission 
Committee. 

6. Essay - Applicants will submit a one-page essay explaining their 
reasons for pursuing the major in Athletic Training. 

7. Clinical Skills Worksheet - Students are expected to complete 
the clinical skills worksheet during the course of the academic year 
(September - March). The worksheet will consist of skills that each 
student should be proficient in performing (i.e. making an ice bag, 
taping an ankle, wrapping a thigh). 

In addition to the evaluation criteria, the following must be com- 
pleted and turned in to the program coordinator prior to beginning 
clinical hours: (1) program application, (2) acceptance of technical 
standards and (3) verification of health status form. 

Acceptance into the program is based upon the stated criteria and 
the number of available openings in the program. Meeting the min- 
imum admission requirements does not guarantee acceptance into 
the program. Offers of admission into the ATEP are presented on a 
competitive basis to those individuals who are most qualified. 
Students must apply for admission to the program by the second 
Friday of May in the spring term. Candidates will be notified of 
acceptance/rejection in the first week of June by mail. 

Appeal Procedures 

Students who are not admitted into the program can re-apply three 
times, but it will still take six terms to complete the required class 
and clinical workload. If the student does not maintain an overall 
GPA of 2.00, a C or better in all didactic athletic training courses, 
and a grade of satisfactory in all clinical courses, the student will be 
placed on probation for one year. If the student does not rectify the 
stated deficiency within the one-year period the student will be 
dropped from the program. 

For more detailed information regarding the ATEP at Towson 
University please refer to the Athletic Training Education section 
at: www.towson.edu/kinesiology. 

Program Requirements 

The requirements for the major in Athletic Training include 25-26 
units of lower-level courses and 56 units of KNES courses. The spe- 
cific requirements for the major in Athletic Training are as follows: 

KNES Required Courses (56 units) 

KNES 235 Individualized Fitness (3) 

KNES 291 Introduction to Athletic Training (3) 

KNES 309 Tests and Measurements (3) 

KNES 311 1 Biomechanics (3) 

KNES 313 ' Physiology of Exercise (3) 

KNES 316 Lower Extremity and Spine Evaluation (4) 

KNES 363 Nutrition for Exercise and Sport (3) 

KNES 381 Basic Clinical Athletic Training 1 (2) 

KNES 382 Basic Clinical Athletic Training II (2) 

KNES 385 Intermediate Clinical Athletic Training I (2) 

KNES 386 Intermediate Clinical Athletic Training II (2) 

KNES 388 Advanced Clinical Athletic Training I (2) 

KNES 389 Advanced Clinical Athletic Training II (2) 

KNES 415 Upper Extremity and Spine Evaluation (4) 

KNES 417 Organization and Administration of Athletic Training (3) 



140 



The College of Health Professions 



KNES 427 Therapeutic Exercise in Athletic Training (4) 

KNES 428 Therapeutic Modalities in Athletic Training (4) 

KNES 431 Seminar in Athletic Training (3) 

KNES 432 General Medical Aspects (4) 

Lower-Level Required Courses (25-26 units) 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) 

BIOL 214 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4) 

CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions I (4) 

or 
PHYS 202 General Physics for the Health Sciences (5) 

HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society (3) 
HLTH 103 EMC, First Aid and Safety (3) 
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

MAJOR IN EXERCISE SCIENCE 

The major in Exercise Science is intended to examine the relation- 
ship between exercise and human performance and the role of 
physical activity in the promotion of healthy lifestyles. Exercise sci- 
ence consists of several overlapping disciplines, including biome- 
chanics, exercise physiology and biochemistry, growth and devel- 
opment, exercise nutrition, measurement and evaluation, and exer- 
cise psychology. The program of study is designed to provide an 
effective blend of classroom instruction and practical experience. 
The program is intended to prepare qualified individuals for 
careers in clinical, corporate, commercial, and/or community exer- 
cise/wellness settings as well as to prepare students for graduate 
study in related fields. 

Program Requirements 

The requirements for the major in Exercise Science include 27 units 
of lower-level courses and 45 units of KNES courses. The specific 
requirements for the major in Exercise Science are as follows: 

KNES Required Courses (45 units) 

KNES 235 Individualized Fitness (3) 

KNES 309 Tests and Measurements (3) 

KNES 311 Biomechanics (3) 

KNES 313 Physiology of Exercise (3) 

KNES 315 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries (3) 

KNES 361 Exercise Psychology (3) 

KNES 363 Nutrition for Exercise and Sport (3) 

KNES 365 Exercise Testing and Prescription (3) 

KNES 369 Practicum in Exercise Science (3| 

KNES 395 Kinesiology Internship (3) 

KNES 469 Research Methods in Exercise Science (3) 

Plus 12 units from a selected group of KNES upper-division courses 

Required Lower-Level Courses (26-27 units) 

BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) 

BIOL 214 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4) 

CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professionals (4) 

or 
CHEM 1 10 General Chemistry I (4) 
HLTH 101 Wellness for a Diverse Society (3) 
PHYS 202 General Physics for the Health Sciences (5) 

or 
PHYS 2 1 1 General Physics 1(4) 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

MAJOR IN SPORT MANAGEMENT 

The Sport Management major is designed to prepare students for a 
changing sports industry. The curriculum develops critical and eth- 
ical sensibilities as well as practical skills with the intent of pro- 
ducing graduates who will be responsible business leaders and 
community advocates able to address commercial, economic, polit- 
ical and social issues related to sport. Note: Students selecting this 
major must also declare a minor in Business Administration. 



Program Requirements 

The requirements for the major in Sport Management include 12 
units in lower-level courses, 42 units of KNES courses, and 21 units 
of BUAD courses. 

The specific requirements for the major in Sport Management 
are as follows: 

Sport Management Core (24 units) 

KNES 280 Introduction to the Sport Industrj- (3) 

KNES 285 Sport: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) 

KNES 353 Sport and Society (3) 

KNES 333 Sport Management (3) 

KNES 395: Kinesiology Internship (3) 

KNES 452 Sport Marketing (3) 

KNES 456 Sport Governance, Policies and Legal Issues (3) 

KNES 460 Cultural Economy of Sport (3) 

Plus 15 units of electives from selected KNES courses 

BUAD Requirements (21 units) 

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I (3) 

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 

FIN 331 Principles of Finance (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3j 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

Additional Required Course (3 units) 

MATH 231 Basic Statistics 

or 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics (31 

PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

The Department of Kinesiology offers three courses for students 
majoring in Early Childhood or Elementary Education. They are 
KNES 281-282 Physical Education for Elementary Education 
Students I, II; and KNES 324 Teaching Physical Education in the 
Elementary School. KNES 281-282 are prerequisites for KNES 
324. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Kinesiology transfer credits will be evaluated by the department on 
an individual basis. A minimum of one-half of the units required in 
the major (KNES) must be completed at Towson University. A 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher must be earned in all required 
courses and all prerequisites for required courses. 



Department of Nursing 



Department of Nursing 

Professors: Joanna Basuray, Jacquelyn Jordan (Chair), Mary 
Lashley 

Associate Professors: Christina Barrick, Marilyn Halstead, 
Dianne Taylor 

Clinical Associate Professors: Vicky Kent, Kim McCarron 

Clinical Assistant Professors: Elizabeth Austin, Judith E. 

Breitenbach (Nursing Program Director, Hagerstou/n), Beverly 
Bye, Elizabeth Crusse, Mary Sharon Curran, Angela Durry, 
Lori Geier, Sheila Green (Assistant Chairperson), Nancy 
Hannafin, Michelle Kirwan, Margaret McCormick, Kathi 
Pendleton, Elizabeth Rudolf, Heidi Stone 

Visiting Instructors: Karen Cooper, Ruth Honnas, Nancy Lerner, 
Eva Stone 

Lecturers: Maureen Kinsella, Christine Watts 

Part-time Faculty: Christa Apgar, Danielle Artis, Nancy Baldwin, 
Alice Behles, Suzanne Bonner, Nicole Brown, Donna Chattin, 
Catherine Crowley, Loretta Dahlem, Pat Doyle, Sharon Eifried, 
Jean Gambo, Janet Gardner, Nicole Gavelek, Jennifer Goral, 
Patsie Griffin, Linda Guntner, Tamara Hill, Pearl Holland, 
Leah House, Jacqueline Johnson, Amy Kincaid, Paula 
Kowalewski, Amy Lazarewicz, Sherry Lazarson, Aimee Mann, 
Penelope Myers, Cate O'Connor-Devlin, Amanda Owings, 
Barbara Parker, Kelly Petee, Kristen Rawlett, M. Jean Reichert, 
Vicky Schmelz, Kimberly Schwartz, Roxanne Sharkey, Cynthia 
Smith, Dawn Stetka, Linda Summey, Mary Patrice Vlicny, 
Doris Webb, Michaeline Yaffe 

OFFICE 

Burdick Hall 137B, 410-704-2068 or 2069 
Recorded Information: 410-704-2067 
Admissions Coordinator: 410-704-4170 
www.towson.edu/nursing 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Nursing is both an art and a science with an evolving body of spe- 
cialized knowledge derived from nursing research, as well as from 
the synthesis of knowledge from related disciplines. Nursing, inde- 
pendently or collaboratively, guides and influences the behavior of 
others in their efforts toward optimizing the health status of indi- 
viduals, families, groups and communities. 

Towson offers a program in professional nursing leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing. The Nursing 
curriculum includes courses in the liberal arts, the sciences and 
nursing. The curriculum, designed for basic and registered nurse 
students, prepares the graduate to accept responsibility and 
accountability for the care of clients and families in a variety of 
health care settings, to function in beginning leadership roles, and 
to be consumers of and participants in nursing research. Students 
are also provided with the foundation for graduate study in nursing. 

The Nursing Program is approved by the Maryland Board of 
Nursing, and accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing 
Education. Basic students graduating from the Nursing major are 
eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination for 
Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN). The Department of Nursing 
holds membership in the American Association of Colleges of 
Nursing, the Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree 
Programs of the National League for Nursing, Commission on 
Collegiate Nursing Education, and the Council on Collegiate 
Education in Nursing of the Southern Regional Education Board. 

MAJOR IN NURSING: BASIC STUDENTS 

The university requires a minimum of 120 units for graduation. 
However, established departmental requirements must also be 
completed for graduation with a Nursing major. This necessitates 
completion of more than 120 units for most students enrolled in 
the department. 



Students must complete all prerequisite courses prior to begin- 
ning the major. Proper course planning and good advising are key 
to timely admission to the major and completion of the program in 
four years. The departmental brochure and department web site 
contain a recommended course plan for students for the entire four- 
year degree. Pre-nursing majors may request a nursing adviser to 
help them plan their academic program prior to admission to the 
major. Students can contact the department for specific information 
and to be assigned to an adviser. Once the student is admitted to 
the Nursing major, the nursing courses must be completed in a 
sequential pattern, because each course is a foundation for the sub- 
sequent course. Part-time study options are available. 

Pre-nursing students demonstrating competencies covered in 
MATH 115 (as determined by the Department of Mathematics) 
may enroll in an alternative offering of one of the following: 
MATH 119 or MATH 273, in order to meet the mathematics 
requirement. Placement in the particular course is determined by 
the Department of Mathematics. 

Because requirements may be revised from time to time, it is the 
student's responsibility to make certain that he or she is working 
with the most current materials. Contact the department for assis- 
tance with program planning. 

Requirements for the Major 

In addition to the General Education (GenEd) requirements, 
Nursing majors must complete the following prerequisites prior to 
beginning major course work. Several of these courses can also 
meet GenEd requirements. (*GenEd) 
'BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4) 

BIOL 213 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) 

BIOL 214 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4) 

BIOL 215 Fundamentals of Microbiology (4) 

or 

BIOL 315 Medical Microbiology (4) 

*CHEM 105 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions I (4) 

*CHEM 106 Chemistry for Allied Health Professions II (4) 

*ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

HLTH 331 Nutrition for Health Professionals (3| 

'MATH 1 15 Basic Mathematics for Sciences (3) 

•PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

'PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

'SOCI 101 Introductory Sociology (3) 



REQUIRED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR THE NURSING MAJOR 
Junior Year 
First Term 

NURS 330 
NURS331 
NURS 341 
NURS 343 
NURS 345 
NURS 347 
NURS 351 



Professional Nursing: Bridge (3)' 
Professional Nursing I: Introduction (2) 
Alterations in Health (3) 
Pharmacotherapeutic Agents (2) 
Technology and Therapeutic Interventions (2) 
Health Assessment Across the Life Span (3) 
Nursing Practice I: Health Promotion Across the 
Life Span (4) 



Second Term 
NURS 353 
NURS 355 
NURS 404 

NURS 416 
MATH 231 

MATH 237 

PSYC 212 

Senior Year 
First Term 

NURS 431 
NURS 451 

NURS 453 



Nursing Practice II: Adult Health (5) 

Nursing Practice III: Childbearing Families (5) 

Health Care: An Interdisciplinary Approach (3) 

or 

Multicultural Health Care (3) (GenEd) 

Basic Statistics (3) 

or 

Biostatistics (3-4) 

or 

Behavioral Statistics (4) 



Professional Nursing II: Research (2) 
Nursing Practice IV: Psychiatric and 
Mental Health (5) 
Nursing Practice V: Child Health (5) 



142 



The College of Health Professions 



NURS 404 
NajRS416 

Second Term 

NURS 433 

NURS 455 
NURS 457 
NURS 459 

*RNs only 



Health Care: An Interdisciplinary Approach (3) 

or 

Multicultural Health Care (3) (GenEd) 



Professional Nursing III: Issues 
(Advanced Writing GenEd) (3) 
Nursing Practice VI: Community Health (5) 
Nursing Practice VII: Clinical Practicum (2) 
Nursing Practice VIII: Leadership and 
Management (4) 



ADMISSION TO THE NURSING MAJOR 

Before students can be considered for admission to the Nursing 
major, they must be admitted to or have applied for admission to 
the university. Transfer students must adhere to the university's 
transfer policies. 

Admission to the Nursing major is granted only by the depart- 
ment. Admission to the university does not constitute or guarantee 
admission to the major. Students are admitted in both the fall and 
spring terms of each academic year. The application for admission 
to the Nursing major is available from the admissions coordinator. 
It is to be returned to the admissions coordinator, Department of 
Nursing, by January 15 for fall admission and August 15 for spring 
admission. Because the process requires official transcripts from all 
educational institutions that students have attended, students 
should allow sufficient time for receipt of transcripts in the depart- 
ment by the due date. 

BASIC PROGRAM 

High school students are advised to take the following courses to 
provide the base necessary to complete the prerequisite courses for 
the Nursing major: mathematics - three units (two years of algebra 
and one year of geometry); chemistry - one unit; biology - one 
unit. Physics, although not required, is recommended. 

Eligibility and Screening: Admission to the major is contingent 
upon the student being screened and admission being offered to the 
applicant by the department. The screening process takes place dur- 
ing the term prior to the student's anticipated enrollment in the first 
nursing course. Students are eligible to apply for admission after 
they have completed a minimum of 42 undergraduate units, includ- 
ing at least four laboratory science prerequisites and ENGL 102. 
Only one grade below a grade equivalent of 2.00 is allowed in pre- 
requisite or General Education courses, and no more than two 
courses may be repeated. A minimum GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale 
is required; however, students must note that achievement at the 
2.50 level in itself does not guarantee admission to the program. 
The higher the applicant's GPA, the greater the possibility of being 
offered admission. 

INDIVIDUAL ADMISSION POLICY 

Applicants who have the required cumulative GPA of 2.50 but 
do not meet the admission criteria may still be considered for 
admission under the individual admission policy. To be considered, 
the individual must demonstrate the ability to be successful in a 
rigorous academic curriculum through recent strong academic 
performance in relevant course work. Applicants who wish to be 
considered under this policy must submit, with the standard appli- 
cation, supporting materials making a specific, personalized case of 
why the applicant deserves acceptance into a rigorous academic 
program. Submitted materials should include a written request for 
consideration, two letters of recommendation from appropriate 
sources, such as professors or academic advisers, and a personal 
statement with supporting materials explaining why the applicant 
deserves special consideration and why his or her qualifications do 
not meet stated criteria. Materials submitted should contain very 
specific and compelling information to warrant special considera- 
tion. 



TRANSFER AND SECOND DEGREE STUDENTS 

Transfer students and those seeking a second baccalaureate degree 
are admitted to the university according to university policies and 
procedures. Generally, transfer students must complete all required 
nursing courses of the department at Towson University. Nursing 
courses completed in another baccalaureate nursing program are 
evaluated individually for equivalence by the department. 

REGISTERED NURSE PROGRAM 

To be eligible for admission, students must have graduated from a 
state-approved diploma or associate degree nursing program and 
be licensed as a registered nurse in Maryland. Recent graduates 
may be admitted pending successful completion of the NCLEX- 
RN. Students applying for admission to the Nursing major must 
either have been admitted to the university or be currently seeking 
admission to the university. 

Registered nurse students are advised to contact the department 
for advisement prior to completion and submission of the applica- 
tion for admission to the university. 

Eligibility and screening: Admission to the Nursing Program is 
granted only by the department. Eligibility requirements are 
dependent upon the option chosen. In addition, RN students are 
required to have a minimum GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale. Only one 
grade below a grade equivalent of 2.00 is allowed in the non-nurs- 
ing courses required for the Nursing Program. 

RN ARTICULATION MODEL 

The Department of Nursing participates in a statewide RN articu- 
lation model. No more than half of the baccalaureate degree, with 
a ma.ximum of 60 non-nursing units, will be accepted at Towson 
from a community college. Nursing units will not be transferred. 
However, individuals with an active unencumbered Maryland or 
compact RN license articulating to the baccalaureate level are 
awarded a minimum of 30 upper-division nursing units in the pro- 
gram. 
The minimum number of units that must be completed at Towson 
is 30; this may vary depending on the number of credits transferred 
from the community college. To ensure successful progress through 
the Nursing major, students will need to complete Organic 
Chemistry, Nutrition and Microbiology. If these courses were not 
part of the associate's degree, they must be completed prior to 
acceptance into the Nursing major — which could add additional 
units to the program. A statistics course is needed prior to enrolling 
m NURS 431. 

HEALTH ASSESSMENT CHALLENGE 
EXAMINATION 

Registered nurses with an extensive background in health assess- 
ment may elect to challenge the course NURS 347 Health 
Assessment Across the Life Span. Students interested in challenging 
the course must first meet with the NURS 347 course coordinator 
to determine the extent of their health assessment background and 
receive specific information regarding the challenge option. 

ACADEMIC STANDARDS 

Students are required to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.50 to 
enroll in clinical courses in the major. A grade of 2.00 or higher in 
both the theory and clinical components in each nursing course is 
required, in addition to maintaining a 2.50 overall GPA. 

Effective fall 2003, new students entering or re-entering the pro- 
gram must earn the national average composite score on a national 
examination as specified by the Department of Nursing (currently 
the RN Assessment Test published by Education Resources, Inc.) 
during their senior year, second term, in order to be eligible to sit 
for the NCLEX-RN examination required for licensure. 

The Nursing Student Handbook provides additional information 
concerning department policies and is distributed upon enrollment 
in the major. 



Department of Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science 



143 



SPECIAL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS 

All students in the Nursing major are required to: 

• carry Nursing student liability insurance through the university 

• carry hospitalization insurance including accident and/or emer- 
gency benefits 

• purchase departmental uniforms and supplies (approximately 
$700 for basic students and $200 for RN students) 

• have a valid driver's license and access to the independent use 
of a car in order to provide own travel to and from clinical 
facilities 

• assume financial responsibility for expenses related to the 
required physical examination and laboratory/screening tests 
Students accepted to and enrolled in the Nursing major are 

charged a fee of $60 per term to cover the costs of Educational 
Testing Examinations which are administered at the end of each 
term. The fees will be attached to chnical courses at the junior level 
NURS 351 and NURS 355 and at the senior level NURS 453 and 
NURS 459. If any of the above courses are repeated, the student 
will be charged an additional $60. Educational Testing Fees are 
non-refundable after the change of schedule period. Please note the 
Educational Testing Fees do not apply to the RN to B.S. comple- 
tion students. 

Information about financial assistance may be obtained from the 
university's Office of Financial Aid. 

Information sessions are offered throughout the year. For addi- 
tional information, contact the admissions coordinator. 



Department of Occupational 
Therapy and Occupational Science 

Professors: Charlotte Exner, Regena Stevens-Ratchford, S. Maggie 

Reitz {Chair) 
Associate Professors: Janet DeLany, MaryBeth Merryman 
Assistant Professors: Sonia Lawson, Andrea Sherwin, Wendy Stav, 

Jenna Yeager 
Clinical Associate Professor: Marlene Riley 
Clinical Assistant Professors: Lisa Crabtree, Barbara Demchick, 

Lynne Murphy 
Part-time Faculty: Nancy Blake, Roxanne Castaneda, Lisa Fagan, 

Andrea Nusinov 
Fieldwork Administrator: Jerry Bentley 

OFFICE 

Enrollment Services Center 245, 410-704-2762 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The practice of occupational therapy is the therapeutic use of every- 
day life activities (occupations) with individuals or groups for the 
purpose of participation in roles and situations in home, school, 
workplace, community, and other settings. Occupational therapy 
services are provided to those who have or are at risk for develop- 
ing an illness, injury, disease, disability or activity limitation. 
Occupational therapy addresses the physical, psychosocial, sensory 
and other aspects of performance in a variety of contexts to support 
engagement in everyday life activities that affect health, well-being 
and quality of life (American Occupational Therapy Association, 
2004). 

The Department of Occupational Therapy and Occupational 
Science currently offers a Combined B.S./M.S. program designed to 
provide a liberal education and develop professional competence. 
The program of study leads to a Combined B.S./M.S. degree in 
Occupational Therapy. The Occupational Therapy Program is 
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy 
Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy 
Association (AOTA) located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 
31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. ACOTE's phone number c/o 
AOTA is 30 1-652- AOTA. 

Graduates of the program will be eligible to sit for the national 
certification examination for the occupational therapist adminis- 
tered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational 
Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this exam, the 
individual will be an Occupational Therapist, Registered (OTR). In 
addition, most states require licensure in order to practice; how- 
ever, state licenses are usually based on the results of the NBCOT 
certification examination. (Persons convicted of felonies may be 
unable to sit for the certification examination and should inquire in 
advance of program entry regarding eligibility.) 

Occupational therapy is a profession that demands its practi- 
tioners have clinical competencies as well as academic knowledge. 
In addition to satisfactory completion of course work, students 
must demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors and skills 
prior to beginning clinical/internship experiences. Students must 
maintain a 3.00 GPA or better in order to enroll in OCTH 435/436 
and enter the graduate portion of the Combined B.S./M.S. 
Program. In the event that students lack appropriate professional 
behaviors and/or skills and/or do not have satisfactory academic 
performance in one or more required courses, recommendations for 
remedial courses of action will be made. 

Students are expected to be aware of and adhere to the AOTA 
Ethics Standards (Occupational Therapy Code of Ethics, the 
Guidelines for the Occupational Therapy Code of Ethics, and the 
Core Values and Attitudes of Occupational Therapy Practice). 
Violation of the standards is cause for disciplinary action which 
may include dismissal from the programs offered by the 
Department of Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science. 



144 



The College of Health Professions 



The department also offers a Master of Science degree in 
Occupational Therapy and a Doctor of Occupational Science 
(Sc.D.). For further information, consult the Graduate Catalog. 

PROGRAM AND FIELDWORK REQUIREMENTS 
Initial Health and Insurance Requirements 

Contracts with fieldwork facilities require that students in place- 
ments show proof of current health insurance and documentation 
of current health status. The findings of the health examination 
will not necessarily exclude students from placement. Students 
must present evidence of current health insurance, a recent health 
examination, a speech and hearing screening, results of a P.P.D. 
test, and results of a Hepatitis B titer or sign a declination form for 
the vaccine. Failure to comply will prevent registration. 

Speech and Hearing Screening 

Speech and hearing screening is offered free of charge through the 
Towson University Speech, Language and Hearing Center each 
term. Only one initial screening is required. Failure to comply will 
prevent registration. 

Annual Health Requirements 

Students must present evidence of current health insurance and 
results of P.P.D. test annually. 

CPR Courses and First Aid 

Certification for adult, infant and child CPR is required prior to 
beginning the program. Proof of annual CPR certification is 
required during enrollment in the major. Online courses are not 
accepted. It is highly recommended that students complete a stan- 
dard course in first aid. 

Criminal Background Check 

Students may be required to obtain a criminal background check if 
required by the fieldwork site. This can occur for any Level I or 
Level II fieldwork experience. The student is responsible for this 
expense. 

Damaged or Missing Equipment, Assessments or other Resources 

Students may be responsible for covering replacement costs for any 
items that are found to be damaged or missing due to their actions. 

PRE-ADMISSION ADVISING 

Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to the 
Occupational Therapy major. At students" request, occupational 
therapy and occupational science faculty and administrative staff 
will advise candidates about the nature of the profession, the 
national certification examination, and the occupational therapy 
curriculum prior to admission. Applicants are encouraged to con- 
tact the department to request a Pre-Occupational Therapy adviser. 

APPLICATION CRITERIA 

Application materials for the Occupational Therapy Program must 
be submitted to the College of Health Professions (CHP) admis- 
sions coordinator with a postmark no later than March \. All stu- 
dents applying for admission to the Combined B.S./M.S. 
Occupational Therapy Program at Towson University must meet 
the following criteria: 

1. Applicants must have applied to Towson University for fall 
admission by February L 

2. Applicants must have completed a minimum of 14 units in 
college courses, excluding developmental courses, by the end 
of the fall term preceding screening. 

3. Applicants must have a grade equivalent of 2.67 or higher in 
the following courses or their equivalents completed by 
December 31: 

a. BIOL 190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions 
(must be completed by end of fall term preceding screening) 



or BIOL 213 Anatomy and Physiology I (must have been 

taken within the last five years). 
b. Two of the following three courses: 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education 
All of these courses must be completed by the end of the term in 
which screening takes place with a grade equivalent of 2.67 or 
higher. CLEP tests and AP exam scores may be used in lieu of 
course grades. However, scores must be equivalent to the grade 
requirement of a 2.67 or higher, and the courses must be posted on 
the TU transcript. Applicants with lower test scores must take the 
course and achieve a grade equivalent of 2.67 or higher to be con- 
sidered for screening. Applicants with such test scores must contact 
the CHP admissions coordinator for specific information. 

4. Applicants must have a minimum overall GPA of 3.00 by the 
end of the fall term preceding screening for full admission or a 
2.70 for conditional admission. 

5. Applicants must submit the following documents in one 
packet postmarked by March 1: 

a. Official transcripts that include course work taken through 
the fall term preceding application to the program at insti- 
tutions other than Towson University. 

b. A completed Human Service Activity Verification Form, 
which provides evidence of completion of at least 30 hours 
of work and/or volunteer experience in a human service 
activity. This work or volunteer experience must have 
involved direct contact with people with disabilities, illness 
or other disadvantages. Examples include work/volunteer 
experience with clients in hospitals, nursing homes, rehabil- 
itation facilities, senior centers, drug rehabilitation pro- 
grams, programs for the homeless, camps, etc. 

c. A typewritten application essay following the guideHnes 
provided by the department. 

d. Three reference forms completed by appropriate individuals 
and submitted in accordance with application requirements. 

6. Applicants must have a completed Prerequisite Course Form 
on file by March 1. In addition, applicants who wish to have 
courses not listed on this form approved as equivalent to 
major courses in this program of study must submit a written 
request for approval of these courses. 

7. A minimum of 23 units meeting General Education (GenEd) 
requirements must have been completed prior to beginning the 
first term of the Occupational Therapy Program. 

Applicants with units more than 10 years old may petition (in writ- 
ing by March 1) to have these units excluded from calculation of 
the GPA if they have successfully completed 14 or more units 
within the past two years. These 14 units must include either BIOL 
190 Introductory Biology for the Health Professions or BIOL 213 
Anatomy and Physiology I (or their equivalent). When this option 
is approved, all units more than 10 years old are excluded from 
GPA computation, with the exception of grades for PSYC 101, 
SOCI 101 and ENGL 102. If applicants wish old screening course 
grade(s) to be omitted, they must have retaken the screening 
course(s) within the past 10 years. If a petition regarding omission 
of these grades is not received by the application deadline, all 
courses more than 10 years old will be used in computation of the 
GPA. 

APPLICATION PROCESS 

Screening for admission is based on a review of student's GPA, 
admission essay, letters of recommendation and required volunteer 
experience. 

Early Admission to the Major 

High school seniors, current Towson University students, and 
transfer students with an overall GPA of 3.40 may be considered 



Department of Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science 



145 



for early admission to the Combined B.S./M.S. Occupational 
Therapy Program. Early admission will result in Guaranteed 
Admission Status, which will ensure the student a place in the pro- 
gram with the next class admitted. In order to receive Guaranteed 
Admission Status, applicants need to complete the application 
process and be selected by the program's Admissions Committee. 
In order to enter the program, students must meet all application 
criteria, including prerequisite grade requirements and be admitted 
to the university. 

Early admission applicants will be admitted on a first-come, 
first-served rolling admission basis until Jan. 31 of the year pre- 
ceding screening. Applications will continue to be accepted until all 
available spaces are filled. No more than 50 percent of the class 
will be filled with early admit students. A maximum of 25 percent 
of early admission applicants will be out-of-state students unless 
qualified in-state sudents are unavailable. Applicants will be 
informed of the status of their application within 30 days. 
Students interested in pursuing early admission under this policy 
must contact the CHP admissions coordinator, 410-704-2653. 

First Level of Screening 

Initial screening, which is based on GPA, will occur immediately 
after March 1 for applicants who have complete files. Overall GPAs 
will be computed, and the top 60 applicants will be identified. 

Second Level of Screening 

The department's Admissions Committee will review documents of 
the top 60 applicants and evaluate these applicants based upon 
their GPAs, essays and references. The top candidates from this 
pool of applicants will be selected for admission. 

A maximum of 25 percent of the group of applicants selected 
will be out-of-state students, unless qualified in-state students are 
unavailable. 

Selection of the top candidates will be completed by April 15. 
After May 15 a waiting list will be developed consisting of other 
applicants from the original pool of 60 who were not accepted but 
wish to remain on the waiting list for classes beginning that fall term. 
The top candidate on that list is notified if a place becomes available 
in the class. If that candidate cannot accept the place, the next can- 
didate is notified. The waiting list is maintained until the end of the 
drop-add period in the fall and does not carry over into the next year. 

MAJOR IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

In addition to the General Education requirements. Occupational 
Therapy majors must complete 70 units in occupational therapy 
courses, 22 units in other required courses and 21 units in clinicals 
and internships. Additional elective units may be required to earn 
the total of 120 units necessary for the B.S. degree. Courses appli- 
cable toward the major may not be taken under the Pass grading 
option. 

Students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 fol- 
lowing admission into the Occupational Therapy major. Should the 
degree student's average fall below a 2.75, a letter of academic 
warning will be sent. The GPA must be restored to a 2.75 within 12 
units or completed in a one-year period from the term in which the 
GPA fell below 2.75, whichever comes first. A student on academic 
probation who does not restore the GPA to 2.75 as required will be 
withdrawn from the degree program. By the end of the term pre- 
ceding OCTH 435, students must achieve and maintain a cumula- 
tive GPA of 3.00, and consistently demonstrate professional behav- 
iors and necessary competencies to enroll in OCTH 435. Students 
must then have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 to be admitted into the 
graduate portion of the occupational therapy program. A grade 
equivalent of 1.67 or lower in a required course will not count 
toward major units. Students receiving a grade equivalent of 1.67 or 
lower in a major course or a U in OCTH 435/436 may retake the 
course once to improve their standing. Failure of OCTH 435 or 436 
(U grade) may result in denial of re-admission. 



After advancement to graduate student status, completion of 36 
graduate units is required. Occupational Therapy Combined 
B.S./M.S. students must meet all department and Graduate School 
academic standards and policies. 

Registration 

Departmental consent is required for admission to all Occupational 
Therapy major courses. 

COMBINED BACHELOR'S/MASTER'S DEGREE 
PROGRAM 



Prerequisites 

BIOL 190 
ENGL 102 
PSYC 101 
SOCl 101 



Introductory Biology for the Health Professions (4) 
Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 
Introduction to Psychology (3) 
Introduction to Sociology (3) 



First Term (Fall) 

OCTH 211 Philosophy of Occupational Therapy (3) 
OCTH 216 Life Span Adaptations and Occupations (4) 
OCTH 217 Analysis of Occupational Performance I (4) 
BIOL 213 Anatomy and Physiology I (4) 

Second Term (Spring) 

PSYC 36 1 Abnormal Psychology ( 3 ) 

OCTH 2 1 3 Small Group Dynamics (3) 

OCTH 218 Analysis of Occupational Performance II (3) 

BIOL 214 Anatomy and Physiology II (4) 

BIOL 427 Neuromuscular Mechanisms (2) 

Summer (Optional) 

MATH 237 Biostatistics (4) 

or 
MATH 23 1 Basic Statistics (3) 

or 
PSYC 212 Behavioral Statistics (4) 

Third Term (Fall) 

OCTH 22 1 Clinical Kinesiology (3) 

OCTH 314 Principles of Psychosocial Occupational Therapy Practice (5) 

OCTH 320 Psychosocial Function Clinical (3) 

PHYS 202 General Physics for the Health Sciences (5) 

MATH 237 Biostatistics (4) 

or 
MATH 231 Basic Statistics (3) 

or 
PSYC 212 Behavorial Statistics (4) 

(if not taken in summer) 

Fourth Term (Spring) 

HLTH 207 Health Care in the U.S. (3) 

OCTH 313 Adult Neurological Occupational Therapy (3) 

OCTH 317 Adult Musculoskeletal Occupational Therapy (3) 

OCTH 319 Physical Dysfunction: Clinical (3) 

OCTH 323 Gerontological OT (3) 

Summer Third Fieldwork Option 

OCTH 435 Occupational Therapy Internship I (6) 

Fifth Term (Fall) 

OCTH 325 Occupational Therapy Practice with Children and Youth (4) 

OCTH 326 Occupational Therapy Fieldwork with Children and 

Youth (3) 
OCTH 428 Occupational Therapy Organizations in Modern Society (3) 
OCTH 430 Research Methods in Occupational Therapy (3) 

PORTFOLIO REVIEW 

Sixth Term (Spring) 

OCTH 435 or 436 Occupational Therapy Internship I (6) or H (6) 

OCTH 436 or 437 Occupational Therapy Internship II (6) or III (4-6) 



146 



The College of Health Professions 



ADVANCEMENT TO GRADUATE STUDENT STATUS 



Summer 
OCTH611 
PSYC 687 



Advanced Theory and Philosophy of Occupation (3) 
Advanced Experimental Design I (3) 



Seventh Term (Fall) 



OCTH 603 
OCTH 612 

OCTH 613 



Minimester 



Issues in Occupational Therapy (3) 

Occupational Therapy Health Promotion Initiatives in the 

Community: Clinical (3) 

Advanced Research Methods in Occupation-Based 

Practice (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 

•Graduate elective (3) 
'Graduate elective (3) 



Eighth Term (Spring) 

OCTH 678 Assessment Through the Lifespan (3) 

OCTH 781 Graduate Seminar (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 

Summer 

OCTH 880 Graduate Project (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 
'Graduate electives may be taken where indicated. 

ACCELERATED OPTION 

Fall 

See above courses under Seventh Term (Fall). 



MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

The Master of Science in Occupational Therapy is designed for 
individuals with bachelor's degrees who are interested in assuming 
leadership roles in the profession and obtaining advanced educa- 
tion with emphasis on teaching, research or clinical practice. 
Specialization in Administration, Education, Gerontology, 
Pediatrics or other approved specialty areas is also offered. Those 
individuals who are not occupational therapists must be screened 
for admission to the pre-occupational therapy component of the 
program and must successfully complete prerequisite courses prior 
to enrolling in graduate degree program occupational therapy 
courses. For further information, consult the Graduate Catalog. 

DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL 
SCIENCE (Sc.D.) 

The applied doctoral degree in Occupational Science prepares grad- 
uates to teach and influence policy, and engage in applied research. 
Occupational Science is the scientific study of human occupation 
related to the purposeful and meaningful activities that comprise 
everyday life experiences. The study of occupation involves the 
investigation of the relationship between humans' occupations and 
their health. This unique social science examines the capacity of 
humans to engage in occupation and develop healthy adaptive 
skills. The main emphasis of this doctoral program is to enhance the 
health of society by applying knowledge gained through the 
advanced study of Occupational Science and human behavior. For 
more information, consult the Graduate Catalog. 



Minimester 

OCTH 781 Graduate Seminar 

'Graduate elective 

Eighth Term (Spring) 

OCTH 678 Assessment Through the Lifespan (3) 

OCTH 880 Graduate Project (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 

'Graduate elective (3) 

'Four graduate electives must be taken. 

This sequence may change without prior notice. 

All Occupational Therapy students must complete 960 hours of 
Level II full-time fieldwork within 24 months following completion 
of academic preparation. There is an accelerated option that 
allows students to graduate at the end of the eighth term (spring) 
rather than summer. 

In addition to the above courses, students are required to com- 
plete all GenEd requirements during regular terms or summer ses- 
sions. Students must complete all GenEds by the end of the fifth 
term of the program. 

Students in this program may not take Occupational Therapy 
courses prior to the terms in which they are scheduled on this plan. 



OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ASSISTANTS 

Occupational therapy assistants may ask to have courses taken in 
fulfillment of their degree reviewed to determine if any of these 
courses may substitute for required 200-level courses in the 
Occupational Therapy Program of study at Towson University. 
Students who wish to be considered for this option must notify the 
department in writing of their request and must provide course 
descriptions. 



Pre-Professional Preparation 



147 



Pre-Professional Preparation 

PHYSICAL THERAPY PREPARATION 

Contact Person: Robert Karp 

OFFICE 

Burdick Hall 105, 410-704-2653 
rkarp@towson.edu 

In recent years, most physical therapy programs in the United 
States have converted to graduate programs, and most of these will 
become D.P.T. granting. Entry into these programs is highly com- 
petitive, and prerequisites vary. The minimum requirements for 
application to most physical therapy programs include 90 units, 
but many are now requiring a B.S. or B.A. Prerequisite require- 
ments typically include extensive course work in biology, chemistry 
and physics, as well as statistics and courses in behavioral sciences. 
Because of these requirements, students often choose majors in a 
science or health-related field, such as Biology, Exercise Science or 
Athletic Training. However, any major is acceptable, as long as spe- 
cific undergraduate prerequisites for individual schools are com- 
pleted. A typical first-year student curriculum at Towson University 
might include chemistry, biology and mathematics. Towson pro- 
vides advising to assist students with their undergraduate prepara- 
tion for this field. 





The College of Liberal Arts 



The departments and programs of the College of Liberal Arts explore what it means to be human, 
how people construct identities and institutions, and how individuals and groups interact over 
time — in communities, in cultures, and in nations. The college includes those disciplines cus- 
tomarily identified as the humanities and those generally identified as the social sciences, with 
each departmental discipline having a developed set of questions, methods and results. The 
College of Liberal Arts also hosts a variety of interdisciplinary programs that frame their stud- 
ies not by discipline but by topic, bringing to bear the insights of multiple disciplinary tools and 
perspectives. Because it contains many of the core disciplines of higher education, the college 
contributes heavily to the General Education (GenEd) course offerings of the university. 

Study in the College of Liberal Arts develops those abilities and habits of mind associated 
with a liberal education. Students learn how to examine evidence carefully, how to represent 
ideas fully and fairly, and how to analyze information and construct claims. They learn to 
express themselves clearly and creatively, to weigh complexities of argument and circumstance 
in reaching informed judgments, and to appreciate the rich diversity of human culture. The cul- 
tivation of such abilities prepares students for richer lives both personally and professionally 
and equips liberal arts graduates to meet the highest tests of democratic citizenship. 

Tlie College of Liberal Arts limits the size of its classes whenever possible to allow greater 
faculty-student interaction, an emphasis on writing and constructive feedback, and responsive- 
ness to individual students. Learning may take place in many settings and through varied forms 
of interaction. The college supports exploration of different teaching formats, creative uses of 
technology, experience beyond the classroom, and work with peers as important bases for the 
expansion of student learning. 

Faculty are active scholars who participate in professional meetings, publish articles and 
books, conduct seminars or workshops, collaborate with community organizations, and engage 
in research and intellectual exchange regionally, nationally and internationally. Such work not 
only invigorates the classroom but also helps to create opportunities for students. More 
advanced students may undertake work under the guidance of or in collaboration with faculty 
on campus, perhaps as part of a grant project, as an independent study, or as a senior thesis. 
Internships or sen'ice-leaming opportunities may also reflect arenas of faculty engagement. 
Students may join a travel program led by a faculty member or study abroad because of oppor- 
tunities created through faculty contacts. The college seeks to build an intellectual and civic life 
that encompasses students and faculty alike. 

Employers often list among the traits they most desire in their employees, the ability to 
write clearly and effectively, the ability to analyze a problem and to pursue solutions with good 
judgment, the ability to work with others in groups, and the ability to understand and to appre- 
ciate cultural differences. Democratic government requires a citizenry that is able to engage in 
civil discourse, to understand and evaluate ideas, and to make choices in an environment of com- 
plexity. Individual appreciation of much that surrounds us in American and global culture flour- 
ishes through a recognition of pattern, precedent, reference and meaning. The demands of all of 
these spheres are addressed by an education in the liberal arts. In both its undergraduate and 
graduate programs, the College of Liberal Arts seeks to convey knowledge and to sharpen the 
tools of thought to aid students in constructing their personal, professional and civic lives. We 
invite you to join us in this voyage of creation and discovery. 

Terry A. Cooney, Dean 



Cultural Studies 

English 

Environmental Science and Studies (with FCSM) 

Family Studies and Community Development 

Foreign Languages 

French 

German 

Italian 

Spanish 
Geography and Environmental Planning 
Geography and Land Surveying 
History 
Interdisciplinary Studies 

African and African American 
Studies Minor 

American Studies 

Animal Behavior 

Asian Studies 

Business, Communication and the 
Liberal Arts Minor 

Classical Studies Minor 

Comparative Ethnic Studies Minor 

Individually Designed Thematic Option 

Jewish Studies Minor 

Latin American Studies 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender 
Studies Minor 
International Studies 
Law and American Civilization 
Metropolitan Studies 
Philosophy 
Political Science 
Prelaw Advising Program 
Psychology 
Religious Studies 
Social Sciences 
Sociology-Anthropology 

Sociology 

Anthropology 

Criminal Justice 
Women's Studies 



COLLEGE OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 108, 410-704-2128 

Fax:410-704-6392 

www.towson.edu/cla 



Cultural Studies Program 



149 



Cultural Studies Program 

Director: Jennifer Ballengee (English) 

Affiliated Faculty: Peter Baker {English), Celia Bardwell-Jones 
{Philosophy), David Bergman (English), Sam Collins 
{Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal justice), Ayse Day 
(Women's Studies), Matthew Durington (Sociology, 
Anthropology and Criminal Justice), Ping Fu (Foreign 
Languages), Susan Isaacs (Art), Peter Lev (Electronic Media 
and Film), Paul Miers (English), John Murungi [Philosophy 
and Religious Studies), Joshua Newman (Kinesiology), Gerald 
Phillips (Music), Paul Pojman (Philosophy and Religious 
Studies), Katia Sainson {Foreign Languages), Deborah Shaller 
(English), Lisa Swanson (Kinesiology), William Tsitsos 
(Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice) 



OFFICE 

LinthicumHall219E, 
www.towson.edu/clst 



410-704-5213 



THE PROGRAM 

In the Cultural Studies Program, faculty and students study how 
meaning is produced and consumed in the process of constructing 
and inhabiting a culture. Cultural Studies programs cross disci- 
plines in order to engage contexts like gender and sexuality, 
class, race and ethnicity, globalization, and national identity. This 
interdisciplinary approach utilizes the methods of inquiry of the 
humanities, social sciences and critical cultural theory, as well as 
science, mathematics, economics and health professions. The 
program brings together students and faculty who are committed 
to the notion that, in our increasingly global society, diversity 
reaches far beyond face value. Rather, diversity must be measured 
in the richness and complexity of ideas and experiences, a depth of 
understanding that the Cultural Studies Program aims to foster. 
In the spirit of the university's liberal arts tradition, the 
Cultural Studies Program creates a space in which students can be 
critically engaged, aware and active in thought, in work and in the 
community. 

MAJOR IN CULTURAL STUDIES 

Majors in Cultural Studies must complete 42-45 units of course 
work drawn from throughout the curriculum of the university, 
including an introductory course (3 units) and core requirements 
(18 units), 18 units of elective courses distributed among four of 
the six focus areas for cultural study (Visual Culture, Performance 
Culture, Identity and Culture, Textuality and Culture, Science, 
Technology and Culture, and Perspectives in Cultural Studies); and 
a seminar and/or capstone experience. 

I. Introductory Course (3 units) 

CLST 201 Introduction to Cultural Studies (3) 

n. Core Courses (18 units) 

CLST 301 Perspectives in Global Culture (3) 

CLST 303 Identity and Culture (3) 

CLST 305 Textuality and Culture (3) 

CLST 307 Visual Culture (3) 

CLST 309 Performance Culture (3) 

CLST 311 Science, Technology and Culture (3) 

ni. Electives (18 units) 

CLST 370-75 Topics in Cultural Studies (3) 

At least four courses from the following groups: 
A. Perspectives in Cultural Studies 

ANTH 346 Wealth, Power and Politics (3) 

ANTH 361 Controversies in Anthropology (3) 

ECON 321 History of Economic Thought (3) 

ENGL 270 The American Dream (3) 



B. Identity and Culture 

ANTH 321 Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) 

ANTH 366 Indians of South America (3) 

ANTH 388 Peasant Cultures (3) 

ENGL 236 Survey of American Indian Literature 1772-Present (3) 

LGBT 101 Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies (3) 

PSYC 447 Sex Differences: Psychological Perspectives (3) 

SOCI 343 Minority Groups (3) 

SPAN 312 Spanish Culture and Civilization II (3) 

WMST 332 Women's Culture and Creativity (3) 

C. Textuality and Culture 

ENGL 462 Modern Literary Theory (3) 

D. Visual Culture 

ARTH 207 Honors Seminar in Western Art (3) 

ARTH 208 Honors Seminar in Non-Western Art (3) 

ARTH 3 1 1 Northern Renaissance Art (3) 

ARTH 331 The Art of China (3) 

ARTH 333 The Art of Japan (3) 

ARTH 335 African American Art (3) 

ARTH 337 American Art (3) 

ARTH 341 Women in Art (3) 

ARTH 351 Historyof Photography (3) 

ARTH 485 Seminar (Art and Theory Post-1945 and 

20th-century Craft) (3) 

E. Performance Culture 

KNES 353 Sport and Society (3) 

KNES 357 Sport in Film (3)' 

KNES 349 The Modern Olympic Games (3) 

SOCI 2 1 Sociology of Sport ( 3 ) 

THEA 303 Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theatre (3) 

THEA 307 Theories of Theatre (3) 

WMST 338 Women and Sexuality (3) 

F. Science, Technology and Culture 

NURS 416 Multicultural Health Care (3) 

WMST 336 Women and Medicine (3) 

WRIT 335 Ethics in the Physical Sciences (3) 

rV. Seminar and/or Capstone Experience (3-6 units) 
Students have three options to choose from to fulfill this stage of 
the Cultural Studies Program. In all options, the student will 
research and write a major essay or report and exhibit an integrated 
knowledge of cultural studies. First, students may participate in an 
internship in the workplace approved and supervised by the direc- 
tor of the Cultural Studies Program. Second, the student may enroll 
in a senior seminar which will focus on an aspect of cultural stud- 
ies. Third, the student may engage in independent study approved 
by the Cultural Studies director. 

MINOR IN CULTURAL STUDIES 

The minor in Cultural Studies is designed to enhance and supple- 
ment students' studies in a number of other areas, including 
anthropology, education, English and mass communication. In 
these areas of study, the fundamental questions posed by cultural 
studies give students a broader, more critical look at the interac- 
tions between their fields of study and society as a whole. These 
courses may also provide a useful complement to any undergradu- 
ate program of study. 

The Program 

Students minoring in Cultural Studies must complete 18 units, 
including the introductory course (3 units); three of the Electives — 
Group I (9 units); and two Electives — Group II, one of which 
must be upper-level. Students must earn a grade equivalent of 2.00 
or higher in all courses in the minor. 

Introductory Course (3 units) 

CLST 201 Introduction to Cultural Studies (3) 



150 



The College of Liberal Arts 



Electives — Group 1 (9 units) 

Three courses from the following: 

CLST 301 Perspectives in Global Culture (3) 

CLST 303 Identity and Culture (3) 

CLST 305 Textualirv and Culture (3) 

CLST 307 Visual Culture (3) 

CLST 309 Performance Culture (3) 

CLST 311 Science, Technology and Culture (3) 

Electives — Group II (6 units) 

Tii'O courses from the following, one of which must be upper-level: 

ANTH 321 Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) 

ANTH 346 Wealth, Power and Politics (3) 

ANTH 361 Controversies in Anthropology (3) 

ANTH 366 Indians of South America (3) 

ANTH 388 Peasant Cultures (3) 

ARTH 311 Northern Renaissance Art (3) 

ARTH 331 The Art of China (3) 

ARTH 333 The Art of Japan (3) 

ARTH 335 African American Art (3) 

ARTH 337 American Art (3) 

ARTH 341 Women in Art (3) 

ARTH 35 1 History of Photography (3) 

CLST 370-75 Topics in Cultural Studies (3) 

ECON 321 History of Economic Thought (3) 

ENGL 236 Survey of American Indian Literature, 

1772-Present(3) 

ENGL 270 The American Dream (3) 

ENGL 462 Modern Literary Theory (3) 

IDIS 101 Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies (3) 

KNES 349 The Modern Olympic Games (3) 

KNES 353 Sport and Society (3) 

KNES 357 Sport in Film (3) 

NURS 406 Multicultural Health Care (3) 

PSYC 209 Consumer Behavior (3) 

PSYC 447 Sex Differences: Psychological Perspectives (3) 

SOCI 210 Sociology of Sport (3) 

SOCI 343 Minority Groups (3) 

SPAN 312 Spanish Culture and Civilization I (3) 

THEA 303 Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theatre (3) 

THEA 307 Theories of Theatre (3) 

WMST 332 Women's Culture and Creativity (3) 

WMST 336 Women and Medicine (3) 

WMST 338 Women andSexuality(3) 

WRIT 335 Ethics in the Physical Sciences (3) 



Department of English 

Professors: Evelyn Avery, Peter Baker, Carl Behm, David 
Bergman, Paul Douglas, Edwin Duncan {Chair), H. George 
Hahn, Clarinda Harriss, Harvey Lillywhite, Florence Newman, 
Jacqueline Wilkotz 

Associate Professors: Lena Ampadu (Assistant Chair), Jennifer 
Ballengee, Barbara Bass, Geoffrey Becker, Frances Botkin, 
Cheryl Brown, John Connolly, K Edgington, Linda Mahin, Paul 
Miers, Gary Wood 

Assistant Professors: Christopher Cain, Christopher D'Addario, 
Tara Bynum, David Dayton, Michael Downs, Lili Fox-Velez, 
Jennifer Mott-Smith, W. Dana Phillips, Mariana Portolano, Joel 
Slotkin 

Instructors: Margaret Benner, Carol Pippen, Deborah Shaller 

Lecturers: Alan Britt, Jack Carneal, Gina Grace, Steven Heaney, 
Damaris Hill, Tina Kelleher, Emily Manus, Reiner Prochaska, 
Carol Quinn, Andrew Reiner, Julie Reiser, Susy Sayre, Gregory 
Seagle, Benjamin Warner 

Part-time faculty: Roshan Benjamin-Malik, Sue Bergamy 

Willinger, Gary Blankenburg, Warren Buitendorp, Vivia Chang, 
Maryann Criss, Joseph Davis, Shannon Davis, Judy Decraene, 
Mary Defreest, Lauren DiPaula, Kathy Doherty, Lynn Dowell, 
Beth Edelstein, Robin Gunkle, Eric Hallengren, Tracy Heyman, 
Suzanne Hill, Hank Johnson, Michael Keating, Millie 
Landrum-Hesser, Anthony Mafale, John Mancini, Kelly 
Martin, Julie Noecker, Mark Panos, Charles Pugh, Nathan 
Rose, Diane Scharper, Leah Schofield, Laurel Strassberger, 
Rebecca Talbott, Phaedra Tate, Natalie Yandrick 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 218K, 410-704-2871 
Fax: 410-704-3999 
www.towson.edu/english 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

English offers students pleasure and profit, wit and wisdom, a sense 
of history and a vision of the future. English students know the 
delight of reading the best of British and American literature — 
authors as diverse as Shakespeare and Emily Dickinson, Edgar 
Allan Poe and Virginia Woolf, James Baldwin and John Donne. 
The Department of English provides several programs tailored to 
diverse needs. Students majoring in English can concentrate in 
Writing, Literature, or Secondary Education. Students pursuing 
other majors can minor in English, Creative Writing, or World 
Literature. 

Each English major is assigned a faculty adviser, who assists the 
student in creating an individual program of study best suited to the 
student's interest and abilities. Still, students are responsible for 
monitoring their own progress toward graduation. The flexibility 
of all programs, including majors and minors, allows the student a 
wide choice of courses within the department and possibilities for 
coordinating a program with another academic department. 

The Department of English oversees the master's in Professional 
Writing program, offering unique post-baccalaureate opportunities 
for English majors and minors interested in pursuing careers in 
creative writing, technical writing, editing, public relations, and 
teaching writing at the community-college level. Geoffrey Becker, 
410-704-5196, coordinates the program. 

MAJOR IN ENGLISH 

English majors must complete 42 units, and each course must be 
completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 



Department of English 



Core Requirements (21 units) 

I. Foundation Courses (12 units) 

ENGL 200 Introduction to Studying English (3) 

ENGL 221 British Literature to 1798 (3) 

ENGL 222 British Literature since 1798 (3) 

ENGL 300 Literary Research and Applied Criticism (3) 

Students are to take ENGL 200 and ENGL 300 prior to taking 
upper-level courses in the major. 

II. American Literature (3 units) 
One of the following: 

ENGL 230 Main Currents in American Literature (3) 

ENGL 231 American Literature to 1865 (3) 

ENGL 232 American Literature since 1865 (3) 

in. Shakespeare (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 426 Topics in Shakespeare Studies (3) 

ENGL 427 Shakespearean Comedies (3) 

ENGL 428 Shakespearean Tragedies (3) 

Secondary Education Concentration majors need the approval of 
their advisers to take ENGL 426. 

rV. Capstone Experience (3 units) 

One of the following in the final year: 
ENGL 485-6 Seminar in English Studies (3) 

ENGL 498 English Internship as Capstone (3) 

ENGL 499 Honors Thesis (3) 

LITERATURE TRACK (21 units) 

I. Linguistics (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 350 Comparative Grammar (3) 

ENGL 351 Historical Linguistics (3) 

ENGL 353 History of American English (3) 

ENGL 451 History of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 452 Structure of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 475 Topics in Linguistics (3) 

n. Literary Criticism (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 461 History of Literary Criticism (3) 

ENGL 462 Modern Literary Theory (3) 

ENGL 463 Semiotics (3) 

in. Workshop or Studio Courses (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 310 Writing Argument (3) 

ENGL 313 Academic Essay (3) 

ENGL 315 Literary Essay (3) 

ENGL 316 Writing about Literature (3) 

WMST 333 Women's Words, Women's Lives (3) 

rV. Electives (12 units) 

Nine units must be at the 300 or 400 level, and 6 units must be lit- 
erature courses, not including ENGL 490. It is strongly recom- 
mended that majors fulfill the GenEd II. C. 3. requirement with an 
English course, i.e., one of the following: 233, 234, 235, 239, 247 
or 253. 

WRITING TRACK (21 units) 

I. Language or Criticism (3 units) 

ENGL 416 Editing 

or 
One of the following: 

ENGL 350 Comparative Grammar (3) 

ENGL 351 Historical Linguistics (3) 

ENGL 353 History of American English (3) 



ENGL 451 History of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 452 Structure of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 461 History of Literary Criticism (3) 

ENGL 462 Modern Literary Theory (3) 

ENGL 475 Topics in Linguistics (3) 

n. Workshop or Studio Courses (12 units) 

A. At least one of the folloiving: 
ENGL 310 Writing Argument (3) 
ENGL 313 Academic Essay (3) 
ENGL 315 Literary Essay (3) 

ENGL 316 Writing about Literature (3) 

WMST 333 Women's Words, Women's Lives (3) 

B. Up to three of the following: 
ENGL 311 Writing Poetrv (3) 
ENGL 312 Writing Fiction (3) 

ENGL 317 Writing for Business and Industry (3) 

ENGL 318 Advanced Informational Writing (3) 

ENGL 4 1 1 Advanced Writing Poetry (3 ) 

ENGL 412 Advanced Writing Fiction (3) 

ENGL 417-19 Topics in Writing (3) 

HI. Electives (6 units) 

These must be at the 300 or 400 level, and at least 3 units must be 
a literature course, not including ENGL 490. It is strongly recom- 
mended that majors fulfill the GenEd II. C. 3. requirement with an 
English course, i.e. one of the following: 233, 234, 235, 239, 247 
or 253. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION TRACK (21 units) 

I. Diversity in American Literature (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 233 African American Literature (3) 

ENGL 234 Major Writers in African American Literature (3) 

ENGL 235 Ethnic American Literature (3) 

ENGL 236 American Indian Literature (3) 

ENGL 239 Modern Jewish Literature (3) 

ENGL 471-477 Topics in Literature (when appropriate) (3) 

n. Linguistics and Grammar (6 units) 

A. Grammar: 

ENGL 251 Applied Grammar (3) 

Students who place out of this course through departmental examination 

are to take in its place an upper-division elective in literature. 

B. One of the folloiving: 

ENGL 350 Comparative Grammar (3) 

ENGL 351 Historical Linguistics (3) 

ENGL 353 History of American English (3) 

ENGL 451 History of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 452 Structure of the English Language (3) 

ENGL 475 Topics in Linguistics (3) 

in. World Literature/Non-Western Literature (3 units) 

ENGL 243 Introduction to Classical Mythology (3) 

ENGL 244 World Folklore (3) 

ENGL 248 Literature of the Global Experience (3) 

ENGL 341 History and Literature of the Old Testament (3) 

ENGL 342 Folklore and Literature (3) 

ENGL 343 Myth and Literature (3) 

ENGL 347 World Literature Written m English (3) 

rV. Advanced Writing (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 310 Writing Argument (3) 

ENGL 313 Academic Essay (3) 

ENGL 315 Literary Essay (3) 

ENGL 316 Writing about Literature (3) 

WMST 333 Women's Words, Women's Lives (3) 



152 



The College of Liberal Arts 



V. Textual Analysis (3 units) 
ENGL 463 Semiotics (3) 

VI. Electives (3 units, 300- or 400-level) 

Students in the Secondary Education program should be aware of 
the formal admission requirements for Secondary Education, and 
should determine what courses are permitted before formal admis- 
sion. (See the Department of Secondary Education section of this 
catalog.) 

MINOR IN CREATIVE WRITING 

Recognizing that all good writing is an act of imagination, ordering 
and synthesis that transcends subject-matter boundaries, the 
Creative Writing minor is designed for students with academic con- 
centrations outside the field of English who desire to develop their 
present writing skills beyond those specifically geared to their chosen 
disciplines, and to do this under the supervision of professional 
writers. 

Students minoring in Creative Writing must complete 24 units 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each course. At least 
15 units must be earned at the 300-400 level. Courses should be 
selected in consultation with the student's mmor adviser in the 
Department of English. Students are encouraged to complete 
ENGL 102 as soon as possible. 

Core Requirements (12-15 units) 

Select at least four courses in creative writing from the following: 

ENGL 283 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 

ENGL 311 Writing Poetry (3) 

ENGL 312 Writing Fiction (3) 

ENGL 315 Literary Essay (3) 

(recommended for students who do not fulfill the GenEd 

I.D. requirement with a course in their major) 
ENGL 411 Advanced Poetry Writing (3) 

ENGL 412 Advanced Fiction Writing (3) 
ENGL 417 Topics in Writing (3) 

(may be selected only when the topic pertains to 

creative writing) 
ENGL 490 Independent Study (3) 

(may be selected only when the topic pertains to 

creative writing) 

Fomial Study of a Gettfe (3 units) 

Select one course from the following: 
ENGL 261 Tradition and Form in Western Poetry (3) 
ENGL 263 Tradition and Form in Western Fiction (3) 
ENGL 265 Tradition and Form in Western Drama (3) 

Literature Courses (6-9 units) 

Select at least two courses in literature. One of these courses must 
be at the 300-400 level. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Students must complete 24 units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher in each course, including ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal 
Education, 6 units of 200-level courses, 6 units of upper- or lower- 
level courses, and 9 units of upper-level courses. No specific courses 
or blocks of courses are stipulated for the minor; each student 
works with a departmental adviser to design a coherent and pur- 
poseful individual program. 

MINOR IN WORLD LITERATURE 

Students minoring in World Literature must complete 24 units with 
a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each course. Twelve units 
must be taken at the 300-400 level. Courses should be selected in 
consultation with students' Department of English minor advisers. 

Core Requirements (9 units) 

ENGL 102 Writing for a Liberal Education (3) 

or 
ENGL 190 Honors Writing Seminar (3) 



ENGL 240 Classics of the Western Heritage (3) 
ENGL 248 Literature of the Global Experience (3) 

Three of the following courses (9 units) 

ENGL 336 Post-Colonial Literature (3) 

ENGL 342 Folklore and Literature (3) 

ENGL 343 Myth and Literature (3) 

ENGL 344 Continental Drama (3) 

ENGL 347 World Literature Wrinen in English (3) 

ENGL 373-9 Themes in Literature (when the subject is appropriate) (3) 

ENGL 439 Modern World Poetry (3) 

ENGL 441 Modern Fiction to World War II (3) 

ENGL 442 Modern Fiction since World War II (3) 

ENGL 443 Short Fiction in World Literature (3) 

ENGL 461 History of Literary- Criticism (3) 

ENGL 462 .Modern Literary Theor>' (3) 

ENGL 471 Topics in World Literature (3) 

Electives 

Electives may be chosen from the courses listed above or from 
other courses in British and American literature, folklore, mythol- 
ogy, ethnic literature or literary criticism selected in consultation 
with the student's minor adviser. With the permission of the minor 
adviser and the Department of English chair, students may take up 
to 6 units in literature courses taught in a foreign language. These 
courses are offered through the Department of Modern Languages; 
course descriptions may be found under the listings for the specific 
language. 

The Portfolio 

Students will be asked in their senior year to submit portfolios of a 
few papers that cover their years in the major. These portfolios are 
used anonymously to learn how well the major is working for its 
students. Students themselves will not be assessed; their standing 
will not be affected in any way. The English program will be assess- 
ing itself through what it finds students are learning. 

COURSE PREREQUISITES 

Course prerequisites are noted in the course descriptions. The 
department strictly enforces prerequisites. 

MEETING GENERAL EDUCATION 
REQUIREMENTS/COMPETENCY 

Every student in the university must complete ENGL 102 or ENGL 
190 with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher to satisfy the GenEd LA. 
requirement. 

Students may take additional courses to complete GenEd 
requirements. Many 200-level and some 300-level courses fulfill 
GenEd requirements. 

Philosophy, art, history, speech and theatre GenEd courses pro- 
vide especially effective background for an English major. Students 
are encouraged to select elective courses in these areas in addition 
to those which fulfill GenEd requirements. 

Students mav select anv of the following advanced writing courses 
to fulfill GenEd 1.D.:'eNGL 310, ENGL 313, ENGL 315, 
ENGL 316, ENGL 317, ENGL 318. Students may, of course, take 
additional elective units in English. 

Some students will be required to complete special competency 
courses in language and writing in addition to meeting GenEd 
requirements in English. Students for whom English is not a native 
language may be required to complete courses in English as a 
Second Language as a prerequisite to enrollment in ENGL 102 
Writing for a Liberal Education (see International Undergraduate 
Admissions). Students whose entering scores indicate they need 
additional preparation to meet the standards of college-level e.xpos- 
itory writing will be required to complete DVWR 101 Preparation 
for College Writing, as prerequisite to enrollment in ENGL 102. 
Students must earn a grade of S or a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher in the Developmental Writing course they are required to 
take before they are eligible to enroll in ENGL 102. See the 
Academic Achievement Center section in Academic Resources. 



Environmental Science and Studies Program 



153 



TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

The Department of English accepts EngHsh credits from accredited 
colleges and universities. However, to meet GenEd requirements, 
students must either present 3 transfer credits in a college-level 
composition course, with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher, or 
earn a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in ENGL 102 or ENGL 
190 at Towson University. Students registering in the department's 
major and minor programs must complete a minimum of 12 units 
in Department of English offerings at Towson University. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND CREDIT FOR 

PRIOR LEARNING 

The department awards units through the Advanced Placement 
Program of the university. Also, a selected number of entering 
freshmen are placed in ENGL 190 rather than ENGL 102. The 
department offers units for most courses, other than upper-level 
writing courses, through the Credit for Prior Learning Program. 
Students applying for credit under this program complete an exam- 
ination, an interview and at least one paper in the area. 

ENGLISH HONORS AND ACTIVITIES 

The department participates in the Honors Program. As a member 
of the Honors College, the department offers a number of intensive 
introductory seminars for qualified students. It also sponsors 
departmental honors whereby students pursue independent study 
leading to the completion of a thesis. Students interested in depart- 
mental honors should consult the chair of the department no later 
than the first term of their junior year. Honors are designated on 
the graduate's transcript and diploma. 

By a vote of the English faculty, the outstanding graduate in the 
department receives the Gerry Buettner Award at Commencement. 
By departmental vote, the Fil Dowling Award goes to the year's 
outstanding English Education major. By selection of the joint 
English/Women's Studies committee, the Frank W. Guess Award is 
given to the year's outstanding portfolio of student writing. By 
selection of the English department committee, the Margery W. 
Harriss "Great Starts" Award is presented to the year's outstand- 
ing portfolio of first-year writing (ENGL 102 or ENGL 190). 

Lambda Iota Tau is the national literary honor society with a 
chapter in the department, and the English Club is an informal 
association of majors, minors and professors who meet to exchange 
ideas about literature. 

Students may publish in the Towson University literary publication 
Grub Street. 

DOUBLE MAJOR PROGRAM 

Students who major in one of the other programs of the university 
but feel a strong interest in language, literature or writing are urged 
to explore the value of completing a double major with their advis- 
er or with the chair of the Department of English. 



Environmental Science and 
Studies Program 

Director: Jane L. Wolfson 

Affiliated Faculty, Environmental Studies: Daniel Agley (Health 
Science), Kent Barnes (Geography and Environmental 
Planning), Robert Blake (Elementary Education), Lillian Carter 
(Health Science), Kang Shou Lu (Geography and 
Environmental Planning), Toni Marzotto (Political Science), 
John Morgan (Geography and Environmental Planning), 
Dennis Muniak (Political Science), Karen Oslund (History), 
Paul Pojman (Philosophy and Religious Studies), Thomas 
Rhoads (Economics), Martin Roberge (Geography and 
Environmental Planning), Robert Rook (History), Stephen 
Scales (Philosophy and Religious Studies), Timothy Sullivan 
(Economics), Jeremy Tasch (Geography and Environmental 
Planning) 

Affiliated Faculty, Environmental Science: Venessa Beauchamp 
(Biological Sciences), Harald Beck (Biological Sciences), Rachel 
Burks (Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences), Ryan Casey 
(Chemistry), Nordulf Debye (Chemistry), Brian Fath 
(Biological Sciences), Jonathan Filer (Physics, Astronomy and 
Geosciences), Donald Forester (Biological Sciences), Susan 
Gresens (Biological Sciences), Sarah Haines (Biological 
Sciences), Scott Johnson (Biological Sciences), John LaPolla 
(Biological Sciences), David Larkin (Chemistry), Steven Lev 
(Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences), Clare Muhoro 
(Chemistry), Jay Nelson (Biological Sciences), Roland Roberts 
(Biological Sciences), Gerald Robinson (Biological Sciences), 
Lev Ryzhkov (Chemistry), Erik Scully (Biological Sciences), 
Richard Seigel (Biological Sciences), Colleen Sinclair (Biological 
Sciences), Joel Snodgrass (Biological Sciences), David Vanko 
(Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences), Joy Watts (Biological 
Sciences), Jane Wolfson (Biological Sciences) 

OFFICE 

Administration Building 213, 410-704-4920 
Fax: 410-704-3959 
www.towson.eduyess 

THE PROGRAM 

The Environmental Science and Studies Program has two primary 
educational objectives. One is to provide the fundamental scientific, 
technical and social knowledge that program graduates will need to 
assess, plan, evaluate and communicate environmental concerns, 
particularly those confronting metropolitan regions. The second is to 
instill the wide range of cognitive skills and content mastery that stu- 
dents will need to effectively analyze environmental issues, propose 
realistic plans for solving envirormiental problems at local, regional 
and national levels, or bring improved understanding of these issues 
to others through informal environmental education programs. 

The core requirements of the program are structured to meet 
these two objectives and include mathematical and scientific foun- 
dations as well as extensive interdisciplinary study related to envi- 
ronmental issues. The upper-level courses integrate the student's 
program of study and provide hands-on practice in an environmen- 
tal field. The environmental problems addressed in many classes 
and seminars will focus on the adjacent urbanysuburban region and 
its impact on the surrounding environment. 

Most environmental problems resist solutions from any single 
discipline and environmental education programs need to reflect 
the complexity of the environmental processes they present. 
Therefore the program utilizes a rigorous interdisciplinary 
approach. The curriculum draws upon the expertise of faculty in 
the areas of biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics, environmen- 
tal ethics and values, public policy, science education, economics, 
geography, public health and social change. 



154 



The College of Liberal Arts 



MAJOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND 
STUDIES 

The Environmental Science and Studies Program has two concen- 
trations: Environmental Studies and Environmental Science. There 
is considerable overlap in the core courses between the two con- 
centrations. As students progress though the program, they begin 
to specialize in their area of greatest interest. During the senior year 
students in both concentrations are involved in course work that 
emphasizes application of concepts to real-world problems. The 
Environmental Studies Concentration is described below. For infor- 
mation about the Environmental Science Concentration, see the 
College of Science and Mathematics. 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION 

Along with completing the common core requirements, students in 
the Environmental Studies Concentration complete additional units 
as they complete one of five tracks. The tracks are: Environmental 
Geographical Analysis, Environmental Policy/Management, 
Environmental Health, Directed Environmental Studies and 
Informal Environmental Education. All students in the program will 
complete a common core of course work establishing the scientific 
principles and mathematical skills needed as a foundation for more 
specialized study. They also will complete additional courses in the 
social sciences, an upper-level internship or research course and 
additional course work appropriate to the selected track. Of the 
total units in program requirements, a minimum of 23 may be used 
to fulfill GenEd requirements (identified by an asterisk following the 
course number), effectively reducing the number of units that apply 
solely to the Environmental Science and Studies major. 

Core Requirements (37-39 units) 

Natural Sciences (16 units) 

BIOL 201* Biology I: Cellular Biology and Genetics (4) 

BIOL 202'" Biology II: Introduction to Ecology and Evolution (4) 

CHEM 104" Introduction to Environmental Chemistry (4) 

GEOL 1 2 1 * Physical Geology (4) 

Mathematics and Statistics (6-8 units) 

One of the following: 

\4ATH119* Pre-Calculus (4) 

MATH 21 r Calculus for Applications (3) 

One of the following: 

MATH 231* Basic Statistics (3) 

MATH 237* Elementary Biostatistics (4) 

GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 

ECON 205* Statistics for Business and Economics (3) 

Advanced Writing Course (3 units) 

One of the following: 

ENGL 318* Advanced Informational Writing (3) 
ENVS 337* The Chesapeake Bay and Its Watershed (3) 
GEOG 383* Natural Resources and Society (3) 

Environmental Geography, Ethics and Health (12 units) 

GEOG 101* Physical Geography (3) 

GEOG 410 Environmental Geography (3) 

HLTH 451 Introduction to Environmental Health (3) 

PHIL 255* Environmental Ethics (3) 

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS TRACK 

(34-35 units) 

Required Courses (28 units) 

ECON 201* Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

or 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

'Courses may be used to fulfill GenEd requirements. 



POSC 103* American National Government (3) 

or 
POSC 207* State Government (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

All of the following: 

GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

GEOG 232 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (4) 

GEOG 416 Principles of Remote Sensing and Digital Image 

Processing (3) 
GEOG 481 Environmental Impact Analysis (3) 

One of the following: 

ENVS 482 Environmental Research (3) 

ENVS 485 Environmental Internship (3) 

ENVS 491 Senior Seminar (3) 

Electives (6-7 units) 

Students complete two additional courses, one from any Environmental 
Studies track AND one selected from any Environmental Science and 
Studies track. 

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY/MANAGEMENT 
TRACK (33-34 units) 
Required Courses (15 units) 

ECON 201* Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

or 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

POSC 103* American National Government (3) 

or 
POSC 207* State Government (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

One of the following (3 units}: 
ENVS 482 Environmental Research (3) 

ENVS 485 Environmental Internship (3) 

ENVS 491 Senior Seminar (3) 

Electives (18-19 units) 

Any five courses selected from the following list AND one additional 

elective from any Environmental Science and Studies track: 

BIOL 306 Human Ecology and Sustainability 

ECON 325 Economic Development (3) 

ECON 337 Public Finance (3) 

ECON 351 Urban Economics (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

(if not taken as part of core) 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

(if not taken as part of core) 
ECON 470-9 Topics in Economics (3) (with approval of program 

director) 
PHIL 319* Science, Technology and Values (3) 

POSC 305 Urban Government and Politics (3) 

POSC 470-9 Special Topics in Political Science (3) (with approval of 

program director) 
POSC 48 1 Semmar: Public Policy Analysis (3) 

or 
POSC 488 Seminar: Selected Topics in Public Policy (3) 

WMST 370 Topics in Women's Studies (3) (vtnh approval of 

program director) 

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH TRACK (33-34 units) 
Required Courses (15 units) 



ECON 201* 
ECON 375 



Microeconomic Principles (3) 
Environmental Economics (3) 



ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

POSC 103* American National Government (3) 

or 
POSC 207' State Government (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

One of the following (3 units): 
ENVS 482 Environmental Research (3) 

ENVS 485 Environmental Internship (3) 

ENVS 491 Senior Seminar ( 3 ) 

'Courses may be used to fulhll GenEd requirements. 



Environmental Science and Studies Program 



155 



Electives (18-20 units) 

Any five courses from the following AND one additional course from any 

Environmental Science and Studies track: 

GEOG 232 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (4) 

GEOG 329 Medical Geography (3) 

GEOG 385 Population Geography (3) 

or 
SOCI 329 Demography (3) 

GEOG 41 1 Studies in Natural Hazards (3) 

GEOG 470 Seminar: Selected Topics in Medical Geography (3) 

HLTH 435 Epidemiological Aspects of Disease and Environmental 

Health (3) 
POSC 488 Seminar: Public Policy Analysis (3) 

WMST 370 Topics in Women's Studies (3) (with approval of 

program director) 

DIRECTED ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES TRACK 

(33-34 units) 

All students selecting this track should, in consultation with their 
adviser, develop a coherent course of study that includes six elec- 
tives. 

Required Courses (15 units) 

ECON 201* Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

or 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

POSC 103* American National Government (3) 

or 
POSC 207* State Government (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

One of the following: 

ENVS 482 Environmental Research (3) 

ENVS 485 Environmental Internship (3) 

ENVS 49 1 Senior Seminar (3) 

Environmental Studies Electives (18-20) 

Students complete 1 8-20 units selected from the list below AMD 
one additional elective from any Environmental Science and 
Studies track. 

BIOL 306* Human Ecology and Sustainability (3) 

ECON 325 Economic Development (3) 

ECON 337 Public Finance (3) 

ECON 351 Urban Economics (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) (if not selected above) 

ECON 376 Natural Resources Economics (3) (if not selected 

above) 
ECON 470-9 Topics in Economics (3) (Requires approval of the 

director) 
ENVS 430-439 Special Topics in Environmental Science and Studies (1- 

4) 
ENVS 471 Independent Study in Environmental Science and 

Studies (1-3) 
GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

GEOG 232 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (4) 

GEOG 319 Soils and Vegetation (3) 

GEOG 329 Medical Geography (3) 

GEOG 383 Natural Resources and Society: A Geographic 

Perspective (3) (if not taken as part of core] 
GEOG 385 Population Geography (3) 

or 
GEOG 393 Transportation and Infrastructure Planning (3) 

GEOG 405 Comprehensive Planning (3) 

GEOG 411 Studies in Natural Hazards (3) 

GEOG 414 GIS Application (3) 

GEOG 415 Geographic Aspects of Pollution (3) 

GEOG 416 Principles of Remote Sensing and Digital Image 

Processing (3) 
GEOG 470-9 Selected Topics in Geography (3) (Requires approval of 

program director) 
GEOG 481 Environmental Impact Analysis (3) 

GEOG 484 Land Use Planning (3) 



GEOG 495 Directed Readings (Requires approval of the director) 

(3) 
GEOG 496 Independent Research (Requires approval of the 

director) (3) 
HLTH 435 Epidemiological Basis of Disease and Environmental 

Health (3) 
HLTH 491 Health Directed Readings(3) (Requires approval of the 

director) 
PHIL 319* Science, Technology and Values (3) 

PHIL 380 Eco-Philosophy (3) 

POSC 305 Urban Government and Politics (3) 

POSC 375 Public Administration (3) 

POSC 470-9 Special Topics in Political Science (3) (Requires 

approval of the director) 
POSC 481 Seminar: Public Policy Analysis (3) 

or 
POSC 488 Seminar: Selected Topics in Public Policy (3) 

PSYC 341 Environmental Psychology (3) 

SOCI 329 Demography (3) 

WMST 370 Topics in Women's Studies (3) (Requires approval of 

the director) 

INFORMAL ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (40-42 units) 

Required Courses (30 units) 

BIOL 205 Botany (4) 

BIOL 207 Zoology (4) 

BIOL 301 Field and Natural Science (3) 

BIOL 304 Natural History Interpretation and Public 

Education (3) 
ENVS 485 Environmental Internship (3) 

SCIE 380 Methods of Teaching Science (3) 

One two-course sequence in one discipline consisting of one lower-level 

and one upper-level course: 

ECON 201* Microeconomic Principles (3) 

ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

or 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

POSC 103* American National Government (3) 

or 
POSC 207* State Government (3) 

POSC 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

One of the following: 

BIOL 402 Ecology (4) 

BIOL 435 Plant Ecology(4) 

Electives (10-12 units) 

Choose three of the following: 

BIOL 306* 

BIOL 353 

BIOL 432 

BIOL 455 

BIOL 456 

BIOL 458 

BIOL 461 

BIOL 467 

ENVS 382 



GEOG 319 
GEOL 305 



Human Ecology and Sustainability (3) 

Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Vascular Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Fish Biology (4) 

Ornithology (4) 

Mammalogy (4) 

Entomology (4) 

Herpetology (4) 

Environmental Education and Service Learning in the 

Tropics (3) 

Soils and Vegetation (3) 

Environmental Geology (4) 



'Courses may be used to fulfill GenEd requirements. 



'Courses may be used to fulfill GenEd requirements. 



156 



The College of Liberal Arts 



MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND 
STUDIES 

Students may minor in Environmental Science and Studies by tak- 
ing five key core courses and fulfilling an additional 6-8 unit 
requirement for the minor (21-23 units total). 

All students minoring in Environmental Science and Studies take 
the following five core courses for a total of 15 units. Some of these 
courses have General Education prerequisites. 
ECON 375 Environmental Economics (3) 

or 
ECON 376 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

GEOG 410 Environmental Geography (3) 

HLTH 451 Ecological Aspects of Health (3) 

PHIL 255' Environmental Ethics (3) 

pose 421 Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

Science majors who minor in Environmental Science and Studies 
take two additional 3-unit elective courses from the list of envi- 
ronmental studies electives. Total unit requirement for the minor 
for science majors is 21 units. 

Non-science majors who minor in Environmental Science and 
Studies take 8 units in the environmental sciences. A one-year 
sequence in a science with lab (8 units) selected from the environ- 
mental sciences (BIOL 201-202, CHEM 110-111, GEOL 121 and 
GEOL 305) satisfies this requirement. Total unit requirement for 
the minor for non-science majors is 23 units. 

'Courses may be used to fulfill GenEd requirements. 




Department of Family Studies and 
Community Development 

Professors: Karen Goldrich Eskow (Chair) 

Assistant Professors: Audrey Falk, Linda Oravecz, Patricia 

Williams 
Clinical Assistant Professors: Gina Costa, Lisa Martinelli 
Lecturers: Ann Rothschild, Linda Stone 
Affiliated Faculty: Susan Barrels (School Psychology), Donna Cox 

(Health Science), Barry Frieman (ECED) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 002, 410-704-5851 
www.towson.edu/fmst 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Family Studies and Community Development 
offers a major in Family Studies with tracks in Family and Human 
Services, Services to Children, Child Life, and Leadership in the 
Nonprofit Sector; and a minor in Family Studies. 

The Family Studies major provides students with academic and clin- 
ical experiences related to the study and application of individual 
and family development across the life span with an additional 
emphasis on human service education. Academic preparation 
includes family life methodology, theories of family functioning, 
dynamics within famiHes and interaction between families and the 
larger social context. The curriculum emphasizes civic engagement 
through service learning. Service learning involves a process of 
preparation for community experiences, participation in the com- 
munity and integration of the academic preparation and community 
participation. The integration process involves self-reflection, as well 
as self-discovery, includmg the understanding of values, skills and 
content. Community participation is required in several core cours- 
es throughout the curriculum. 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

The department offers a Master of Science in Human Resource 
Development and Post-baccalaureate Certificates in Family- 
Professional Collaboration, and Management and Leadership 
Development. See the Graduate Catalog for details. 

MAJOR IN FAMILY STUDIES 

Majors in Family Studies complete 57-73 units of course work 
depending on the track of study the student selects. Students com- 
plete 39-40 units in the core curriculum. For each track, they com- 
plete additional track-specific courses and electives. Core require- 
ments include a sequence of focused community courses including: 
FMST 297 Preparation; FMST 387 Preparation and Participation; 
FMST 397 Internship-Preparation, Participation and Integration; 
and FMST 490 Integration. The units of internship requirements 
are specified by each track. Students must maintain a 2.00 GPA or 
better in all courses required for the major and must meet Towson 
University requirements for the completion of a Bachelor of Arts or 
Bachelor of Science degree. 

Prerequisites for Courses in the Major 

The following courses are prerequisites for courses required in the 
major. The 100-level courses should be taken earlv in the student's 
academic studies, and PSYC 212, MATH 231,' MATH 237 or 
ECON 205 must be taken prior to FMST 485. 



Department of Family Studies and Community Development 



ENGL 102 



Writing for a Liberal Education (3) (GenEd LA.) 



ENGL 190 Honors Writing Seminar (3) (GenEd LA.) 

PSYClOl Introduction to Psychology (3) (GenEd ILC.2.) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) (GenEd II.C.2.) 

Basic Statistics: Students may choose from MATH 231, MATH 237, 
ECON205* orPSYC212. 
"Required for Leadership in Nonprofit Sector track 

Required Core Courses (40 units) 

FMST 101 Introduction to Family Studies (3) (GenEd II.C.2.) 

FMST 201 Family Resources (3) (GenEd II.B.3.) 

FMST 297 Preparing Human Service Workers (3) 

(Replaces COMM 115 Spring 2007) 
FMST 301 Family Relationships (3) 

FMST 302 Theories of Family Functioning (3) 

FMST 303 Trends in Contemporary Family Life (3) 

FMST 380 Family Law (3) 

FMST 387 Community Services for Families (3) 

FMST 485 Writing and Research Methods in Family Studies (3) 

(GenEd I.D.) 
FMST 490 Senior Seminar (4) 

PSYC 203 Human Development (3) 

HLTH 220 Sexuality m a Diverse Society (3) (GenEd II.C.3.) 

EDUC 201 The Parenting Process (3) 

Family Life Educator Certification 

Completion of the core course work above prepares the student for 
provisional certification as a Family Life Educator (CFLE). A stu- 
dent may become fully certified by completing two years of family 
life work experience following graduation. The CFLE credential is 
administered through the National Council on Family Relations. 

FAMILY AND HUMAN SERVICES TRACK (25-27 units) 
Required Courses (6 units) 

PSYC 205 Introduction to the Helping Relationship (3) 

FMST 350 Fundamentals of Leadership in the Nonprofit Sector 

(3) 

Required Electives (12 units) 

Electives shall be selected from the following content areas: psy- 
chology, sociology, health science, education, gerontology, and 
women's studies. Students are encouraged to take a course in 
small-group dynamics and gerontology. One elective course (3 
units) must be at the 300 level or above. Minors in Gerontology, 
Sociology, and Psychology can be completed with minimal or no 
additional course work. Electives must be approved by a Family 
Studies adviser or the department chairperson. 

Internships (7-9 units) (360 hours) 

FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (3) 

repeated three times (9)/(360 hours) 

or 
FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (3)/(120 hours) 

and 
FMST 497 Advanced Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (4)/(240 hours) 

SERVICES TO CHILDREN TRACK (24 units) 

Required Course (3 units) 

ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 

Required Electives (18 units) 

Electives shall be selected from the following content areas: educa- 
tion, psychology, sociology, and health science. Three elective 
courses (9 units) must be at the 300 level or above. Electives must 
be approved by a department adviser. 



Internship (3 units) 

FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies & Community 

Development (3) (120 hours) 

CHILD LIFE TRACK (31-33 units) 
Required Courses (IS units) 

ECED 201 Intervention and the Young Child (3) 

OCTH 213 Small Group Dynamics (3) 

or 
PSYC 431 Group Dynamics (3) 

PSYC 205 Introduction to the Helping Relationship (3) 

FMST 340 The Hospitalized Child and Family (3) 

GERO 367 Sociology of Death, Dying and Bereavement (3) 

Required Child and Adolescent Development Courses (9 units) 

ECED 315 Infant Intervention (3) 

PSYC 403 Infant and Child Development (3) 

PSYC 404 Adolescent Psychology (3) 

Internships (7-9 units)/(360 hours) 

FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (3) 

repeated three times (9)/(360 hours) 

or 
FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (3)/(120 hours) 

and 
FMST 497 Advanced Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (4 units) (360 hours) 

The following courses are recommended for students completing 
academic preparation for a Child Life Specialist: 
FMST 350 Leadership in the Nonprofit Sector 

OCTH 216 instead of PSYC 203 (core course for major) 
OCTH 213 although PSYC 431 will be accepted 

Additional courses: OCTH 217 or OCTH 218 Analysis of Occupational 
Performance I or II as an additional elective to meet content areas speci- 
fied by the Child Life Council. 

LEADERSHIP IN THE NONPROFIT SECTOR 
TRACK (28 units) 

Required Courses (21 units) 
ECON 205 
MCOM 253 



Statistics for Business and Economics (3)* 

Principles of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated 

Communication (3) 

FMST 350 Fundamentals of Leadership in the Nonprofit Sector (3) 

CLST 303 Identity and Culture (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

Elective Approved by adviser. (Recommended disciplines: MNGT, 

MCOM, MKTG) (3) 

Internships (7 units/360 hours) 

FMST 397 Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (3)/(120 hours) 

and 
FMST 497 Advanced Internship in Family Studies and Community 

Development (4)/(240 hours) 



158 



The College of Liberal Arts 



MINOR IN FAMILY STUDIES (21 units) 

The minor in Family Studies provides an opportunity for students 
who would like to study families along with their major focus of 
study. This program fits nicely for students studying in health pro- 
fessions, liberal arts and education. Knowledge about families and 
working with families has emerged as a critical area of concern for 
health, social service, and education professionals. 

Pre-registration Requirements 

PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

Core Required Courses (15 units) 

FMST 101 Introduction to Familv Studies (3) 

FMST201 Family Resources (3) ' 

FMST 301 Family Relationships (3) 

FMST 302 Theories of Family Functioning (3) 

FMST 303 Trends in Contemporary Family Life (3) 

Upper-Level Discipline-Based Elective (3 units) 

Choose one course from the following: 

FMST 340 The Hospitalized Child and Family (3) 

FMST 350 Fundamentals in Nonprofit Leadership (3) 

FMST 370-379 Special Topics in FMST (with approval of department 

chair) (3) 
FMST 380 Family Law (3) 

FMST 387 Community Services for Families (3) 

FMST 397* Internship in Family Studies (3) 

FMST 490 Senior Semmar (4) 

'15 units in FMST course work, including FMST 297 and FMST 387. 
FMST 297 must be taken one term prior to registration for FMST 397. 

Additional Elective (3 units) 

Students may choose this elective from the list of FMST electives in 
any of the four tracks in the Family Studies major. Additional 
courses may be counted as electives at the discretion of the Family 
Studies chair. 



TUSCFR 

Towson University Student Council on Family Relations 
(TUSCFR) is affiliated with the National Council on Family 
Relations (NCFR). It was initiated and is maintained by students 
in the Family Studies and Community Development department 
with the guidance of faculty advisers. 

ADVISING 

Advising is an important component of the student experience. 
Family Studies majors meet regularly with department advisers 
who help them plan for the future. Please note the specific infor- 
mation about the advising process listed below. 

1. Family Studies majors must meet individually with their 
assigned advisers at least once a term. All advisers have set aside 
times during the week to address questions and concerns, or 
simply to check in and review progress and plans. 

2. All new or potential majors must meet with the department 
chair. The chair has set aside times each week to meet with stu- 
dents. A permanent adviser will be assigned once a program 
plan is set up. Students must review the advising PowerPoint 
under the "Advising" button on the department Web site before 
meeting with the chair. 

3. Students may sign up for an advising meeting at the department 
office or by calling 410-704-5851. 

4. Special permits are given out by the chair. Students must have an 
advising meeting with their adviser to receive permits for these 
courses. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Students may transfer no more than 18 credits toward the major in 
Family Studies. Transfer credits must be approved by the depart- 
ment. 



COMMUNITY EXPERIENCE 

Civic Engagement/Service Learning 

Internships and service learning are critical components of the 
Family Studies major. A continuum of field experiences offered 
throughout the program provides opportunities for students to 
enhance their understanding of course content, develop professional 
skills and apply knowledge in the field. The first concentrated field 
experience is obtained during FMST 387 Community Services for 
Families. This course focuses on service learning through program 
development. Students participate directly with community organi- 
zations and agencies. Internships are the culminating field experience 
for the Family Studies student. The internship experience offers stu- 
dents the opportunity to apply course content, learn new skills, and 
develop professional contacts. 

Family Studies interns may work in a variety of settings depend- 
ing on their interests. Internships may occur in off-campus public 
and private agencies, preschool settings, day-care centers for chil- 
dren or adults, child abuse and domestic violence centers and vari- 
ous health care facilities. Examples of recent student placements 
include: Johns Hopkins Hospital Child Life Center, Family Crisis 
Center of Baltimore County, Baltimore County Department of 
Social Services, CASA of Baltimore County, Carl Gold Law Office, 
The Child Care Center of Catonsville Community College, 
Christiana Hospital Maternal/Child Social Work Team, Daisyfields 
Adoption Foundation, Department of Juvenile Justice, "Linkages 
to Learning" Program of Montgomery County, Greater Baltimore 
Crisis Pregnancy Center, House of Ruth, Ronald McDonald House, 
St. Joseph Medical Center, Sheppard Pratt, Stella Maris, The 
Wellness Community, Sykesville Group Shelter Home, and 
Adoptions Together, Inc. 



Department of Foreign Languages 



159 



Department of Foreign 
Languages 

Professors: John McLucas (Chair), Michael O'Pecko, 

Salvatore Zumbo 
Associate Professors: Colleen Ebacher, Beverly Leetch, George 

McCool, Lea Ramsdell, Katia Sainson 
Assistant Professors: Michael Carlo, Maria Alegre-Gonzalez, 

Ping Fu, Badis Guessaier, Leticia Romo, Isabel Castro- Vazquez 
Lecturers: Sylvia Moore, Gary Shoclcey, Min Wang 
Part-time Faculty: Vivian Braun, Kristin Freeman, Franca Gorraz, 

James Medvitz, Lyle Nash, Divia Nayar, Reiko Nonogaki, 

Victoria Paetow, James M. Pickett, Celeste Riccio, Tanya 

Spedalere, Kanji Takeno, Larissa Titkova, 



OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 319 F/G, 
Fax: 410-704-4290 
www.towson.edu/forl 



410-704-2883 



PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers the following pro- 
grams: 1) the major in Foreign Languages (FORL) with tracks in 
French, German and Spanish Secondary Education; 2) the major in 
Foreign Languages (FORL) with tracks in French, German and 
Spanish Literature/Professional Program; 3) the minor in French, 
German, Italian and Spanish; 4) the proficiency in French, German 
and Spanish for non-language majors or minors planning for 
careers which require reasonable oral and written competency in a 
foreign language; and 5) language elective, for all students who 
wish to acquire a reading or conversational ability in one of the fol- 
lowing languages: Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Latin or 
Russian. Expansion of these non-major languages will be made in 
response to expressed student interest. Students who major or 
minor in Foreign Languages must declare their tracks in the depart- 
ment and are required to have academic advisers in their major and 
minor field and maintain close contact with the faculty advisers in 
order to select and prepare their course of study. Majors should see 
their advisers at least once a term. It is recommended that the track 
be declared before or during the sophomore year. 

Culture and Civilization Course Requirement 

The requirement of 6 upper-division units of culture and civiliza- 
tion for Foreign Languages majors in the Spanish Track is strongly 
felt by the Spanish faculty to be a necessity in the program. This is 
primarily because of the great diversity of Spanish-speaking coun- 
tries in Europe, South America, Central America and the 
Caribbean, and the importance of the knowledge of this diversity 
for all who teach or otherwise use Spanish. The French faculty also 
feel that the study of French culture and civilization represents a 
necessary aspect of the program and believe that it cannot be sepa- 
rated from the study of the language and literature. The German 
culture and civilization course is required for the Teacher 
Education Program in German. 

Double Tracks or Majors 

The department encourages its FORL majors to carry an additional 
track in either another language or to combine their language with 
another field of study. Interested students should consult the depart- 



FRENCH LITERATURE/PROFESSIONAL TRACK 

In addition to the General Education (GenEd) requirements. 
Foreign Languages majors in the French Literature/Professional 
Track must complete 30 units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher in French beyond the intermediate level. Of the 30 units, at 
least 15 units must be taken at Towson University. 



Required Courses (15 units) 

FREN 301 Advanced Conversation (3) 

FREN 302 Advanced Composition (3) 

Students are required to take three courses in literature and civilization at 

the 300 level. All students must take either FREN 328 or FREN 329. 

FREN 328 20th-century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 329 Contemporary French Literature and Civilization (3) 

plus two of the following: 

FREN 325 Early French Literature and Civilization (3) 

FREN 326 I8th-Century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

FREN 327 19th-century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

Electives 

Fifteen units in the target language, including 9 units at the 400 

level are required. 

Students wishing to emphasize the Professional Track, with the 
permission of the department, can substitute the internship (497) for 
one 400-level elective course. The internship is generally completed 
in the junior or senior year, and students will need to complete 27 
units beyond the intermediate level and have a GPA of at least 2.50 
in the foreign language before applying for the internship. 

FRENCH SECONDARY EDUCATION TRACK 

Foreign Languages majors may wish to obtain certification to teach 
French at the secondary level. Students in this Secondary Teacher 
Education Track receive certification to teach in Maryland upon 
graduation. In addition to the GenEd requirements and the require- 
ments specified by the Department of Secondary Education, stu- 
dents must complete 30 units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher beyond the intermediate level from among the following 
courses. Students must contact the Department of Secondary 
Education about admission to the Secondary Education Program. 
Majors who are in the Secondary Teacher Education Program are 
required to take Advanced Grammar and Method of Teaching a 
Foreign Language before student teaching. Students are also 
required to complete the Oral Proficiency Interview. 

Required Courses (18 units) 

FREN 301 Advanced Conversation (3) 

FREN 302 Advanced Composition (3) 

Students are required to take three courses in literature and civilization 

at the 300 level. All students must take either FREN 328 or FREN 329. 

FREN 391 Advanced Grammar (3) 

FREN 328 20th-century Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 329 Contemporary French Literature and Civilization (3) 

plus two of the following: 

FREN 325 Early French Literature and Civilization (3) 

FREN 326 18th-Century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

FREN 327 19th-century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

Electives 

Twelve units of electives, including 6 units at the 400 level. These 
courses must be taken in addition to the Department of Secondary 
Education requirements. 

MINOR DSf FRENCH 
Required Courses (18 units) 

FREN 201 French Intermediate I (3) 

FREN 202 French Intermediate II (3) 

FREN 301 Advanced Conversation (3) 

FREN 302 Advanced Composition (3) 

FREN 325 Early French Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 326 18th-Century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 327 19th-century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 328 20th-century French Literature and Civilization (3) 

or 
FREN 329 Contemporary French Literature and Civilization (3) 

plus 
FREN XXX One additional FREN elective course (3) 



160 



The College of Liberal Arts 



GERMAN LITERATURE/PROFESSIONAL TRACK 

In addition to the GenEd requirements, students in the German 
Literature/Professional Track must complete 30 units with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher in German beyond the intermediate level. 
Of the 30 units, at least 1 5 units must be taken at Towson University. 

Required Courses (18 units) 

GERM 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

GERM 302 Composition and Conversation U (3) 

GERM 31 1 Culture and Civilization (3) 

GERM 341 Readings in Contemporary German (3) 

GERM 391 Advanced German Grammar (3) 

GERM 392 Advanced German (3) 

Electives 

Twelve units in the target language, including 9 units of literature 
at the 400 level are required. 

Students wishing to emphasize the Professional Track, with the 
permission of the department, can substitute the internship (497) for 
one 400-level elective course. The internship is generally completed 
in the junior or senior year, and students will need to complete 27 
units beyond the intermediate level and have a GPA of at least 2.50 
in the foreign language before applying for the internship. 

GERMAN SECONDARY EDUCATION TRACK 

Foreign Languages majors in the German Secondary Teacher 
Education Track receive certification to teach in Maryland upon 
graduation. In addition to the GenEd requirements and the require- 
ments specified by the Department of Secondary Education, stu- 
dents must complete 30 units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher beyond the intermediate level from among the following 
courses. Students are also required to complete the Oral 
Proficiency Interview. 

Required Courses (21 units) 

GERM 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

GERM 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

GERM 303 German Translation (3) 

GERM 311 Culture and Civilization (3) 

GERM 341 Readings in Contemporary German (3) 

GERM 391 Advanced German Grammar (3) 

GERM 392 Advanced German (3) 

Electives 

Nine units in the target language, including 6 units of literature at 
the 400 level are required. These courses must be taken in addition 
to the Department of Secondary Education requirements. Students 
must contact the Department of Secondary Education about admis- 
sion to the Secondary Teacher Education Program. 

MINOR IN GERMAN 

Required Courses (18 units) 

GERM 201 German Intermediate I (3) 

GERM 202 German Intermediate II (3) 

GERM 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

or 
GERM 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 
GERM 311 Culture and Civilization (3) 
GERM 391 Advanced German Grammar (3) 

plus 
GERM XXX One additional GERM elective course (3) 

The German minor requires the completion of 18 units (6 courses) in 
German at the 200-400 level. 

SPANISH LITERATURE/PROFESSIONAL TRACK 

In addition to the GenEd requirements, students in the Spanish 
Literature/Professional Track must complete 30 units with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher in Spanish beyond the intermediate 
level. Of the 30 units, at least 15 units must be taken at Towson 
University. 



Required Courses (18 units) 

SPAN 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

SPAN 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

SPAN 311-312 Culture and Civilization 1, II (3,3) 
SPAN 321-322 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II (3,3) 

Elecrives (12 units) 

Select from the following: 

SPAN 305 Readings in Spanish (3) 

SPAN 306 Spanish Phonetics (3) 

SPAN 331 Spanish for Business (3) 

SPAN 391 Advanced Spanish Grammar (3) 

SPAN 407 Advanced Spanish Composition (3) 

SPAN 408 Advanced Spanish Conversation (3) 

SPAN 409 Spanish Translation (3) 

SPAN 455 Hispanic Popular Culture (3) 

SPAN 470-479 Special Topics (3) 

SPAN 4xx Upper-level literature course (3) 

Of the 12 units of electives in the target language, 3 units must be 
in a 400-level literature course or in a 400-level special topics 
course. However, before enrolling in a 400-level literature course, 
students must have completed a survey of literature course, either 
321 or 322. 

Students wishing to emphasize the Professional Track, with the 
permission of the department, can substitute the internship (497) 
for one 400-level elective course. The internship is generally com- 
pleted in the junior or senior year, and students will need to com- 
plete 27 units beyond the intermediate level and have a GPA of at 
least 2.50 in the foreign language before applying for the intern- 
ship. 

SPANISH SECONDARY EDUCATION TRACK 

Foreign Languages majors in the Spanish Secondary Teacher 
Education Track receive certification to teach in Maryland upon 
graduation. In addition to the GenEd requirements and the require- 
ments specified by the Department of Secondary Education, stu- 
dents must complete 30 units with a grade equivalent of 2.75 or 
higher beyond the intermediate level in the following courses 
Students must contact the Department of Secondary Education 
about admission to the Secondary Teacher Education Program. 
Students are also required to complete the Oral Proficiency 
Interview. 

Required Courses (30 units) 

SPAN 301 Composition and Conversation 1(3) 

SPAN 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

SPAN 311 Culture and Civilization I (3) 

SPAN 312 Culture and Civilization 11 (3) 

SPAN 321 Survey of Spanish Literature I (3) 

SPAN 322 Survey of Spanish Literature II (3) 

SPAN 391 Advanced Spanish Grammar (3) 

SPAN 407 Advanced Spanish Composition (3) 

SPAN 408 Advanced Spanish Conversation (3) 

Any 400-level Spanish Literature or Culture Course. 

MINOR IN SPANISH 
Required Courses (18 units) 



SPAN 201 
SPAN 202 
SPAN 301 


Intermediate I (3) 
Intermediate 11 (3) 
Composition and Conversation I (3) 


SPAN 302 
SPAN 311 


Composition and Conversation II (3 
Culture and Civilization 1 (3) 


SPAN 312 


Culture and Civilization II (3) 



Plus two additional SPAN electives (6) 

MINOR IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

The minor program in French, German, Spanish and/or Italian pro- 
vides majors in other disciplines with the educational language 



Department of Foreign Languages 



161 



background necessary to enhance their career opportunities. The 
minor requirements include 12 units of 300-400 level courses in 
addition to the intermediate level course 1 and II to complete 18 
units. Language minors may transfer up to 6 units toward a minor 
and must earn 6 upper-division units at Towson. The minor should 
be approved by the student's department adviser and cannot be 
taken concurrently with the proficiency in a foreign language. 
Minors in all languages need a C or higher in each completed 
course applied toward the minor. 

PROFICIENCY IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

The department has designed a program of study that offers the 
non-language major or minor a recognition of Proficiency in 
Foreign Languages with a focus in French, German or Spanish 
upon satisfactory completion of prescribed requirements. 

The proficiency may be earned by a degree candidate at Towson 
University as well as any individual whose sole interest in attend- 
ing the university is for the purpose of obtaining the proficiency of 
the language. 

The program is designed for those individuals who are planning 
or practicing careers which require reasonable oral and written 
competence in a modern language. In the job market, national and 
international, a large number of opportunities await persons 
whose knowledge of one or more modern languages has been well 
established through intensive college/university study. The profi- 
ciency is quite advantageous for aspiring professionals in the fields 
of communications, public service, business and finance, agricul- 
ture, transportation, health services, education, energy, natural 
resources, journalism, law, foreign services, air traffic, manage- 
ment, import/export purchasing, sales, etc. 

In order to complete the recognition of proficiency, students 
must complete all required courses with a grade equivalent of 2.00 
or higher. Students who are prepared to begin at the advanced level 
will need to complete 12 units of study, whereas students who 
begin at the elementary level will have to earn 24 units in the par- 
ticular language. 

French Proficiency Required Courses (24 units) 

FREN 101 French Elements I (3) 

FREN 102 French Elements II (3) 

FREN 201 French Intermediate I (3) 

FREN 202 French Intermediate II (3) 

FREN 301 Advanced Conversation (3) 

FREN 302 Advanced Composition (3) 

FREN 495 Internship in French (3) 

FREN XXX One elective course in FREN (3) 

German Proficiency Required Courses (24 units) 

GERM 101 German Elements I (3) 

GERM 102 German Elements II (3) 

GERM 201 German Intermediate I (3) 

GERM 202 German Intermediate II (3) 

GERM 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

or 
GERM 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

GERM 311 Culture and Civilization (3) 

GERM 391 Advanced German Grammar (3) 

GERM 495 Internship in German (3) 

Spanish Proficiency Required Courses (24 units) 

SPAN 101 Spanish Elements I (3) 

SPAN 102 Spanish Elements II (3) 

SPAN 201 Spanish Intermediate I (3) 

SPAN 202 Spanish Intermediate II (3) 

SPAN 301 Composition and Conversation I (3) 

or 
SPAN 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

SPAN 311 Culture and Civilization 1(3) 

or 
SPAN 312 Culture and Civilization II (3) 

SPAN 495 Internship in Spanish (3) 

SPAN XXX One elective course in SPAN (3) 



MEETING B.A. REQUIREMENTS 

Completion of the intermediate level of a foreign language (201 
and 202) or its equivalent is required of all Bachelor of Arts degree 
candidates. This requirement may be met by: a) completing two or 
more years of the language in high school plus intermediate levels 
I and II in college; b) completing the elementary- and intermediate- 
level courses of the language in college; c) successfully completing 
one term of any course beyond the intermediate level; or d) success- 
fully completing a Credit for Prior Learning Exam in any language 
offered at the 301-302 level at Towson University administered 
each November by the Department of Foreign Languages. 

CREDIT FOR PRIOR LEARNING EXAM 

The examination will be given only in the languages offered by the 
Department of Foreign Languages at the 301-302 level. The units 
for 201-202 may not be earned unless the student takes 301 as a 
course. An overall grade of A is required in order to receive 6 units; 
a grade of B entitles the student to 3 units. The student should con- 
tact the department for further information. 

COMPETENCY UNITS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Degree candidates successfully completing courses numbered 102, 
201, 202 or 301 in any foreign language offered by the Department 
of Foreign Languages at Towson University may earn a maximum 
of 6 units for the two preceding courses if the course in which they 
are enrolled is successfully completed with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher in the first attempt. Students may attempt to earn 
competency units by completing a higher level language course only 
once. Students who have earned units via the competency units or 
Credit for Prior Learning exam in a foreign language cannot enroll 
in any other lower-level courses in the same language for which 
they received the units. Students should consult the department for 
detailed information about the competency units in foreign lan- 
guages. 

PLACEMENT IN LANGUAGES 

The department's policy regarding placement of entering students 
with high school language study follows: 

• One year of high school language study, students may register 
for 101 or 102. 

• Two years of high school language study, students may regis- 
ter for 102. 

• Three years of high school language study, students may regis- 
ter for 102 or 201. 

• Four years of high school language study, students may regis- 
ter for 201 or 202. 

• Five years of high school language study, students may regis- 
ter for 202 or 301. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

All foreign language majors must complete a minimum of 15 
units toward the major at Towson University at the upper (300- 
400) level. 

All foreign language minors must complete a minimum of 
6 units toward the minor at Towson University at the upper level. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The department participates in the Honors College. Students inter- 
ested in completing a language major with departmental honors 
should consult the departmental honors faculty coordinator no 
later than the first term of their junior year. 

SPECIAL DEPARTMENTAL PROGRAMS 

The department sponsors the Eta Gamma Chapter of the National 
Spanish Honor Society, Sigma Delta Pi, and encourages all Spanish 
students to participate in the activities of the society. The depart- 
ment also sponsors the Kappa Pi chapter of the National French 
Honor Society, Phi Delta Phi. 



162 



The College of Liberal Arts 



The department offers an internship program through the 
Career Center. 

Study abroad in France, Germany, Spain, Mexico or Italy is also 
available. 

ORAL PROFICIENCY INTERVIEW 

As part of the requirements for graduation, teacher candidates in 
French, German and Spanish must complete the Oral Proficiency 
Interview (OPI), administered by an interviewer certified by the 
American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages 
(ACTFL). While candidates may take the OPI at any time during 
their course of study, the requirement should be completed no later 
than the end of the term in which the candidate is enrolled in 
SCED 499 Internship in Secondary Education. Teacher candidates 
consult with their adviser in the Department of Foreign Languages 
regarding OPI requirements, application procedures and testing 
fees. 

Teacher candidates from Towson University who are seeking 
certification in Maryland are strongly encouraged to achieve a 
level of "Advanced Low" in the OPI. The Department of Foreign 
Languages will provide numerous opportunities for candidates to 
meet the "Advanced Low" standard through its study abroad pro- 
grams, service-learning opportunities, tutoring, language clubs and 
on-campus events such as film festivals and guest speakers. 
Students are also encouraged to seek out their own opportunities 
through volunteer work requiring their language skills, through 
the formation of practice groups with other language students and 
native speakers on campus, and through viewing films and televi- 
sion programs in the language they will be teaching. 

Note for Foreign Language students: Courses at the levels of 101, 
102, 201 and 202 in any foreign language offered by the depart- 
ment are not open to students who have completed a higher level 
in the same language. 



Department of Geography and 
Environmental Planning 

Professors: James DiLisio, Wayne McKim, John Morgan 
Associate Professors: Kent Barnes {Chair), Martin Roberge, 

Charles Schmitz, Virginia Thompson 
Assistant Professors: Paporn Thebanya, Kang Shou Lu, James 

Smith, Jeremy Tusch 
Part-time Faculty: Doug Adams, Kama Couch, Natalie Faith, 

Charles Goodman, Doug Herman, Ingrid Johnson, Henry 

Schupple, Betty Shimshak 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 20, 410-704-2973 
www.towson.edu/geography 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of Geography and Environmental Planning offers 
the following programs: the major in Geography and 
Environmental Planning with a General Track or Global Skills 
Track, the major in Geography and Land Surveying, the minor in 
Geography, the minor in Geographic Information Sciences, and the 
Master of Arts in Geography and Environmental Planning, and 
participates in the Master of Education with an emphasis in 
Geography. For more information about the graduate programs, 
consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The Geography and Environmental Planning major is designed 
as a liberal arts program that explores how geographers carefully 
observe and measure human uses of the earth under diverse com- 
binations of natural and cultural environments. Such academic 
preparation facilitates understanding of the changing world and its 
past. 

Students are prepared in the program for careers in business, 
management, governmental service, education, planning, public 
affairs and other professions, as well as graduate school. 

The major in Geography and Land Surveying is designed to meet 
the requirements of professionals in the field of land surveying. 
Courses taken in geography at Towson University will both 
complement those taken in surveying at the Community College of 
Baltimore County-Catonsville as well as provide additional skills of 
value to the professional surveyor. Completion of the four-year 
degree will shorten the time necessary to achieve professional licensure. 

COMBINED MAJORS 

The department has established cooperative programs with the 
departments of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology, 
Anthropology and Criminal Justice, which make it possible for stu- 
dents to attain majors in both Geography and one of these other 
disciplines. For further information, contact the Department of 
Geography and Environmental Planning or one of the cooperating 
departments listed above. 

MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY AND 
ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 

General Track Geography majors must complete a minimum of 39 
units in geography courses with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 
Of these 40 units, 19 units of core courses are required plus 3 units 
of prescribed group courses. The remaining 18 units in the major are 
selected from 100-400-level geography electives reflecting the stu- 
dent's areas of interest. Only 3 units of electives may be taken at the 
100 level. No more than 6 units of electives can be under the 300- 
400 level. 

Core Requirements (19 units) 

GF,OG 101 Physical Geography (3) 

GEOG 109/110 Human Geography (3) or GEOG 102 (3) or 105 (3) or 110 (3) 



Department of Geography and Environmental Planning 



163 



GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

GEOG 232 Introduction to GIS (4) 

GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 

GEOG 401 Growth of Geographic Thought (3) 

Group Requirements (3 units) 

Majors must select at least one regional course. These courses may 
be selected from the following: 

Regional Courses 

Select at least one: 

GEOG 420 Geography of Anglo America (3) 

GEOG 423 Geography of Maryland (3) 

GEOG 431 Geography of Africa (3) 

GEOG 424 Historical Geography of Atlantic Canada (3) 

GEOG 443 Geography of East Asia (3) 

GEOG 445 Geography of South and Southeast Asia (3) 

GEOG 447 Geography of the Middle East (3) 

GEOG 448 Conflict in Ireland (3) 

GEOG 451 Geography of Europe (3) 

GEOG 453 Geography of the former U.S.S.R. (3) 

GEOG 461 Geography of Latin America (3) 

Electives (18 units) 

Majors must take 18 units of geography electives at the 100-400 
level. A maximum of 3 units may be taken at the 100 level and 3 
units at the 200 level, or 6 units at the 200 level. 

Global Skills Track 

The Global Skills Track requires 39 units and focuses on analytical, 
technical and regional expertise for those considering careers in the 
international arena. It is aimed at developing multicultural skills 
and critical thinking in cross-cultural scenarios; acquiring analytic 
and technical competence for identifying and making effective deci- 
sions on spatial issues; and developing geographic fluency regard- 
ing one or more regions of the world. 

In addition to taking selected geography courses for completion 
of this track, students will be advised toward taking non-geography 
courses relevant to their topical or regional interests, in order to 
deepen their skills and knowledge base for successful understand- 
ing of complex global issues. 

Qualified undergraduate students pursuing the Global Skills 
Track in geography may be eligible, beginning their junior year, to 
participate in an accelerated B.A./M.A. program in Geography. 
Interested students should contact the geography graduate program 
director for details. 

Foreign Language Requirement 

Students opting for the Global Skills Track must achieve a level of 
proficiency equivalent to four terms of college-level language train- 
ing in a modern foreign language that is offered by or can be tested 
by the Department of Foreign Languages. The language selected may 
depend upon the interests of the student. Students can fulfill this lan- 
guage requirement through any of the procedures outlined in the 
Meeting B.A. Requirements section of the Department of Foreign 
Languages entry in this catalog. Lower-division courses taken in a 
foreign language do not count toward the 39 units needed to com- 
plete the Geography - Global Skills major. 

Core Requirements (22 units) 
GEOG 101 Physical Geography (3) 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 

GEOG 109 Human Geography (3) 

GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

GEOG 232 Introducnon to GIS (4) 

GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 

GEOG 401 Growth of Geographic Thought (3) 



Group Requirements (15 units) 

Majors must select at least two technique courses, at least two 
regional courses, and at least two systematic courses from the fol- 
lowing: 

Technique Courses: Select at least one: 

GEOG 321 [504] Interpretation of Aerial Photographs (3) 

GEOG 323 |505] Cartography and Graphics I (3) 

GEOG 414 |523] GIS Applications 

GEOG 416 Remote Sensing and Digital Image Processing (3) 

GEOG 418 [507] Computer Mappmg (3) 

Regional Courses: Select at least two: 

GEOG 420 [560] Geography of Anglo America (3) 

GEOG 424 Historical Geography of Atlantic Canada (3) 

GEOG 427 The Global Economy (3) 

GEOG 431 [562] Geography of Africa (3) 

GEOG 443 [564] Geography of East Asia (3) 

GEOG 445 [5xx] Geography of Southeast Asia (3) 

GEOG 447 [565] Geography of the Middle East (3) 

GEOG 448 Conflict in Ireland (3) 

GEOG 451 [566] Geography of Europe (3) 

GEOG 452 Geography of the European Union (3) 

GEOG 453 [567] Geography of the former U.S.S.R. (3) 

GEOG 461 [568] Geography of Latin America (3) 

Systematic Courses: Select at least two: 

GEOG 251 Introduction to Planning (3) 

GEOG 317 Energy Resources (3) 

GEOG 329 Medical Geography (3) 

GEOG 355 Historical Geography of Urbanization (3) 

GEOG 357 Cultural Geography (3) 

GEOG 359 Economic Geography 

GEOG 363 Spatial Organization of Economic Activity 

GEOG 381 Political Geography 

GEOG 383 Natural Resources and Society 

GEOG 385 Population Geography 

GEOG 391 Urban Systems 

GEOG 393 Transportation and Infrastructure Planning 

GEOG 405 Comprehensive Planning 

GEOG 407 Geography of the Aged 

GEOG 415 Geographical Aspects of Pollution 

Electives (3 units) 

Three units of geography electives at the 200-400 level 

MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY AND LAND SURVEYING 

The major in Geography and Land Surveying is based on a trans- 
fer articulation agreement between the Community College of 
Baltimore County-Catonsville and Towson University. Most stu- 
dents electing to major in Geography and Land Surveying will com- 
plete the A.A.S. degree in Land Surveying at CCBC-Catonsville 
prior to enrollment at Towson University. All surveying courses 
will transfer. However, Towson University will only accept a max- 
imum of 64 total units in transfer. Any GenEd requirements not 
completed prior to enrollment will be completed at Towson 
University. Current Towson Geography majors interested in this 
program should see the department chair. 

The program of study follows the guidelines for a major in 
Geography and Environmental Planning. A total of 40 units are 
required as indicated above. The preferred course for fulfilling the 
regional requirement is GEOG 423 Geography of Maryland. 
Elective units (a minimum of 18) should be selected in consultation 
with the adviser, as some are more preferable than others. GEOG 
491 Internship is strongly recommended for those with little or no 
work experience. Students may not substitute past work experi- 
ence, nor use concurrent work to meet internship requirements, 
without permission of the department. A non-major requirement 
for this program is calculus, which may be taken at Catonsville or 
Towson, and which must be passed with a grade of C or higher. 

For further information on this program, contact James E. 
Lobdell, coordinator of the Surveying Program at CCBC- 
Catonsville (410-455-4965), or the chair of the Department of 



164 



The College of Liberal Arts 



Geography and Environmental Planning at Towson University 
(410-704-2973). 

COMBINED MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY AND 
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

The departments of Geography and Environmental Planning and 
Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice offer a program 
leading to a bachelor's degree with a combined major in Geography 
and Environmental Planning and Sociology-Anthropology, with a 
concentration in Sociology or Anthropology. The Sociology 
Concentration course requirements are listed below. For informa- 
tion on the Anthropology Concentration combined major option, 
see the department chair in Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal 
Justice. 

I. The following lower-division courses must be taken: 

A. GEOG 101 Physical Geography (3) 

B. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

(Both A and B count toward General Education 
requirements.) 

n. One of the following statistics courses must be taken: 

A. GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 

or 

B. PSYC 212 Behavioral Statistics (4) 

or 

C. MATH 23 1 Basic Statistics I (3) 

(Any of these courses will count as 3 units in either 
Geography or Sociology and satisfy the statistics 
requirement in both programs. Students cannot receive 
credit in both the first and second major for more than 
one of these courses.) 



m. Two of the 

SOCI 313 
SOCI 323 
SOCI 327 
SOCI 329 
SOCI 331 
SOCI 333 
SOCI 335 
SOCI 341 
SOCI 359 
SOCI 470-479 



IV. Two of the 

GEOG 329 
GEOG 351 
GEOG 355 
GEOG 357 
GEOG 381 
GEOG 383 

GEOG 385 
GEOG 391 
GEOG 405 
GEOG 407 
GEOG 470-479 



GEOG 494 
GEOG 495 



GEOG 496 



following sociology courses must be taken: 

Introduction to Social Psychology (3) 

Social Movements (3) 

Urban Sociology (3) 

Demography (3) 

Deviance and Organizations (3) 

Political Sociology (3) 

Medical Sociology (3) 

Class, Status and Power (3) 

Social Gerontology (3) 

Special Topics in Sociology (3) (Topics offered here 

may be accepted with approval of the Department of 

Geography and Environmental Planning adviser.) 

following geography courses must be taken: 

Medical Geography (3) 

Urban Design (3) 

Historical Geography of Urbanization (3) 

Cultural Geography (3) 

Political Geography (3) 

Natural Resources and Society (second writing course) 

(3) 

Population Geography (3) 

Urban Systems (3) 

Comprehensive Planning (3) 

Geography of the Aged (3) 

Seminar: Selected Topics in Geography (3) (Topics 

offered here may be accepted with approval of the 

Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal 

Justice adviser.) 

Travel Study (3) 

Directed Reading in Geography (with approval of 

Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal 

Justice adviser) (3) 

Independent Study in Geography (with approval of the 

Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal 

Justice adviser) (3) 



V. The following courses are required to complete the Geography 
major portion of the combined major: 

A. Core Courses 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 

or 
GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 

or 
GEOG 109 Human Geography (3) 

GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

GEOG 232 Introduction to CIS (4) 

GEOG 401 Growth of Geographic Thought (3) 

B. Regional Geography Course (one 400-level regional course) 

C. Elective Geography Course (one upper-level course) 

VI. The following courses are required to complete the Sociology 
Concentration in the double major: 

A. Core Courses 

SOCI 381 Sociological Theory (3) 

SOCI 391 Research Methods (3) 

B. Elective? 

Students must complete 1 8 units of electives in sociology, at least 
12 of which must be upper division. Two elective courses (6 units) 
may be in anthropology. 

COMBINED MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

See Department of Political Science for details. 

COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS AJSID 
GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 

Completion of individual majors in Geography and Environmental 
Planning and Economics requires the successful completion of 73 
units (40 in geography and environmental planning and 33 in eco- 
nomics). However, by electing the combined major in Geography 
and Environmental Planning and Economics, students will be able 
to complete both majors with a total of 61 units. 

I. In economics, students must complete all requirements for the 
major. 

n. One of the following statistics courses must be taken: 
ECON 205 Statistics for Business and Economics (3) 



GEOG 375 



Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) 



ID. Students may substitute two of the following courses in geog- 
raphy and environmental planning toward fulfillment of the 
required 12 units of upper-level economics electives: 
GEOG 355 Historical Geography of Urbanization (3) 
GEOG 381 Political Geography (3) 
GEOG 385 Population Geography (3) 
GEOG 391 Urban Systems (3) 

GEOG 393 Transportation and Infrastructure Planning (3) 

GEOG 405 Comprehensive Planning 

GEOG 427 The Global Economy (3) 
GEOG 470-479 Seminar: Selected Topics in Geography* (3) 

GEOG 481 Environmental Impact Analysis (3) 

GEOG 484 Land Use Planning (3) 

* Approval from Department of Economics depending on course topic. 

IV. In geography and environmental planning, students must com- 
plete all requirements for the major. In addition, they may substi- 
tute two of the following upper-level courses in economics toward 
fulfillment of the required upper-level elective courses in geogra- 
phy and environmental planning: 
ECON 323 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

ECON 325 Economic Development (3) 



Department of Geography and Environmental Planning 



ECON Hi Poverty and Discrimination (3) 

ECON 351 UrbanEconomics (3) 

ECON 421 International Economics (3) 

ECON 423 International Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

ECON 470-479 Topics in Economies' (3) 

'Approval from Department of Geography and Environmental Planning 

depending on course topic. 

For further information on this program contact the chairperson of 
the Department of Economics, or Dr. James DiLisio of the 
Department of Geography and Environmental Planning. 

MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

Students minoring in Geography must complete a minimum of 21 
units. Six units will be at the 100 level (physical geography and 
either GEOG 102, 105, or 109/1 10) with the remainder at the 200- 
400 level, including one techniques intensive course. A maximum 
of 6 units may be taken at the 200 level and all course selections 
must be made in consultation with a faculty adviser. A grade equiv- 
alent of 2.00 or higher is required in all courses in the minor. 

MINOR ESf GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SCIENCES 

Geographic Information Sciences (GISciences) is an integrative, 
skills-based discipline that facilitates observation and analysis at 
global scales, employing a spatial perspective that is useful to many 
disciplines. The minor in GISciences provides students with basic 
professional skills for conducting spatial analysis, combining con- 
ceptual frameworks with technical proficiencies in tools such as 
geographic information systems, remote sensing, global positioning 
systems, cartography, and spatial statistics. 

The minor works well with a variety of majors from the College 
of Business and Economics, the College of Health Professions, the 
College of Liberal Arts, and the College of Science and 
Mathematics. GISciences is a growing field and Towson University 
is recognized as a GISciences leader in Maryland. Students gradu- 
ating with GISciences skills are in demand by employers, due to the 
large number of academic, private, government, and nonprofit 
organizations that are creating or expanding their GIS capabilities. 

The minor is awarded upon completion of a minimum of 21 
units of required and elective courses. A maximum of 6 units from 
other departments may be counted toward the minor, with the 
approval of the program director. Students are strongly encouraged 
to complete a GIS internship with a government agency or business. 

Required Courses (13 units) 

GEOG 221 Interpretation of Maps (3) 

or 
GEOG 230* Understanding and Communicating through Maps (3) 
GEOG 232 Introduction to GIS (4) 
GEOG 323 Cartography and Graphics I (3) 

or 
GEOG 418 Computer Mapping (3) 
GEOG 375 Quantitative Methods in Geography (3) or approved 

statistics course 

Electives (9 units) 

GEOG 321 Interpretation of Aerial Photographs (3) 

GEOG 414 GIS Applications (Spatial Analysis and Geographic 

Information Systems) (3) 
GEOG 416 Remote Sensing and Digital Image Processing (3) 
GEOG 470-479 Seminar: Selected Topics (in GIS) (3) 
GEOG 491 Internship (1-6; 3 maximum toward minor) 
GEOG 495 Directed Readings in Geography (GIS topics) (3) 
GEOG 496 Independent Study in Geography (GIS topics) (3) 

'Courses may be used to fulfill GenEd requirements. 

Other lower- and upper-division computer science courses, as well 
as GIS applications courses offered by other departments may be 
considered as electives, with the approval of the department chair. 



GEOGRAPHY SECONDARY EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

Required in major (40 units): lower-division (100-200) courses 
(12-18); upper-division (300-400) courses (21-27), at least 12 units 
of which must be courses designated as systematic or technique 
courses. 

Required in related subjects (33 units): history courses: HIST 
145, HIST 146, HIST 101, plus 6 units of history electives; politi- 
cal science: POSC 103; sociology: SOCI 101; economics: ECON 
201 and ECON 202; anthropology: either ANTH 207, ANTH 
208 or ANTH 209; and a specified topics in social science course. 

Note: The standards for students enrolled in Teacher Education 
Programs require a GPA of 2.75 in academic majors prior to stu- 
dent teaching. Please be aware that this GPA is higher than that 
required by the department for its majors. Students must contact 
the Department of Secondary Education about admission to the 
Secondary Teacher Education Program. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

Geography and Environmental Planning majors may transfer up to 
12 credits toward a major, and Geography minors may transfer up 
to 6 credits. All transfer credits require department approval. 

INTERNSHIPS 

Majors have the opportunity to participate in the university's 
Internship/Cooperative Education Program. This valuable adjunct 
to the educational program provides qualifying students with both 
academic credit and work experience with participating govern- 
ment agencies (federal, state and local) and private businesses. The 
internship offers the student a way of trying out a potential career 
choice prior to actual entry into the job market. Because the ben- 
efits of this experience are so positive, majors are strongly urged to 
participate in this program. 

SPECIAL DEPARTMENTAL PROGRAMS 

The department sponsors the Beta Delta Chapter of Gamma Theta 
Upsilon, an international geography honorary society. GTU holds 
lectures and presents films and speakers on topics in geography 
and environmental planning. All Geography majors are welcome 
to join. 

Travel studies are available during the summer within the 
United States and to foreign locations. 

The National Council for Geographic Education awards are 
given to academically outstanding graduating majors. 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS IN GEOGRAPHY 

The department offers an honors program in geography. To be 
admitted, students must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25, and a 
3.50 in the major, or consent of their faculty adviser. Students may 
be admitted to the program no sooner than the spring of their 
sophomore yean 

The honors program requires a minimum of 40 units, including 
6 to 9 units in seminars, directed readings and research projects. 
A senior thesis and oral defense are also required. Students should 
consult their faculty adviser for more information. 

CAREERS IN GEOGRAPHY AND 
ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 

Faculty of the department are active in career advising. 
Occasional careers days are held, and the department partici- 
pates in a regional network of career advising in geography. 
Graduates of the department are currently employed in a wide 
array of jobs such as teachers, professors, meteorologists, intel- 
ligence analysts with the Department of Defense, cartographers, 
planners, statisticians, travel agents and environmental engi- 
neers. 



166 



The College of Liberal Arts 



GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The Master of Arts degree program in Geography and 
Environmental Planning is designed to prepare students for doctoral 
programs as well as for career opportunities in private business and 
public agencies. The program is oriented toward applied geography 
and presents possibilities for an emphasis in the following areas: 
urban and regional planning, urban studies, public policy issues, 
physical geography, environmental assessment, energy resources, 
cultural and historical geography, medical geography, population, 
area studies, cartography and geographic information systems. 

Graduate students in Geography and Environmental Planning 
are encouraged to take pertinent course work in other depart- 
ments. Students may pursue either the thesis program (30 units and 
a 6-unit thesis) or the non-thesis program (36 units). Detailed 
information is given in the Graduate Catalog. 

Qualified Geography undergraduates are eligible to participate 
in an accelerated 3+2 M.A. program in Geography. 




Department of History 

Professors: Cindy Gissendanner, Ronn Pineo, Patricia Romero, 

Robert Rook (Chair) 
Associate Professors: Nicole Dombrowski, Steven Phillips, Akim 

Reinhardt 
Assistant Professors: Omar Ali, Rita Costa-Gomes, Elizabeth 

Kelly Gray, Kimberly Katz, Christian Koot, Wendy Lower (on 

leave), Michael Masatsugu, Karen Oslund, Allaire Stallsmith 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Tait Keller 
Part-time Faculty: Patricia Anderson, William Evitts, 

Michael Johnson, Don McNeilly, Jakub Zejmis 
Lecturer: Ben Alexander, John Mancini 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 119F, 410-704-2923 
www.towson.edu/history 

PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The Department of History offers the following programs: the 
major in History; the History Secondary Education major, for stu- 
dents planning to teach history at the secondary level; and the 
minor in History. Each of these programs encourages students to 
explore the study of history in depth. Such investigation leads to an 
appreciation of the structure and function of the discipline and pre- 
pares the student for teaching, for graduate work and for the study 
of law, theology, archival management, library science, historical 
preservation and muscology. 

Skills, as well as historical knowledge acquired through the study 
of the discipline, may also lead to career opportunities in public his- 
tory, federal, state and local government, and in business and indus- 
try. Students may opt for more career flexibility by choosing dou- 
ble majors or by combining History with a minor: History and Art, 
History and English, History and Women's Studies, History and 
Business, History and Communication, for example. 

History majors and minors are also expected to take correlative 
courses that broaden their academic backgrounds and offer valuable 
insights into their subjects. The department also strongly recom- 
mends the completion of the intermediate level of a foreign lan- 
guage. The department offers courses in the fields of American, 
European, Asian, African and Latin American history. The offerings 
are varied. Some courses are chronological, topical or national in 
scope. Others are in women's, ethnic, business, social, cultural or 
political history. 

All courses offered encourage an appreciation of the historical 
past through lecture/discussion, reading, analysis and writing. 
Because history explores all aspects of human endeavor, history 
courses touch upon the insights of all disciplines from the histori- 
cal perspective. 

An internship is a practical application of historical knowledge 
and skill. An internship may be taken at institutions such as the 
Maryland Historical Society, Baltimore City Archives, Baltimore 
Museum of Industry, Jewish Museum of Maryland, Inc. or Towson 
University Archives B&O Railroad Museum and Great Blacks in 
Wax Museum. 

The department participates in interdisciplinary programs such 
as International Studies, Social Sciences, Women's Studies, the 
minors in African and African American Studies, Jewish Studies, 
Classical Studies, and Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender 
Studies, and in Interdisciplinary Studies, tracks in American 
Studies, African-American Studies, Comparative Ethnic Studies, 
Latin American Studies, and Asian Studies. 

MAJOR IN HISTORY 

In addition to the General Education (GenEd) requirements, 
History majors are required to complete 45 units with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 o/ higher The Bachelor of Arts degree may be 



Department of History 



earned by adding a foreign language to the major course require- 
ments. The language requirement can be met by completing the 
intermediate courses (or their equivalent) of a modern foreign lan- 
guage. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

HIST 100 Using Information Effectively in History*(3) 

HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study** (3) 

History Electives (39 units) 

Five lower-dii'isioii survey courses (15 units) including the following: 

• minimum of one course in prc-modern history (history prior to 1500) 

• minimum of one course in U.S. survey (HIST 145, HIST 146 or HIST 
148) 

• minimum of one course in European survey (e.g. HIST 101, HIST 
102, HIST 103, HIST 105) 

• mmimum of rwo courses in global surveys (must be non-U.S. AND 
non-European history, e.g. HIST 117, HIST 118, HIST 121, HIST 
122)"* 

Eight upper-division courses (24 units) including the following: 

• minimum of two courses in pre-modern history (history prior to 1500) 

• minimum of one course in U.S. history 

• minimum of one course in European history 

• minimum of rwo courses in global history*** 

*Course must be taken during the first year as a declared major. 
**Course must be taken during the junior year or equivalent. 
**'Of the four required global history courses (two lower and two upper), 
students must take at least one course from two of the four sub-regions 
(Africa, Middle East, Asia, Latin America). 

MINOR IN HISTORY 

History minors are required to complete 24 units with a grade 
equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each course taken from among the 
following courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

HIST 100 Using Information Effectively in History** (3) 

HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study (3) 

History Electives (18 units) 

Three lower-division survey courses (9 units) including the following: 

• minimum of one course in pre-modern history (history prior to 1500) 

• minimum of uvo different geographic categories (U.S., Europe, global) 

Three upper-division courses (9 units) including the following: 

• minimum of rwo different geographic categories (U.S., Europe, global) 

**HIST 100 may be waived under special circumstances if the GenEd I.B. 
requirement has been fulfilled prior to declaration of the minor. 

HISTORY SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM 

History majors may wish to obtain certification to teach history at 
the secondary level. Students in this Secondary Education Program 
receive certification to teach in Maryland upon graduation. See 
Department of Secondary Education requirements. Students must 
contact the Department of Secondary Education about admission 
to the Secondary Education Program. 

In addition to the GenEd requirements, and the requirements 
specified by the Department of Secondary Education, students must 
complete 57 units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each 
course taken from among the courses listed below. Of the 57 units, 
24 must be completed in the required history courses, 24 in social 
sciences courses, and 9 units in history electives before student 
teaching. 

Required History Courses (24 units) 

HIST 100 Using Information Effectively in History (3)(or ISTC 201 

with permission of history chair)' 
HIST 102 History of European Civilization through the 17th 

Century (3) 



HIST 103 History of European Civilization from the 17th 

Century(3) 
HIST 145 History of the United States to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

HIST 146 History of the Unites States since the Mid-19th Century 

(3) 

or 
HIST 148 Honors History of the Unites States since the Mid-19th 

Century (3) 
HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study** (3) 

Plus two courses in lower-division global surveys 

History Electives (9 units) 

Three upper-division survey courses including the following: 

• minimum of rwo different geographic categories (U.S., Europe, global) 

'Course must be taken during the first year as a declared major. 
''Course must be taken during the junior year or equivalent. 

Required Social Sciences Courses (24 units) 

ECON 201 Microeconomic Principles (3) 
ECON 202 Macroeconomic Principles (3) 
SOSC 401 Topics in Social Science (3) 

SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

POSC 103 American National Government (3) 

One of the folloiving: 

GEOG 101 Physical Geography (3) 

GEOG 102 World Regional Geography (3) 

GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 

GEOG 109 Introduction to Human Geography (3) 

One of the following: 

POSC 101 Introduction to Political Science (3) 

POSC 105 Governments of the World (3) 

POSC 107 Introduction to International Relations (3) 

POSC 207 State Government (3) 

One of the following: 

ANTH 207 Cultural Anthropology (3) 

ANTH 209 American Culture (3) 

SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MAJORS 

AND MINORS 

Students must declare their majors and minors in the department. 
The major or minor should be declared during the second term of 
the freshman year or at the beginning of the sophomore year. 
Students will be given major/minor forms listing additional rules 
for a History major/minor. They will also be required to select an 
academic adviser who will help in preparing a program of courses. 
Students should consult their advisers regularly. Students also must 
update their records each term. A History minor who wishes to 
student teach must have completed 15 units of the required cours- 
es in history. 

Additionally, all majors must also complete a History portfolio 
prior to graduation. 

TRANSFER CREDIT POLICY 

No more than 18 credits in history will be accepted toward a major 
or a minor from a regionally accredited four-year college. No more 
than 12 lower-division credits in history will be accepted toward a 
major or a minor from a regionally accredited two-year college. 
The 12 credits must be in lower-division courses which have 
Towson University equivalents at the 100-200 level. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND CREDIT FOR PRIOR 
LEARNING 

The department awards units through the Advanced Placement 
Program of the university. The department also offers units for 
lower-division courses, and for upper-division courses upon 
appeal, through the Credit for Prior Learning Program. Students 
applying for credit under this program complete a departmental 
examination, an interview and a paper or book review in the field. 



168 



The College of Liberal Arts 



DEPARTMENTAL HONORS AND ACTIVITIES 

The department offers an honors program in history. Ehgibihty 
requirements and rules governing the departmental honors pro- 
grams are described elsewhere in this catalog. Students interested in 
the history honors program should consult their adviser and their 
department chair no later than the first term of their junior year. 

The department sponsors the Theta Beta Chapter of the national 
history honor society, Phi Alpha Theta. The society presents lec- 
tures, films and other programs. Students may inquire about mem- 
bership requirements at the department office. 

The department awards at graduation each year the Medal of 
the Daughters of American Colonists, presented by the Cecilius 
Calvert Chapter of that organization, and the Disabled American 
Veterans Prize in History. 

The Mary Catherine Kahl Prize is awarded annually to a History 
major or minor of outstanding promise who has not yet graduated. 
An essay in history written by the nominees is submitted as an inte- 
gral part of the prize competition. 

The Arnold Blumberg Prize is awarded annually to the senior 
History major who has compiled the most outstanding record in 
the field of European History. 

The Douglas D. Martin Sr. History Award provides scholarship 
support for undergraduate History majors with a minimum of 85 
units who have demonstrated an interest in the study of Western 
U.S. history or native peoples. 

Each year, under an endowment established to honor Professor 
Herbert Duane Andrews, an outstanding scholar will be invited to 
lecture at the university. The lecture will emphasize scholarly 
research which demonstrates the integration of history with other 
disciplines or which utilizes newer methodologies to enhance 
understanding of traditional areas of specialization. 

The department also offers travel-study courses that in the past 
have introduced students to China, Japan, Mexico and several 
European countries. 



Interdisciplinary Studies Program 

Director: James DiLisio 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hail 108, 410-704-2128 
www.towson.edu/idis 

THE PROGRAM 

The Interdisciplinary Studies Program provides students with the 
opportunity to pursue a course of study unavailable through any 
single discipline at Towson University. The program offers students 
three alternatives: (1) the individually designed thematic option; (2) 
four formally designed major tracks and (3) 10 minors. 

The number of units required for a major in Interdisciplinary 
Studies varies by major track. All units must be completed with a 
grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. Students pursuing a minor in 
Interdisciplinary Studies must likewise complete the requisite units 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

Interdisciplinary Studies majors may transfer up to 21 credits 
toward completion of the major. Interdisciplinary Studies minors 
may transfer up to 9 credits toward completion of the minor. 

INDIVIDUALLY DESIGNED THEMATIC OPTION 

The individually designed thematic option allows students to pur- 
sue a major that is not available at Towson University but is offered 
at other colleges or universities. Because it is individually designed, 
this option places special responsibilities on the student. 

First, the student must find the model for the major he or she 
wishes to pursue in the catalog of another university and determine 
that Towson University offers the courses necessary to complete the 
major. Second, the student must meet with the director of the 
Interdisciplinary Studies Program to ask for preliminary approval 
of the proposed major. Third, with the assistance of the program 
director, the student must identify a professor with the necessary 
expertise who is willing to serve as his or her major adviser. Fourth, 
under the guidance of the major adviser, the student must write a 
program of study that includes a name for the individually designed 
thematic option, a description of its goals, and a list of required and 
elective courses (template for program of study available at 
www.towson.edu/idis). After formal approval by the faculty advis- 
er, the student, and the director of the Interdisciplinary Studies 
Program, this agreement will constitute the requirements of the stu- 
dent's major. 

Students interested in the individually designed thematic option 
should declare their major as soon as possible, ideally no later than 
the first term of the junior year. Regardless of when the major is 
declared, students must enroll in a minimum of 21 units in the 
major following formal approval of the program of study. No 
unapproved program of study may be used for graduation. 

Requirements 

1. A program of study consisting of a minimum of 45 units in the 
major approved by the IDIS director. 

2. At least 21 of these units must be taken after formal approval of 
the program of study. 

3. The required 45 units must incorporate courses from at least 
three departments or programs. 

4. All course work must be upper-division unless the faculty advis- 
er and the Interdisciplinary Studies Program director approve 
the inclusion of some particularly significant course work at the 
lower-division level. For example, a course important to the 
thematic option may exist only at the lower division. 

5. Students must complete an IDIS portfolio. (See IDIS director or 
go to ww.towson.edu/idis for guidelines.) 



Interdisciplinary Studies Program 



169 



FORMALLY DESIGNED MAJOR TRACKS 

There are at present four formally designed major tracks, each 
designed by an interdiscipHnary facuhy committee. Students inter- 
ested in any of these programs should contact the coordinator of 
the track. Please note that the major that appears on your diploma 
will be Interdisciplinary Studies in each of these cases. 
Concentrations and tracks are listed on your official transcript. 

TRACKS 

American Studies 
Animal Behavior 
Asian Studies 
Latin American Studies 

MINORS 

Interdisciplinary minors offer an excellent complement to majors in 
traditional disciplines. Students in any major may elect to pursue 
one of these minors. 

African and African American Studies 

American Studies 

Asian Studies 

Business, Communication and the Liberal Arts 

Classical Studies 

Comparative Ethnic Studies 

Jewish Studies 

Latin American Studies 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Studies 

The specific requirements for each of the formally designed major 
tracks and minors are described below. 

AFRICAN AND AFRICAN AMERICAN 
STUDIES MINOR 

Director: Lena Ampadu (English) 

Advisory Committee: Leonie Brooks (Psychology), Elizabeth 
Clifford (Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice), 
Matthew Durington (Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal 
Justice), Art King (Center for Student Diversity), Wayne 
McKim (Geography and Environmental Planning), John 
Murungi (Philosophy and Religious Studies), Patricia Romero 
(History), Esther Wangari (Women's Studies), Evangeline 
Wheeler (Psychology), Donn Worgs (Political Science) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 301B, 410-704-5211 
www.towson.edu/idis/aaast 

The Program 

The African and African American Studies minor offers the student 
the opportunity to study, in-depth, the historical and social experi- 
ences and cultural contributions of Africans and people of African 
descent in a global perspective. It also provides a critical perspective 
on race in Arnerican society. An interdisciplinary program, concen- 
trating mainly in the humanities, the curriculum of the African and 
African American Studies minor offers students the opportunity to 
customize their course work by exploring a range of subjects in var- 
ious disciplines. Students must complete 21 units for the minor. 

Requirements for the Minor 

The minor in African and African American Studies requires 21 
units. To fulfill the requirements for the minor in African and 
African American Studies, students must take one required course. 
Students should choose the remaining 18 units from a list of elec- 
tive courses approved by the advisory committee. 



Required Core Course (3 units) 

AFST 201 Main Themes in African American Studies (3) 

Electives (18 units) 

Students should take courses in at least three different disciplines; 

12 units must be in upper-level courses. 

ENGL 233 Survey of African American Literature (3) 

or 
ENGL 234 Major Writers in African American Literature (3) 

ENGL 336 Post-Colonial Literature: Caribbean Literature (3) 
ENGL 347 World Literature Wrinen in English: African Women 

Writers (3) 
ENGL 477 Topics in Black American Literature (content varies) (3) 
PHIL 251 African American Philosophy (3) 

PHIL 204 Race, Class and Gender (3) 

PHIL 270 Topics; Philosophical Perspectives (3) 

GEOG 43 1 Geography of Africa (3) 
ANTH 373 Anthropology of African Media (3) 
ARTH 335 African American Art (3) 
HIST 135 African History and Culture (3) 

HIST 328 Historyof East Africa (3) 

HIST 328 History of South Africa (3) 

HIST 381 African American History to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

HIST 382 African American History since the Mid-19th 

Century (3) 
AFST 411 Topics in African American Studies (3) 

POSC 470 The Politics of Urban Education (3) 

SOCI 241 Blacks in America: Myths and Realities (3) 

SOCI 243 Sociology of Race, Class and Gender (3) 

SOCI 341 Class, Status and Power (3) 

SOCI 343 Sociology of Race and Ethnicity (3) 

SOCI 37x Race and Crime (3) 

MUSC 123 History of Jazz (3) 

or 
MUSC 125 Honors History of Jazz 
THEA 303 Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theater (3) 

or 
THEA 304 Honors Cultural Diversity in Contemporary Theater (3) 
PSYC 432 Cross-Cultural Psychology (3) 

WMST 370 Topics in Women's Studies: Women of Color (3) 
KNES 470 Racism m Sport (3) 

AMERICAN STUDIES TRACK/INTERDISCIPLINARY 
STUDIES MAJOR 

Director: Paul Douglas (English) 

Advisory Committee: Victor Fisher (Sociology and 

Anthropology), Tracy Miller (Academic Advising), David Zang 

(Kinesiology) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hail 218G, 410-704-2943 
www.towson.edu/idis/americanstudies 

The Program 

The Ametican Studies Ttack is an interdisciplinary program allow- 
ing students to take courses in different academic departments that 
focus on the concept of American culture. The American studies 
approach emphasizes the interrelatedness of history, literature, the 
arts and popular culture. Students examine American institutions, 
ideas and material forms in order to better understand their past 
and shape their futures. The track is designed for students who may 
wish to have careers in fields such as teaching, law, museum work 
and journalism, where a broad knowledge of American history and 
culture is desirable. 

A minor is available for students with another major who want 
to learn more about American culture. 

Students interested in material culture or museum work have the 
opportunity to receive credit for internships at a number of area 
museums or historical sites. 

Requirements for the Track 

Students majoring in the American Studies Track must complete 45 
units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each course. 



170 



The College of Liberal Arts 



Required Lower-Division Courses (12 units) 
AMST 201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

plus 9 units from the following: 
ANTH 209 Anthropology of American Culture (3) 
ARTH 113 Myths and Stories in Art History (3) 
ENGL 230 Main Curreiits m American Literature (3) 
ENGL 231 American Literature to 1865 (3) 

or 
ENGL 232 American Literature since 1865 
HIST 145 History of the United States to the Mid- 19th Century (3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the United States since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

MUSC 111 Introduction to Music m the U.S. (3) 
POSC 103 American National Government (3) 

SOCl 241 Blacks in America: Myth and Reality (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses (33 units) 

No more than 9 units may be taken in any one department. 
Anthropology 

ANTH 3 1 1 Archaeology of Maryland (3) 
ANTH 365 North American Indians (3) 
ANTH 383 North American Archaeology (3) 
ANTH 387 Native American Archaeoastronomy (3) 

American Studies 

AMST 491 Directed Readings (3) 

AMST 497 Internship in Material Culture (3) 



Art History 
ARTH 335 
ARTH 337 
ARTH 338 

English 
ENGL 331 
ENGL 353 
ENGL 431 
ENGL 432 
ENGL 433 
ENGL 435 
ENGL 436 
ENGL 437 
ENGL 438 
ENGL 473 
ENGL 476 
ENGL 477 

Geography 
GEOG 420 
GEOG 423 

History 
HIST 306 
HIST 314 
HIST 331 
HIST 332 
HIST 345 
HIST 346 
HIST 347 
HIST 349 
HIST 351 
HIST 352 
HIST 359 
HIST 360 
HIST 361 
HIST 363 
HIST 364 
HIST 366 
HIST 367 
HIST 368 
HIST 370 
HIST 374 
HIST 375 
HIST 378 
HIST 379 
HIST 380 



African American Art (3) 

Art and Architecture of the U.S. I (3) 

Art and Architecture of the U.S. II (3) 



American Drama (3) 

History of American English (3) 

Literature of the American Romantic Period (3) 

Literature of the American Realistic Period (3) 

American Short Story (3) 

Development of the American Novel: 19th Century (3) 

Development of the American Novel: 20th Century (3) 

American Poetry through Frost (3) 

Modern American Poetry (3) 

Topics in American Literature (3) 

Topics in Multiethnic American Literature (3) 

Topics in Black American Literature (3) 



Geography of Anglo America (3) 
Geography of Maryland (3) 



Women in 20th-century American History (3) 

The United States and Vietnam (3) 

American Military History 1898-1945 (3) 

American Military History since 1945 (3) 

The American Colonies: 1492-1763 (3) 

The American Revolutionary Period: 1763-1789 (3) 

The Early National Period (3) 

The Civil War (3) 

The U.S. Age of Enterprise (3) 

The U.S. Age of Reform (3) 

The ED.R. Era (3) 

Recent American History (3) 

Gays and Lesbians in U.S. History (3) 

Social History of the U.S. to 1865 (3) 

Social History of the U.S. since 1865 (3) 

History of American Business (3) 

Development of the U.S. Constitution (3) 

The Bill of Rights and the Constitution (3) 

Diplomatic History of the U.S. (3) 

The Far Western Frontier (3) 

The City in American History (3) 

Immigrants and Immigration (3) 

History of Native Americans: The East (3) 

History of Native Americans: The West (3) 



HIST 381 
HIST 382 

HIST 385 
HIST 389 
HIST 397 

Kinesiology 

KNES 357 
KNES 441 
KNES 451 

Music 

MUSC 421 
MUSC 426 

Philosophy 
PHIL 326 

Political Science 

POSC 305 
POSC 355 
POSC 381 
POSC 383 
POSC 384 
POSC 417 
POSC 418 
POSC 419 
POSC 420 
POSC 421 
POSC 422 
POSC 432 
POSC 437 
POSC 441 

Sociology 
SOCI 329 
SOCI 356 



African American History to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

African American History from the Mid- 19th 

Century (3) 

Workers and Work in the United States (3) 

Roots of Rock and Roll (3) 

History of Maryland (3) 



Sport in Film (3) 

The American Woman in Sport (3) 

History of Sport in America (3) 



American Music (3) 
Jazz History (3) 



American Philosophy (3) 



Urban Government and Politics (3) 

The Latin American Policy of the U.S. (3) 

The Presidency (3) 

Congress (3) 

The Judicial System (3) 

American Political Parties (3) 

Constitutional Law I (3) 

Constitutional Law II (3) 

Constitutional Law III (3) 

Politics and Environmental Policy (3) 

The Supreme Court (3) 

U.S. -Russian Relations (3) 

Castro and the Cuban Revolution (3) 

Contemporary U.S.-Western European Relations (3) 



Demography (3) 
Prisons in America (3) 



Other courses relating to American culture may be substituted with 
the approval of the program coordinator. 

AMERICAN STUDIES MINOR 

The minor in American Studies is designed for students majoring 
in another discipline who wish to learn more about American 
culture. Students minoring in American Studies must complete 21 
units with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher in each course. 

Required Lower-Division Courses (9 units) 

AMST 201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 
Plus 6 units from the following: 
ANTH 209 Anthropology of American Culture (3) 
ARTH 113 Myths and Stories in American Art (3) 
ENGL 230 Main Currents in American Literature (3) 
ENGL 231 American Literature to 1865 (3) 

or 
ENGL 232 American Literature Since 1865 (3) 
HIST 145 History of the United States to the Mid- 19th Century (3) 

or 
HIST 146 History of the United States since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

MUSC 1 1 1 Introduction to Music in the U.S. (3) 
POSC 103 American National Government (3) 

SOCI 241 Blacks in America: Myth and Reality (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses (12 units) 

Students choose 12 units from the above list of upper-division 
courses for the major. No more than 6 units may be taken in any 
one department. Students should select courses in consultarion 
with the American Studies coordinator. 



Interdisciplinary Studies Program 



ANIMAL BEHAVIOR TRACK/INTERDISCIPLINARY 
STUDIES MAJOR 

Co-Directors: Brian Devan (Psychology), Erik Scully (Biological 
Sciences) 

Advisory Committee: Harald Beck (Biological Sciences), Donald 
Forester (Biological Sciences), Paz Galupo (Psychology), Craig 
Johnson (Psychology), Scott Johnson (Biological Sciences), 
John LaPolla (Biological Sciences), Jay Nelson (Biological 
Sciences), Herbert Petri (Psychology), Joan Rabin (Psychology), 
Gerald Robinson (Biological Sciences), Richard Siege! 
(Biological Sciences), Joel Snodgrass (Biological Sciences) 

OFFICE 

Smith Hall 261, 410-704-3012 
www.towson.edu/idis/animalbehavior 

The Program 

The study of animal behavior has received an increasing amount 
of attention from the public because of the emphasis placed by 
zoological parks on behavioral biology and the large number of 
presentations in the media regarding animal behavior and sociobi- 
ology. 

The Animal Behavior Track is designed to offer a solid founda- 
tion in the diverse approaches used to study behavioral biology. 
The program uses a carefully selected combination of courses in 
biology and psychology to achieve this goal. In addition, students 
are required to complete either an independent research project or 
an internship in order to apply their knowledge in an intensive 
research experience. 

Students who complete the program may be qualified for posi- 
tions at zoological parks, aquariums and nature centers. In addi- 
tion, they will have the necessary technical knowledge to pursue a 
career in freelance writing about animal behavior. However, stu- 
dents who are considering attending graduate school will need to 
complete additional courses in either biology or psychology. Most 
of the students currently enrolled in the program are also majoring 
in either Biology or Psychology. 

Students who are considering the Animal Behavior Track must 
meet with one of the program coordinators before declaring 
Interdisciplinary Studies as a major. 

Requirements for the Track 

The Animal Behavior Track requires students to complete 45 units 
with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. If 45 units have not been 
reached following completion of the required courses, the addi- 
tional course or courses must be taken from the biology or psy- 
chology electives list (see below). 



Required Courses (31-32 units) 

BIOL 115 Biology: The Science of Life (4) 


BIOL 201 
PSYC 101 
BIOL 207 
PSYC 212 
BIOL 371 
PSYC 460 
PSYC 314 


Biology I (4) 

Introduction to Psychology (3) 

General Zoology (4) 

Behavioral Statistics (4) 

Animal Behavior (3) 

Ethology and Comparative Psychology (3) 

Research Methods in Psychology (4) 


BIOL 381 
BIOL 413 
PSYC 491 


Biological Literature (3) 

Evolution (3) 

Independent Investigation in Psychology (3)# 


BIOL 491 


Independent Research in Biology (3)# 


BIOL 493 


Internship in Biology 


IDIS 495 


Internship in Interdisciplinary Studies (3) 



Biology Electives 

A minimum of two courses from the following*: 

BIOL 351 Field and Systematic Vertebrate Zoology (4) 

BIOL 353 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

BIOL 367 Endocrinology (3) 

BIOL 402 General Ecology (4) 

BIOL 456 Ornithology (4) 

BIOL 458 Mammalogy (4) 

BIOL 461 Entomology (4) 

BIOL 465 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

BIOL 467 Herpetology (4) 

BIOL 469 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

BIOL 481 Directed Readings in Biology (l-3)# 

Psychology Electives 

A mmmutm of two courses from the following *; 

PSYC 305 Psychology of Learning (3) 

PSYC 309 Psychopharmacology (3) 

PSYC 315 Motivation (3) 

PSYC 317 Sensation and Perception (3) 

PSYC 341 Environmental Psychology (3) 

PSYC 381 Readings in Psychology (l-3)# 

PSYC 447 Sex Differences: Psychological Perspectives (3) 

PSYC 465 Physiological Psychology (3) 

PSYC 486 Advanced Experimental Design (3) 

PSYC 470-479 Special Topics in Psychology# 

#Must be approved by coordinator. 

'Students should consult this catalog for course prerequisites and discuss 

all course selections with their advisers. 

ASIAN STUDIES TRACK/INTERDISCIPLINARY 
STUDIES MAJOR 

Director: Steven Phillips (History) 

Advisory Committee: Suck Choi (Philosophy and Religious 
Studies), Samuel Collins (Sociology, Anthropology and 
Criminal Justice), Ping Fu (Foreign Languages), Maria Alegre- 
Gonzales (Foreign Languages), Kang Shoulu (Geography), 
Kimberly Katz (History), Reiko Nonogaki (Foreign 
Languages), Suewhei Shieh (Asian Art Center), James Smith 
(Geography), Jeremy Tasch (Geography), Wang Min (Foreign 
Languages), Roberta Wue (Art History), Nanyan Zhang 
(Economics) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 119A, 410-704-2912 
www.towson.edu/asianstudies/ 

The Program 

The Asian Studies Track within the Interdisciplinary Studies major 
is designed to offer students an interdisciplinary program of study 
of various dimensions of the Asian world. Students may plan a 
course of study that concentrates on a particular aspect of Asian 
civilization or on a particular sub-region of Asia. One might, for 
example, focus on the art and philosophy of various Asian peoples, 
or instead, one might concentrate on Chinese, Indian or Japanese 
civilization, studying both the traditional and modern society, its 
physical setting, and its political and economic development. In 
order to build a sound program of study, which meets both the 
individual student's needs and the Interdisciplinary Studies require- 
ments, it is essential that students work closely with an adviser in 
planning the program and selecting courses. 

Requirements for the Track 

1. Twelve units of a foreign language appropriate to the student's 
designated area of interest in Asia. The Advisory Committee 
may waive the language requirement for native speakers of 
Japanese, Chinese or another language related to the student's 
course of study. In this case, students must earn a total of 45 
units instead of the 33 detailed below. 



172 



The College of Liberal Arts 



2. A minimum of 33 units selected from the following list of courses, 
but with courses from at least three departments (in addition to 
language) represented. Other courses not shown on the list, but 
which are relevant to Asia (such as directed readings courses and 
Minimester courses) may be accepted with the approval of the 
advisory committee. Excluding language courses, no more than 
four courses below the 300 level may be taken for credit in this 
program. 

3. All courses must be completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or 
higher. 

4. Students may transfer up to 21 credits toward the completion of 
the major. 

5. Language courses above the 202 level may be counted toward 
the 33-unit elective requirements. Students taking a second 
Asian language may petition to have those credits included in the 
33 unit elective requirement. Normally, however, students are 
expected to concentrate on one Asian language. 



Approved Courses 



Art History 
ARTH 330 
ARTH331 
ARTH 333 
ARTH 370 

Asian Studies 

ASST 480 
ASST 492 
ASST 494 

Geography 
GEOG 443 
GEOG 445 
GEOG 447 
GEOG 477 

History 
HIST 107 
HIST 109 
HIST 110 
HIST 111 
HIST 117 
HIST 118 
HIST 310 
HIST 311 
HIST 312 
HIST 313 
HIST 315 
HIST 316 
HIST 318 
HIST 319 
HIST 320 
HIST 339 
HIST 340 
HIST 354 



East Asia Art and Architecture (3) 

Art of China (3) 

Art of Japan (3) 

Special Topics: Arts of Modern China (3) 



Directed Readings in Asian Studies (3) 
Independent Study in Asian Studies (3) 
Internship in Asian Studies (3) 



Geography of East Asia (3) 
Geography of Southeast Asia (3) 
Geography of the Middle East (3) 
Regional Geography of the Silk Road (3) 



Introduction to History of Islamic Civilization (3) 

Introduction to the Civilization of India (3) 

East Asian Civilizations to the 17th Century (3) 

Modern East Asia since the 17th Century (3) 

Islamic History (3) 

Survey of Middle Eastern History (3) 

Nationalism in East and Southeast Asia (3) 

Traditional India: Its Historical Development (3) 

History of Modern India (3) 

History of Modern Southeast Asia (3) 

Imperial China: The Last Dynasty (3) 

Revolutionary China (3) 

Modern Korea (3) 

Japan: 1830-1930(3) 

Japan: 1930-Present (3) 

Modern Middle East (3) 

Israel/Palestine (3) 

Cold War East Asia (3) 



Interdisciplinary Studies 

IDIS 494 Travel & Study in Interdisciplinary Studies (3) 

Foreign Language 

ARAB 101-102 Arabic Elements I, II (3,3) 

ARAB 201-202 Arabic Intermediate I, II (3,3) 

CHNS 101-102 Elementary Modern Chinese I, II (3, 3) 

CHNS 201-202 Chinese Intermediate I, II (3, 3) 

CHNS 301-302 Chinese Composition and Conversation I, II (3, 3) 

CHNS 491 Modern Chinese Literature (3) 

CHNS 492 Chmese Cinema (3) 

JPNS 101-102 Japanese Elements I, II (3, 3) 

JPNS 201-202 Japanese Intermediate I, II (3, 3) 

JPNS 301-302 Japanese Composition and Conversation 1, II (3, 3) 



Philosophy-Religious Studies 

PHIL 219 Introduction to Asian Philosophy (3) 

PHIL 301 Philosophies of India (3) 

PHIL 302 Philosophies of China and Japan (3) 

PHIL 380 Philosophical Topics: Confucianism, Taoism, 

Buddhism, or Neo-Confucianism (3) 
PHIL 357 Comparative Religion (3) 

PHIL 470 Philosophical Problems: Confucianism, Taoism, 

Buddhism, or Neo-Confucianism (3) 

Sociology- Anthropology-Criminal Justice 
ANTH 331 Eskimo Ethnography (3) 

ANTH 367 Peoples of the Middle East (3) 

ASIAN STUDreS MINOR 

The minor in Asian Studies is designed for students majoring in 
another discipline yet interested in acquiring knowledge of Asian 
nations and cultures without completing the major program above. 
Students minoring in Asian Studies must complete 21 units from 
the courses listed above with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher 
in each course. No more than three courses (9 units) may be lower- 
division. Students must select courses in at least three disciplines in 
consultation with the Asian Studies program coordinator. 

Asian Languages 

There is no language requirement for the Asian Studies minor; 
however, students are encouraged to begin the study of an Asian 
language. One 3-unit, 100-level language course may be applied 
toward lower-division course units. 

BUSINESS, COMMUNICATION AND THE LIBERAL 
ARTS MINOR 

Director: Linda Mahin {English) 

Advisory Committee: Gary Smedley (Employer Relations 
Counselor), William Smith (Department of Management), 
Rodney Stump (Department of Marketing and e-Business) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 201 D, 410-704-5197 
www.towson.edu/idis/bcla 

The Program 

The interdisciplinary minor in Business, Communication and the 
Liberal Arts (BCLA) was developed in 1997 in response to needs 
expressed by national and local business executives. Students pos- 
sessing this minor to complement their major will help meet the 
growing demand for graduates who have strong oral and written 
communication skills, the ability to think critically and creatively in 
solving problems, and a general knowledge of business culture and 
practices. 

Minor in Business, Communication and the Liberal Aits 

This rigorous minor for liberal arts majors and others consists of 
24 units. The minor emphasizes the skills that are important for 
successful job performance over time and recognizes the business 
community's need for broadly educated, articulate college gradu- 
ates. Application materials are available in the interdisciplinary 
studies office, the admissions office, the Academic Advising Center, 
or by calling Dr. Mahin, 410-704-5197. Applications can be made 
at any time, but please see the director, as well as include the minor 
on your declaration of major/minor form. 

Required Courses (24 units) 

ACCT 201 * Accounting Principles I (3) 

COMM 315 Business and Professional Communication (3) 

cose 109 Computers & Creativit)' (3) 

or 
cose 1 1 1 * Information and Technology for Business (3) 



Interdisciplinary Studies Program 



cose 112 Honors Information & Technology for Business (3) 

or 
cose 1 1 9 Using Information Effectively in the Computing Sciences 

(3) 
ECON 201 • Microeconomic Principles (3) 
ENGL 317 Writing for Business and Industry (3) 
PHIL 371 Busmess Ethics (3) 

MNGT 361 Principles of Management (3) 

or 
MKTG341 Prmciples of Marketing (3) 

And one course selected from the following: 

ANTH209' " 

ENGL 263 

ENTR 120 

IDIS 495-498 

PHIL 101 

POSC 107 



Anthropology of American Culture (3) 
Tradition and Form in Western Fiction (3) 
The Entrepreneurral Process (3) 
Internship (3) 

Introduction to Philosophy (3) 
Introduction to International Relations (3) 



Recommended Courses 

Students in the BCLA minor are encouraged to enroll in some of the 

following courses to fulfill graduation requirements. Students should 

discuss these options with their advisers. These recommended courses 

may not be used to replace any of the minor requirements. 

COMM 304 Persuasion (3) 

COMM 379 Intercultural Communication (3) 

ECON 202' Macroeconomic Principles (3) 

FREN331 French for Business (3) 

GEOG 105 Geography of International Affairs (3) 

GERM 331 German for Business (3) 

HIST 146 History of the U.S. since the Mid-19th Century (3) 

IDIS 460-469 Internship in Interdisciplinary Studies (3) 

LEGE 225 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

MCOM 385 Mass Media and Society (3) 

MKTG 341 Principles of Marketing (3) 

MNGT 361 Management and Organization Theory (3) 

PSYC 327 Industrial Psychology (3) 

SPAN 331 Spanish for Business (3) 

* Honors College versions of these courses may be used to also fulfill 

Honors College requirements. 

CLASSICAL STUDIES MINOR 

Director: Allaire Stallsmith (History) 

Advisory Committee: Jennifer Ballengee (English), Rose Ann 
Christian (Philosophy and Religious Studies), Victor Fisher 
(Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice), John McLucas 
(Foreign Languages) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 119C, 410-704-2911 
www.towson.edu/idis/classicai 

The Program 

Classical Studies includes the study of Greek and Latin and of 
ancient history and civilization, extending from the Paleolithic to 
the fall of the Roman Empire in the West in A.D. 476, which have 
formed the core of liberal arts learning in the West for centuries. 
The Classical Studies minor incorporates courses drawn from the 
language, literature, philosophy, history, archaeology, art, theatre, 
geography, religious studies and Jewish studies programs, offering 
students an opportunity to specialize in the disciplines of antiquity. 
The Classical Studies minor helps students majoring in various 
fields to focus their interests and gives coherence to their programs. 
Trained to integrate the past with the present, classicists are 
found not only in their traditional havens-universities, museums, 
archaeological projects and research centers-but also as valuable 
team members in such diverse fields as international business, pub- 
lic educational programs, documentary filmmaking, publishing, 
marketing, mass communications, medicine and the law. 



Students in the Baltimore-Washington area have unique oppor- 
tunities for research and hands-on learning at the Walters Art 
Museum, the Center for Hellenic Studies, Dumbarton Oaks, the 
Library of Congress, the Smithsonian, and the libraries of Johns 
Hopkins University and the University of Maryland. 

Minor in Classical Studies 

The minor in Classical Studies consists of 24 units. It is designed for 
students who would like to take a specialized core of classical studies 
courses. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

HIST 101 Introduction to Ancient Civilizations (3) 

LATN 101 Latin Elements I (3) 

LATN 102 Latin Elements II (3) 

or 
GRK 103 Ancient Greek Elements I (3) 

GRK 104 Ancient Greek Elements II (3) 

NOTE: The language requirement may be waived by passing a 
proficiency exam; in that case, 6 units would be made up by choic- 
es from the recommended courses listed below. 

Recommended Courses (15 units) 

Five additional courses (15 units) should be chosen from the fol- 
lowing list, with no more than two courses (6 units) in any one 
department. 

Anthropology 

ANTH 208 Human Evolution and Prehistory (3) 

ANTH 381 Archaeological Methods and Theory (3) 



Art History 
ARTH 301 
ARTH 306 

English 
ENGL 243 
ENGL 341 
ENGL 343 
ENGL 351 

Geography 
GEOG 109 
GEOG 357 

History 

HIST 275 
HIST 301 
HIST 303 
HIST 304 
HIST 305 

Latin 

LATN 201-202 Latin Intermediate MI (3,3) 

LATN 301-302 Advanced Readings m Latin l/ll {i,3) 



Origins of Western Art (3) 
Classical Art and Archaeology (3) 



Introduction to Classical Mythology (3) 
History and Literature of the Old Testament (3) 
Myth and Literature (3) 
Historical Linguistics (3) 



Introduction to Human Geography (3) 
Cultural Geography (3) 



History of Ancient Israel (3) 
Ancient Near Eastern Civilizations (3) 
Alexander the Great and His Successors (3) 
Ancient Greek Civilization (3) 
Roman Civilization (3) 



Philosophy 
PHIL 221 
PHIL 322 
PHIL 470 



Ancient Greek Philosophy (3) 
Hellenistic and Medieval Philosophy (3) 
Plato (3) 



Religious Studies 

REST 206 Judaism, Christianity and Islam (3) 

REST 355 Introduction to the New Testament (3) 



Theatre 
THEA211 



History of Theatre and Drama to 1600 (3) 



174 



The College of Liberal Arts 



COMPARATIVE ETHNIC STUDIES MINOR 

Director: Evelyn Avery (English) 

Advisory Committee: Lena Ampadu (English), Elizabeth Clifford 
(Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal justice), James DiLisio 
(Interdisciplinary Studies, Director), Salvatore Zumbo (Foreign 
Languages) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 219D, 410-704-2865 
www.towson.edu/idis/ces 

The Program 

More than 100 years ago Walt Whitman described America as a 
"nation of nations." Today, the United States remains a nation of 
many peoples who have blended their Old World traditions with 
their New World experiences. Ethnic diversity is especially evident 
in Baltimore where Black, Greek, Hispanic, Irish, Italian, Jewish, 
Polish, Ukrainian and American Indian individuals and others 
retain distinctive identities and contribute to the vitality of the 
nation. The minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies is designed for 
students who wish to have a broader and deeper understanding of 
the variety of peoples who comprise American culture. It is a mean- 
ingful complement to any major. The minor offers an interdiscipli- 
nary approach and e.xposure to different cultures in America. 

Minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies 

The minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies consists of 18 units of 
required and elective courses. Each course must be completed with 
a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

ENGL 235 Ethnic-American Literature (3) 
SOCI 343 Sociology of Race and Ethnicity (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

No more than two courses may be at the 200 level. No more than 

two courses may be taken in any one discipHne. 

ANTH 365 North American Indians (3) 

ANTH 388 Peasant Cultures (3) 

ECON 333 Economics of Poverty and Discrimination (3) 

ECON 351 Urban Economics (3) 

ENGL 233 Survey of African American Literature (3) 

ENGL 234 Major Writers in African American Literature (3) 

ENGL 236 American Indian Literature 1772-Present (3) 

ENGL 239 Modern Jewish Literature (3) 

ENGL 363 Film and Literature (3) (when applicable) 

ENGL 476 Topics in Multiethnic Literature (3)* 

ENGL 477 Topics in Black-American Literature (3) 

GEOG 385 Population and Settlement (3) 

HIST 277 A Survey of Jewish History (3) 

HIST 375 The City in American History (3) 

HIST 378 Immigrants and Immigration in the United States (3) 

HIST 379 History of Native Americans: The East (3) 

HIST 380 History of Native Americans: The West (3) 

HIST 381 African American History to the Mid-19th Century (3) 

HIST 382 African American History from the Mid- 19th Century (3) 

POSC 305 Urban Government and Politics (3) 

SOCI 241 Blacks in America: Myths and Reality (3) 

SOCI 370-379 Topics in Sociology (3) 

(The American Jewish Community, when offered) 

*Topics in Multiethnic Literature (ENGL 476) may be taken 
only once for the minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies. 



JEWISH STUDIES MINOR 

Director: Evelyn Avery (English) 

Advisory Committee: Rose Ann Christian (Philosophy and 

Religious Studies), Barry Frieman (Early Childhood Education), 
Howard Kaplon (Mathematics), Nitza Nachmias (Political 
Science), Carl Olson (Library), Douglas Pryor (Sociology, 
Anthropology and Criminal Justice), Allaire Stallsmith 
(History) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 219D, 410-704-2865 

Fax:410-704-3999 

www.towson.edu/idis/jewishstudies 

The Program 

Drawing on the resources of six different departments, the Jewish 
Studies minor is designed for students whose vocational and/or 
intellectual interest centers on another discipline, but who would 
also like to deepen their knowledge of Jewish history, literature and 
religion in an organized, directed manner. 

The Jewish Studies minor also provides students with not only a 
link to the past, but with a connection to the present and future. 
The minor also focuses on Jewish culture, education, politics, val- 
ues and way of life, and how the Jewish community interacts with 
society as a whole. Although not as comprehensive as a concentra- 
tion, the minor offers an interdisciplinary approach to the Jewish 
experience, set in the wider context of ancient and modern society. 
Knowledge of Judaism is essential to understanding Christianity 
and Islam, so a minor in Jewish Studies will appeal to those from 
different religious backgrounds. 

A minor in Jewish Studies can provide students with many 
opportunities, including departmental internships and work in 
communal service or education. Students with a minor in Jewish 
Studies have gone on to pursue careers in education, social work, 
journalism, fundraising and counseling, as well as in Jewish organ- 
izations. 

Students from throughout the university are welcome to under- 
take the minor, despite its course concentration in the College of 
Liberal Arts. 

The Jewish Studies minor will be subject to revision and expan- 
sion in the future, as courses are evaluated by a permanent advisory 
committee which will monitor the program. New courses, special 
topics or Minimester courses may be accepted for the minor, or 
counted toward it, with the approval of the advisory committee. 

Minor in Jewish Studies 

A minimum of 21 units is required for the minor in Jewish Studies. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

HIST 277 A Survey of Jewish History (3) 

ENGL 239 Modern Jewish Literature (3) 

Electives (15 units, 12 upper-level) 

No more than two courses may be taken in any discipline. 



English 
ENGL 235 
ENGL 253 
ENGL 341 
ENGL 476 

ENGL 363 

History 
HIST 275 
HIST 462 

HIST 484 



Ethnic-American Literature (3) 

The Bible and Literature (3) 

History and Literature of the Old Testament (3) 

Topics in Multiethnic Literature (when applicable to 

Jewish Studies) (3) 

Film and Literature (3) (when applicable to Jewish Studies) 



Ancient Israel (3) 

The Holocaust in Historical and Comparative Perspective 

(3) 

Topics in History (when applicable to Jewish Studies) (3) 



Interdisciplinary Studies Program 



175 



philosophy 
PHIL 353 
RLST 105 
RLST 206 
RLST 357 



Philosophy of Religion (3) 
Introduction to the Study of Religion (3) 
Judaism, Christianity and Islam (3) 
Comparative Religions (3) 



Sociology- Anthropology 

SOCI 343 Sociology of Race and Ethnicity (3) 

SOCI 370-379 Topics m Sociology (The American Jewish 
Community, when offered) (3) 

Hebrew 

HEBR 101-102 Elements of Hebrew I, II (3, 3) 

Other courses related to Jewish Studies may be elected with the per- 
mission of the Jewish Studies advisers. 

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES TRACK/ 
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES MAJOR 

Director: Ronn Pineo (History) 

Advisory Committee: Omar Ali (History), Colleen Ebacher 
(Foreign Languages), Jose Lopez-Gonzalez {Philosophy and 
Religious Studies), Cristina Magaldi (Music), Lea Ramsdell 
(Foreign Languages) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 119N, 410-704-2918 
www.towson.edu/last 

The Program 

The Latin American Studies Track within the Interdisciplinary 
Studies major allows students to approach the study of Latin 
America as an area from an interdisciplinary perspective. It is an 
appropriate track for those intending to pursue Latin American 
Studies or Spanish at the graduate level, for those anticipating living 
or working in Latin America, or for those wishing to acquire 
expertise in Latin America for a career in government or business. 

The Latin American Studies Committee administers the pro- 
gram. Students should select one of the members of the committee 
as an adviser. 

Training in Latin American studies is an excellent preparation 
for careers in education, business and government. Graduates find 
employment with business such as export/import companies, 
international banks, tour and travel companies, and the interna- 
tional media. Government agencies, such as the State Department 
and the Department of Immigration seek individuals trained in 
Latin American studies. Employment opportunities exist for trans- 
lators and researchers, and in other areas. 

Requirements for the Track 

Students in the Latin American Studies Track complete SPAN 301 
or its equivalent, and a minimum of 36 units. The track requires 6 
units in foundations courses, 6 units in advanced study courses, a 
6-unit capstone experience, and 18 units of electives. Students must 
complete a minimum of 6 units in at least three of the following dis- 
ciplines: anthropology, art history, history, geography, music, 
applied music, political science or Spanish. 

Like all Interdisciplinary Studies majors, students choosing this 
track must complete a total of at least 45 units of upper-division 
course work from the departments of arts and sciences. 

All course work must be completed with a grade equivalent of 
2.00 or higher. 

I. Foundations (6 units) 

LAST 100* Latin America: Issues and Approaches (3) (Cornerstone 

GenEd. I.B.) 
HIST 122 Latin America: National Period (3) 



'LAST 100 may be waived by the coordinator of Latin American Studies if 
the student has already completed the GenEd LB. requirement at the time 
the student enters the Latin American Studies Program. The student may 
select any 3-unit elective as a replacement. 

n. Advanced Study (6 units) 

Choose two of the followmg: 

ANTH 353 Latmas in the Americas (3) 

HIST 324 Democratization in Latin America (3) 

POSC 351 The Government and Politics of Latin America (3) 

SPAN 312 Culture and Civilizations of the Spanish-Speaking 

Peoples II (3) 
SPAN 455 Hispanic Popular Cultures (3) 

En. Capstone Experience (6 units) 

Latin American Studies students should plan early how they intend 
to fulfill their capstone requirement. Participation in the study 
abroad program in Latin America is strongly recommended. 

Option One (recommended) 

Study Abroad Experience in Latin America (see guidelines) 

Option Two 

choose two of the following: 

LAST 385 Model Organization of American States (3) 

LAST 491-492 Directed Readings in Latin American Studies (3-6) 

LAST 497 Internship in Latin American Studies (3-6) 

HONR 499 Honors Thesis (in Latin American Studies Themes) (3)* 

*open to departmental honors program students only 

rV. Electives (18 units) 

Choose an additional 18 units from the list of approved units in Latin 
American Studies below. 



Anthropology 

ANTH 351 
ANTH 353 
ANTH 366 
ANTH 369 
ANTH 370-379 
ANTH 470-479 
ANTH 491 
ANTH 492 
ANTH 495 
ANTH 498 
ANTH 499 
'when concerned 

Art History 
ARTH 339 

Geography 
GEOG 461 
GEOG 470-479 
GEOG 494 
GEOG 495 
GEOG 496 
'when concerned 

History 

HIST 121 
HIST 307 
HIST 321 
HIST 322 
HIST 324 
HIST 484 
HIST 493 
HIST 497 
HIST 498 
HIST 499 
'when concerned 



Drugs in the Americas (3) 

Latinas in the Americas (3) 

South American Indians (3) 

Tradition and Revolution in Latin American Society (3) 

Topics in Anthropology "(3) 

Special Topics in Anthropology* (3) 

Internship 1 in Anthropology' (3) 

Internship II in Anthropology* (3) 

Independent Research* (3) 

Honors Readings in Anthropology* (4) 

Honors Thesis in Anthropology* (4) 

with Latm America 



Latin American Art: 1800 to Present (3) 



Geography of Latin America (3) 
Topics in Geography* (3) 
Travel and Study* (3-6) 
Directed Readings in Geography' (3) 
Directed Study in Geography* (1-6) 
with Latm America 



Latin America: Colonial Period (3) 

The Andean Republics (3) 

History of Mexico: Colonial Period (3) 

History of Mexico: National Period (3) 

Democratization in Latin America (3) 

Historical Themes* (3) 

Internship* (3-6) 

Directed Readings* (1-4) 

Honors Directed Readings* (2-4) 

Honors Thesis' (4-8) 

ivith Latin America 



International Studies 

INST 494 International Studies Abroad* (3) 

INST 496 International Studies Research* (3) 

'when concerned with Latin America 



176 



The College of Liberal Arts 



Latin American Studies 

LAST 385 Model Organization of American States (3) 

LAST 484 Special Topics in Latin American Studies (3) 

LAST 491-492 Directed Readings in Latin American Studies (3) 
LAST 497 Internship in Latin American Studies (3-6) 

Music Applied 

MUSA 170, 370 World Music Ensemble*(l) 

"when concerned with Latin America 

Music 

MUSC 1 10 Honors Introduction to World Music' (3) 
MUSC 471 Special Topics in Music' (3) 
'when concerned with Latin America 



Philosophy 
PHIL 328 



Latin American Philosophy (3) 



Political Science 

POSC 351 Government and Politics of Latin America (3) 

POSC355 Latin American Policy of the U.S. (3) 

POSC 437 Castro and the Cuban Revolution (3) 

POSC 470-479 Special Topics in Political Science* (3) 

POSC 490 Independent Study* (1-3) 

POSC 491 Seminar; Contemporary U.S. Foreign Policy* (3) 

POSC 493 Internship* (3-9) 

POSC 498 Directed Readings in Political Science* (1-3) 

POSC 499 Honors Thesis* (3) 

'when concerned icith Latin America 

Spanish 

SPAN 302 Composition and Conversation II (3) 

SPAN 312 Culture and Civilization of the Spanish-Speaking 

Peoples II (3) 

SPAN 331 Spanish for Business (3) 

SPAN 439 Literary Movements in Spanish-American Literature (3) 

SPAN 444 20th-century Spanish-American Literature (3) 

SPAN 455 Hispanic Popular Culture (3) 

SPAN 470 Special Topics* (3) 

SPAN 491 Directed Readings in Spanish Literature* (1-3) 

SPAN 492 Directed Readings in Spanish* (1-3) 

SPAN 494 Travel Study Abroad* (3-16) 

SPAN 495 Internship for Proficiency in Spanish* (3) 

SPAN 497 Internship in Spanish* (3) 
'when concerned with Latin America 

Minor in Latin American Studies 

The minor in Latin American Studies requires SPAN 301 or its 
equivalent, and a minimum of 21 units. Students complete 6 units 
in foundations courses, 3 units in advanced study courses, a 3-unit 
Capstone experience, and 9 units of electives. Courses must be 
selected from at least three of the following disciplines: anthropol- 
ogy, history, geography, political science or Spanish. All course 
work must be completed with a grade equivalent of 2.00 or higher. 

I. Foundations (6 units) 

LAST 100 Latin America: Issues and Approaches* (Cornerstone) 

(GenEd LB.) 
HIST 122 Introduction to Modern Latin America (3) 

'LAST 100 may be wawed by the coordinator of Latm American Studies if 
the student has already completed the GenEd LB. requirement at the time 
the student enters the Latin American Studies Program. The student may 
select any 3-unit elective as a replacement. 

II. Advanced Study (3 units) 

Select one of the following: 

ANTH 353 Latinas In the Americas (3) 

HIST 324 Democratization in Latin America (3) 

POSC 351 The Government and Politics of Latin America (3) 

SPAN 312 Culture and Civilizations of the Spanish-Speaking Peoples 

11(3) 
SPAN 455 Hispanic Popular Culture (3) 



in. Capstone Experience (3 units) 

Latin American Studies students should plan early how they intend 
to fulfill their capstone requirement. 

Option One (recommended) 

Study Abroad Experience in Latin America (see guidelines) 

Option Tivo 

Choose one of the following: 

LAST 385 Model Organization of American States (3) 

LAST 493 Internship in Latin American Studies (3) 

LAST 497 Directed Readings in Latin American Studies (3) 

HONR 499 Honors Thesis in Latin American Studies Themes (3)* 

'open to departmental honors program students only 

rV. Electives (9 units) 

Select an additional 9 units from the list of approved courses in 

Latin American Studies. 

Suggested Majors to Combine with Latin American 
Studies Minor 

The minor in Latin American Studies provides an excellent com- 
plement to the following majors: Anthropology, Business 
Administration, International Business, International Studies, 
History, Political Science and Spanish. See the coordinator of Latin 
American Studies for details. 

Guidelines for Study Abroad 

Students may attend any Latin American study abroad program 
approved by the Towson University Study Abroad Office. Students 
studying abroad earn units toward fulfilling the Towson University 
Latin American Studies Program requirements only by completing 
courses in Latin American Studies-related disciplines (for Spanish 
grammar, composition and conversation courses, only SPAN 301, 
SPAN 302, SPAN 331 or their equivalents may be counted), and are 
subject to the approval of the Latin American Studies coordinator. 
Units earned abroad may not be counted more than once toward 
fulfilling any Latin American Studies Program requirement. 

Travel-study courses to Latin America may also count toward the 
Study Abroad Option of the Latin American Studies Capstone 
Experience requirement, subject to the approval of the Latin 
American Studies coordinator. 

Internships 

Internships may be taken with any department participating in the 
Latin American Studies Program. All internships must be con- 
cerned with Latin America, and are subject to the approval of the 
coordinator of Latin American Studies. 

LESBL\N, GAY, BISEXUAL AND TRANSGENDER 
STUDIES MINOR 

Advisory Committee: David Bergman {English), K Edgington 
(English), M. Paz Galupo (Psycholog^'), Cindy Gissendanner 
{History), ]oan Rabin {Psychology), Steve Satta {Theatre Arts), 
Deborah Shaller ( Writing Lab/English) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 108, 410-704-2128 
www.towson.edu/idis/lgbt 

The Program 

The Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) Studies minor 
addresses issues of sexual orientation from interdisciplinary and 
multicultural perspectives. The growing public visibilit)- and aware- 
ness of diverse sexualities and their cultural and political ramifica- 
tions for individuals, social institutions and communities are evi- 
dent in increased media coverage of political activism and debate 



International Studies Program 



177 



related to issues of sexual orientation. LGBT Studies is a response 
to these forces in the contemporary world but also represents a 
growing field of scholarship which is in the forefront of developing 
theoretical and methodological innovations in interdisciplinary 
studies. The LGBT Studies minor aims to give students the critical 
skills to analyze a wide range of issues, including the historical evo- 
lution of sexual identities in different cultural settings, the relation- 
ship between gender systems and sexual orientation, the develop- 
ment of lesbian and gay cultural institutions, institutionalized 
forms of heterosexism and homophobia, and the social and politi- 
cal mobilization of LGBT individuals and their allies in efforts to 
eliminate discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation. 

Educational Objectives 

LTo familiarize students with major concepts, theories, substan- 
tive findings and works of fiction and nonfiction in the field of 
lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) studies 

2. To make students aware of the diversity of the attitudes toward 
and the experiences of LGBT individuals in different cultures and 
historical periods 

3. To examine institutionalized homophobia and heterosexism and 
their impact on the political, social and economic status of LGBT 
individuals 

4. To investigate the relations between prevailing gender norms and 
systems and the social construction of sexualities and the cultural 
images associated with them 

5. To examine differences within LGBT communities along lines of 
race, class, gender, ethnicity, age and region and the social and 
political ramifications of such differences for those communities 

6. To understand the wide range of political strategies used by 
LGBT individuals in the past and the present in their struggles 
against oppression 

7. To trace the historical evolution of sexual identities and the roles 
of LGBT individuals in reshaping them 

Required Courses (6 units) 

LGBT 101 Introduction to Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender 

Studies (3) 
LGBT 474 Seminar in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender 

Studies (3) 

or 
LGBT 491 Independent Investigations in LGBT Studies (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

Four of the following: 

HIST 361 Gays and Lesbians in U.S. History (3) 

ENGL 376 Themes in Literature: Gay Themes in American 

Literature (3) 
PSYC 447 Sex Differences; Psychological Perspectives (3) 

PSYC 457 Gender Identit)' in Transition (3) 

PSYC 449 Psychology of Lesbian Culture (3) 

WMST 338 Women and Sexuality (3) 
EDUC 201 The Parentmg Process (3) 
CLST 303 Identity and Culture (3) 

IDIS 495 Internship in Interdisciplinary Studies 

LGBT 381 Directed Readings in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and 

Transgender Studies (1-3) 
Relevant topics courses, directed readings, and directed individual 
research approved by the advisory committee. 



International Studies Program 

Director: Alison McCartney (Political Science) 
Affiliated Faculty: Matthew Durington (Anthropology), George 
McCool (Foreign Languages), Wayne McKim (Geography), 
Michael O'Pecko (European Studies), Melissa Osborne 
(Economics), Steven Phillips (Asian Studies), Ronn Pineo 
(History), James Roberts (Political Science), Doug Ross 
(Management) 
Ex-officio: Glenda Henkel (Career Center) 

OFFICE 

Linthicum Hall 118L, 410-704-2958 
Fax: 410-704-2960 
E-mail: inst@towson.edu 
www.towson.edu/polsci/inst 

THE PROGRAM 

The International Studies Program provides a rigorous interdisci- 
plinary curriculum in international affairs that is designed to 
appeal to students interested in addressing international problems 
and issues through careers in public service, education, business 
and nonprofit enterprises. The program also provides excellent 
preparation for students wishing to pursue graduate education in 
international studies, law or international business. The program 
aims to achieve a global perspective through an intetdisciplinary 
network of courses and experience that will lead to a Bachelor of 
Arts degree in International Studies. The program is administered 
by a committee of faculty members from the various departments 
and colleges from which the courses are taken. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES 

All students must complete 48 units (16 courses) in international 
studies to complete the major. Students must complete the core cur- 
riculum described below (27 units) and one of five tracks of cours- 
es (21 units). The five tracks are the General Track, International 
Development Track, Asia Track, Europe Track and Latin America 
Track. The purpose of the tracks is to provide students an oppor- 
tunity to apply what they learned in the core curriculum to an issue 
or region of their choice. All 16 courses must be completed with a 
grade of 2.00 or higher. It is recommended that students complete 
the foundation courses in the core curriculum before proceeding to 
the rest of the curriculum. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

Students must achieve a level of proficiency eq